SS

AQ

SOay
ANS

Cornell University Library

SF 523.L286 1913
hive & honey bee.

wii i

|

mane

ALBERT R. MANN
LIBRARY

NEw YorRK STATE COLLEGES
OF
AGRICULTURE AND HomME ECONOMICS

AT

CORNELL UNIVERSITY

EVERETT FRANKLIN PHILLIPS

BEEKEEPING LIBRARY
Gift of
Lyman C. Root

Cornell University

The original of this book is in
the Cornell University Library.

There are no known copyright restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.

http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924003227679

Puate 1.

L.L, LANGSTROTH at 70.

LANGSTROTH

ON THE

HIVE & HONEY BEE

REVISED BY DADANT

Twentieth Century Edition

PUBLISHED BY

DADANT & SONS

HAMILTON, Hancock County, ILu., U. S. A.

1913

COPYRIGHTED 1888 BY

CHAS. DADANT & SON

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

mace ye

PLATE 2.

L. L. LANGSTROTH at 80.

BIOGRAPHY OF L. L. LANGSTROTH

Lorenzo Lorrain Lanestrotu, the “father of American
Apiculture,” was born in the city of Philadelphia, December
25, 1810. He early showed unusual interest in insect life. His
parents were intelligent and in comfortable circumstances,
but they were not pleased to see him “waste so much time” in
digging holes in the gravel walks, fillmg them with crumbs of
bread and dead flies, to watch the curious habits of the ants.
No books of any kind on natural history were put into his
hands, but, on the contrary, much was said to discourage his
“strange notions.” Still he persisted in his observations, and
gave to them much of the time that his playmates spent in
sport.

In 1827, he entered Yale College, graduating in 1831. His
father’s means having failed, he supported himself by teach-
ing, while pursuing his theological studies. After serving as
mathematical tutor in Yale College for nearly two years, he
was ordained Pastor of a Congregational church in Andover,
Massachusetts, in May, 1836, and was married in August of
that year to Miss A. M. Tucker of New Haven.

Strange to say, notwithstanding his passion in early life
for studying the habits of insects, he took no interest in such
pursuits during his college life. In 1837, the sight of a glass
vessel filled with beautiful comb honey, on the table of a
friend, led him to visit the attic where the bees were kept.
This revived all his enthusiasm, and before he went home he

purchased two colonies of bees in old box hives. The only lit-
iii

iv BIOGRAPHY OF L. L. LANGSTROTH.

erary knowledge which he then had of bee-culture was gleaned
from the Latin writings of Virgil, and from a modern writer,
“who was somewhat skeptical as to the existence of a queen-
bee.”

In 1839, Mr. Langstroth removed to Greenfield, Massachu-
setts. His health was much impaired, and he had resigned his
pastorate. Increasing very gradually the number of his colo-
nies, he sought information on all sides. The “Letters of
Huber” and the work of Dr. Bevan on the honey bee (London,
1838), fell into his hands and gave him an introduction to the
vast literature of bee-keeping.

In 1848, having removed to Philadelphia, Mr. Langstroth,
with the help of his wife, began to experiment with hives of
different forms, but made no special improvements in them
until 1851, when he devised the movable frame hive, used at
the present day in preference to all others. This is recorded
in his journal, under the date of October 30, 1851, with the
following remarks: “The use of these frames will, I am per-
suaded, give a new inpetus to the easy and profitable manage-
ment of bees.”

This invention, which gave him perfect control over all
the combs of the hive, enabled him afterwards to make many
remarks and incidental discoveries, the most of which he re-
corded in his book, on the habits and the natural history of
the honey-bee. The first edition of the work was published in
1852, and in its preparation he was greatly assisted by his ac-
complished wife. A revised edition was published in 1857,
another in 1859, and large editions, without further revisions,
were published until 1889, when the Dadants undertook the
first re-writing of the book.

In January, 1852, Mr. Langstroth applied for a patent on

PLATE 3.

CHARLES DADANT at 70.

PIOGRAPHY OF Ll. L. LANGSTROTH. v

his invention. This was granted him; but he was deprived
of all the profits of this valuable discovery, by infringements
and subsequent law-suits, which impoverished him and. gave
him trouble for years; though no doubt remains now in the
mind of any one, as to the originality and priority of his
discoveries.

From the very beginning, his hive was adopted by such men
as Quinby, Grimm and others, while the inventions of Munn
and Debeauvoys are now buried in oblivion.

Removing to Oxford, Ohio, in 1858, Mr. Langstroth, with
the help of his son, engaged in the propagation of the Italian
bee. From his large apiary he sold in one season $2,000 worth
of Italian queens. This amount looks small at the present
stage of bee-keeping, but it was enormous at a time when so
few people were interested in it.

The death of his only son, and repeated attacks of a serious
head trouble, together with physical infirmities caused by a
railroad aecident, compelled Mr. Langstroth to abandon ex-
tensive bee-culture in 1874. But when his health permitted,
his ideas were always turned toward improvements in bee-
culture. On the 19th of August, 1895, he wrote us, asking’
us to try the feeding of bees with malted milk, to induce the
rearing of brood. He had also written to others on the same
subject. On the 19th of September he wrote in the American
Bee Journal, that, after comparative experiments he had found
that a thirteen comb Langstroth hive gave more honey than the
ordinary ten frame hive, thus showing that his mind was at all
times occupied with bees.

Mr. Langstroth died October 6th, 1895, at Dayton, Ohio,
while delivering a sermon. He was nearly eighty-five years

old. His name is now “venerated” by American bee-keepers,

Vi BIOGRAPHY Or L. L. LANGSTROTH.

who are aware of the great debt due him by the fraternity.
He is to them what Dzierzon* is to German Apiarists, a master
whose teachings will be retained for ages.

Mr. Langstroth was an eminent scholar. His bee library
was one of the most extensive in the world. He learned
French without a teacher, simply through his knowledge of
Latin, for the sole purpose of reading the many valuable
works on bees in the French language. He was a pleasant and
eloquent speaker. His writings are praised by all, and we can
not close his biography better than by quoting an able writer,
who ealled him the “Huber of America.”

* Pronounce Tseertsone.

PuatTE 4.

CHARLES DADANT at 80.

BIOGRAPHY OF CHARLES DADANT

Mr. Charles Dadant was born May 22, 1817, at Vaux-Sous-
Aubigny, in the golden hills of Burgundy, France. After his
education in the College of Langres, he went into the mercan-
tile business in that city, but ill-suecess induced him to remove
to America. He settled in Hamilton, Illinois, in 1863, and
found a profitable occupation in bee-culture, which in his hands
yielded marvelous results. He soon became noted as one of
the leading apiarists of the world.

After a few years of trial he made a trip to Italy, in 1872,
to import the bees of that country to America. Though at first
unsuccessful, he persisted in his efforts and finally achieved
great success. He was the first to lay down rules for the safe
transportation of queen bees across the sea, which is now a
matter of daily occurrence.

Later on, in partnership with his son, C. P. Dadant, he un-
dertook the manufacture of comb foundation which has been
continued by the firm, together with the management of sev-
eral large apiaries, run almost exclusively for the production
of extracted honey.

Although well versed in the English language, which he
mastered at the age of forty-six, with the help of a pocket
dictionary, Mr. Dadant was never able to speak it fluently and
many of the readers of his numerous writings were astonished
when meeting him to find that he could converse with difficulty.
His writings were not confined to American publications, for

in 1870 he began writing for European bee-journals and con-
vii

vill BIOGRAPHY OF CHARLES DADANT.

tinued to do so until his methods were adopted, especially in
Switzerland, France, Italy and Russia, where the hive which
he recommended is now known under his name. For twenty
years he was a regular contributor to the Revue Internationale
D’Apiculture, and, as a result, there is probably not another
bee-writer whose name is so thoroughly known the world over.

Mr. Dadant was made an honorary member of more than
twenty bee-keepers’ associations throughout the world and his
death, which occurred July 16, 1902, was lamented by every
bee publication on both continents.

Mr. Dadant was a congenial man and a philosopher. He
retained his cheerfulness of spirit to his last day.

In addition to his supervision of the revision of this book,
he was the author of a small treatise on bees, “Petit Cours
@Apiculture Pratique.” He also published, in connection with
his son, a pamphlet on ‘‘Extracted Honey,’’ 1881, now out of
print.

PREFACE

The first editions of the work of Langstroth were honored
with the title of “The Classic in Bee-Culture.” The first re-
written revision was published in 1889, and this was so well
received in the bee-keeping world that Mr. Charles Dadant
translated it into the French language. With the help of
Edouard Bertrand, it was published at Geneva. A little later
a Russian edition was published—by Kandratieff, of St. Pe-
tersburg—which has caused a revolution in bee-culture in Rus-
sla.

Mr. Charles Dadant died in 1902. Meantime progress has
continued and we again have to bring this classic work for-
ward by additions and a few corrections.

In this edition we have aimed to preserve the first experi-
ments and quotations made, whenever they have proven cor-
rect. We believe in giving credit to the first man who has
ascertained a fact in natural history or has made a discovery.
We have discarded all the cuts from Girard, because it was
evident that most of his anatomical studies were copied from
Barbd and Clerici, without giving them credit, and we have
preferred to secure permission to copy the latter, whose work
has not yet been excelled. It is now published in Milan, under
the title of “Atlante Di Apicoltura,’ by A. De Rauschenfels,
editor of L’Apicoltore.

Experienced bee-keepers will notice that we do not describe
many new implements. It is because we believe in teaching
beginners to use only that which has been thoroughly tested
and is unquestionably good. Many new things will not stand
the test of long years of practice. It is sufficient, among other
things, to quote the metal corners for frames and the reversible
hives. Metal corners were recommended at the time of our
first revision, and we gave them a mention; they are now dis-

ix

PREFACE.

carded even by their inventor. Reversible hives were the craze,
and were praised in every way. We gave two of them a
mention in our pages, with a warning against their use. Re-
versible hives are now almost entirely abandoned.

We recommend the large hives, yet we know they are not
popular, because buyers want inexpensive hives. We have
bowed before public wishes and give descriptions of several
popular hives which are certainly successful. But we use
large hives ourselves, for we consider them the best.

In our preface of the first revision we extended our thanks
to Mr. C. F. Muth, now deceased, and to Miss Favard, for
their help in our work. The writer has undertaken this last
revision alone, but owes gratitude for sound advice on many
points to a man who has to do with both practice and theory
aud whose long experience entitles him to the consideration of
all bee-keepers, Doctor C. C. Miller, author of “A Year Among
the Bees” and “Forty Years Among the Bees.” Dr. Miller,
with small hives, enlarged at the proper time and again re-
duced in the brood chamber for the honey crop, has shown
what could be done with intelligent and energetic manage-
ment. He is not only a successful writer but a most extensive
producer of comb honey, and is justly entitled to the name
given him of the “Nestor of American Bee-Keeping.”

The work of Father Langstroth, sustained in Europe by the
pen of the Senior Dadant, has entirely changed European
methods of bee-culture. The improved hive, based upon the
Langstroth system, has been adopted all over the world, and
testimonials come to us from the most remote countries show-
ing that the methods taught have proven successful.

The best half-tones in this edition are due to the work of
the “Globe Engraving Company” ef Chicago.

C. P. Dapant,

Hamilton, Illinois, June, 1906.

THE HIVE AND HONEY BEE

CHAPTER I.
PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

1. Att the leading facts in the natural history, and the
breeding of bees, ought to be as familiar to the Apiarist, as
the same class of facts in the rearing of his domestic ani-
mals. A few crude and half-digested notions, however sat-
isfactory to the old-fashioned bee-keeper, will no longer meet
the wants of those who desire to conduct bee-culture on an
extended and profitable system. Hence we have found it ad-
visable to give a short description of the principal organs of
this interesting insect and abridged passages taken from
various scientific writers whose works have thrown an entirely
new light on many points in the physiology of the bee. If
the reader will bear with us in this arduous task he will find
that we have tried to make the descriptions plain and simple,
avoiding, as much as possible, scientific words unintelligible
to many of us.

2. Honey-bees are insects belonging to the order Hy-
menoptera; thus named from their four membranous, gauzy
wings. They can flourish only when associated in large num-
bers, as in a colony. Alone, a single bee is almost as helpless
as a new-born child, being numbed by the chill of a cool sum-
mer night.

3. The habitation provided for bees is called a hive. The
inside of a bee-hive shows a number of combs about half-an-
inch apart and suspended from its upper side. These combs

2 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

are formed of hexagonal cells of various sizes, in which the
bees raise their young and deposit their stores.

4. In a family, or colony of bees, are found (Plate 5)—

1st, One bee of peculiar shape, commonly called the Queen,
or mother-bee. She is the only perfect female in the hive,
and all the eggs are laid by her;

2nd, Many thousands of worker-bees, or incomplete females,
whose office is, while young, to take care of the brood and
do the inside work of the hive; and when older, to go to the
fields and gather honey, pollen, water, and propolis or bee-
glue, for the needs of the colony; and

3d, At certain seasons of the year, some hundreds and even
thousands of large bees, called Drones, or male-bees, whose sole
function is to fertilize the young queens, or virgin females.

Before describing the differences that characterize each of
these three kinds, we will study the organs which, to a greater
or less extent, they possess in common, and which are most
prominently found in the main type, the worker-bee.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS.

5. In bees, as in all insects, the frame-work or skeleton
that supports the body is not internal, as in mammals, but
mostly external. It is formed of a horny substance, scientific-
ally called chitine, and well described in the following quota-
tion:

6. ‘‘Chitine is capable of being moulded into almost every
conceivable shape and appearance. It forms the hard back of
the repulsive cockroach, the beautiful scale-like feathers of the
gaudy butterfly, the delicate membrane which supports the lace-
wing in mid air, the transparent cornea covering the eyes of all
insects, the almost impalpable films cast by the moulting larve,
and the black and yellow rings of our native and imported bees,
besides internal braces, tendons, membranes, and ducts innu-
merable. The external skeleton, hard for the most part, and
varied in thickness in beautiful adaptation to the strain to
which it may be exposed, gives persistency of form to the little
wearer; but it needs, wherever movement is necessary, to have

PLATE 5,

QUEEN, DRONE AND WORKER.

Magnified and natural size.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS. 3

delicate extensions joining the edges of its unyielding plates.
This we may understand by examining the legs of a lobster
or crab, furnished like those of the bee, with a shelly case,
but so large that no magnifying glass is required. Here we see
that the thick coat is reduced to a thin and easily creased mem-
brane, where, by flexion, one part is made to pass over the
other.’’......

‘‘Again, almost every part of the body is covered by hairs,
the form, structure, direction, and position of which, to the
very smallest, have a meaning.’’ (Cheshire, ‘‘Bees and Bee-
keeping,’’ p. 30. London, 1887.)

‘¢. Mr. Cheshire explains that, as the skeleton or frame-
work of the bee is not sensitive, these hairs act as organs of
touch, each one containing a nerve. They also act as clothing
and aid in retaining heat—

‘‘and give protection, as the stiff, straight hairs of the eyes,
whilst some act as brushes for cleaning, others are thin and
webbed for holding pollen grains; whilst by varied modifica-
tions, others again act as graspers, sieves, piercers, or mechan-
ical stops to limit excessive movement.’’

8. The three sections of the body of the honey-bee are per-
fectly distinct: the head; the thorax, or centre of locomotion,
bearing the wings and legs; and the abdomen, containing
the honey-sack, stomach, bowels, and the main breathing or-
gans.

The principal exterior organs of the head are the antenne,
the eyes, and the parts composing the mouth.

9. The eyes are five in number, two composite eyes, one
on each side of the head, which are but clusters of small eyes
or facets, and three convex eyes, or ocelli, arranged in a tri-
angle at the top of the head.

10. The facets of the composite eyes, thousands in num-
ber, are six-sided, like the cells of the honey-comb, and being
directed towards nearly every point, they permit the insect to
see in a great number of directions at the same time.

11. In comparing the eyes of worker, queen and drone,
Mr. Cheshire says:

4 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

‘(The worker spends much of her time in the open air. Ac-
curate and powerful vision are essentials to the proper prosecu-
tion of her labors, and here I found the compound eye possess-
ing about 6,300 facets. In the mother of this worker I expected
to find a less number, for queens know little of daylight. After
wedding they are out of doors but once, or at most twice, in
a year.* This example verified my forecast, by showing 4,920
facets on each side of the head. A son of this mother, much a
stay-at-home also, was next taken. His facets were irregular

Fig. 1.
THE COMPOSITE EYE OF A WORKER-BEE MAGNIFIED.

(Copied from the Atlante di Apicoltura, microscopic studies of Count
Gaetano Barbé, of Milan.)

in size, those at the lower part of the eye being much less than
those near the top; but they reached the immense number of
13,090 on each side of the head. Why should the visual ap-
paratus of the drone be so extraordinarily developed beyond
that of the worker, whose need of the eye seems at first to be
much more pressing than his?’’

* When going out with a swarm,

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS. 5

This question Mr. Cheshire answers, as will be seen fur-
ther, in considering the antenna. (26)*

12. The three small eyes, ocelli, are thought by Maurice
Girard (“Les Abeilles,” Paris, 1878), and others, to have a
microscopic function, for sight at short distances. In the
hive, the work is performed in the dark, and possibly (?)
these eyes are fitted for this purpose.

Fig. 2.

SMALL EYES, OR OCELLI OF THE DRONE.

Magnified. (Copied from Barbd.) The facets on each side belong to
the large eyes.

13. Their return from long distances, either to their hive
or to the place where they have found food, proves that bees
can see very far. Yet, when the entrance to their hive has
Leen changed, even only a few inches, they cannot readily find
it.

Their many eyes looking in different directions, enable them

* The reader will readily understand that the numbers between par-

entheses refer to the paragraphs bearing those numbers. This is for
the convenience of the student.

6 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

to guide themselves by the relative position of objects, hence
they always return to the identical spot they left.

14. If we place a colony in a forest where the rays of
the sun can searcely penetrate, the bees, at their exit from
the hive, will fly several times around their new abode, then,
selecting a small aperture through the dense foliage, they
will rise above the forest, in quest of the flowers scattered
in the fields. And like children in a nutting party, they will
gather their crop here and there, a mile or more away, without
fear of being lost or unable to return.

As soon as their honey-sack is full, or, if a threatening
cloud passes before the sun, they start for home, without any
hesitation, and, among so many trees, even while the wind
mingles the leafy twigs, they find their way; so perfect is the
organization of their composite eyes.

15. Bees can notice and remember colors. While experi-
menting on this faculty, we placed some honey on small
pieces of differently colored paper. A bee alighted on a
yellow paper, sucked her load and returned to her hive.
While she was absent, we moved the paper. Returning, she
came directly to the spot, but, noticing that the yellow paper
was not there, she made several inquiring circles in the air,
and then alighted upon it. According to Mr. A. J. Cook a
similar experiment with the same results, was made by Lub-
bock. (“Bee-keepers’ Guide,” Lansing, 1884.)

16. We usually give our bees flour, in shallow boxes, at
the opening of Spring, before the pollen appears in the
flowers. These boxes are brought in at night. Every morn-
ing they are put out again, after the bees have commenced
flying and hover around the spot. If by chance, some bits of
white paper are scattered about the place, the bees visit those
papers, mistaking them for flour, on account of the coler.

17. But ‘‘the celebrated Darwin was mistaken in saying
that the colorless blossoms, which he names obscure blossoms,
are scarcely visited by insects, while the most highly colored
blossoms are very fondly visited by bees.’’? (Gaston Bonnier,
‘<Les Nectaires,’’ Paris, 1879.)

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS, 7

18. For, although color attracts bees, it is only one of the
means used by nature to bring them in contact with the
flowers. The smell of honey is, certainly, the main attraction,
and this attraction is so powerful, that frequently, at day-
break in the summer, the bees will be found in full flight,
gathering the honey which has been secreted in the night, when
nothing, on the preceding evening, could have predicted such
acrop. This happens especially when there is a production of
honey-dew, after a storm. We have even known bees to gather

SSS
SS
= ———

EEE

Fig. 3.
LONGITUDINAL SECTION OF DRONE ANTENNA, NERVE STRUCTURES RE-
MOVED.
(Magnified 20 times. From Cheshire.)

A. sc, scape; ft, flagellum; 1, 2, &c., number of joints; af, antennary
fossa, or hollow; tr, trachea; m, soft membrane; wh, webbed hairs; lm,
levator muscle; dm, depressor muscle.

B, small portion of flagellum (magnified 60 times); m, nerve; u,
articulation of joint.

honey from the tulip trees, (Liriodendron tulipifera) on very
elear moonlight nights.

19. The antenne (fig. 3, A, B), two flexible horns which
adorn the head of the bee, are black, and composed of twelve
joints, in the queen and the worker, and thirteen in the drone.
The first of these joints, the scape, next to the head, is longer
than the others, and can move in every direction. The an-
tenna is covered with hairs.

8 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

‘‘These hairs, standing above the general surface, constitute
the antenne marvelous touch organs; and as they are distrib-
uted all round each joint, the worker-bee in a blossom cup, or
with its head thrust into a cell in the darkness of the hive, is,
by their means, as able accurately to detcrmine as though she
saw; while the queen, whose antenna is made after the same
model, can perfectly distinguish the condition of every part of
the cell into which her head may be thrust. The last joint,
which is flattened on one side, near the end, is more thickly
studded, and here the hairs are uniformly bent towards the axis
of the whole organ. No one could have watched bees without
discovering that, by the antenne, intercommunication is ac-
complished; but for this purpose front and side hairs alone are
required; and the drone, unlike the queen and worker, very
suggestively, has no others, since the condition of the cells is no
part of his care, if only the larder be well furnished.’’
(Cheshire.)

20. The celebrated Francois Huber, of Geneva, made a
number of experiments on the antenne, and ascertained that
they are organs of smell and feeling.

Before citing his discoveries, we must pay our tribute of
admiration to this wonderful man. (Plate 6.)

Huber, in early manhood, lost the use of his eyes. His
opponents imagined that to state this fact would materially
discredit his observations. And to make their ease still
stronger, they asserted that his servant, Francis Burnens, by
whose aid he conducted his experiments, was only an ignorant
peasant. Now this so-called “ignorant peasant” was a man of
strong native intellect, possessing the indefatigable energy and
enthusiasm indispensable to a good observer. He was a noble
specimen of a self-made man, and rose to be the chief magis-
trate in the village where he resided. Huber has paid a
worthy tribute to his intelligence, fidelity, patience, energy and
skill. A single fact will show the character of the man. It
became necessary, in a certain experiment, to examine sepa-
rately all the bees in two hives. “Burnens spent eleven days
in performing this work, and during the whole time he scarcely

PLATE 6.

FRANCOIS HUBER,

Author of the ‘‘Nonvelles Observations sur les Abeilles.”” published
in Geneva, Switzerland, 172-1814.
This writer is mentioned pages 8, 9, 10, 14, 47, 50, 51, 54, 55, 57, 59,

77, 84, 99, 104, 105, 110, 1238, 124, 141, 180, 206,
209, 244, 282, 300, 301, 391, 491.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS, 9

allowed himself any relaxation, but what the relief of his eyes
required.”

Huber’s work on bees is such an admirable specimen of the
inductive system of reasoning, that it might well be studied
as a model of the only way of investigating nature, so as to
arrive at reliable results.

21. Huber was assisted in his researches, not only by Bur-
nens, but by his own wife, to whom he was betrothed before
the loss of his sight, and who nobly persisted in marrying
him, notwithstanding his misfortune and the strenuous dis-
suasions of her friends. They lived longer than the ordinary
term of human life in the enjoyment of great domestic hap-
piness, and the amiable naturalist, through her assiduous at-
tentions, scarcely felt the loss of his sight.

22. Milton is believed by many to have been a better poet
in consequence of his blindness; and it is highly probable that
Huber was a better Apiarist from the same cause. His active,
yet reflective mind, demanded constant employment; and he
found, in the study of the habits of the honey-bee, full scope
for his powers. All the observations and experiments of his
faithful assistants being daily reported, many inquiries and
suggestions were made by him, which might not have oceurred
to him, had he possessed the use of his eyes.

Few, like him, have such command of both time and money,
as to be able to prosecute on so grand a seale, for a series”
of years, the most costly experiments. Having repeatedly
verified his most important observations, we take great de-
light in holding him up to our countrymen as the PRINCE OF
APIARISTS.

23. Huber, having imprisoned a queen in a wire cage, saw
the bees pass their antenne through the meshes of the cage,
and turn them in every direction. The queen answered these
tokens of love by clinging to the cage and crossing her antenne
with theirs. Some bees were trying to draw the queen out,
and several extended their tongues to feed her through the
meshes. Wonderful as the experiment seemed at that time,

10 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

the fact is verified now by daily occurrences in queen-rearing.
Huber adds:

‘‘How can we doubt now that the communication between
the workers and the queen was maintained by the touch of the
antenne?’?

24. That bees can hear, either by their antenne or some
other organ, few will now deny, even although the sound of
a gun near the hive is entirely unnoticed by them.

“Should some alien being watch humanity during a thun-
der-storm, he might quite similarly decide that thunder was to
us inaudible. Clap might follow clap without securing any ex-
ternal sign of recognition; yet let a little child with tiny voice
but shriek for help, and all would at once be awakened to
activity. So with the bee: sounds appealing to its instincts
meet with immediate response, while others evoke no wasted
emotion.’’ (Cheshire.)

Fig. 4.
PARTS OF SURFACE OF ANTENNAE,

(Magnified 360 times. From Cheshire.)

A, portion of front surface of one of the lower members of the flag-
ellum (worker or queen), s’, smelling organ; f’, feeling hair.

B, portion of the side and back of same (worker), h, ordinary hair;
ce’, conoid hair; ho (auditory?) hollows.

C, portion of one of the lower members of flagellum (drone).

D, portion of lower member of flagellum (back, worker or queen).

‘‘The sound that bees produce by the vibrating of their
wings is often the means of calling one another. If you place
a bee-hive in a very dark room, their humming will draw the
scattered bees together. In vain do you cover the hive, or
change its place, the bees will invariably go towards the spot
whence the sound comes.’’ (Collin, ‘‘Guide du Propriétaire
d’Abeilles,’’ Paris, 1875.)

25. To prove that bees can hear is easy, but to determine

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS. 11

the location of the organ is more difficult. The small holes
which were discovered on the surface of the antennex, have
been considered as organs of hearing by Lefébure (1838),
and by others later. Cheshire has noticed these small holes
in the six or seven last articulations of the antenne: holes
which become more numerous towards the end of the antenna,
so that the last joint carries perhaps twenty. He, also, con-
siders these as the organs of hearing, especially because they
are larger in the drones, who may need to distinguish the
sounds of the queen’s wings.* On this question, Prof. Cook,
in his “Bee-keepers’ Guide,” says:

‘*No Apiarist has failed to notice the effect of various sounds
made by the bees upon their comrades of the hive, and how con-
tagious are the sharp note of anger, the low hum of fear, and
the pleasant tone of a swarm as they commence to enter their
new home. Now, whether insects take note of these vibra-
tions as we recognize pitch, or whether they just distinguish
the tremor, I think no one knows.’’

26. It is well proven that bees can smell with their an-
tenn, and Cheshire carefully describes the “smell hollows,”
not to be mistaken for the “ear holes,” which are smaller, but
also located on the antennz.

«In the case of the worker, the eight active joints of the an-
tenna have an average of fifteen rows, of twenty smell-hollows
each, or 2,400 on each antenna. The queen has a less number,
giving about 1,600 on each antenna. If these organs are olfac-
tory, we see the reason. The worker’s necessity to smell nectar
explains all. We, perhaps, exclaim—Can it be that these little
threads we call antenne can thus carry thousands of organs
each requiring its own nerve end? But greater surprises await
us, and I must admit that the examinations astonished me
greatly. In the drone antenna we have thirteen joints in all,
of which nine are barrel-shaped and special, and these are
covered completely by smell-hollows. An average of thirty
rows of these, seventy in a row, on the nine joints of the two
antenne, give the astounding number of 37,800 distinct or-

* The queens and the drones, in flight, each have a peculiar and eas-
ily distinguishable sound.

12 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

gans. When I couple this development with the greater size
of the eye of the drone, and ask what is his function, why
needs he such a magnificent equipment? and remember that he
has not to scent the nectar from afar, nor spy out the coy
blossoms as they peep between the leaves, I feel forced to the
conclusion that the pursuit of the queen renders them neces-
sary.’’ (Cheshire.)

LONGITUDINAL SECTION THROUGH PORTION OF FLAGELLUM OF ANTENNA
OF WORKER,

(Magnified 300 times. From Cheshire.)

f, feeling hair; s, smelling organ; ho, hollow; c, conoid or cone-
shaped hair; hi, hypodermal or under-skin layer; n,n, nerves in bun-
dles; ar, articulation; c’, conoid hair, magnified 800 times.

2%. While giving these short quotations and beautiful en-
gravings from Cheshire’s anatomy of the bee, we earnestly
advise the scientific bee-student to procure and read his work.
Mr. Cheshire shows us those minute organs so beautifully and
extensively magnified, that in reading his book we feel as
though we were transported by some Genius inside of the body
of a giant insect, every detail of whose organism was laid
open before us. However wonderful the statement made
above, of the existence of nearly 20,000 organs in such a small
thing as the antenna of a bee, this fact will not be disputed.
Those of our bee-friends, who have had the good luck to meet
the editor of the British Bee-Journal, Mr. Cowan, during his
trip to America, in 1887, will long remember the wonderful
microscopical studies, and the microscope which he brought

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS, 13

with him. This instrument, the most powerful by far that we
ever had seen, gave us a practical peep into the domain of the
infinitesimal.

28. Better than any other description of the smallness of
atoms is that given by Flammarion, in his “Astronomie Popu-
laire”:

‘“Tt is proven,’’ he says, ‘‘that an atom cannot be larger
than one ten-millionth of a millimeter. It results from this,
that the number of atoms contained in the head of a pin, of an
ordinary diameter, would not be less than

8,000,000,000,000,000,000,000.

And if it was possible to count these atoms, and to separate
them, at the rate of one billion per second, it would take 250,-
000 years to number them.’’

29. Girard reports, as follows, an experiment on the olfac-
tory organs of our little insects:

‘“While a bee was intently occupied sucking honey, we
brought near her head a pin dipped in ether. She at once
showed symptoms of a great anxiety; but an inodorous pin re-
mained entirely unnoticed.’’

30. Whatever be the location of their olfactory organs,
they are unquestionably endowed with a marvelous power of
detecting the odor of honey in flowers or elsewhere.

One day we discovered that some bees had entered our honey-
room, through the key-hole. We turned them out, and stopped
it up. Some time after, more bees had entered, and we vainly
searched for the crevice that admitted them. Finally a feeble
bum caused us to notice that they were coming down the
chimney to the fire-place, which was closed by a screen. The
wedge which held this screen having become somewhat loose,
the motion of the sereen in windy weather opened a hole just
large enough for a bee to crawl through. A few bees were
waiting behind the screen, and as soon as its motion allowed
one to pass, she manifested her joy by the humming which
led to the discovery. These bees, escaping with a load, when

14 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

the door was opened, had become customary and interested vis-
itors,

31. Every bee-keeper has noticed that their flight is guided
by the scent of flowers, though they be a mile or more away.
In the city of Keokuk, situated on a hill in a curve of the
Mississippi, the bees cross the river, a mile wide, to find the
fiowers on the opposite bank.

32. ‘‘Not only do bees have a very acute sense of smell,
but they add to this faculty the remembrance of sensations.
Here is an example: We had placed some honey on a windew.
Bees soon crowded upon it. Then the honey was taken away,
and the outside shutters were closed and remained so the whole
winter. When, in Spring, the shutters were opened again, the
bees came back, although there was no honey on the window.
No doubt, they remembered that they got honey there before.
So, an interval of several months was not sufficient to efface the
impression they had receivedi—(Huber, ‘‘ Nouvelles Observa-
tions sur les Abeilles,’’ Genéve, 1814.)

33. It is well known, also, that bees wintered in cellars
(646) remember their previous location when taken out in
the Spring.

If food is given to a colony, at the same hour, and in the
same spot, for two days in succession, they will expect it the
third day, at the same time and place.

34. ‘‘When one of her antenne is cut off, no change takes
place in the behavior of the queen. If you cut both antenne
near the head, this mother, formerly held in such high consid-
eration by her people, loses all her influence, and even the
maternal instinct disappears. Instead of laying her eggs in the
cells, she drops them here and there.’’—(Huber.)

The experiments made by Huber on workers and drones,
in regard to the loss of the antennz, are equally conclusive.
The workers, deprived of their antenne, returned to the hive,
where they remained inactive and soon deserted it forever,
light being the only thing which seemed to have any attraction
for them.

In the same way, drones, deprived of their antenne, de-

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS, 15

serted the observatory hive, as soon as the light was excluded
from it, although it was late in the afternoon, and no drones
were flying out. Their exit was attributed to the loss of this
organ, which helps to direct them in darkness.

35. The inference is obvious, that a bee deprived of her
antennz loses the use of her intellect.

“*Tf you deprive a bird, a pigeon, for instance, of its cerebral
lobe, it will be deprived of its instinct, yet it will live if you
stuff it with food. Furthermore, its brain will eventually be
renewed, thus bringing back all the uses of its senses,’’—
(Claude Bernard, ‘‘Science Expérimentale.’’)

Bees, however, cannot live without their antenna, and these
organs would not grow again, like the brains of birds, the
legs of crawfishes, or the tails of lizards.

36. Let us notice, in reference to the sensorial organs,
that the brain of workers is very much larger than that of
either the queen or the drone, who need but a very common
instinet to perform their functions; while the various occupa-
tions of the workers, who act as nurses, purveyors, sweep-
ers, watchful wardens, and directors of the economy of the
bee-hive, necessitate an enlargement of faculties very extra-
ordinary in so small an insect.

37. We cannot leave this subject without quoting the cele-
brated Hollander, Swammerdam, as Cheshire does:

‘‘T cannot refrain from confessing, to the glory of the im-
mense, incomprehensible Architect, that I have but imperfectly
described and represented this small organ; for to represent it
to the life in its full perfection, far exceeds the utmost efforts
of human knowledge.’’

38. We have now come to the most difficult organ to
deseribe—the mouth of the bee. But we will first visit the
interior of the head and of the thorax, to find the nursing and
salivary glands, and explain their uses.

39. The workers have three pairs of glands: two pairs,
different in form, placed in the head (fig. 6), and one larger
pair located in the thorax or corselet. The upper pair, which

16

PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

resembles a string of onions, is absent in the drones and
queens. According to Girard, these upper glands were dis-
covered by Meckel in 1846. They are very large and dilated
in the young worker bees, while they act as nurses, but are
slim in the bees of a broodless colony. In the old bees, that

we
‘to

Ou

"79>
fret

Aqy
es

Fig. 6.
SALIVARY GLANDS OF THE WORKER-BEE,
(Magnified.

After Barbd.) u, u, glands of the head; b, glands of
the thorax.

The two upper pairs are glands of the head,. the lower
are glands of the thorax.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS. 17

no longer nurse the brood, they wither more and more, till
they become shrunken and seemingly dried. Hence Maurice
Girard, and others before him, have concluded very rationally
that these upper glands produce the milky food given to the
larve, during the first days of their development. Mr. Ches-
hire has confirmed the very reasonable theory that the queen,
during the time of egg-laying, is fed by the workers from
the secretions of this gland.

~,
SS semen neee”

~~,

Fig. 7.

LONGITUDINAL SECTION THROUGH HEAD OF WORKER.

(Magnified 14 times. From Cheshire.)

a, antenna, with three muscles attached to mcp, meso-cephalic pillar;
cl clypeus; lbr, labrum or upper lip; No. 1, upper salivary or chyle
gland (this gland really runs in front of the meso-cephalic pillars, but
here the latter are kept in view); 0, opening of same in the mouth; oc,
ocellus or simple eye; cg, cephalic ganglion, or brain system; n, neck;
th, thorax; oe, oesophagus or gullet; sd, 2, 3, salivary ducts of glands
two and three; sv, salivary valve; ph pharynx; Ib, labium or lower
lip, with its parts separated for display; mt, mentum or chin; mo,
mouth; mz, maxilla; lp, labial palpi; J, ligula or tongue; b, bouton.

40. ‘The queen at certain periods has the power of pro-
ducing between 2,000 and 3,000 eggs daily (98). A careful
caleulation shows that 90,000 of these would occupy a cubic
inch and weigh 270 grains. So that a good queen, for days or
even weeks* in succession, would deposit, every twenty-four

* These facts have been demonstrated so repeatedly, that they are
as well established as the most common laws in the breeding cf our
domestic animals.

18 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

hours, between six and nine grains of highly-developed and
extremely rich tissue-forming matter. Taking the lowest esti-
mate, she then yields the ineredible quantity of twice her own
weight daily, or more accurately four times, since at this period
more than half her weight consists of eggs. Is not the reader
ready to exclaim: What enormous powers of digestion she must
possess! and since pollen is the only tissue-forming food of
bees, what pellets of this must she constantly keep swallowing
and how large must be the amount of her dejections! But what
are the facts? Dissection reveals that her chyle stomach is
smaller than that of the worker, and that at the time of her
highest efforts, often scarcely a pollen grain is discoverable
within it, its contents consisting of a transparent mass, micro-
scopically indistinguishable from the so-called ‘‘royal jelly’’;
while the most practical bee-men say that they never saw the
queen pass any dejections at all. These contradictions are
utterly inexplicable, except upon the theory I propound and
advocate. She does pass dejections, for I have witnessed the
fact; but these are very watery.’’....—(Cheshire.)

Thus, according to Cheshire, the food eaten by the queen,
during egg-laying, is already digested and assimilated by the
bees, for her use. Her dejections, which are scanty and liquid,
are licked up by the workers, as are also the dejections of the
drones, if not too abundant.

41. The other two pairs of glands, which are common to
workers, queens, and drones, evidently produce the saliva.
The functions of both must be the same, for they unite in
the same canal (sd, 2, 3, fig. 7), terminated by a valvule,
which, passing though the mentum or chin (mt), opens at the
base of the tongue. The saliva produced by them is used for
different purposes. It helps the digestion; it changes the
chemical condition of the nectar (246) harvested from the
flowers; it helps to knead the scales of wax (201) of which
the combs are built, and perhaps the propolis (236) with
which the hives are varnished. It is used also to dilute the
honey when too thick, to moisten the (263) pollen grains, to
wash the hairs when daubed with honey, ete.

These glands yield their saliva while the tongue of the bees

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS. 19

is stretched out; but the upper glands (No. 1, fig. 7), which
open on both sides of the pharynx or mouth (ph), can yield
their product only when the tongue is bent backwards, to help
feed the larva (G4) lying at the bottom of the cell.

42, The mouth of the bee has mandibles or outer jaws,
which move sidewise, like those of ants and other insects,
instead of up and down as in higher animals. These jaws
are short, thick, without teeth, and beveled inside so as to
form a hollow when joined together, as two spoons would do.
With them, they manipulate the wax to build their comb,
open the anthers of flowers to get the honey, and seize and
hold, to drag them out, robbers or intruders, cr débris of any
kind.

Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. 11.
Head of honey- Head ofhoney- Mandible of honey- Mandible of honey-
hornet. bee. hornet. bee.
(Magnified.) (Magnified.) (Magnified.) (Magnified.)

43. Fig. 10 shows the jaws of the Mexican hornet highly
magnified. Fig. 11 shows the jaws of the honey-bee, highly
magnified. Notice the difference in the shape of the two, the
saw-like appearance of the one, and the spatula shape of the
other. <A glance at these figures is enough to convince any
intelligent horticulturist of the truth of Aristotle’s remark—
made more than two thousand years ago—that “bees hurt no
kinds of sound fruit, but wasps and hornets are very destruc-
tive to them.”

We shall give further evidence concerning the correctness
of this statement. (871)

44, Below the antenna, the elypeus or shield (cl, fig. 7)
projects, which is prolongated by an elastic rim called labrum
or upper lip (Ibr), The pharynx is the mouth (ph), and the

20 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEB.

esophagus (ce) the gullet, through which the food goes into
the stomach.

As we have already seen, the vanals of the upper glands
open on each side of the mouth, and discharge their product
into it at will.

45. The chin or mentum (mi) is. not literally a part of
the mouth. It ean move forward and backward, and supports
several pieces, among which is the tongue, or proboseis, cr
ligula (1). The tongue is not an extension of the chin, but
has its root in it, and ean only be partly drawn back into it,
its extremity, when at rest, being folded back under the chin.

46. There are, on each side of the tongue, the labial palpi
or feelers* (b, fig. 12, and lp, fig. 7), which are fastened to
the chin by hinged joints. They are composed of four pieces
each, the first two of which are broad, and the other two small
and thin, and provided with sensitive hairs of a very fine
fabric. Outside of the palpi are the maxille (c, fig. 12, and
mx, fig. 7) which in some insects have the function of jaws,
but which, in the bee, only serve, with the palpi, to enfold
the tongue in a sort of tube, formed and opened at the will of
the insect, and which, by a certain muscular motion, as also
by the ability of the tongue to move up and down in this
tube, foree the food up into the mouth.

A’?. The tongue is covered with hairs, which are of graded
sizes, so that those nearest the tip or bouton are thin and
flexible. It—the tongue—is grooved like a trough, the edges
of which can also unite to form a tube, with perfect joints.
It is easily understood that if the tongue were a tube, the
pollen grains when conveyed through it would obstruct it,
especially when daubed with very thick honey.

48. ‘‘A most beautiful adaptation here becomes evident.
Nectar gathered from blossoms needs conversion into honey.
Its cane sugar must be changed into grape sugar, and this is
accomplished by the admixture of the salivary secretions of
Systems Nos. 2 and 3 (sd, 2, 3, fig. 7), either one or both. The
tongue is drawn into the mentum by the shortening of the re-

Organs of taste according to Leydig and Jobert.

PuatE 7.

COUNT GAETANO BARBO,

Author of the Microscopic Studies, shown in figs. 1, 2, 6, 12, 15, 16, 17,
18. 20, 28, 26, 28, 33, 37, 38, 39, 44

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS. 21

tractor lingue muscle, which, as it contracts, diminishes the
space above the salivary valve, and so pumps out the saliva,
which mixes with the nectar as it rises, by methods we now

Fig. 12.

TONGUE AND APPENDAGES.
(Magnified. After Barbd.)
a, tongue; b, labial palpi; c, maxilla.
understand. Bees, it has often been observed, feed on thick
syrup slowly; the reason is simple. The thick syrup will not
pass readily through minute passages without thinning by a

22 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HIONEY-BEE.

fluid. This fiuid is saliva, which is demanded in larger quanti-
ties than the poor bees can supply. They are able, however, to
yield it in surprising volume, which also explains how it is that
these little marvels can so well clean themselves from the sticky
body honey. The saliva is to them both soap and water, and
the tongue and surrounding parts, aftcr any amount of daub-
ing, will soon shine with the lustre of a mirror.’’—(Cheshire.)

49. The length of the tongue of the honey-bee is of great
importance to bee-keepers. Some flowers, such as red clover,
have a corolla so deep, that few bees are able to gather the
honey produced in them. Therefore, one of the chief aims of
progressive bee-keepers, should be to raise bees with longer
tongues. This can undoubtedly be done sooner or later, by
careful selection, in the same way that all our domestic plants
and animals have been improved in the past. For this, patience
and time are required.

50. The thorax is the intermediate part of the body. It
is also called “‘corselet.” It is formed of three rings soldered
into one. Each of the three rings bears one pair of legs, on
its under side; and each of the last two rings bears a pair
of wings, on its upper side; making four wings and six legs,
all fastened on the thorax.

51. Each leg is composed of nine joints (B, Plate 8), the
two nearest the body (c, tr) being short. The next three
are the femur (f), tibia (ti), and planta ()) also called meta-
tarsus. The last four joints form the tarsus (t) or foot.

52. The last joint of the tarsus, or tip of the foot, is pro-
vided with two claws (an, fig. 13), that cling to objects or
to the surfaces on which the bee climbs. These claws can be
folded, somewhat like those of a cat (A, fig. 13), or can be
turned upwards (B, fig. 13) when the bees are hanging in
clusters. When they walk on a polished surface, like the pane
of a window, which the claws cannot grasp, the latter are
folded down; but there is between them a small rubber-like
pocket, pulvillus (pv, A, B,) which secretes a stieky, “clammy”
substance, that enables the bee to cling to the smoothest sur-
faces. House-flies and other inseets clinz to walls and win-

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS. 23

dows by the same process. It was formerly asserted that
insects cling to the smooth surfaces by air suction, but the
above explanation is correct, and you can actually see “the
footprints of a fly” on a pane of glass, with the help of a
microscope, remnants of the “clammy” substance being quite
discernible. By this ingenious arrangement, bees can walk
indifferently upon almost anything, since wherever the claws
fail, the pulvilli take their place.

53. ‘But another contrivance, equally beautiful, remains
to be noticed. The pulvillus is carried folded in the middle (as
at C, fig. 13), but opens out when applied to a surface, for it
has at its upper part an elastic and curved rod (er) which
straightens as the pulvillus is pressed down, C and D, fig. 13,
making this clear. The flattened-out pulvillus thus holds
strongly while pulled, by the weight of the bee, along the sur-
face, to which it adheres, but comes up at once if lifted and
rolled off from its opposite sides, just as we should peel a wet
postage stamp from its envelope. The bee, then, is held se-
eurely till it attempts to lift the leg, when it is freed at once;
and, by this exquisite yet simple plan, it can fix and release
each foot at least twenty times per second.’’—(Cheshire.)

BEE’S FOOT IN CLIMBING, SHOWING ACTION OF PULVILLUS,

(Magnified 30 times. From Cheshire.)

A, position of the foot in climbing slippery surface or glass; pv, pul-
villus; fh, feeling hairs; an, anguiculus, or claw; t, tarsal joint.

B, pesition of the foot in climbing rough surface.

C, section of pulvillus just touching flat surface; cr, curved rod.

D, pulvillus applied to surface.

54. The legs of bees, like all other parts of their body,
are covered with hairs of varied shapes and sizes, the descrip-
tion of which is beyond the limits of this work. We will con-

24 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

fine ourselves to a short explanation of the uses which have
a direct bearing upon the work of the bee.

The hairs of the front, or first, pair of legs (C, Plate 8),
are especially useful in cleaning the eyes and the tongue, and
gathering the pollen grains.

55. On the metatarsus, the lower of the two largest joints
of ihese front legs, is a rounded notch (EK, a, Plate 5), closed
when the leg is folded, by a sort of spur or velum, (v, C, E,
H{) fastened to the tibia, or upper large joint. The learned
Dr. Dubini, of Milan (L’Ape, Milan, 1881), speaks of it as
being used to cleanse the antennze and the tongue of the pollen
that sticks to them. Mr. Cheshire thinks it is used only to
cleanse the antenne, from the fact that this notch, which has
teeth hike a comb (F, Plate 3), is found as well in the queen
and the drone as in the worker, and that its aperture corre-
sponds exactly to the different sizes of the antenne of each
sex. (H, Plate 8.)

56. The second pair of legs have no notch, but the lower
extremity of the tibia bears a spur (D, s, Plate 8) or spine,
which is used in loosening the pellets of pollen, brought to
the hive on the tibias of the posterior legs (Plate 8). This
spur also helps in cleaning the wings.

5@. The posterior or hind legs are very remarkable, in sev-
eral respects. Between the tibia and the metatarsus (B, wp,
Plate $) they have an articulation, whose parts close like
pincers, and which serves to loosen from the abdomen the
seales of wax to be mentioned further on (201). As neither
the queen ner the drone produces wax, they are destitute of
this implement.

58. ‘‘But the chief interest centers on the two joints last
mentioned (ti, p, A, B, Plate 8), as a device for carrying the
pollen of the blossom home to the hive. The metatarsus is en-
larged into a sub-quadrangular form, constituting a flattish
plate, slightly convex on both surfaces. The outer face (p, A,
Plate 8) is not remarkable, but the one next the body (p, B) is
furnished with stiff combs, the teeth of which are horny,
straight spines, set closely, and arranged in transverse rows

PLATE 8.

LEGS OF WORKER-BEB.
(Magnified 10 times. From Cheshire.)

A, third right leg, side from the body. ti, tibia, showing pollen
basket; p, planta or metatarsus; ¢, tarsus. B, third right leg, side
next the body. c, coxa; tr, trochanter; wp, pincers. C, front right
leg. v, velum; b, brush; eb, eye-brush. D, second right leg. 0,
brush. 3, joint of first leg, more enlarged. v, velum; a, antenna
comb; b, brush. F, teeth of antenna comb, magnified 200 times. G,
cross-section of tibia through pollen-basket. mn, nerve; h, holding hairs;
fa, farina or pollen. H, antenna in process of cleaning. v, velum; s,
scraping edge; a, antenna ; I, section of leg: c, antenna comb.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS, 25

across the joint, a little projecting above its plane, and the
tips of one comb slightly overlapping the basis of the next.
Their colour is reddish-brown; and entangled in the combs, we
almost invariably discover pollen granules, which have becn
at first picked up by the thoracic hairs, but combed out by the
constant play of the legs over the breast—in which work, the
second pair, bearing a strong resemblance to the third, per-
forms an important part.’’

59. ‘‘So soon as the bees have loaded these combs, they
do not return to the hive, but transfer the pollen to the hollow
sides of the tibia, seen at ti, A. This concavity, corbicula, or
pollen basket, is smooth and hairless, except at the edges,
whence spring long, slender, curved spines, two sets following
the line of the bottom and sides of the basket, while a third
bends over its front. The concavity fits it to contain pollen,
while the marginal hairs greatly increase its possible load, like
the sloping stakes which the farmer places round the sides of
his waggon when he desires to carry loose hay, the set bent
over (see G, Plate 8) accomplishing the purpose of the cords
by which he saves his property from being lost on the road.
But a difficulty arises: How can the pollen be transferred from
the metatarsal comb to the basket above? LEasily; for it is the
left metatarsus that charges the right basket, and vice versa.
The legs are crossed, and the metatarsus naturally scrapes its
comb-face on the upper edge of the opposite tibia, in the direc-
tion from the base of the combs towards their tips. These
upper hairs standing over wp, B, or close to ti, A (which are
opposite sides of the same joint), are nearly straight, and pass
between the comb teeth. The pollen, as removed, is caught by
the bent-over hairs, and secured. Each scrap adds to the mass,
until the face of the joint is more than covered, and the hairs
just embrace the pellet as we see it in the cross-section at G.
The worker now hies homewards, and the spine, as a crow-bar,
does its work.’’—(Cheshire.)

60. The four wings, in two pairs, are supported by hol-
low nervures or ribs, and have a great power of resistance.
In flight, the small wings are fastened to the large ones by
small hooks (fig. 14), located on the edge of their outer
nervure, that catch in a fold of the mner edge of the large

26 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

wings. Thus united, they present to the air a stronger sur-
face and give the bees a greater power of flight. No doubt, a
single pair of wings of the same surface would have better
attained the desired aim, but their width would have annoyed
the bees in going inside of the cells, either to feed the larve
or to deposit supplies. Imagine a blue fly trying, with its
wide wings, to go inside of a cell!

Giiier
Coe Wy HAN ‘a
Ke SHG Hh Ye

WINGS OF THE HONEY BEE.

(Magnified. From Cheshire.)

A, anterior wing, under side; p,p, plait.

B, posterior wing, under side; h,h, hooklets.

C, cross-section of wings through line, a,b, showing hooklets in plait.

61. “Mr. Gaurichon has noticed that when the bees fan,
or ventilate the entrance of the hive, their wings are not
hooked together as they are in flight, but act independently
of one another.” (Dubini, 1881.) A German entomologist,
Landois, states that, according to the pitch of their hum, the
bees’ flight must at times be equal to 440 vibrations in a sec-
ond, but he noticed that this speed could not be kept up with-
out fatigue. It is well known that the more rapid the vibra-
tions, the higher the pitch.

G2. Dicrestina Apraratus.—The honey obtained from the
blossoms, after mixing with the saliva (41), and passing

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS. 27

through the mouth and the cesophagus, is conveyed into the
honey-sack.

G3. This organ, located in the abdomen, is not larger than
a very small pea, and so perfectly transparent as to appear,
when filled, of the same color as its contents; it is properly

Fig. 15.

DIGESTING APPARATUS,
(Magnified. After Barbd.)

a, tongue; b, csophagus; c, honey-sack; d, stomach; e, malpighian
tubes; f, small intestine; g, large intestine.

28 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

the first stomach, and is surrounded by muscles which enable
the bee to compress it, and empty its contents through her
proboscis into the cells. She can also, at will, keep a supply,
to be digested, at leisure, when leaving with a swarm (£18),
or while in the cluster during the cold of winter (620), and
use it only as fast as necessary. For this purpose, the honey-
sack is supplied at its lower extremity, inside, with a round
ball, which Burmeister has called the stomach-mouth, and
which bas been beautifully deseribed by Schiemenz (1883).
It opens by a complex valve and connects the honey-sack with
the divesting-stomaeh, through a tube or canal, projecting in-
side the latter. This canal is lined with hairs pointing down-
ward, which prevent the solid food, such as pollen grains,
from returning to the honey-sack. Cheshire affirms that this

_ stomach-mouth, which protrudes into the honey-sack, acts as
a sort of sieve, and strains the honey from the grains of pollen
floating in it, appropriating them for digestion, and allowing
the honey to flow back into the sack. The bee could thus, at
will, ‘eat or drink from the mixed diet she carries.”

G4. According to Schonfeld, (Illustrierte Bienenzeitung)
the chyle, or milky food which is used to feed the young
larvee,—and which we have shown to be, most probably, the
product of the upper pair of glands (39-40),—would be
produced from the digesting-stomach, which he and others call
chyle-stomach. Although we are not competent in the matter,
we would remark that the so-called chyle-stomach produces
chyme, or diges:cd food, from which the chyle, or nourishing
constituent, is absorbed by the ecell-lining of the stomach and
of the intestines, and finally converted into blood. We do not
see how this chyle could be thickened and regurgitated by the
stomach to be returned to the mouth.

65. In mammals, the chyliferous vessels do not exist in
the stomach, but in the intestine, the function of the stomach
being only to digest the food by changing it into chyme, from
which the chyle is afterwards separated, for the use of the
body.

66. Again, in the mammals, the glands which produce

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS. 29

milk are composed of small clusters of acini, which take their
secretions from the blood and empty them into vessels ter-
minating at the surface of the breast. The action of the
upper gland (39-40), in the bee, is exactly similar to the
action of those lacteal glands, and the fact that this gland is
absent in the queen and in the drone is, to us, positive evidence
that the chylous or lacteal food (given the larve) is pro-
duced by these glands alone, and not by the direct action of
the digesting-stomach.

67. The food arriving in the stomach is mixed with the
gastric juice, which helps its transformation, and the undu-
lating motion of the stomach sends it to its lower extremity,
toward the intestines. But, before entering into them, the
chyme receives the product of several glands which have been
named Malpighian tubes (e, fig. 15) from the scientist Mal-
pighi, who was the first to notice them. A grinding motion
of the muscles placed at the junction of the stomach with the
intestines, acting on the grains of pollen not yet sufficiently
dissolved, prepares them to yield their assimilable particles to
the absorbing cells in the walls of the small intestine. Thence
they go into the large intestine, from which the refuse matter
is discharged by the worker-bee, while on the wing. We
italicize the words, because this fact has considerable bearing
on the health of the bees, when confined by cold or other causes,
as will be seen further on. (639.)

68. ‘‘The nervous system (fig. 16) of the honey-bee, the
seat of sensation and of the understanding, is very interesting.
The honey-bee, more perfect in organization than the butterfly,
begins as a larva deficient in legs, very much inferior to the
caterpillar from which the butterfly proceeds. The drones, al-
though larger than the workers, especially in the head, have a
smaller brain. This state of things coincides with the fact that
the drones are not intelligent, while no one can refuse gleams
of intelligence to the worker-bees, as nurses and builders.’’—
(Girard.)

G9. The heart, or organ of the circulation of the blood,
formed of five elongated rooms, in the abdomen, is terminated

30° PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

in the thorax, and in the head, by the aorta, which is not con-
tractible. Each room of the heart presents, on either side, an
opening for the returning blood. The blood, “soaking through

Fig. 16.
NERVOUS SYSTEM OF THE HONEY BER.
(Magnified. After Barbd.)
the body” (Cheshire), comes in contact with the air contained
in the tracheal ramifications, where it is arterialized, or in
plainer words, renovated, before Coming back to the heart.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS. 31

The bee is not provided with any discernible blood or
lymphatie vessels save the aorta, and its blood is colorless.
70. The breathing organ of the bee is spread through its

Fig. 17.
TRACHEAL BAG.
(Magnified. After Barbd.)

whole body. It is formed of membranous vessels, or trachex,
whose ramifications spread and penetrate into the organs, as
the rootlets of a plant sink down into the soil. Connected

32 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

with these, there is, on each side of the abdominal cavity, a
large tracheal bag, (fig. 17), variable in form and dimensions,
according to the quantity of air that it contains. Bees breathe
through holes, or spiracles, which are placed on each side of
the body, and open into the tracheal bags and trachee.

Fi. ‘<The act of respiration consists in the alternate dila-
tation and contraction of the abdominal segments. By filling,
or emptying the air-bags, the bee can change her specific grav-
ity. When a bee is preparing herself for flight, the act of
respiration resembles that of birds, under similar circum-
stances. At the moment of expanding her wings, which is
indeed an act of respiration, the spiracles or breathing holcs
are expanded, and the air, rushing into them, is extended into
the whole-body, which by the expansion of the air-bags, is en-
larged in bulk, and rendered of less specific gravity; so that
when the spiracles are closed, at the instant the insect endeav-
ors to make the first stroke with, and raise itself upon, its
wings, it is enabled to rise in the air, and sustain a long and
powerful flight, with but little muscular exertion.’?? * * *
“‘Newport has shown that the development of heat in insects,
just as in vertebrates, depends on the quantity and activity of
respiration and the volume of circulation.’’—(Packard, Salem,
1869.)

7“. Mr. Cheshire notices that bees, even in full, vigorous
youth and strength, are not at all times able to take flight.
The reader may have noticed that if they are frightened, or
even touched with the finger, they will occasionally move only
by shght jumps. This temporary inability to fly, is due to
the small quantity of air that their tracheal sacs contain.
They were at rest, their blood circulated slowly, their body
was comparatively heavy; but when their wings were ex-
panded, the tracheal bags, that were as flat as ribbons, were
soon filled with air, and they were ready to take wing.

Practical Apiarists well know that bees may be shaken off
the comb, and gathered up, with a shovel, with a spoon, or
even with the hands, to be weighed or measured in open ves-
sels, like sceds. The foregoing remarks give the explanation

of this fact.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS. 33

73. When the tracheal bags are filled with air, bees, owing
to their peculiar structure, can best discharge the residue con-
tained in their intestines.

The queen is differently formed, her ovaries occupying part
of the space belonging to the air-sacks in the worker, hence
her discharges, like those of the drones (190), take place in
the hive. (40.) The queen’s air-sacks are much smaller than
those of the worker, hence comes a difficulty to take wing.

J4. ‘The tracheous bags of the abdomen, which we would
be tempted to name abdominal lungs, hold in reserve the air
needed to arterialize the blood and to produce muscular
strength and heat, in connection with the powerful flight of the
insect. Heat is indispensable, to keep up the high temperature
of the hive, for the building of comb and rearing of brood.
The aerial vesicles increase, by their resonance, the intensity of
the humming, and are used also like the valve of a balloon, to
slacken or increase the speed of the flight, by the variation of
density, according to the quantity or weight, of the air that
they contain. This accumulated air is also the means of pre-
venting asphyxy, which the insects resist a long time. Lastly,
these air-bags help in the mating of the sexes, which takes
place in the air; the swelling of the vesicles being indispensable
to the bursting forth of the male organs.’’—(Girard.)

75. The hum that is produced by the vibration of the
wings is different in each of the three kinds of inhabitants
of the hive, and easily recognizable to a practiced ear. The
hum of the drone is the most sonorous. But worker-bees, when
angry or frightened, or when they call each other, emit dif-
ferent and sharper sounds. On the production of these sounds,
bee-keepers and entomologists are far from being agreed.

“Ingide of every opening of the aerial tubes is a valvular
muscle, which helps to control the mechanism of respiration.
This can be opened or closed at will, by the bee, to prevent the
ingress, or egress, of air. It is by this means that the air is
kept in the large tracheous bags and decreases the specific grav-
ity of the insect. The main resonant organ of the bee is placed
in front of this stopping muscle, at the entrance of the
trachea.

34 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

‘“‘The humming is not produced solely by the vibrating of
the wings, as is generally admitted. Chabrier, Burmeister, Lan-
dois, have discovered in the humming, three different sounds:
the first, caused by the vibration of the wings; the second,
sharper, by the vibration of the rings of the abdomen; the
third, the most intense and acute, produced by a true vocal
mechanism, placed at the orifices of the aerial tubes.’’—
(Girard.)

76. The bee-keeper who understands the language of bees,
ean turn it to his advantage. Here are some examples:

‘«When something seems to irritate the bees, who are in front
of a hive, on the alighting-board, they emit a short sound,
Z-Z-2-, jumping at the same time towards the hive. This is a
warning. Then they fly and examine the object of their fears,
remaining sustained by their wings, near the suspected object,
and emitting at the same time, a distinct and prolonged sound.
This is a sign of great suspicion. If the object moves quickly,
or otherwise shows hostile intent, the song is changed into a
piercing cry for help, in a voice whistling with anger. They
dash forward violently and blindly,. and try to sting.

‘‘When they are quiet and satisfied, their voice is the hum-
ming of a grave tune; or, if they do not move their wings, an
allegro murmur. If they are suddenly caught or compressed,
the sound is one of distress. If a hive is jarred at a time when
all the bees are quiet, the mass speedily raise a hum, which
ceases as suddenly. In a queenless hive, the sound is doleful,
lasts longer, and at times increases in force. When bees swarm,
the tune is clear and gay, showing manifest happiness.’’—
(Gttl-Klauss, 1836.)

@@. The German pastor Stahala has published a very com-
plete study on the language of bees, which has appeared in
some of the bee-papers of Italy, France and America. We
do not consider it as altogether accurate; but there are some
sounds described that all bee-keepers ought to study, especially
the doleful wail of colonies which have lost their queen, and
have no means of rearing another.

78. Tue Stixc.—The sting of a bee, a terror to so many,
is indispensable to her preservation. Without it, the attrac-

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS. 35

tion, which honey presents to man and animals, must have
caused the complete destruction of this precious insect, years
ago.

79. This organ is composed, ist, of a whitish vesicle, or
poison sack, about the size of a small mustard seed, located
in the abdomen, in which the venomous liquid is stored. This
liquid is elaborated in two long canals, similar in appearance
to the Malpighian tubes, each of which is terminated at its
upper extremity, by a small round bag or enlargement. It
is similar to formic acid, although perhaps more poisonous.

80. 2nd, In the last ring of the abdomen, and connected
with the poison sack, is a firm and sharp sheath, open in its
whole length, which supports the sting proper, and acts
independently of it. The beé ean force this sheath out of the
abdomen, or draw it in, at will.

81. 3d, The sting is composed of two spears of a polished,
chestnut-colored, horny substance, which, supported by the
sheath, make a very sharp weapon. In the act of stinging, the
spears emerge from the sheath, about two-thirds of their
length. Between them and on each of them, is a small groove,
through which the liquid, coming from the poison-sack, is
ejected into the wound.

82. Each spear of the sting has about nine barbs, which
are turned back like those of a fish hook, and prevent the
sting from being easily withdrawn. When the insect is pre-
pared to sting, one of these spears, having a little longer
point than the other, first darts into the flesh, and being fixed
by its foremost barb, the other strikes in also, and they alter-
nately penetrate deeper and deeper, till they acquire a firm
hold of the flesh with their barbed hooks.

‘‘Meanwhile, the poison is forced to the end of the spears, by
much the same process which carries the venom from the tooth
of a viper when it bites.’’—(Girard.)

83. The muscles, though invisible to the eye, are yet strong
enough to force the sting, to the depth of one-twelfth of an
inch, through the thick skin of a man’s hand.

36 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

‘‘The action of the sting,’’ says Paley, ‘‘affords an example
of the union of chemistry and mechanism; of chemistry, in re-
spect to the venom which can produce such powerful effects; of
mechanism, as the sting is 4 compound instrument. The ma-
chinery would have been comparatively useless, had it not been
for the chemical process by which, in the insect’s body, honey

Fig. 18.

THE STING OF THE WORKER BEE, AND ITS APPENDAGES.
(Magnificd. After Barbd.)

u, sting; b, poison-sack; ¢,c, poison glands; d,d, secreting bags.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS, 37

is converted into poison; and on the other hand, the poison
would have been ineffectual, without an instrument to wound,
and a syringe to inject it.

“‘Upon examining the edge of a very keen razor by the micro-
scope, it appears as broad as the back of a pretty thick knife,
rough, uneven, and full of notches and furrows, and so far from
anything like sharpness, that an instrument as blunt as this
seemed to be, would not serve even to cleave wood. An ex-
eeedingly small needle being also examined, it resembled a
rough iron bar out of a smith’s forge. The sting of a bee
viewed through the same instrument, showed everywhere a pols
ish amazingly beautiful, without the least flaw, blemish, or in-
equality, and ended in a point too fine to be discerned.’’

S4. As the extremity of the sting is barbed like an arrow,
the bee can seldom withdraw it, if the substance into which
she darts it is at all tenacious. A strange peculiarity of the
sting and the muscles pertaining to it, is their spasmodie
action, which continues quite a while, even after the bee has
torn herself away, and has left them attached to the wound.
In losing her sting, she often parts with a portion of her
intestines, and of necessity soon perishes. Wasps and hornets
are different from bees in this respect, for they can sting re-
peatedly without endangering their lives.

Although bees pay so dearly for the exercise of their
patriotic instincts, still, in defense of home and its sacred

treasures, they -—

‘¢Deem life itself to vengeance well resign’d,
Die in the wound and leave their sting behind.’’

85. The sting is not, however, always lost. When a bee
prepares to sting, she usually curves her abdomen so that she
ean drive in her sting perpendicularly. To withdraw it, she
turns around the wound. This probably rolls up its barbs,
so that it comes out more readily. If it had been driven
obliquely instead of perpendicularly, as sometimes happens,
she could never have extracted it by turning around the

wound.
86. Sometimes, only the poison-bag and sting are torn

38 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

off, then she may live quite a while without them, and strange
to say, seems to be more angry than ever, and persists in
making useless attempts to sting.

87. If a hive is opened during a Winter day, when the
weather does not permit the bees to fly, a great number of
them raise their abdomens, and thrust out their stings, in a
threatening manner. A minute drop of poison can be seen
on their points, some of which is occasionally flirted into
eyes of the Apiarist, and causes severe irritation. The odor
of this poison is so strong and peculiar, that it is easily rec-
ognized. In warm weather it excites the bees, and so pro-
vokes their anger, that when one has used its sting in one
spot on skin or clothes, others are inclined to thrust theirs in
the same place.

88. The sting, when accompanied by the poison-sack, may
inflict wounds hours, and even days, after it has been re-
moved, or torn, from the body of the bee. But when buried
in honey, its poison is best preserved, for it is very volatile,
and when exposed to the air, evaporates in a moment. The
stings of bees, which, perchance, may be found in broken
combs of honey, often retain their power, and we have known
of a person’s being stung in the mouth, by carelessly eating
honey in which bees had been buried by the fall of the combs.

Mr. J. R. Bledsoe, in the American Bee Journal, for 1870,
writes :

89. ‘‘It may often happen that one or both of the chief
parts of the sting are left in the wound, when the sheath is
withdrawn, but are rarely perceived, on account of their minute-
ness; the person stung congratulating himself, at the same
time, that the sting has been extracted. I have had occasion
to prove this fact repeatedly in my own person and in others.
* * * The substance of the sting, on account of its nature,
is readily dissolved by the fluids of the body, consequently giv-
ing irritation as a foreign body for only a short time compara-
tively. The sting when boiled in water becomes tender and
easily erushed.’’

For further particulars concerning the sting, we will refer
our readers to the chapter entitled “Handling Bees.”— (378.)

PLATE 9.

ee AT

F. R. CHESHIRE, F.L.S., F. R. M.S.

Author of ‘‘ Bees and Bce-Keeping.”’

The writer is mentioned pages 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8,10, 11, 12, 16, 17, 18, 20,
21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 28, 30, 32, 39, 61, 73, S4, 94, 104, 122,
127, 145, 352, 358, 394, 395, 472, 474, 481, 483.

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS. 39

90. Before terminating this comparatively short, but per-
haps, to many of our readers, tedious study of the organs
of the bee, we desire to commend Messrs. Girard, Packard,
Cook, Schiemenz, Dubini, and especially Mr. F. Cheshire,
who, by their writings, have helped us in this part of our
undertaking. We must add also that the more we study bees,
the more persuaded we are that Mr. Packard was right when
he wrote:

91. ‘‘Besides these structural characters as animals, en-
dowed with instinct, and a kind of reason, differing, perhaps,
only in degree, from that of man, these insects outrank all the
articulates. In the unusual differentiation of the individual
into males, females, and sterile workers, and a consequent sub-
division of labor between them; in dwelling in large colonies; in
their habits and in their relation to man as domestic animals,
subservient to his wants, the bees possess a combination of
characters which are not found in any other sub-order of insects,
and which rank them first and highest in the insect series.’’—
(‘‘Guide to the Study of Insects.’’)

92. One of the especial peculiarities of the hymenopters
is the care most of them give to their progeny. We will show
how bees nurse their young. Other insects of the same sub-
order construct their nests of clay or paper, or burrow in the
wood, or in the earth. All prepare for their young a sufficient
supply of food; some of pollen and honey, others of animal
substance. Several kinds of wasps provide their nests with
living insects, spiders, caterpillars, etc., that they have pre-
viously paralyzed, but without killing them, by piercing them
with their stings.

Ants seem to possess even a greater solicitude. When their
nests are overthrown, they carry their larve to some hidden
place out of danger.

We have exhibited the use of the organs of bees as a race.
We will now examine the character of each of the three kinds
of inhabitants of the bee-hive.

40 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

THE QUEEN.

93. Although honey-bees have attracted the attention of
naturalists for ages, the sex of the
inmates of the bee-hive was, for a
long time, a mystery. The ancient
authors, having noticed in the hive,
a bee, larger than the others, and
differently shaped, had ealled it the
“King Bee.”

94. To our knowledge, it was
an English bee-keeper, Butler; who, first among bee-writers,
affirmed in 1609, that the King Bee was really a queen, and
that he had seen her deposit eggs. (“Feminine Monarehy.’’)

95. This discovery seems to have passed unnoticed, for
Swammerdam, who ascertained the sex of bees by dissection,
is held as having been the first to proclaim the sex of the
queen-bee. (Leyde, 1737.) A brief extract from the cele-
brated Dr. Boerhaave’s Memoir of Swammerdam, showing
the ardor of this naturalist, in his study of bees, should put
to blush the arrogance of those superficial observers, who are
too wise to avail themselves of the knowledge of others:

Fig. 19.

‘‘This treatise on Bees proved so fatiguing a performance,
that Swammerdam never afterwards recovered even the appear-
ance of his former health and vigor. He was most continually
engage by day in making observations, and as constantly by
night in recording them by drawings and suitable explanations.

‘‘His daily labor began at six in the morning, when the sun
afforded him light enough to survey such minute objects; and
from that hour till twelve, he continued without interruption,
all the while exposed in the open air to the scorching heat of
the sun, bareheaded, for fear of intercepting his sight, and his
head in a manner dissolving into sweat under the irresistible
ardors of that powerful luminary. And if he desisted at noon,
it was only because the strength of his eyes was too much wesk-
ened by the extraordinary afflux of light, and the use of micro-
scopes, to continue any longer upon such small objects.

THE QUEEN. 41

‘(He often wished, the better to accomplish his vast, unlim-
ited views, for a year of perpetual heat and light to perfect his
inquiries; with a polar night, to reap all the advantages of
them by proper drawings and descriptions.’’

96. The name of queen was then given to the mother bee,
although she in no way governs, but seems to reign like a be-
loved mother in her family.

97. She is the only perfect female in the hive, the laying
of eggs being her sole function; and so well does she accom-
plish this duty, that it is not uncommon to find queens who
lay more than 3,500 eggs per day, for several weeks in suc-
cession during the height of the breeding season. In our
observing hives we have seen them lay at the rate of six eggs
in a minute. The fecundity of the female of the white ant
is, however, much greater than this, being at the rate of
sixty eggs a minute; but her eggs are simply extruded from
her body, and earried by the workers into suitable nurseries,
while the queen-bee herself deposits her eggs in their appro-
priate cells.

98. This number of 3,500, that a good queen can lay per
day, will seem exaggerated to many bee-keepers, owners of
small hives. They will perhaps ask how such laying can be
ascertained. Nothing is easier. Let us suppose that we have
found a hive, with 1,200 square inches of comb occupied by
brood. As there are about 55 worker-cells to the square inch
of comb (217), 27 to 28 on each side, we multiply 1,200 by
55, and we have 66,000 as the total number of cells occupied
at one time. Now, it takes about 21 days for the brood to
develop from the egg to, the perfect insect, and we have 3,145
as the average number of eggs laid daily by that queen, in
21 days. Of course, this amount is not absolutely accurate,
as the combs are not always entirely filled, but it will suffice
to show, within perhaps a few hundred, the actual fecundity
of the queen.

Such numbers ean be found every year, in most of the
good colonies, provided that the limited capacity of the hive
will not prevent the queen from laying to the utmost of her
ability.

42 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

99. The laying of the queen is not equal at all seasons.
She lays most during the spring and summer months, pre-
vious to the honey crop and during its flow. In late autumn
and winter months, she lays but little.

100. Her shape is widely different from that of the other
bees. While she is not near so bulky as a drone, her body is
longer; and as it is considerably more tapering, or sugar-
loaf in form, than that of a worker, she has a somewhat wasp-
like appearance. Her wings are much shorter in proportion
than those of the drone or worker;* the under part of her
body is of a golden color, and the upper part usually darker
than that of the other bees.t Her motions are generally slow
and matronly, although she can, when she pleases, move with
astonishing quickness. No colony can long exist without the
presence of this all-important insect; but must as surely
perish, as the body without the spirit must hasten to in-
evitable decay.

101. The queen is treated with the greatest respect and
affection by the bees. A circle of her loving offspring often
surround her, testifying in various ways their regard; some
gently embracing her with their antenne, others offering her
food from time to time, and all of them politely backing out
of her way, to give her a clear path when she moves over the
combs. If she is taken from them, the whole colony is thrown
into a state of the most intense agitation as soon as they
ascertain their loss; all the labors of the hive are abandoned;
the bees run wildly over the combs, and frequently rush from
the hive in anxious search for their beloved mother. If they
cannot find her, they return to their desolate home, and by
their sorrowful tones reveal their deep sense of so deplorable
a calamity. Their note at such times, more especially when
they first realize their loss, is of a peculiarly mournful char-
acter; it sounds somewhat like a succession of wailings on
the minor key, and can no more be mistaken by an experienced
bee-keeper, for their ordinary happy hum (76), than the

*The wings of the queen are in reality longer than those of the

worker.
+ This applies only to queens of the black or common race.

THE QUEEN. 43

piteous moanings of a sick child could be confounded by the
anxious mother with its joyous crowings when overflowing
with health and happiness. We shall give in this connection,
a description of an interesting experiment.

102. A populous stock was removed, in the morning, to
a new place, and an empty hive put upon its stand. Thou-

Fig. 20.
HEAD OF QUEEN.
(Magnified. After Barbd.)
sands of workers which were ranging the fields, or which left
the old hive after its removal, returned to the familiar spot.
It was truly affecting to witness their grief and despair; they
flew in restless circles about the place where once stood their
happy home, entering the empty hive continually, and express-
ing in various ways, their lamentations over so cruel a be-
reavement. Towards evening, ceasing to take wing, they
roamed in restless platoons, in and out of the hive, and over
its surface, as if in search of some lost treasure. A small

44 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE,

piece of brood-comb was then given to them, containing
worker-eggs and worms. The effect produced by its intro-
duction took place much quicker than can be deseribed. Those
which first touched it raised a peculiar note, and in a moment,
the comb was covered with a dense mass of bees; as they rec-
ognized, in this small piece of comb, the means of deliverance,
despair gave place to hope, their restless motions and mourn-
ful voices ceased, and a cheerful hum proclaimed their de-
light. If some one should enter a building filled with thou-
sands of persons tearing their hair, beating their breasts, and
by piteous cries, as well as frantic gestures, giving vent to
their despair, and could by a single word cause all these dem-
onstrations of agony to give place to smiles and congratula-
tions, the change would not be more instantaneous than that
produced when the bees received the brood-comb!

The Orientals called the honey-bee “Deborah; She that
speaketh.” Would that this little insect might speak, in
words more eloquent than those of man’s device, to those who
reject any of the doctrines of revealed religion, with the
assertion that they are so improbable, as to labor wnder a
fatal a priort objection. Do not all the steps in the devel-
opment of a queen from the worker-egg, labor under the
very same objection? and have they not, for this reason been
formerly regarded, by many bee-keepers, as unworthy of
belief? If the favorite argument of infidels will not stand
the test, when applied to the wonders of the bee-hive, is it
entitled to serious weight, when, by objecting to religious
truths, they arrogantly take to task the Infinite Jehovah for
what He bas been pleased to do or to teach? With no more
latitude than is claimed by such objectors, it were easy to
prove that a man is under no obligation to believe any of the
wonders of the bee-hive, even although he is himself an intelli-
gent eye-witness to their substantial truth.*

103. The process of rearing queen-bees will now be par-

«The passages referring to religious subjects have been nearly all
retained in the revision, at Mr. Langstroth’s request, even when not
in accordance with our views. As intelligent men are always tolerant,

we know our readers will not object to them. Mr. Langstroth was a
clergyman.

THE QUEEN. 45

ticularly deseribed. arly in the season, if a hive becomes
very populous, and if the bees make preparations for swarm-
ing, a number of royal cells
are begun, being commonly
constructed upon those edges
of the combs which are not
attached to the sides of the
hive. These cells somewhat
resemble a small pea-nut,
and are about an inch deep,
and one-third of an inch in
diameter: being very thick,
they require much wax for
their construction. They are
seldom seen in a perfect state
after the hatching of the
queen, as the bees cut them
down to the shape of a small
acorn-cup (fig. 21.) These
Fig. 21. queen-cells, while in prog-
i ae ress, receive a very unusual
amount of attention from the workers. There is scarcely a
second in which a bee is not peeping into them; and as fast
as one is satisfied, another pops in her head to report prog-
ress, or increase the supply of food. Their importance to
the community might easily be inferred from their being the
center of so much attraction.

104. While the other cells open sideways, the queen-cells
always hang with their mouth downwards. Some Apiarists
think that this peculiar position affects, in some way, the devel-
opment of the royal larve; while others, having ascertained
that they are uninjured if placed in any other position, con-
sider this deviation as among the inscrutable mysteries of the
bee-hive. So it seemed to us until convineed, by a more careful
observation, that they open downwards simply to save room.
The distance between the parallel ranges of comb in the hive
is usually too small for the royal cells to open sideways, with-
out interfering with the opposite cells. To economize space,

46 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

the bees put them on the unoccupied edges of the comb, where
there is plenty of room for such very large cells.

105. The number of royal cells in a hive varies greatly;
sometimes there are only two or three, ordinarily not less
than five; and occasionally, more than a dozen.

Some races of bees have a disposition to raise a greater
number of queen-cells than others. At the Toronto meet-
ing of the North American Bee-keepers’ Association, in Sep-
tember, 1883, Mr. D. A. Jones, the noted Canadian importer
of Syrian and Cyprian bees, and at that time publisher of
the Canadian Bee Journal, exhibited a comb containing about
eighty queen-cells, built by a colony of Syrian bees (560).
In 1905, Dr. C. C. Miller succeeded in raising one hundred
and nineteen queen cells on two combs of brood in a colony
of Cyprian bees. (Fig. 22.) Such cases are rare in the hive
of any other race.

Fig. 22.
QUEEN CELLS BUILT BY CYPRIAN BEES.

(American Bee Journal.)

THE QUEEN. 47

106. As it is not intended that the young queens should
_all be of the same age, the royal-cells are not all begun at
the same time. It is not fully settled how the eggs are de-
posited in these cells. In some few instances, we have
known the bees to transfer the eggs from common to queen-
cells; and this may be their general method of procedure.
Mr. Wagner put some queenless bees, brought from a dis-
tance, into empty combs that had lain for two years in his
garret. When supplied with brood, they raised their queen
in this old comb! Mr. Richard Colvin, of Baltimore, and
other apiarian friends, have communicated to us instances
almost as striking. Yet, Huber has proved that bees do
not ordinarily transport the eggs of the queen from one cell
to another. We shall hazard the conjecture, that, in a
crowded state of the hive, the queen deposits her eggs in cells
on the edges of the comb, some of which are afterwards
changed by the workers into royal cells. Such is a queen’s
instinctive hatred of her own kind, that it seems improbable
that. she should be intrusted with even the initiatory steps
for securing a race of successors.
(For further particulars concerning the raising of large
numbers of queen-cells, see 515-530.)

10%. The egg which is destined to produce a queen-bee
does not differ from the egg intended to become a worker;
but the young queen-larve are much more largely supplied
with food than the other larve; so that they seem to lie in
a thick bed of jelly, a portion of which may usually be found
at the base of their cells, soon after they have hatched, while
the food given to the worker-larve after three days, and for
the last days of their development, is coarser and more
sparingly given, as will be seen farther on.

108. The effects produced on the royal larve by their
peculiar treatment are so wonderful, that they were at first
rejected as idle whims, by those who had neither been eye-
witnesses to them, nor acquainted with the opportunities en-
joyed by others for accurate observation. They are not only
contrary to all common analogies, but seem marvelously

48 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

strange and improbable. The most important of these effects
we shall briefly enumerate.

1st. The peculiar mode in which the worm designed for a
queen is treated causes it to arrive at maturity almost one-
third earlier than if it had been reared a worker. And yet,
as it is to be much more fully developed, according to ordi-
nary analogy, it should have had a slower growth.

Crm,

Fig. 23.
THE STING OF THE QUEEN.
(Magnified. After Barbd.)

THE QUEEN. 49

2d. Its organs of reproduction are completely developed,
so that it can fulfill the office of a mother.

3d. Its size, shape, and color are greatly changed; its
lower jaws are shorter, its head rounder, and its abdomen
without the receptacles for secreting wax; its hind legs have
neither brushes nor baskets, and its sting is curved (fig. 23)
and one-third longer than that of a worker.

4th. Its instincts are entirely changed. eared as a
worker, it would have thrust out its sting at the least provo-
cation; whereas now, it may be pulled limb from limb with-
out attempting to sting. As a worker, it would have treated
a queen with the greatest consideration; but now, if brought
in contact with another queen, it seeks to destroy her as a
rival. As a worker, it would frequently have left the hive,
either for labor or exercise; as a queen, it never leaves it
after impregnation, except to accompany a new swarm.

5th. The term of its life is remarkably lengthened. As a
worker, it would not have lived more than six or seven months;
as a queen, it may live seven or eight times as long. All these
wonders rest on the impregnable basis of demonstration, and
instead of being witnessed only by a select few, are now,
by the use of the movable-comb hive, familiar sights to any
bee-keeper.

109. The process of rearing queens, to meet some special
emergency, is even more wonderful than the one already
described. If the bees have worker-eggs, or worms not
more than three days old, they make one large cell out of
three, by nibbling away the partitions of two eells adjoining
a third. Destroying the eggs or worms in two of these cells,
they place before the oceupant of the other, the usual food
of the young queens; and by enlarging its cell, give it ample
space for development. As a security agamst failure, they
usually start a number of queen-cells, for several days in
succession.

It was a German bee-keeper, Schirach, who discovered that
a queen can be raised from a worker-egg. (“The New Natural
and Artificial Multiplication of Bees,” Bautzen, 1761.)

50 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

110. Duration or DeveLopment.—The eggs hatch in
three days after they are laid. The small worm which is
intended to produce a queen, is six days in its larval state,
and seven in its transformation into a chrysalis and winged
insect. These periods are not absolutely fixed; being of
shorter or longer duration, according to the warmth of the
hive and the care given by the bees. In from ten to sixteen
days, in ten days, if the larva selected is about three days
old; in sixteen, if newly laid eggs are selected, they are in
possession of a new queen, in all respects resembling one
reared in the natural way; while the eggs in the adjomimg
cells, which have been developed as workers, are nearly a
week longer in coming to maturity.

131. Tue Vircin Queen.—Feeble and pale, in the first
moments after her birth, the young queen, as soon as she has
acquired some strength, travels over the combs, looking for
a rival, either hatched or unhatched.

112. ‘‘Hardly had ten minutes elapsed after the young
queen emerged from her cell, when she began to loak for sealed
queen-cells. She rushed furiously upon the first that she met,
and, by dint of hard work, made a small opening in the end.
We saw her drawing, with her mandibles, the silk of the cocoon,
which covered the inside. But, probably, she did not succeed
according to her wishes, for she left the lower end of the cell,
and went to work on the upper end, where she finally made a
wider opening. As soon as this was sufficiently large, she
turned about, to push her abdomen into it. She made several
motions, in different directions, till she succeeded in striking
her rival with the deadly sting. Then she left the cell; and the
bees, which had remained, so far, perfectly passive, began to
enlarge the gap which she had made, and drew out the corpse of a
queen just out of her nymphal shell. During this time, the vic-
torious young queen rushed to another queen-cell, and again
made a large opening, but she did not introduce her abdomen
into it; this second cell containing only a royal-pupa not yet
formed. There is some probability that, at this stage of de-
velopment, the nymphs of queens inspire less anger to their
rivals; but they do not escape their doom; for, whenever a
queen-cell has been prematurely opened, the bees throw out its

THE QUEEN. 61

occupant, whether worm, nymph, or queen. Therefore, as soon
as the victorious queen had left this second cell, the workers
enlarged the opening and drew out the nymph that it contained.
The young queen rushed to a third cell; but she was unable to
open it. She worked languidly and seemed tired of her first
efforts. ’’—(Huber.)

113. Huber did not allow this experiment to go on any
further, as he wished to use the remainder of the queen-cells.
Had he left these cells untouched, the bees would have fin-
ished the work of destruction.

114. We have noticed repeatedly, that the queen-cells
are always destroyed a few hours after the birth of the queen,
unless the colony has determined to swarm. In the latter
case, the workers prevent the newly-hatched queen from ap-
proaching the queen-cells, till she is old enough and strong
enough to leave with the swarm. (443.)

115. Like some human beings who cannot have their own
way, she is highly offended when thus repulsed, and utters,
in a quick succession of notes, a shrill, angry sound, not
unlike the rapid utterance of the words, “peep, peep.” If
held in the closed hand, she will make a similar noise. To
this angry note, one or more of the unhatched queens, im-
prisoned and nursed in their cells by the bees, answer by
the sound “kooa, kooa’’; the difference in their voices being
due to the confinement of the latter in the cell.

These sounds, so entirely unlike the usual steady hum of
the bees, are almost infallible indications that a swarm will
soon issue. They are occasionally so loud as to be heard at
some distance from the hive.

The reader will understand that all these facts relate to a
hive of bees, from which the old queen has been previously
and suddenly removed, either by the Apiarist for some pur-
pose, or by swarming, or accident.

116. Sometimes two queens hatch at the same time. We
give below a translation of Huber’s account in such event:

*€On the 15th of May, 1790, two queens emerged from their
cells, at about the same time, in one of our observing hives.

52 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

They rushed quickly upon one another, apparently in great
anger, and grasped one another’s antenna, so that the head,
corselet and abdomen of the one, were touching the head, corse-
let and abdomen of the other. Had they curved the posterior
extremity of their bodies, they could have stung each other, and
both would have perished. But it seems that Nature has not
wished that their duels should result in the death of both com-
batants, and that it is preseribed to queens, while in this posi-
tion, to flee instantly with the greatest haste. As soon as both
rivals understood that they were in danger from one another,
they disentangled themselves and fled apart...... A few min-
utes after, their fears ceased and they attacked one another
again, with the same result. The worker bees were much dis-
turbed, all this time, and more so while the combatants were
separated. Each time, the bees stopped the queens in their
flight, keeping them prisoners for a minute. At last, in a
third attack, the stronger, or more savage, of the queens, ran
to her unsuspecting rival, seized her across the wings, and,
climbing upon her, pierced her with her sting. The vanquished
queen, crawled languidly about, and soon after died.’’—(‘‘ Nou-
velles Observations.’’)

117. Although it is generally admitted that two queens
eannot inhabit the same hive, it happens, sometimes, that
mother and daughter are found living peaceably together,
and even laying eggs at the same time. This is when the
bees, having noticed the decrease in fecundity of the old
queen, have raised a young queen to replace her. But this
abnormal state lasts only a few weeks, or a few months at
most.

118. Our junior partner was, one day, hunting for a
queen with his sister. ‘What a large and bright-colored
queen |”? exclaimed he, on finding her. “Why, no! she is dark
and small,” said his sister. Both were right, for there were
two queens, mother and daughter, on the same comb, and
not six inches apart. At another time we were looking for
an old queen, whose prolifieness had decreased, intending to
supersede her. To our wonder, the hive was full of brood.
We found the old queen. Evidently a queen so small, so

THE QUEEN. 53

ragged and worn, could not be the mother of such a quan-
tity of brood. We continued our search and found another
queen, daughter of the first, large and plump. Had we
introduced a strange queen into this hive, after having de-
stroyed the old one, thinking that we had made the colony
queenless, she would have been killed.

119. We could relate a number of such instances. The
most interesting case was the simultaneous laying of two
queens of different breeds in the same hive, one black, the
other Italian. The colony had two queens, when we intro-
duced our Italian queen. We found the younger one and
killed her, and the old one was so little considered by her
bees, that they accepted our imported queen and allowed both
to remain together. To our astonishment there were some
black bees hatching among the pure Italians, and it was not
till we accidentally discovered the old black queen that we
understood the matter.

There are more such cases than most bee-keepers would
imagine, and when these happen to buyers of improved races
of bees, if they are not very close observers, they are apt to
accuse venders of having cheated them. Such instances make
the business of queen selling quite disagreeable.

120. Inprecnation.—The fecundation of the queen bee

has occupied the minds of Apiarists and savants for ages.
A number of theories were advanced. If a number of drones
are confined in a small box, they give forth a strong odor:
Swammerdam supposed that the queen was impregnated by
this scent (aura seminalis) of the drones. Réaumur, a re-
nowned entomologist, in 1744, thought that the mating of
the queen was effected inside of the hive. Others advanced
that the eggs were impregnated by the drones in the cells.
- After making a number of experiments to verify these
theories, and finding all false, Huber finally ascertained that,
like many other insects, the queen was fecundated in the
open air and on the wing; and that the influence of this
connection lasts for several years, and probably for life.

121. Five days or more after her birth, the virgin queen

54 PILYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

goes out to have intercourse with a drone. Several bee-keepers.
of note, such as Neighbour of England (“Cook’s Manual,
1884), and Dzierzon of Germany, wrote that a queen may
go out on her marriage-flight when only three days old. The
shortest time we have ever noticed between the birth of a
queen and her first bridal-flight was five days, and on this we
are in accordance with Mr. Alley of Massachusetts, one of
the most extensive queen breeders in the world. The average
time is six or seven days. Jarlier bridal-trips are probably
due to the disturbing of the colony by the Apiarist, for we
have noticed that this disturbing hastens the maturity of
the workers. The bridal-flight takes place about noon, at
which time, the drones are flying most numerously.

122. On leaving her hive, the queen flies with her head
turned towards it, often entering and departing several times
before she finally soars into the air. Such precautions on the
part of a young queen are highly necessary, that she may
not, on her return, lose her life, by attempting, through mis-
take, to enter a strange hive. Many queens are lost in this
way.

123. As the mating of the queen and the drone takes
place in the air, very few persons have witnessed it. The
following narration will please our readers:

‘A short time ago, during one of those pleasant days of May,
I was roaming in the fields, not far from Courbevoie. Suddenly
I heard a loud humming and the wind of a rapid flight brushed
my cheek. Fearing the attack of a hornet, I made an instinc-
tive motion with my hand to drive it away. There were two
insects, one of which pursued the other with eagerness, coming
from high in the air. Frightened no doubt, by my movements, they
arose again, flying vertically to a great height, still in pursuit
of each other. I imagined that it was a battle, and desiring
to know the result, I followed, at my best, their motions in the
air, and got ready to lay hold of them, as soon as they would
be within reach.

‘‘T did not wait long. The pursuing insect rose above the
other, and suddenly fell on it. The shock was certainly violent,
for both united, dropped with the swiftness of an arrow and

THE QUEEN. 55

passed by me, so near that I struck them down with my hand-
kerchief. I then discovered that this bitter battle was but a
love-suit. The two insects, stunned and motionless, were
coupled. The copulation had taken place in the air, at the in-
stant when I had seen one of them falling on the other, twenty
or twenty-five feet above the ground.

“Tt was a queen-bee and a drone. Persuaded that I had
killed them, I made no scruple of piercing them both with the
same pin. But the pain recalled them to life again, and they
promptly separated. This separation was violent, and resulted
in the tearing off of the drone’s organ (188) which remained
attached to the queen. The queen was yet alive on the follow-
ing morning. For some time after her scparation from the
drone, she brushed the last ring of her abdomen, as though
trying to extract the organ of the drone. She endeavored to
bend herself, probably in order to bring this part within reach
of her jaws, which were constantly moving, but the pin pre-
vented her from attaining her aim. Her activity soon de-
creased, and she ceased to move.’’—(Alex. Levi, Journal Des
Fermes, Paris, 1869.)

Messrs. Cary and Otis had witnessed a similar occurrence
in July, 1861. (American Bee Journal, Vol. I, page 66.)

124. It is now well demonstrated that in a single mating,
a queen is fertilized for life, although in a few rare instances
they have been said to mate two days in succession, perhaps
because the first mating was insufficient.

125. After the queen has re-entered the hive, she gets
rid of the organ of the drone by drawing it with her claws,
and she is sometimes helped in this work by the worker-bees.
The drone dies in the act of fertilization. (188.)

126. Although fertilization of the queen in confinement
has been tried by many, it has never been successful. Those
who, from time to time, claimed to have succeeded were evi-
dently deceiving themselves through ill-made experiments.
(187.)

12%. Having ascertained that the queen-bee is fecund-
ated in the open air and on the wing, Huber still could not
form any satisfactory conjecture how eggs were fertilized

56 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

which were not yet developed in her ovaries. Years ago, the
celebrated Dr. John Hunter (1792), and others, supposed that
there must be a permanent receptacle for the male sperm,
opening into the oviduct. Dzierzon, who must be regarded
as one of the ablest contributors of modern times to apiarian
science, maintained this opinion, and stated that he had
found such a receptacle filled with a fluid resembling the
semen of the drones. He does not seem to have then demon-
strated his discoveries by any miscroscopic examinations.
128. In the Winter of 1851-2, the writer submitted for
scientific examination several queen-bees to Dr. Joseph Leidy,
of Philadelphia, who had the highest reputation both at home
and abroad, as a naturalist and miseroscopie anatomist. He
found, in making his dissections, a small globular sac, about
1-38 of an inch in diameter, communicating with the oviduct,
and filled with a whitish fluid; this fluid, when examined un-
der the miscrosecope, abounded in the spermatozoids, the living
germs which characterize the seminal fluid. A comparison of
this substance, later in the season, with the semen of a drone,
proved them to be exactly alike. Prof. Siebold, in 1843,
examined the spermatheca of the queen-bee, and found it
after copulation, filled with the seminal fluid of the drone.
At that time, Apiarists paid no attention to his views, but
considered them, as he says, to be only “theoretical stuff.” It
seems, then, that Prof. Leidy’s dissection was not, as we had
hitherto supposed, the first, of an impregnated spermatheca.

129. These examinations have settled, on the impregnable
basis of demonstration, the mode in which the eggs of the
queen are feeundated. In descending the oviduct to be de-
posited in the cells, they pass by the mouth of this seminal
sac, or “spermatheca,” and receive a portion of its fertilizing
contents. Small as it is, it contains sufficient to impregnate
millions of eggs. In precisely the same way, the mother-
wasps and hornets are fecundated. The females only of
these insects survive the Winter, and often a single one begins
the construction of a nest, in which at first only a few eggs
are deposited. How could these eggs hatch, if the females

PLATE 10.

ila

x

a We Wy

THE OVARIES OF THE QUEEN, IN COMBINATION WITH THE
STING.

( Magnified.)
H and G, ovaries uniting in a common oviduct #; D, spermatheca; A,
poison-sack; R, rectum; C. muscles; F, air bag.

THE QUEEN. 57

had not been impregnated the previous season? Dissection
proves that they have a spermatheca similar to that of the
queen-bee. It never seems to have occurred to the opponents
of Huber, that the existence of a permanently-impregnated
mother-wasp is quite as difficult to be accounted for, as the
existence of a similarly impregnated queen-bee.

130. The celebrated Swammerdam, in his observations
upon insects, made in the latter part of the seventeenth cen-
tury, has given a highly magnified drawing of the ovaries of
the queen-bee, a reduced copy of which we present (Plate 10)
to our readers. The small globular sac (D), communicating
with the oviduct (EZ), which he thought secreted a fluid for
sticking the eggs to the base of the cells, is the seminal reser-
voir, or spermatheca. Any one who will carefully dissect a
queen-bee, may see this sac, even with the naked eye.

It will be seen that the ovaries (G and H) are double, each
consisting of an amazing number of duets filled with eggs,
which gradually increase in size. Since the first edition of
this work was issued, we have ascertained that Posel (page
54) describes the oviduct of the queen, the spermatheca and
its contents, and the use of the latter in impregnating the
passing egg. His work was published at Munich, in 1784. It
seems also from his work (“A Complete Treatise of Forest
and Horticultural Bee-Culture,’ page 36), that before the
investigations of Huber, Jansha, the bee-keeper royal of
Maria Theresa, had discovered the fact that the young queens
leave their hive in search of the drones.

131. Huber, while experimenting to ascertain how the
queen was fecundated, confined some young ones to their
hives by contracting the entrances, so that they were more
than three weeks old before they could go in search of the
drones. To his amazement, the queens whose impregnation
was thus retarded never laid any eggs but such as produced
drones !

He tried this experiment repeatedly, but always with the
same result. Bee-keepers, even from the time of Aristotle, had
observed that all the brood in a hive were occasionally drones.

58 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

132. Dzierzon appears to have been the first to ascertain
the truth on this subject; and his discovery must certainly
be ranked among the most astonishing facts in all the range
of animated nature.

Dzierzon asserted that all impregnated eggs produce fe-
males, either workers or queens; and all unimpregnated ones,
males, or drones! He stated that in several of his hives he
found drone-laying queens, whose wings were so imperfect
that they could not fly, and which, on examination, proved
to be unfecundated. Hence, he concluded that the eggs
laid by an unimpregnated queen-bee had sufficient vitality
to produce drones.

133. Parthenogenesis, meaning “generation of a virgin,”
is the name given to this faculty of a female, to produce
offspring without having been fecundated, and is not at all
rare among’ insects.

134. In the Autumn of 1852, our assistant found a young
queen whose progeny consisted entirely of drones. The
colony had been formed by removing a few combs contain-
ing bees, brood, and eggs, from another hive, and had raised
a new queen. Some eggs were found in one of the combs,
and young bees were already emerging from the cells, all of
which were drones. As there were none but worker-cells in
the hive, they were reared in them, and not having space for
full development, they were dwarfed in size, although the
bees had pieced the cells to give more room to their oceu-
pants.

We were not only surprised to find drones reared in worker-
cells, but equally so that a young queen, who at first lays
only the eges of workers, should be laying drone-eggs; and
at once conjectured that this was a case of an unimpregnated
drone-laying queen, sufficient time not having elapsed for her
impregnation to be unnaturally retarded. All necessary pre-
cautions were taken to determine this point. The queen was
removed from the hive, and although her wings appeared to
be perfect, she could not fly. It seemed probable, therefore,
that she had never been able to leave the hive for impregnation.

THE QUEEN. 59

135. To settle the question beyond the possibility of
doubt, we submitted this queen to Professor Leidy for mi-
eroscopic examination. The following is an extract from
his report: “The ovaries were filled with eggs, the poison-
sac full of fluid; and the spermatheca distended with a per-
fectly colorless, transparent, viscid liquid, without a trace of
spermatozoids.”

136. On examining this same colony a few days later, we
found satisfactory evidence that these drone-eggs were laid
by the queen which had been removed. No fresh eggs had
been deposited in the cells, and the bees on missing her had
begun to build royal cells, to rear, if possible, another queen.
Two of the royal cells were in a short time discontinued;
while a third was sealed over in the usual way, to undergo
its changes to a perfect queen. As the bees had only a drone-
laying queen, whence came the female egg from which they
were rearing a queen?

At first we imagined that they might have stolen it from
another hive; but on opening this cell it contained only a
dead drone! MWuber had described a similar mistake made
by some of his bees. At the base of this cell was an un-
usual quantity of the peculiar jelly fed to develop young
queens. One might almost imagine that the bees had dosed
the unfortunate drone to death; as though they had hoped
by such liberal feeding to produce a change in his sexual
organization.

137. In the Summer of 1854, we found another drone-
laying queen in our Apiary, with wings so shrivelled that
she could not fly. We gave her successively to several queen-
less colonies, in all of which she deposited only drone-cggs.

138. In Italy there is a variety of the honey-bee differing
in size and color from the common kind. If a queen of this
variety is crossed with the common drones, her drone-prog-
eny will be Italian (551), and her worker-brood a cross
between the two; thus showing that the kind of drones she
will produce has no dependence on the male by which she
is fecundated.

60 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

“‘The following interesting experiment was made by Ber-
lepsch, in order to confirm the drone-productiveness of a virgin
queen. He contrived the confinement of queens at the end of
September, 1854, and, therefore, at a time when there was no
longer any males; he was lucky enough to keep one of them
through the Winter, and this produced drone-offspring on the
2d of March, in the following year, furnishing fifteen hundred
cells with brood. That this drone-bearing queen remained a
virgin, was proved by the dissection which Leuckart undertook,
at the request of Berlepsch. He found the state and contents
of the seminal pouch of this queen to be exactly of the same
nature as those found in virgin queens. The seminal receptacle
in such females never contains semen-masses, with their char-
acteristic spermatozoids, but only a limpid fluid, destitute of
cells and granules which is produced from the two appendicu-
lar glands of the seminal capsule; and, as I suppose, serves the
purpose of keeping the semen transferred into the seminal cap-
sule in a fresh state, and the spermatozoids active, and, conse-
quently, capable of impregnation.’’—(Siebold, ‘‘Parthenogen-
esis.’’)

139. Again, to prove that Dzierzon was right, Professor
Von Siebold, in 1855, dissected several eggs at the Apiary
of Baron Von Berlepsch, and he found spermatozoids in
every female egg, or egg laid in worker-cell, but although
he examined thirty-two male eggs, or eggs laid in drone-
cells, he could not discover a single spermatozoid either in
or around them. In the act of copulation, the sperm of the
drone is received into the spermatheca (Plate 10, D), which
is placed near and can empty itself into the oviduct. When
an egg passes by the spermatheca, if the circumstances are
such that a few spermatozoids empty out of the bag on the
egg, the sex of it is changed from male to female.

It appears that there is in each egg a small opening called
micropyle, through which the living spermatozoids enter, when
the circumstances are such that a few of them can slip out of
the seminal bag and slide into the oviduct. Such is the pro-
cess of impregnation.

140. Aristotle noticed, more than 2,000 years ago, that

PuLateE 11.

DZIERZON,

Discoverer of Parthenogenesis in Queen-bees.

This writer is mentioned pages 54, 56, 58, 60, 62, 64, 66, 68, 69, 75,
84, 124, 125, 140, 145, 244, 294, 296, 297, 298,
360, 361, 366, 375, 397, 549,

THE QUEEN. 61

the eggs which produce drones are like the worker-eggs.*
With the aid of powerful microscopes we are still unable to
detect any difference in the size or outside appearance of
the eges of the queen.

141. These facts, taken in connection, constitute a per-
fect demonstration that unfecundated queens are not only able
to lay eggs, but that their eggs have sufficient vitality to
produce drones.

It seems to us probable, that after fecundation has been
delayed for about three weeks, the organs of the queen-bee
are in such a condition that it can no longer be effected;
just as the parts of a flower, after a certain time, wither
and shut up, and the plant becomes incapable of fructifica-
tion. Perhaps, after a certain time, the queen loses all de-
sire to go in search of the male.

There is something analogous to these wonders in the
“aphides” or green lice, which infest plants. We have un-
doubted evidence that a fecundated female gives birth to
other females, and they in turn to others, all of which with-
out impregnation are able to bring forth young; until, after
a number of generations, perfect males and females are pro-
duced, and the series starts anew!

However improbable it may appear that an unimpregnated
ege can give birth to a living being, or that sex can depend
on impregnation, we are not at liberty to reject facts be-
cause we cannot comprehend the reasons of them. He who
allows himself to be guilty of such folly, if he aims to be con-
sistent, must eventually be plunged into the dreary gulf of
atheism. Common sense, philosophy, and religion alike teach
us to receive, with becoming reverence, all undoubted facts,
whether in the natural or spiritual world; assured that how-
ever mysterious they may appear to us, they are beautifully
consistent in the sight of Him whose “understanding is in-
finite.”

* Cheshire says that ‘“‘worker-egg’’ is a misnomer, since all worker-
eggs are impregnated, and hence female-eggs. But the term is too in-

telligible and popular, for us to change it; since Cheshire himself
bows before custom, and uses it.

62 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

142. It had long been known that the queen deposits
drone-eggs in the large or drone-cells, and worker-eggs in
the small or worker-cells (fig 47), and that she usually makes
no mistakes. Dzierzon inferred, therefore, that there was
some way in which she was able to decide the sex of the egg
before it was laid, and that she must have such control over
the mouth of the seminal sae as to be able to extrude her
eggs, allowing them at will to receive or not a portion of its
fertilizing contents. In this way he thought she determined
their sex, according to the size of the cells in which she laid
them.

143. Mr. Samuel Wagner had advanced a highly in-
genious theory, which accounted for all the facts, without
admitting that the queen had any special knowledge or will
on the subject. He supposed that, when she deposited her
eggs in the worker-cells, her body was slightly compressed by
their size, thus causing the eggs as they passed the sperma-
theea to receive its vivifying influence.

144. But this theory was overthrown by the fact that
the queen sometimes lays eggs in cells that are built only to
a third of their length, whether worker-cells or drone-cells,
and in which no compression ean take place. Yet, it is very
difficult to admit that the queen is endowed with a faculty
that no other animal possesses, that of knowing and deciding
the sex of her progeny beforehand. It seems to us that she
must be guided by her instinet like all other beings, for she
always begins, in the Spring, by laying in small cells, using
large cells only when no others are in reach in the warm
part of the hive. Sometimes, however, when she is very
heavy with eggs, she lays in drone-cells as she comes to them,
and will sometimes seek them. Usually it is only when the
hive is warm throughout, and worker-cells all oceupied, that
she fills the unoccupied drone-cells. This has given rise to
the popular theory that the bees raise drones whenever they
intend to swarm. It is possible that the width of the cells
and the position of her legs when laying in drone-cells (224)
prevents the action of the muscles of her spermatheca.

THE QUEEN. 63

145. The preference of the queen for worker-cells can
not be disputed. If all the drone-combs are removed from a
hive and replaced with worker-combs, she will not show any
displeasure. She will live in that hive for years, without
laying any drone-eggs, except, perhaps, here and there, in
odd-shaped junction-cells. Mr. A. I. Root makes the same
remark :

‘‘By having a hive furnished entirely with worker-comb, we
can so nearly prevent the production of drones, that it is safe
enough to call it a complete remedy.’’—(‘‘A B C of Bee Cul-
ture,’’ 1883.)

146. If, on the other hand, we furnish a swarm with
nothing but drone-comb, already built, they would soon leave
the hive. But, if a few worker-cells are among the drone-
cells, the queen will find them and will lay in them. On this
subject, Mr. Root says:

147. ‘‘Bees sometimes rear worker-brood in drone-comb
when compelled to from want of room, and they always do it
by contracting the mouth of the cells, and leaving the young
bee a rather large berth in which to grow and develop.’’ ‘‘If
you give a young laying queen a hive supplied only with drone-
combs, she will rear worker-brood in these drone-cells. The
mouth of the cells will be contracted with wax as mentioned
before.’’

148. An experiment, made in Bordeaux, under the su-
pervision of Mr. Drory, editor of the “Rucher,” has proven
that the queen may lay worker-eggs in drone-cells. A piece
of drone-comb containing worker-brood, was sent us by him.
The eggs were laid irregularly and the mouth of the cells had
been contracted, as mentioned by Mr. Root. This contraction
of the cell mouth seems indispensable to enable the queen to
put in motion the muscles of her spermatheca,

149. We will add, with Mr. Root, that in the Spring, or
late in the Fall, when the crop is not abundant, the queen
will travel over drone-combs without depositing a single egg
in them. Even by feeding the colony, when in these con-

64 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

ditions, the queen cannot be readily induced to lay in drone-
cells. Our conclusions on this point differ from those of
Mr. Root. We think that the queen prefers worker-cells to
drone-cells, because the fecundation of the eggs by the action
of the muscles of the spermatheca probably gives her a pleas-
ant sensation, which she does not experience in laying drone-

eggs.

Fig. 24.

ABDOMEN OF THE QUEEN-BEE.
(Magnified. From the “Illustrierte Bienenzcitung.”)

a, b, c, d, e, rings of the abdomen; N, nerve-chain; M, honey-sack ;
E, ovaries; D, stomach; R, rectum; G, ganglions; A, anus; Ss, ovi-
positor; St, sting; P, muscles; H, gland; S, poison-sack,

150. Some very prolific queens occasionally lay drone-
eges in worker-cells. It may be due to fatigue. This will
readily be admitted when we consider the number of eggs
laid in one day. (98.)

151. Dzierzon found that a queen which had been refrig-
erated for a long time, after being brought to life by warmth,
laid only male eggs, whilst previously she had also laid fe-
male eggs. Berlepsch refrigerated three queens by placing
them thirty-six hours in an ice-house. Two of them never
revived, and the third laid, as before, thousands of eggs,
but from all of them only males were evolved. In two in-
stances, Mr. Mahan has, at our suggestion, tried similar ex-
periments, and with like results. A short exposure of a
queen, to pounded ice and salt, answers every purpose. The

THE QUEEN. 65

spermatozoids are in some way rendered inoperative by severe
cold.

152. The queen begins laying about two days after im-
pregnation. She is seldom treated with much attention by
the bees until after she has begun to replenish the cells with
eggs; although if previously deprived of her, they show,
by their despair, that they fully appreciated her importance
to their welfare.

The extraordinary fertility of the queen-bee has already
been noticed. The process of laying has been well described
by the Rev. W. Dunbar, a Scotch Apiarist:

153. ‘‘When the queen is about to lay, she puts her head
into a cell, and remains in that position for a second or two, to
ascertain its fitness for the deposit she is about to make. She
then withdraws her head, and curving her body downwards, in-
serts the lower part of it into the cell; in a few seconds she
turns half round upon herself and withdraws, leaving an egg
behind her.’’

In the Winter, or early Spring, she lays first in the middle
of the cluster, and continues in a circle, around the first eggs
laid, till she has filled most of the warmed space. She
then crosses over to the next comb and does the same thing;
as the bees always cluster on different combs in groups ex-
actly opposite, to produce the utmost possible concentration
and economy of heat for developing the various changes of
the brood.

154. Queens lay more or less according to, 1st, The sea-
son; 2nd, The number of bees that keep up the heat of the
brood-nest, and 3d, The quantity of food which they eat.
When bees harvest honey or pollen, or when these necessaries
are provided artificially by the Apiarist, they feed the queen
as they pass by her, oftener than they would otherwise; hence
her laying increases in Spring, and decreases in Summer or
Fall. It is certain that when the weather is uncongenial, or
the colony too feeble to maintain sufficient heat, fewer eggs
are matured, just as unfavorable circumstances diminish the

66 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

number of eggs laid by the hen; and when the weather is
very cold, the queen stops laying, in weak colonies.

In the latitude of Northern Massachusetts, we have found
that the queen ordinarily ceases to lay some time in October;
and begins again, in strong stocks, in the latter part of Decem-
ber. On the 14th of January, 1857 (the previous month having
been very cold, the thermometer sometimes sinking to 17° be-
low zero), we examined three hives, and found that the central
combs in two contained eggs and unsealed brood; there were
a few cells with sealed brood in the third. Strong stocks,
even in the coldest climates, usually contain some brood ten
months in the year.

155. ‘‘Queens differ much as to the degree of their fertil-
ity. Those are best which deposit their eggs with uniform reg-
ularity, leaving no cells unsupplied—as the brood hatches at the
same time on the same range of comb, which can be again sup-
plied; the queen thus losing no time in searching for empty
cells.’’—(Dzierzon.)

In bee-life, as well as in human affairs, those who are
systematic, ordinarily accomplish the most.

To test the difference of fecundity between queens, Mr.
De Layens, while transferring bees (574), in middle April,
counted the eggs dropped on a black eloth (577), in forty
minutes, by the queens of four different colonies. The
poorest queen dropped but one egg, the second twelve, the
third eighteen, and the fomth twenty. On the fifteenth of
July the colony of the first queen was very poor, the second
was of average strength, and both the others were very strong.

156. It is amusing to see how the supernumerary eggs
of the queen are disposed of. If the workers are too few to
take charge of all her eggs, if there is a deficiency of bee-
bread to nourish the young; or if, for any reason, she does
not think best to deposit them in the cells, she stands upon
a comb, and simply extrudes them from her oviduct, the
workers devouring them as fast as they are laid.

One who carefully watches the habits of bees will often
feel inclined to speak of his little favorites as having an

THE WORKER-BEE. 67

intelligence almost if not quite akin to reason; and we have
sometimes queried, whether the workers who are so fond of
a tit-bit in the shape of a newly-laid egg ever experienced
a struggle between appetite and duty; so that they must
practice self-denial to refrain from breakfasting on the eggs
so temptingly deposited in the cells.

157. It is well known to breeders of poultry, that the
fertility of a hen decreases with age, until at length she may
become entirely barren. By the same law, the fecundity of
the queen-bee ordinarily diminishes after she has entered her
third year. An old queen sometimes ceases to lay worker-
eggs; the contents of her spermatheca becoming exhausted,
the eggs are no longer impregnated, and produce only drones.

The queen-bee usually dies of old age in her fourth year,
although she has been known to live longer. There is great
advantage, therefore, in hives which allow her, when she has
passed the period of her greatest fertility, to be easily re-
moved.

THE WORKER-BEE.

158. The workers are the smallest inhabitants of a’ bee-
hive, and compose the bulk of the pop-
ulation. A good swarm ought to contain
at least 20,000; and in large hives, strong
colonies, which are not reduced by swarm-
ing, frequently number three or four times
as many during the height of the breeding
season. Fig. 25.

159. Their functions are varied. The young bees work
inside of the hive, prepare and distribute the food to the
larve, take care of the queen, by brushing her with their
tongues, nurse her, maintain the heat of the hive, or renew
the air and evaporate the newly-gathered honey (249), by
ventilating (261, 366). They clean the hive of dirt or

68 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

débris, close up all the cracks, and secrete the greater part
of the wax which is produced in the hive.

The old bees may, if necessary, do a part of the same work;
but, as we have seen, (39), old age renders some unfit to
prepare the food of the larve. More alert than the young
bees, they do the outside work, gather honey (246), pollen
(263), and water (271), for the use of the family, and
propolis (236) to cement the cracks.

160. ‘‘Dzierzon states it as a fact, that worker-becs attend
more exclusively to the domestic concerns of the colony in the
early period of life; assuming the discharge of the more active
out-door duties only during the later periods of their existence.
The Italian bees (551) furnished me with suitable means to
test the correctness of this opinion.

‘On the 18th of April, 1855, I introduecd (533) an Italian
queen into a colony of common bees; and on the 10th of May
following, the first Italian workers emerged from the cells.
On the ensuing day, they emerged in grcat numbers, as the col-
ony had been kept in good condition by regular and plentiful
feeding. JI will arrange my observations under the following
heads:

161. ‘‘1. On the 10th of May, the first Italian workers
emerged; and on the 17th they made their first appearance out-
side of the hive. On the next day, and then daily till the 29th,
they came forth about noon, disporting in front of the hive, in
the rays of the sun. They, however, manifestly, did not issue
for the purpose of gathering honey or pollen, for during that
time none were noticed returning with pellets; none were scen
alighting on any of the flowers in my garden; and I found no
honey in the stomachs of such as I caught and killed for exam-
ination. The gathering was done exclusively by the old bees of
the original stock, until the 29th of May, when the Italian bees
began to labor in that vocation also—being then 19 days old.

162. ‘2. On the feeding troughs placed in my garden, and
which were constantly crowded with common bees, I saw no
Italian bees till the 27th of May, seventeen days after the first
had emerged from the cells.

“From the 10th of May on, I daily presented to Italian bees,
in the hive, a stick dipped in honey. The younger ones never

THE WORKER-BEE. 69

attempted to lick any of it; the older occasionally seemed to sip
a little, but immediately left it and moved away. The common
bees always eagerly licked it up, never leaving it till they had
filled their honey-bags. Not till the 25th of May did I see any
Italian bee lick up honey eagerly, as the common bees did from
the beginning.

‘“«These repeated observations force me to conclude that, dur-
ing the first two weeks of the worker-bees’s life, the impulse
for gathering honey and pollen does not exist, or at least is not
developed; and that the development of this impulse proceeds
slowly and gradually. At first the young bee will not even
touch the honey presented to her; some days later she will sim-
ply taste it, and only after a further lapse of time will she con-
sume it eagerly. Two weeks elapse before she readily eats
honey, and nearly three weeks pass, before the gathering im-
pulse is sufficiently developed to impel her to fly abroad, and
seek for honey and pollen among the flowers.

163. ‘‘I made, further, the following observations respect-
ing the domestic employments of the young Italian bees:

‘1, On the 20th of May, I took out of the hive all the combs
it contained, and replaced them after examination. On inspect-
ing them half an hour later, I was surprised to see that the
edges of the combs, which had been cut on removal,* were cov-
ered by Italian bees exclusively. On closer examination, I found
that they were busily engaged in re-attaching the combs to the
sides of the hive. When I brushed them away, they instantly
returned, in eager haste, to resume their labors.

“¢2. After making the foregoing observations, I inserted in
the hive a bar from which a comb had been eut, to ascertain
whether the rebuilding of comb would be undertaken by the
Italian bees. I took it out a few hours subsequently, and found
it covered almost exclusively by Italian workers, though the
colony, at that time, still contained a large majority of com-
mon bees. J saw that they were sedulously engaged in build-
ing comb; and they prosecuted the work unremittingly, whilst
I held the bar in my hand. I repeated this experiment several

* Mr. Donhoff, the writer of this quotation, used the Dzierzon hive,
the combs of which are suspended in the hive by an upper bar only,
and cannot be taken out unless their edges, that are built against the
sides of the hive, are cut.

70 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

days in succession, and satisfied myself that the bees engaged in
this work were always almost exclusively of the Italiaa race.
Many of them had scales of wax visibly protruding between
their abdominal rings (201). These observations show that,

aa

Fig. 26.
HFAD OF WORKER-BEE.
(Magnified. After Barbd.)

in the early stage of their existence, the impulse for comb-
building is stronger than later in life.

164. ‘‘3. Whenever I examined the colony during the first

THE WORKER-BEE. 71

three weeks after the Italian bees emerged, I found the brood-
combs covered principally by bees of that race: and it is, hence,
probable that the brood is chiefly attended to and nursed by the
younger bees. The evidence, however, is not so conclusive as
in the ease of comb-building, inasmuch as they may have con-
gregated on the brood-combs because these are warmer than
the others.

“‘T may add another interesting observation. The feces in
the intestines of the young Italian bees was viscid and yellow;
that of the common or old bees was thin and limpid, like that
of the queen-bee. This is confirmatory of the opinion, that, for
the production of wax and jelly, the bees require pollen; but
do not need any for their own sustenance.’’—(B. Z., 18f, p.
163. Dr. Donhoff, translated by the late 8. Wagner.)

165. There are none but gentlemen of leisure in the com-
monwealth of bees, but assuredly there are no ee ladies,
whether of high or low degree. The queen
herself has her full share of duties, the
royal office being no sineeure, when the
mother who fills it must daily deposit thou-
sands of eggs.

‘“‘The eggs of bees are of a lengthened,
oval shape with a slight curvature, and of ju. ee
a bluish white color: being besmeared, at CELL,
the time of laying, with a glutinous sub- ese
stance, they adhere to the bases of the cells, and remain un-
changed in figure or situation for three or four days; they are
then hatched, the bottom of each cell presenting to view a small
white worm.’’—(Bevan.)

166. For the first three days after their hatching, these
worms are fed with a jelly, thought to be prepared or secreted
by the upper pair of glands of the worker-bees (39), which
are very large in the nurses. This milky food is a whitish,
transparent fluid, and is distributed to the larve, as it is
needed. After four or perhaps five days, the larva is too
large for the bottom of the cell, where it was coiled up, to
use the language of Swammerdam, like a dog when going

72 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

to sleep; and stretches itself till it oceupies the whole length
of the cell, lymg on its back. Its food at this time, is
changed for a semi-digested mixture of honey and pollen.

Fig. 28.

EGGS AND LARVA.

(Magnified. After Barbd.)

‘‘The mixture of honey and pollen given at the end of the
nursing, is easily detected by its color, which is yellower, on ac-

THE WORKER-BEE, 73

count of the pollen, and
ean be seen through the
skin of the larva.’’—
(Dubini.)

167. ‘‘The larva, or
grub, grows apace, but
not without experienc
ing a difficulty to which
the human family is, in COILED IN THE CELL,
some sort, subject in the (Magnified. From Sartori and Rausch-
period of youth. Its enisls.)
coat is inelastic and does not grow with the wearer, so that it
soon, fitting badly, has to be thrown off; but, happily in the
case of the larva, a new and larger one has already been formed
beneath it, and the discarded garment, more delicate than gos-
samer, is pushed to the bottom of the cell.’’—(Cheshire.)

168. ‘‘The nursing-
bees now seal over the
cell with a light brown
cover, externally more
or less convex (the cap
of a drone-cell being
more convex than that
of a worker), and thus

Fig. 30. ea)
STRETCHED IN THE CELL, differing from that of a
(Magnified. ) honey -cell, which is

paler and somewhat concave.’’—(‘‘ Bevan on the Honey-Bee.’’)

The cap of the brood-cell is made not of pure wax, but
of a mixture of bee-bread and wax; and appears under the
microscope to be full of fine holes, to give air to the in-
closed insect. From its texture and shape it is easily thrust
off by the bee when mature, whereas if it consisted wholly
of wax, the insect would either perish for lack of air, or be
unable to force its way into the world. Both the material
and shape of the lids which close the honey-cells are differ-
ent: they are of pure wax, and are slightly concave, the better
to resist the pressure of their contents. The bees sometimes
neglect to cap the cells of some of the brood, and some per-
sons have thought that this brood was diseased, but it hatches

74 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

all the same. The larva is no sooner perfectly inclosed, than it
begins to spin a cocoon after the manner of the silk-worm,
and Cheshire teaches us that it does not encase the insect,
but is only at the mouth of the cell, “and in no case extends
far down the sides.”

To return to Bevan:

169. ‘‘When it has undergone this change, it has usually
borne the name of nymph, or pupa. It has now attained its full
growth, and the large amount of nutriment which it has taken
serves as a store for developing the perfect insect.

‘The working-bee nymph spins its cocoon in thirty-six hours.
After passing about three days in this state of preparation for a
new cxistence, it gradually undergoes so great a change as not
to wear a vestige of its previous form.’’

Ly

Fig. 31.

SPINNING OF THE COCOON AND TRANSFORMATION INTO NYMPH.

(Magnified. From Sartori and Rauschenfels.)

170. The last cast-off skin of the larva, “which, by the
erealure’s movements within the cell, becomes plastered to
the walls and joins the cocoon near the mouth end’ (Chesh-
ire), is left behind, and forms a closely-attached and exact
lining to the cell; by this means the breeding-cells become
smaller, and their partitions stronger, the oftener they change
their tenants.

So thin is this lining, that brood combs more than twenty
years old have been found to raise bees apparently as large
as any other in the Apiary.

171. About twenty-one days are usually required for the
transformations from the worker-ege to the perfect insect.
But the time may be shortened or lengthened by the tem-

THE WORKER-BEE. 75

perature, or the conditions of the colony. Dzierzon and others
wrote that a worker-bee can hatch in nineteen to twenty-one
days. Collin says nineteen to twenty-three. That the brood
can remain even longer before hatching, is confirmed by the

Fig. 32.
NYMPH.
(Magnified. After Barbd.)

report of A. Saunier, in the South of France. Having de-
prived a hive of all its inhabitants, he found bees, hatching
twenty-three days afterwards, that had not even been sealed

76 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

in their cells, since there had been no nurses there to do this
work. (“L’Apiculteur.” Paris, 1870.) As these were al-
ready full-grown larvee, when the hive was deprived of its
bees, they must have been twenty-seven days old when hatch-
ing. Jn this experiment, the heat produced by the larve,
coupled with that of the atmosphere, had been sufficient to
keep them alive and help their slow development.

We have often noticed the brood of swarms, that had de-
serted their hives, still alive after a cold night, but in each
case its development was delayed.

172. A newly hatched worker, like a newly hatched queen,
is easily recognized by her small size, her pale gray color, and
her weak appearance. After a few days, she has grown con-
siderably larger. She is then in the bloom of health; her
color is bright, she has not yet lost a single hair of the down
which covers her body. These hairs fall gradually from age
and work, and sometimes disappear almost entirely.

173. The first excursion of the young bee out of the hive
takes place when she is about eight days old (160.) The dis-
turbing of the colony, or the lack of old bees may cause them
to go out earlier.

The first flight of young worker-bees is easily remembered
when once seen. It usually takes place in the afternoon of a
sunny day. They first walk about on the platform in a hesi-
tating manner and then take flight. Their humming, and
joyous and peaceable circles to reconnoitre the location of
their home, recalls to memory the gay playing of ehildren
in front of the school-house door. Their second trip is made
about a week after the first; it is then that they bring in
their first load. .A young bee coming home is readily recog-
nized by the small size of the pollen pellets she carries, when
compared with those of older bees, and by the turns she makes
before alighting.

174. The Apiarist should become acquainted with the
behavior of young bees, so as not to mistake their pleasant
flight for the restless motions of robber-bees. (66-4.)

175. Although the workers are females, they are incapable

‘THE WORKER-BEE. 77

of fecundation (108). Yet the rudimental ovaries of some
of them contain a few undeveloped eggs (fig. 33).

176. Occasionally some of them are sufficiently developed
to be capable of laying eggs; but these eggs always produce
drones. Laying workers appear only when a colony has been
queenless for some time. Huber thought that fertile workers
were reared in the neighborhood of the young queens, and
that they received some of the peculiar food, or jelly on
which these queens are fed.* But it is more probable that
it is the inerease of the milky food, given lavishly to the
larve in the first stage of their development, during a good
honey flow, which enlarged their ovaries (108), and that the
young bees, thus raised, having no more larve to nurse
when the hive has suddenly become queeniess, feed each other
with their milky food, which excites their laying, as it does
for the queens (89). The number of drone-laying workers
is sometimes very large in a hopelessly queenless hive; we
have seen at least a dozen laying on the same comb. Mr.
Viallon, a noted bee-keeper of Louisiana, once had so many
in one queenless colony, that he was able to send several dozen
for dissection to bee-keepers in this country and Europe.

177. Some persons may question the wisdom of Nature
in endowing the workers with the means of laying drone-
eges, when there is no queen in the colony to be feeundated
by them. But Nature does nothing without purpose. The
main cause of the loss of the queen, when there is no brood

* An extract from Huber’s preface will be interesting in this con-
nection. After speaking of his blindness, and praising the extraordinary
taste for Natural History, of his assistant, Burnens, ‘who was born
with the talents of an observer,” he says: ‘‘Eyery one of the facts I
new publish, we have seen, over and over again, during the period of
eight years, which we have employed in making our observations on
bees. It is impossible to form a just idea of the patience and skill
with which Burnens has carried out the experiments which I am about
to describe; he has often watched some of the working-bees of our
hives, which we had reason to think fertile, for the space of twenty-
four hours, without distraction * * * * and he counted fatigue
and pain as nothing, compared with the great desire he felt to know
the results.”

COMPARATIVE SIZE OF THE OVARIES

78 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

fit to raise others (107), and therefore, no hopes of survival

for the colony, is usually the death of the young queen in
her bridal flight (122). At some seasons, the drones are

Ee

a

igs, |

[Fi a ag 2-1 0 a Benes

Fig. 33.

OF STERILE AND DRONE-LAYING
WORKERS.

(Magnificd. After Barbs.)

searce, and a young queen may be compelled to make several

trips before she finds one.
remained queenless fcr at

If she gets lost, the hive having
at least eight or ten days (109), the

THE WORKER-BEE. 79

brood is too old to be used to raise another, and the colony
is doomed. That other colonies may not be victims of similar
accidents, owing to the scarcity of drones, Nature endows
this worthless colony with the faculty of drone-raising.

It is by the same provision of Nature that unhealthy trees,
on the eve of death, are seen covered with blossoms and
fruits. They make the strongest efforts to save their race
from extinction, and perish afterwards.

178. The drone-laying of worker-bees is easily discovered
by the Apiarist. Their eggs are laid without order, some cells
containing grown larve, or sealed pupz, by the side of cells
containing eggs; while the eggs of a queen are very regularly

Fig. 34.
BROOD FROM DRONE-LAYING WORKER.
(Forty Years Among the Bees.)
By C. C. Miller.

laid. Huber states that the fertile workers prefer large cells
in which to deposit their drone eggs, resorting to small ones
only when unable to find those of greater diameter. A hive
in our Apiary having much worker-comb, but only a small
piece of drone size, a fertile worker filled the latter so entirely
with eggs that some of the cells contained three or four each.

80 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

179. Sometimes the bees do not scem to know that these
eggs are drone-eggs, and in their eagerness to raise a queen,
they treat some of them as such, by enlarging their cells and
feeding them on special food (109). The poor overfed
drones, thus raised, usually perish in the cell (136). The
workers soon dwindle away, and the colony perishes.

180. They often even fail to raise any queen from brood,
which may be given them by the Apiarist, unless some hateh-
ing bees are given at the same time. The latter, when informed
of the needs of the colony, usually succeed in raising a queen.
The introduction of a laying-queen in a laying-worker colony,
is the best remedy. (533.)

181. The bees of the same colony understand each other
very well for all their necessities, and they work with an
entrain which is truly admirable. They know each other,
probably by smell, for it is very rare to see a bee of the
hive treated as a robber (664). They never use their sting
except to defend themselves, when hurt, or their home, when
they think it is threatened.

182. Their life is short, but their age depends very much
upon their greater or less exposure to injurious influences,
and severe labors. Those reared in the Spring and early
part of Summer, upon whom the heaviest labors of the hive
devolve, appear to live not more than thirty-five days, on an
average; while those bred at the close of Summer, and early
in Autumn, being able to spend a large part of their time
in repose, attain a much greater age. It is very evident
that “the bee” (to use the words of a quaint old writer) “is
a Summer bird’; and that, with the exception of the queen,
none live to be a year old.

If an Italian queen be given, in the working season, to a
hive of common bees, in about three months none of the
latter will be found in the colony, and as the black queen
removed has left eves in the cells, which take twenty-one days
to hatch, it is evident that the bees all die from fatigue or
accident in the remaining seventy days, making their average
life thirty-five days in the working season.

THE WORKER-BEE. 81

The age which individual members of the community may
attain, must not be confounded with that of the colony. Bees
have been known to occupy the same domicile for a great
number of years. We have seen flourishing colonies more than
twenty years old; the Abbé Della Rocca speaks of some over
forty years old; and Stoche says that he saw a colony, which

Fig. 35.

COMBS OF BROOD.

(Forty Years Among the Bees.)

he was assured had swarmed annually for forty-six years!
Such cases have led to the erroneous opinion, that bees are
a long-lived race. But this, as Dr. Evans* has observed, is
just as wise as if a stranger, contemplating a populous city,
and personally unacquainted with its inhabitants, should, on
paying it a second visit, many years after, and finding it
equally populous, imagine that it was peopled by the same
individuals, not one of whom might then be living.

* Dr. Evans was an English physician, and the author of a beauti-
ful poem on bees.

82 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

‘Like leaves on trees, the race of bees is found,

Now green in youth, now withering on the ground,
Another race the Spring or Fall supplies,

They droop successive, and successive rise.’’?’ —Evans.

Apiarists, unaware of the brevity of the bee’s life, have
often constructed huge “bee-palaces” and large closets, vainly
imagining that the bees would fill them, being unable to see
any reason why a colony should not inerease until it numbers
its inhabitants by millions or billions. But as the bees can
never at one time equal, still less exceed, the number which
the queen is capable of producing in a season, these spacious
dwellings have always an abundance of spare room. It seems
strange that men can be thus deceived, when often in their
own apiary they have healthy stocks, which, though they have
not swarmed for a year or more, are no more populous in the
Spring, than those which have regularly parted with vigor-
ous colonies.

183. There is something cruel in the habits of the bee.
Whenever one of them becomes unable to work from some
cause or other, if she does not perish in her efforts to go to
the fields, the other bees drag her out pitilessly; their love
being concentrated on the whole family, not on a single
individual. Yet, when one is hurt, and complains, hundreds
of others resent the injury and are ready to avenge her.

184. Notched and ragged wings and shiny bodies, in-
stead of gray hairs and wrinkled faces, are the signs of old
age in the bee, indicating that its season of toil will soon be
over. They appear to die rather suddenly; and often spend
their last days, and even their last hours, in useful labors.

Place yourself before a hive, and see the indefatigable
energy of these industrious veterans, toiling along with their
heavy burdens, side by side with their more youthful com-
peers, and then judge if, while qualified for useful labor, you
ought ever to surrender yourself to slothful indulgence.

Let the cheerful hum of their busy old age inspire you with
better resolutions, and teach you how much nobler it is to die
with harness on, in the active discharge of the duties of life.

THE DRONE. 83

THE DRONES.

185. The drones are the male bees. They are much
larger and stouter than either the queen or workers; although
their bodies are not quite so long
as that of the queen. They have
no sting (#78) with which to de-
fend themselves, and no suitable
proboscis (48) for gathering
honey from the flowers, no baskets
on their thighs (59) for holding
bee-bread, and no pouches (201)

on their abdomens for secreting wax. They are, therefore,
physically disqualified for the ordinary work of the hive. Their
proper office is to impregnate the young queens.

; ‘‘Their short proboscis sips
No luscious nectar from the wild thyme’s lips,
From the lime’s leaf no amber drops they steal,
Nor bear their grooveless thighs the foodful meal:
On other’s toils in pamper’d leisure thrive
The lazy fathers of the industrious hive.’’
—Evans.

186. The drones begin to make their appearance in April
or May; earlier or later, according to the forwardness of
the season, and the strength of the colony. Like the other
inhabitants of the hive they cannot perform the work for
which they are intended, till at least one week old. They
-go out of the hives only when the weather is warm, and at
mid-day.

187. As we have seen (122), the mating of the queen
with a drone always takes place in the air. Physiologists
say that it cannot be otherwise, because the sexual organs
of the drone cannot be extruded unless his abdomen is swelled
by the filling of all the trachee with air. This happens only
in swift flight (74).

84 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE LLONEY-BEE,

Dzierzon supposes that the sound of the queen’s wings,
when she is in the air, excites the drones. Evidently their
eyes (11) and ears (25) which are highly developed, as
proven by Cheshire, help them also in the search of the
queen, which is their sole occupation, when in the field. In
the interior of the hive, they are never seen to notice her;
so that she is not molested, even if thousands are members
of the same colony with herself. But outside of the hive,
they readily follow her, led, according to Dzierzon, by the
peculiar hum of her flight, and certainly also, by the senses
of smell and of sight, which are more perfect than those of
the worker, most likely for this smgle purpose.

‘‘When the queen flies abroad, the fleetest drone is more
likely to succeed in his addresses than another, and thus he im-
presses upon posterity some part of his own superior activity
and energy. The slow and weak in the race die without heirs,
so that the survival of the fittest is not an accident, but a pre-
determination. In previous chapters we have considered his
highly-developed eyes, meeting at the vertex of his head, his
multitudinous smell-hollows, and his strong large wings, the ad-
vantage of which now appears in a clearer light; his quickness
in discovering a mate, whose neighborhood is to him filled with
irresistible odours, and his ability in keeping her in view dur-
ing pursuit, are no less helpful to his purpose than fleetness on
the wing....’’—(Cheshire.)

188. The drone perishes in the act of impregnating the
queen. Although, when cut into two pieces, each piece will
retain its vitality for a long time, we accidentally ascertained,
in the Summer of 1552, that if his abdomen is gently pressed,
and sometimes if several are closely held in the warm hand,
the male organ will often be permanently extruded, with a
motion very like the popping of roasted pop-corn; and the
insect, with a shiver, will curl up and die, as quickly as if
blasted with the lightning’s stroke. This singular provision
is unquestionably intended to give additional security to the
queen when she leaves her hive to have intercourse with the
drone. Huber first discovered that she returned with the male

THE DRONE. 85

organ torn from the drone, and still adhering to her body. If
it were not for this arrangement, her spermatheca could not
be filled, unless she remained so long in the air with the drone,
as to incur a very great risk of being devoured by birds. In
one instance, some days after the impregnation of a queen, we
found the male organ, in a dried state, adhering so firmly to
her body, that it could not be removed without tearing her to
pieces.

ae
ed

4
i

eas,

Fig. 37.
HEAD OF DRONE.
(Magnified. After Barbd.)

189. The number of drones in a hive is often very great,
amounting not merely to hundreds, but sometimes to thousands.
As a single one will impregnate a queen for life, it would
seem that only a few should be reared. But as sexual inter-
course always takes place high up in the air, the young queens

86 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

must necessarily leave the hive; and it is very important to
their safety that they should be sure to find a drone without
being compelled to make frequent excursions; for being larger
than workers, and less active on the wing, queens are more

Fig. 38.

SEXUAL ORGANS OF DRONE.
(Magnified. After Barbd.)

a,a, testicles; b,b, mucous glands; c, seminal duct; d, part in which
the spermatophore is formed; e, hollow horns and penis.

THE DRONE. 87

exposed to be caught by birds, or destroyed by sudden gusts
of wind.

In a large Apiary, a few drones in each hive, or the num-
ber usually found in one, would suffice. Under such cir-
cumstances bees are not in a state of nature, like a colony
living in a forest, which often has no neighbors for miles.

Fig 39.

PENIS AND SPERMATOZOIDS,
(Much magnified. After Barbd.)

88 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

A good colony, even in our climate, sometimes sends out
three or more swarms, and in the tropical climates, of which
the bee is probably a native, they increase with astonishing
rapidity. Every new swarm, except the first, is led off by a
young queen; and as she is never impregnated until she has
been established as the head of a separate family, it is im-
portant that each should be accompanied by a goodly number
of drones; this requires the production of a large number
in the parent-hive.

190. This necessity no longer exists when the bee is do-
mesticated, since several colonies are kept in the same place,
and the breeding of so many drones should be discouraged.
Their brood takes useful space that might as well be occupied
with worker-brood. One thousand good-for-nothing drones
take up as much breeding-space as fifteen hundred workers
(224), and require as much food, with negative results. Some
hives, in a state of nature, produce so many drones that a
great part of the surplus crop is disposed of by these vora-
cious loafers. Besides, the comparatively large volume of the
male organs, in connection with the gluttony of the drones,
explains why they usually void their dejections in the hive,
while workers retain them till they are on the wing (73), and
why the cells of the combs of hives which have a large quantity
of these gormands, become dark and thick sooner than the
others.

The importance of preventing the over-production of drones
has been corroborated by the discovery of Mr. P. J. Mahan,
that those leaving the hive have quite a large drop of honey
in their stomachs—while those returning from their pleasure
excursions, having digested their dinners, are prepared for a
new supply (600).

Aristotle (“History of Animals,” Book IX, Chap. XI)
speaks of the irregular and thick eombs built by some colonies,
and the superabundance of drones issuing from them. He
describes their excursions as follows:

‘¢The drones, when they go abroad, rise into the air with a
circular flight, as though to take violent exercise, and when they

THE DRONE. 89

have taken enough, return home, and gorge themselves with
honey.’’

‘“‘The drone,’’ says quaint old Butler (1609) ‘‘is a gross,
stingless bee, that spendeth his time in gluttony and idleness.
For howsoever he brave it with his round velvet cap, his side
gown, his full paunch, and his loud voice, yet is he but an idle
companion, living by the sweat of others’ brows. He worketh
not at all; either at home or abroad, and yet spendeth as much
as two laborers: you shall never find his maw without a drop
of the purest nectar. In the heat of the day he flieth abroad,
aloft and about, and that with no small noise, as though he
would do some great act; but it is only for his pleasure, and to
get him a stomach, and then returns he presently to his cheer.’’

191. The bee-keepers in Aristotle’s time were in the habit
of destroying the excess
of drones. They ex-
cluded them from the
hive—when taking
their accustomed airing
—by contracting the
entrances with a kind
of basket work. Butler
Fig. 40. recommends a similar

ALES DRONE DEAE: trap, which he calls a

“drone-pot.”

One of the modern inventions to destroy them is Alley’s
drone-trap* improved by J. A. Batchelder; but it is much
better to save the bees the labor and expense of rearing such
a host of useless consumers. This can readily be done, when
we have the control of the combs; for, by removing the drone-
comb, and supplying its place with worker-cells, the over-
production of drones may be easily prevented. Those who
object to this, as interfering with nature, should remember
that the bee is not in a state of nature; and that the same
objection might, with equal force, be urged against killing off

* The perforated zinc, used in drone-traps, which we think was in-
vented by Collin, (“Guide,” p. 3, Paris, 1865), is so cut, that neither
queen nor drone but only the worker bee can pass through its opening.

90 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

or castrating the supernumerary males of our domestic ani-
mals.

192. Soon after the harvest is over, or if there is a lull
in the yield of honey, the drones are expelled from the hive.
The worker-bees sting them, or gnaw the roots of their wings,
so that when driven from the hive, they cannot return. If
not ejected in either of these summary ways, they are so per-
secuted and starved, that they soon perish. At such times they
often retreat from the comb, and keep by themselves upon the
sides or bottom-board of the hive. The hatred of the bees
extends even to the unhatched young, which are mercilessly
pulled from the cells and destroyed with the rest.

Healthy colonies almost always destroy the drones, as soon
as forage becomes scarce. In the vicinity of Philadelphia,
there were only a few days in June, 1858, when it did not
rain, and in that month the drones were destroyed in most
of the hives. When the weather became more propitious,
others were bred to take their place. In seasons when the
honey-harvest has been abundant and long protracted, we
have known the drones to be retained, in Northern Massa-
chusetts, until the 1st of November. If bees could gather
honey and could swarm the whole year, the drones would
probably die a natural death.

How wonderful that instinet which, when there is no longer
any occasion for their services, impels the bees to destroy
those members of the colony reared with such devoted atten-
tion!

193. It is interesting to notice the actions of the drones
when they are excluded from the hive. For a while they
eagerly search for a wider entrance, or strive to force their
bulky bodies through the narrow gateway. Finding this to
be in vain, they solicit honey from the workers, and when
yefreshed, renew their efforts for admission, expressing, all
the while, with plaintive notes, their deep sense of such a
eruel exclusion. The bee-keeper, however, is deaf to their
entreaties; it is better for him that they should stay without,
and better for them—if they only knew it—to perish by his

THE DRONE. 91

hands, than to be starved or butchered by the unfeeling work-
ers. Towards dark, or early in the morning—when clustered,
for warmth, in the portico—they may be brushed into a vessel
of water, and given to chickens, which will soon learn to de-
vour them.

194. Drones are sometimes raised in worker-cells (150).
They are smaller in size, but apparently as perfect as the
full-size drones, all their organs being well developed.

For the stages of development of drones, see the compara-
tive table at the end of this chapter (197).

195. We have repeatedly queried, why impregnation
might not have taken place in the hive, instead of in the
open air. A few dozen drones would then have sufficed for
the wayts of any colony, even if it swarmed, as in warm
climates, half a dozen times, or oftener, in the same season;
and the young queens would have incurred no risks by leav-
ing the hive for fecundation.

196. If a farmer persists in what is called “breeding in
and in,” that is, without changing the blood, the ultimate
degeneracy of his stock is the consequence.* This law extends,
as far as we know, to all animal life, man himself not being
exempt from its influence. Have we any reason to suppose
that the bee is an exception? or that degeneracy would not
ensue, unless some provision were made to counteract the ten-
dency to “in-and-in breeding?” If fecundation had taken
place in the hive, the queen would have been impregnated by
drones from a common parent; and the same result must
have taken place in each successive generation, until the whole
species would eventually have “run out.” By the present
arrangement, the young queens, when they leave the hive,
often find the air swarming with drones, many of which be-
long to other colonies, and thus, by crossing the breed, pro-
vision is constantly made to prevent deterioration.

*In the above, Mr. Langstroth refers to indiscriminate breeding.
In-and-in breeding, by selection, intensifies certain qualities, such as
the development of fat, or of muscle, but it also intensifies the de-
fects, generally causing a decrease of vitality or of health in the race.

92 PHYSIOLOGY OF THE HONEY-BEE.

Experience has proved that impregnation may be effected
not only when there are no drones in the colony of the young
queen, but even when there are none in her immediate neigh-
borhood. Intercourse takes place very high in the air (per-
haps that less risk may be ineurred from birds), and this
favors the crossing of stocks.

197. Comparative TaBLE oF tHE NormaL DurRATION OF
THE Ber’s TRANSFORMATIONS FROM Eaas To WINGED INSECTS.

Queen. Worker. Drone.

Higgs) ssasi wana ees Maeda es days 3 3 3
Growth of larva............. f 514 6 6%
Spinning of cocoon........... f 1 2 1%
Period of rest............... ‘ 2 2 3
Metamorphosis into pupa..... oA 1 1 1
Duration of this stage........ a 3% 7 9

Av. time from egg to winged insect. ..16 21 24

CHAPTER II.
THE BUILDING OF BEES. —COMB.

198. When a swarm (406) has found a suitable habita-
tion, some of the bees clean it of its rubbish, if necessary,
while others, at once, prepare to build the furniture, which
is intended as cradles for the young bees, and as a store-room
for the provisions, and is called comb.

According to Webster, this word is probably taken from

Fig. 41.
COMES BUILT UPWARDS.

the Anglo-Saxon “comb,” which means a hollow; the combs
being hollow structures, with exceedingly light walls.
199. The combs are usually begun at the highest point of
the hive and built downwards, yet, when some breaking hap-
93

94 THE BUILDING OF BEES.

pens, or when the harvest is short and the weather is cool,
the bees sometimes build them upwards; but they are far from
having the usual regularity. Combs are made of wax, a
natural secretion which is produced by bees somewhat as cattle
produce fat, by eating.

200. ‘‘Wax is not chemically a fat or glyceride, yet it is
nearly allied to the fats in
Jatomic constitution, and the
a|physiological conditions fa-
voring the formation of one
are curiously similar to
those aiding in the produc-
tion of the other. We put
our poultry up to fat in con-

Fig. 42. : j :
WAX SCALES, finement, with partial light,

(Magnined.) to secure bodily inactivity,

we keep warm and feed highly. Our bees, under Nature’s
teaching, put themselves up to yield wax under conditions so
parallel, that the suitability of the fatting coops is vindi-
cated.’’—(Cheshire.)

Yet let it not be thought that beeswax is the fat of the bee,
but its production is on similar lines.

201. If they remain quietly clustered together, when
gorged with honey, or any
liquid sweet, the wax is se-
creted in the shape of delicate
seales in four small pouches,
on each side of the abdomen,
of worker-bees.

‘“«These scales, of an irreg-
ular pentagonal shape, are so
thin and light, that one hun-
dred of them hardly weigh as
much as a kernel of wheat.’’
—(Dubini, ‘‘L’Ape.’’)

202. In the young bees, which are endowed with a great
appetite, they form, probably, without their knowledge, dur-

Fig. 43.

SECRETION OF WAX SCALES.
( Magnified.)

(From the “Illustrierte Bienen-
veitung.’”’)

COMB. 95

ing the honey season; and if there is no place to use them,
they are gathered in small knots here and there. This only
happens when the combs are entirely filled and sealed. It
has been noticed, most especially, in hives in which a comb
had been broken down by heat. (333.) In such cases, many
of the bees gorge themselves with the wasting honey, and

Fig. 44.
THE WAX-PRODUCING ORGAN OF THE WORKER.
(Magnified. After Barbd.)

eluster on the outside, until the heat has subsided, and the
running honey has been gathered up. Scales of wax, in lumps,
can then be found where they have clustered.

203. Although the faculty of producing wax is diminished
in old bees, who are subject to the natural law which makes
it more difficult to fatten an old animal, it is proved that
they may also produce small scales of wax.

96 THE BUILDING OF BEES.

‘(During the active storing of the past season, especially when
comb building was in rapid progress, I found that nearly every
bee taken from the flowers contained wax scales of varying
sizes in the wax-pockets.’’—(A. J. Cook.)

204. The first condition indispensable for bees to pro-
duce wax, is to have the stomach well filled.

It is an interesting fact that honey-gathering and comb-
building go on simultaneously; so that when one stops, the
other ceases also. As soon as the honey harvest begins to
fail, so that consumption is in advance of production, the
bees cease to build new comb, even though large portions of
their hive are unfilled. When honey no longer abounds in the
fields, it is wisely ordered that they should not consume, in
comb-building, the treasures which may be needed for Winter
use. What safer rule could have been given them?

It takes about twenty-four hours for a bee’s food to be-
come transformed into wax.

205. ‘‘Having filled themselves with honey, they gather in
chains; not in a single group, but in a number of groups, hang-
ing in a parallel curtain, in the direction of the comb to be
constructed. Thus a bee clings to the ceiling with her claws,
or the sticky rubber of her feet, her posterior limbs hanging
down; another bee grapples the claws of these posterior feet,
with the claws of her anterior limbs, letting her hind limbs
hang also, to be grappled by a third, and so on, till the first
chain meets another, and both united form an arch, top down-
ward. This single chain becomes compound when several are
in the same line, and grouped near one another.’’—(Sartori
and Rauschenfels, ‘‘L’Apicoltura in Italia,’’ Milan, 1878.)

206.1 ‘‘If we examine the bees closely during the season of
comb-building and honey-gathering, we shall find many of them
with the wax scales protruding between the rings that form the
body, and these scales are either picked from their bodies, or
from the bottom of the hive or honey boxes in which they are
building. If a bee is obliged to carry one of these wax scales
but a short distanec, he takes it in his mandibles, and looks as
business-like with it thus, as a carpenter with a board on his
shoulder. If he has to carry it from the bottom of the honey-

(1) In this witty quotation, the worker should have been in the feminine
and not in the masculine,

PuatTe 12.

PROF. A. J. COOK,
Author of “The Dec- Keeper's Guide?

This writer is mentioned pages 6, 11, 39, 54, 96, 142, 260, 490, 507.

COMB. 97

box, he takes it in a way that I cannot explain any better than
to say he slips it under his chin, in the mandibles or jaws.
When thus equipped, you would never know he was encumbered
with anything, unless it chanced to slip out, when he will very
dexterously tuck it back with one of his forefeet. The little

Fig. 45.
COMB BUILDERS.
(From Advanced Bee Culture. By W. Z. Hutchinson.)

plate of wax is so warm, from being kept under his chin, as to
be quite soft when it gets back; and as he takes it out, and
gives it a pinch against the comb where the building is going
on, one would think he might stop a while and put it into place;
but not he; for off he scampers and twists around so many dif-
ferent ways, you might think he was not one of the working

98 THE BUILDING OF BEES.

kind at all. Another follows after him sooner or later, and
gives the wax a pinch, or a little scraping or burnishing with his
polished mandibles, then another, and so on, and the sum total
of all these manoeuvres is that the comb seems almost to grow
out of nothing; yet no bee ever makes a cell himself, and no
comb building is ever done by any bee while standing in a
cell; neither do the bees ever stand in rows and ‘excavate,’ or
any thing of the kind.

‘“‘The finished comb is the result of the united efforts of the
moving, restless mass, and the great mystery is, that anything
so wonderful can ever result at all, from such a mixed-up, skip-
ping-about way of working, as they seem to have.

‘“When the cells are built out only part way, they are filled
with honey or eggs, and the length is increased when they feel
disposed, or ‘get around to it,’ perhaps; as a thick rim is left
around the upper edge of the cell, they have the material at
hand, to lengthen it at any time. This thick rim is also very
necessary to give the bees a secure foothold, for the sides of the
cells are so thin, they would be very apt to break down with
even the light weight of a bee. When honey is coming in rap-
idly, and the bees are crowded for room to store it, their
eagerness is so plainly apparent, as they push the work along,
that they fairly seem to quiver with excitement; but, for all
that, they skip about from one cell to another in the same
way, no one bee working in the same spot to exceed a minute
or two, at the very outside. Very frequently, after one has bent
a piece of wax a certain way, the next tips it in the opposite
direction, and so on until completion; but after all have given
it a twist or a pull, it is found in pretty nearly the right spot.
As near as I can discover, they moisten the thin ribbons of
wax, with some sort of fluid or saliva (41). As the bee always
preserves the thick rib* or rim of the comb he is working, the
looker-on would suppose he was making the walls of a consid-
erable thickness, but if we drive him away, and break this
rim, we will find that his mandibles have come so nearly to-

* The constant preserving cf this rib or heavy edge of the comb
while the work progresses, explains why old comb lengthened and
sealed with new wax, sometimes retains a part of its dark color
throughout. Some of the old wax is undoubtedly mixed with the new,
in the ecnstant remodeling of this heavier edge, till the comb is sealed.

COMB. 99

gether, that the wax between them, beyond the rim, is almost
as thin as a tissue paper.’’—(‘‘A B C of Bee Culture.’’)

207. It is very difficult to ascertain who first discovered
these scales of wax. According to Mr. 8. Wagner, J. A.
Overbeck, in his Glossarium Melliturgium, p. 89, Bremen,
1765, claims that a Hanoverian pastor, named Herman C.
Hornbostel, described them in the Hamburg Library, about
1745. Mr. L. Stachelhausen informed us that they were men-
tioned by Martin John in Ein Neu Bienenbuchel, 1691.

They were also discovered, in Germany, by a farmer. This
discovery was communicated to the naturalist Bonnet by Wil-
lelmi, under the date of August 22, 1765. (Huber.)

In 1779, Thos. Wildman had noticed the seales of wax on
the abdomen of the workers; and he was so thoroughly con-
vinced that wax was secreted from honey, that he recommended
feeding new swarms, when the weather is stormy, that they
may sooner build comb for the eggs of the queen.

From the books written in the French language, it seems
that it was Duchet, who, in his “Culture des Abeilles,” printed
in Freiburg in 1771, wrote first that beeswax is produced from
honey, of which they eat a large quantity, “which is cooked in
their bodies, as in a stove,’ increasing thereby the warmth of
the hive, and that beeswax “exudes out of this stove” through
the rings of their body which are near the corselet. This idea
of Duchet led Beaunier to examine bees, and he discovered
that they produce, at one time, not two scales of wax only,
but nine, the last ring having seemed to produce one. He
adds:

208. ‘‘To employ this material, bees use their jaws, their
tongues, and their antenne. In favorable years you can see
a great quantity of these pieces of wax which have fallen on
the bottom of the hives.’’—(‘‘Traité sur l’Education des
Abeilles,’? Vendéme, 1808.)

209. When bees are building combs, some scales of wax
are often found on the bottom board, the bees having been
unable to use them before they became too tough. Sometimes
they pick them up afterwards and use them; some races of

100 THE BUILDING OF BEES.

.

bees, the Italian (551), for instance, often’ use also pieces
of old combs, which may be within their reach.

The comb, thus built, is easily detected on account of its
darker color. Queen-cells (104) seem to be always built of
particles, taken from the comb on which they hang, and are
never of pure wax.

‘“«Thus, filtered through yon flutterer’s folded mail,
Clings the cooled wax, and hardens to a scale.
Swift, at the well-known call, the ready train
(For not a buz boon Nature breathes in vain)
Spring to each falling flake, and bear along
Their glossy burdens to the builder throng.
These with sharp sickle, or with sharper tooth,
Pare each excrescence, and each angle smoothe,
Till now, in finish’d pride, two radiant rows
Of snow white cells one mutual base disclose.
Six shining panels gird each polish’d round;
The door’s fine rim, with waxen fillet bound;
While walls so thin, with sister walls combined,

Weak in themselves, a sure dependence find.’’
Evans.

210. The cells of bees are found to fulfill perfectly the
most subtle conditions of an intricate mathematical problem.

Let it be required to find what shape a given quantity of
matter must take, in order to have the greatest capacity and
strength, occupying, at the same time, the least space and con-
suming the least labor in its construction. When this problem
is solved by the most refined mathematical processes, the
answer is the hexagonal or six-sided cell of the honey-bee,
with its three four-sided figures at the base!

The shape of these figures cannot be altered ever so little,
except for the worse.

211. The bottom of each cell is formed of three lozenges,
the latter forming one-third of the base of three opposite
cells.

“<Tf the little lozenge plates were square, we should have the
same arrangement, but the bottom would be too sharp pointed

COMB. 101

as it were, to use wax with the best economy, or to best ac-
commodate the body of the infantile bee. Should we, on the
contrary, make the lozenge a little longer, we should have the
bottom of the cell too nearly flat to use wax with most econ-
omy, or for the comfort of the young bee.’’—(‘‘A B C of Bee
Culture.’’)

212. ‘‘There are only three possible figures of the cells,’’
says Dr. Reid, ‘‘which can make them all equal and similar,
without any useless spaces between them. These are the equi-
lateral triangle, the square, and the regular hexagon. It is well
Known to mathematicians, that there is not a fourth way pos-
sible in which a plane may be cut into little spaces that shall
be equal, similar, and regular, without leaving any interstices.’’

An equilateral triangle would have been impossible for an
insect with a round body to build. A circle seems to be the
best shape for the development of the larve; but such a figure
would have caused a needless sacrifice of space, materials, and
strength. The body of the immature insect, as it undergoes
its changes, is charged with a superabundance of moisture,
which passes off through the reticulated cover of its cell; may
not a hexagon, therefore, while approaching so nearly to the
shape of a circle, as not to incommode the young bee, fur-
nish, in its six corners, the necessary vacancies for a more
thorough ventilation?

Is it credible that these little insects can unite so many re-
quisites in the construction of their cells?

213. The fact is that the hexagonal shape of the cells is
naturally produced, and without any calculation, by the bee.
She wants to build each cell round; but as every cell touches
the next ones, and as she does not wish to leave any space
between, each one of the cells flattens at the contact, as would
soap bubbles if all of the same diameter. It is the same for
the lozenges of the bottom. The bee, wanting the bottom of
the cell concave inside, makes it, naturally, convex outside.
As this convexity projects on the opposite side of the median
line, the bee who builds the opposite cells begins, naturally, on
the tip of the convexity, the walls of cells just begun, since

102 THE BUILDING OF BEES.

she wants also to make their bottom concave. The final re-
sult is that one-third of the bottom of each of three cells
makes the bottom of the one cell opposite, and each one of
the lozenges is flattened, so as not to encroach on the opposite
cells.

214. The cells are not horizontal, but inclined from the
orifice to the bottom (fig. 46), so as to be filled with honey
more easily. The thickness of
worker-brood comb is about
one inch, with cells opening
on each side. The distance
between combs is about 7-16
of an inch. This space is
not always exact, but is never
under 5-16, that being neces-
sary for the bees to travel be-
SHOWING THE SLOPE OF THE CELLS tween the combs without in-
dees Gach ana teeta EES ar One ae

“These distances ean be a little
increased without troubling the bees, and we place the combs
in our hives one and a half inches from center to center, for
easier manipulation.

215. When the combs are newly built, they are white, but
they get color shortly afterwards, especially during the har-
vest of yellow honey. When used for breeding, the cast skins
and residues from the larve (16%) give them a dark color,
which becomes nearly black with age, especially if bees have
suffered with diarrhea (784), or raised a great many drones.
(190.)

As wax is a bad conductor, the combs aid in keeping the
bees warm, and there is less risk of the honey candying in the
cells.

216. Is the size of the cells mathematically exact? When
the first Republic of France inaugurated the decimal system
of weights and measures, Réaumur proposed to take the cells
of the bees as a standard to establish the basis of the system,
but it was ascertained that cells are not uniform in size.

coMB. 103

217. The cells in which workers are reared are the
smallest. Those in which the drones are reared are larger.
It is generally admitted that five worker-cells measure about
a linear inch, or twenty-five cells to the square inch, but this is
incorrect. If five worker-cells measured exactly an inch,
the number contained in a square inch would be about twenty-
nine. As they are usually somewhat larger, the average num-
ber in a square inch is a trifle over twenty-seven. Drone-cells
number about eighteen, in the same area.

WORKER COMB AND DRONE COMB WITH CELLS OF ACCOMMODATION.

L’Abbé Collin measured the average dimensions of the cells
very carefully, and the measurements given in his work (Paris,
1865) are about the same as those given above.

218. The queen-cells have already been described. (10-4)

As bees, in building their cells, cannot pass immediately
from one size to another, they display an admirable sagacity
in making the transition by a set of irregular intermediate

104 THE BUILDING OF BEES.

eells. Fig. 47 exhibits an accurate and beautiful representa-
tion of comb, drawn for this work from nature, by M. M.
Tidd, and engraved by D. T. Smith, both of Boston, Mass.
The cells are of the size of nature. The large ones are drone-
cells, and the small ones, worker-cells. The irregular, five-
sided cells between them, show how bees pass from one size
to another.

Mr. Cheshire, in his book, has criticized this engraving, on
account of the acuteness of the cells of transition, or as he
terms them, of accommodation. He writes: “The head of a
bee could not reach the bottom of the acute angles as they are
represented.” Our first impression, on reading the criticism,
was that Mr. Cheshire was right. Then the thought that Mr.
Langstroth had his engravings made from nature led us to
inspect some combs, when we found several cells of accom-
modation with angles at least as acute as in the cut. But we
noticed also that this acuity exists only on the rims of the cells
and not inside; the bees, inside the cells, having pushed out
the walls, to be enabled to reach the bottom of the angles
which were thus rounded inside. Mr. Langstroth wrote to
us, in regard to this criticism of Mr. Cheshire: “This piece
of comb was actually copied from nature by a man of extraor-
dinary accuracy.”

219. The combs are built with such economy, that the
entire construction of a hive of a capacity of nine gallons
does not yield more than two pounds of beeswax when melted.

According to Dr. Donhoff, the thickness of the sides of a
cell in a new cumb is only the one hundred and eightieth part
of an inch! Cheshire states that he found some that measured
only the four hundredth of an inch.

220. Most Apiarists before Huber’s time supposed that
wax was made from pollen, either in a crude or digested state.
Confining a new swarm of bees to a hive im a dark and cool
room, at the end of five days he found several beautiful white
combs in their tenement; these being taken from them, and
the bees supplied with honey and water, new combs were again
constructed. Seven times in succession their combs were re-
moved, and were in each instance replaced, the bees being all

COMB. 105

the time prevented from ranging the fields to supply them-
selves with pollen. By subsequent experiments, he proved that
sugar-syrup answered the same end with honey. Giving an im-
prisoned swarm an abundance of fruit and pollen, he found
that they subsisted on the fruit, but refused to touch the
pollen; and that no combs were constructed, nor any wax-
scales formed in their pouches.

Notwithstanding Huber’s extreme caution and unwearied
patience in conducting these experiments, he did not dis-
cover the whole truth on this important subject. _Though he
demonstrated that bees can construct comb when fed honey
or sugar, without pollen, and that they cannot make it if fed
pollen without honey or sugar, he did not prove that when
permanently deprived of it they can continue to work in wax,
or if they can, that the pollen does not aid in its elaboration.

Some pollen is always found in the stomach of wax-pro-
ducing workers, and they never build comb so rapidly as when
they have free access to this article. It must, therefore, in
some way, assist the bee in producing it.

221. The experiments made by Berlepsch show that bees,
which are deprived of pollen when they construct combs, con-
sume from sixteen to nineteen pounds of honey to produce a
pound of comb, while, if provided with it, the amount of honey
is reduced to ten or twelve pounds. If the experiment is con-
tinued without pollen for some time, the bees become exhausted
and begin to perish. It is therefore demonstrated that although
nitrogen, which is one of the elements of pollen, does not
enter into the composition of beeswax, yet it is indispensable
as food to sustain the strength of bees during their work in
comb making.

222. Honey and sugar contain by weight about eight
pounds of oxygen to one of carbon and hydrogen. When
converted into wax, these proportions are remarkably changed,
the wax containing only one pound of oxygen to more than
sixteen of hydrogen and carbon. Now as oxygen is the grand
supporter of animal heat, the large quantity consumed in
secreting wax aids in generating that extraordinary heat which
always accompanies comb-building, and which enables the bees

106 THE BUILDING OF BEES.

to mould the softened wax into such exquisitely delicate and
“beautiful forms. This interesting instance of adaptation, so
clearly pointing to the Divine Wisdom, seems to have escaped
the notice of previous writers.

223. Careful experiments prove that from seven to fifteen
pounds of honey are usually required to make a single pound
of wax. As wax is an animal oil, secreted chiefly from honey,
this fact will not appear incredible to those who are aware
how many pounds of corn or hay must be fed to cattle to
have them gain a single pound of fat. From experiments
made by Mr. P. Viallon here, and by Mr. De Layens in France,
it seems that in good circumstances bees use only about seven
pounds of honey to produce a pound of wax. But the actual
cost of comb to the bees is not to be reckoned only by the
amount of honey digested by them to produce this wax. It
must also be borne in mind that there is nearly always a loss
of time, in comb-building, since the bees must digest the honey
before the wax cells are formed. As stated before, comb
building and honey gathering go on simultaneously, but when
a swarm is hived, it takes quite a little time before any
amount of comb is built, and in the meantime the harvest is
on and the bees that have to build comb are unable to take
full advantage of it.

Many bee-keepers are unaware of the value of empty comb.
Suppose honey to be worth only ten cents per pound, and
comb, when rendered into wax, to be worth thirty cents, the
Apiarist who melts a pound of comb loses largely by the
operation, even without estimating the time his bees have con-
sumed in building it. It is, therefore, considered a first prin-
ciple in bee-culture never to melt good worker-ecombs. A
strong colony of bees, in the height of the honey-harvest, will
fill them with very great rapidity.

With the box hives (2975), but little use can be made of
empty comb, but by the use of movable frames, every good
piece of worker-eomb may be given to the bees (574).

224. As we have seen before, while the small cells are
designated as worker-cells, the large ones, which vary greatly
in depth and are more especially prepared to store honey, and

COMB. 107

in which the drones are raised, are known as store or drone-
cells.

225. Generally, bees build a larger number of worker
than of store-cells; yet they do not follow any regulation as
to the relative proportion in the quantity of each kind. Not
two colonies, in the same Apiary, will show the same number
of large cells, even when the hives are of equal capacity, and
even if the building was done in circumstances seemingly
identical. You will find a colony whose comb will consist of
two-thirds worker and one-third store-cells, the adjacent colony
will have but one-sixth of the latter, another a few square
inches only. In a hive all the large cells are together, in
another they are scattered. Some of these drone-combs are
built from top to bottom of the hive, others are at the top
only, others at the side, or at the bottom, or scattered, ete.

226. These facts, not explainable by themselves, when
added to the wonderful habits of bees, have led to the theory
that it was with foresight, with perfect knowledge and for a
special purpose, that bees construct such a varied proportion
of the two kinds of cells. Bees are represented as knowing
the sex of the eggs which each kind of cells will receive; and
foreseeing that their queen may not live long and that the
young queens have to be fecundated (120), they build large
cells in which drones could be raised.

227. We have demonstrated (213) that bees construct
their cells without any geometrical calculation. We had
previously (142) established that the queen does not know
the sex of the eggs she is laying, and although regretting
to decrease the charm with which bees were surrounded by
the imagination of bee-keepers, we will try to demonstrate
that, in the building of cells, they simply follow their inclina-
tion; as do all other beings, in the acts that they perform.
But we have first to put forward a few facts, which are gen-
erally accepted, on which we will ground our reasoning.

228. ist, A swarm (406), hived on empty frames, always
begins its constructions by worker or small cells:

“2d, If the queen of a swarm is very prolific, very little of
large, or store-comb, will generally be built by her bees:

108 THE BUILDING OF BEES.

3d, If, on the contrary, from old age, or from some other
cause, the fecundity of a queen is deficient, her bees will fill
the hive with a large quantity of store-combs:

4th, If the queen of a swarm is removed, or dies while the
bees are building, all the combs, made during her absence, will
consist of store-cells:

5th, If all or part of the store-combs of a hive are removed,
the bees will rebuild large cells, at least three times out of
four.

229. Besides these five propositions, we will remember
that queens generally prefer to lay in small cells (145), and
that they seem to know how to ask the workers to narrow the
orifices of the store-cells, when there are no others in the hive
to receive their impregnated eggs (146 to 148).

We have to remark also that, while the queen prefers the
narrow cells, the workers prefer to build the wide ones, since
they cease to construct worker-cells when the queen is gone,
or when she is not on the spot, to remind them, by her pres-
ence, that she needs narrow cells for her impregnated eggs
(146), and we will find out the cause of such differences, in
the number and in the position of each kind of combs, by fol-
lowing the work of the bees, in some of the circumstances in
which they may have to build.

230. (a) The queen of a swarm is very prolific, the crop
is abundant, and the building goes on very fast. The queen
lays in all the cells, as soon as begun, disputing for them
with the workers, who want to fill them with honey. As she
follows the builders, waiting for cells, no large cells are made.
After about three weeks, the bees of the first laid eggs begin
to leave their cells (171); the queen goes back to fill these
empty cells, and the workers, henceforth free from restraint,
follow their preferences by building store-combs. Result: A
few large cells, placed on the side or at the back of the hive.

231. (b) This other swarm has a queen as prolific as the
one above. For two weeks she follows the builders as the
first did, laying in the cells as soon as built. But, the crop
stopping suddenly, both the building and the laying slacken,
when only two-thirds of the constructions are made. After

COMB. 109

three weeks of scarcity, abundance comes again, and the build-
ing is resumed. But the queen is no longer among the work-
ers, waiting for cells; she is at the other end of the hive,
where she lays in the cells which were left empty when the
larve that they harbored were born. Result: About one-third
of store-combs.

232. (c) This third swarm has a queen whose prolificness
is deficient, yet she has been able to follow the builders for a
few days. She is at last left behind, and the workers begin
combs with large cells. On reaching these cells, one or two
days later, she passes over them without laying (149), and
rejoins the builders, who hasten to comply with her desire to
have worker-cells. But she is soon left bebind for the second
time, and the workers, unrestrained again, build large cells
till she again rejoins them, to be again left behind, and so
on. Result: Parts of store-combs mixed, here and there,
with worker-combs.

233. (d) We have removed from a hive all its drone-
combs; but as the queen is occupied in filling empty worker-
cells in another part of the hive, the builders, following their
preference, reconstruct large cells, thus annulling our work of
removal.

234. (e) We have given one or two combs to a swarm
as soon as it was hived, and we wonder why its bees have
built so much drone-comb. The cause is obvious: the queen,
finding empty cells to fill, remained a long time far from the
builders, who, following their inclination, constructed drone-
cells.

235. We have to utilize the facts just enunciated. If we
desire to prevent a swarm from building too many store-combs,
we should watch the builders, and remove the large cells as
soon as built; these combs, if worth saving, may be used in
the surplus sections. We must remember that, to succeed, it
is indispensable that no other cells but the ones to be rebuilt
be left at the disposal of the queen. The same rule applies
also to the removal of drone-combs at any time; and as the
fulfilling of this condition is not always possible, it is better
to replace the removed combs with worker comb or comb foun-
dation (674).

110 THE BUILDING OF BEES.

The above rules are not without exception, for unnoticed
cireumstances may have some influence on the building of
combs; but we think that we have stated the main causes of
variation.

PROPOLIS.

236. This substance, which is used by the bees to coat
the inside of the bee-hive, and make it water and air tight,
is obtained from the resinous buds and limbs of trees; the
different varieties of poplar yield a rich supply. When first
gathered, it is usually of a bright golden color, and so sticky
that the bees never store it in cells, but apnlv it at once to
the purposes for which they procured it. If a bee is caught
while bringing in a load, it will be found to adhere very firmly
to her legs.

Huber planted in Spring some branches of the wild pop-
lar, before the leaves were developed, and placed them in pots
near his Apiary; the bees alighted on them, separated the folds
of the large buds with their forceps, extracted the varnish in
threads, and loaded with it first one thigh and then the other;
for they convey it like pollen, from one leg to the other.
We have seen them thus remove the warm propolis from old
bottom-boards standing in the sun.

Propolis is frequently gathered from the alder, horse-
chestnut, birch, and willow; and as some think, from pines
and other trees of the fir kind. Bees will often enter varnish-
ing shops, attracted evidently by their smell; and in the
vicinity of Matamoras, Mexico, where propolis seems to be
searece, we saw them using green paint from window-blinds,
and pitch from the rigging of a vessel. Bevan mentions the
fact of their carrying off a composition of wax and turpen-
tine from the trees to which it had been applied. Dr. Evans
says he has seen them collect the balsamic varnish which coats
the young blossom-buds of the hollyhock, and has known
them to rest at least ten minutes on the same bud, moulding
the balsam with their fore-feet, and transferring it to the
hinder legs, as described by Huber.

PROPOLIS. 111

‘With merry hum the Willow’s copse they scale,
The Fir’s Dark pyramid, or Poplar pale;
Scoop from the Alder’s leaf its oozy flood,
Or strip the Chestnut’s resin-coated bud;
Skim the light tear that tips Narcissus’ ray,
Or round the Hollyhock’s hoar fragrance play;
Then waft their nut-brown loads exulting home,
That form a fret-work for the future comb;
Caulk every chink where rushing winds may roar,
And seal their circling ramparts to the floor.’’

Evans.

237. A mixture of wax and propolis being much more
adhesive than wax alone, serves admirably to strengthen the
attachments of the combs to the top and sides of the hive.
If the combs are not filled with honey or brood soon after
they are built, they are varnished with a delicate coating of
propolis, which adds greatly to their strength; but as this
natural varnish impairs their snowy whiteness, the bees ought
not to be allowed access to the surplus honey-receptacles, ex-
cept when about ready to store them with honey. (734.)

238. Bees make a very liberal use of propolis to fill any
erevices about their premises; and as the natural summer-
heat of the hive keeps it soft, the bee-moth (SO2) selects it
as a place of deposit for her eggs. Hives ought, therefore, to
be made of lumber entirely free from cracks. The corners,
which the bees usually fill with propolis, may have a melted
mixture run into them, consisting of thvee parts of resin and
one of beeswax; this remaining hard during the hottest
weather, will bid defiance to the moth.

239. Bees gather propolis, especially when they can find
neither honey nor pollen in the fields. Thus, during the
honey-crop, very little of it is taken. In some countries, they
use it much more plentifully, owing to its being found more
readily.

240. Propolis is hard and brittle in the Winter, and its
use by the bees, to glue up ali parts of the hive, has created
the greatest objection to drawers, close-fitting frames, hinged
doors, ete., with which some patent hives are provided, and

112 THE BUILDING OF BEES.

which become entirely immovable, when once coated with it.
It is, at all times, the greatest hindrance to the neat handling
of the combs, and in warm weather daubs the hands of the
Apiarist. It ean only be cleaned from the fingers by the use,
in place of soap, of a few drops of turpentine, alcohol, spirits
of hartshorn, or ether.

To clean it from metal surfaces, use steam or boiling water
strengthened with lye. Scraping is necessary to remove it
from smooth wooden surfaces.

241. Propolis is sometimes put to a very curious use by
the bees.

““A snail, having crept into one of M. Réaumur’s hives early
in the morning, after crawling about for some time, adhered,
by means of its own slime, to one of the glass panes. The bees
having discovered the snail, surrounded it, and formed a border
of propolis round the verge of its shell, and fastened it so
securely to the glass that it became immovable.’’—(Bevan.)

‘“Porever closed the impenetrable door;
It naught avails that in its torpid veins
Year after year, life’s loitering spark remains.’’
Evans.

‘¢Maraldi, another eminent Apiarist, states that a snail with-
out a shell having entered one of his hives, the bees, as soon as
they observed it, stung it to death; after which, being unable
to dislodge it, they covered it all over with an impervious coat
of propolis.’ ’—(Bevan.)

‘For soon in fearless ire, their wonder lost,
Spring fiercely from the comb the indignant host,
Lay the pierced monster breathless on the ground,
And clap in joy their victor pinions round:
While all in vain concurrent numbers strive—
To heave the slime-girt giant from the hive—
Sure not alone by force instinctive swayed,

But blest with reason’s soul-directing aid,

Alike in man or hee, they haste to pour,

Thick, hard’ning as it falls, the flaky shower;

Embalmed in shroud of glue the mummy lies,

No worms invade, no foul miasmas rise.’’
Evans.

PROPOLIS. 113

242. In these instances, who can withhold his admiration
of the ingenuity and judgment of the bees? In the first case,
a troublesome creature gained admission to the hive, which,
from its unwieldiness, they could not remove, and which, from
the impenetrability of its shell, they could not destroy; here,
then, their only source was to deprive it of locomotion, and
to obviate putrefaction; both which objects they accomplished
most skillfully and securely, and, as is usual with these
sagacious creatures, at the least possible expense of labor and
materials. They applied their cement where alone it was re-
quired—round the verge of the shell. In the latter case, to
obviate the evil of decay, by the total exclusion of air, they
were obliged to be more lavish in the use of their embalming
. Material, and to case over the “slime-girt giant,’ so as to
guard themselves from his noisome smell. What means more
effectual could human wisdom have devised, under similar cir-
cumstances?

243. In bygone days, it was a prevalent belief, that when
any member of a family died, the bees knew what had hap-
pened; and some were superstitious enough to put the hives
in mourning, to pacify their sorrowing occupants; imagining
that, unless this was done, the bees would never afterwards
prosper! It was frequently asserted that they sometimes
took their loss so much to heart, as to alight upon the coffin
whenever it was exposed. A clergyman told the writer that
he attended a funeral, where, as soon as the coffin was brought
from the house, the bees gathered upon it so as to excite much
alarm. Some years after this occurrence, being engaged in
varnishing a table, the bees alighted upon it in such numbers,
as to convince him, that love of varnish, rather than sorrow
or respect for the dead, was the occasion of their conduct
at the funeral. How many superstitions, believed even by in-
telligent persons, might be as easily explained, if it were pos-
sible to ascertain as fully all the facts connected with them!

Whittier has written a little poem, “Telling the Bees,’
a propos of their knowing of some one’s death.

114 THE BUILDING OF BEES.

The following is the first stanza of another poem by one of
our later writers:

‘*Out of the house, where the slumberer lay,

Grandfather came one summer day,

And under the pleasant orchard trees

He spake this wise to the murmuring bees:
‘The clover bloom that kissed her feet

And the posey bed where she used to play
Have honey store, but none so sweet

As ere our little one went away.
O bees, sing soft, and, bees, sing low;
For she is gone who loved you so.’ ’’

(Eugene Field.)

244. ComMERCIAL Usss oF Propotis.—‘‘ Dissolved in alcohol
and filtered, it is used as a varnish, and gives a polish to wood,
and a golden color to tin. A preparation made with finely-
ground propolis, gum arabic, incense, storax, benzoin, sugar,
nitre, and charcoal, in quantities varied at will, is moulded
into fumigating cones, for perfuming rooms or halls.’’—(Dubini,
Muan, 1881.)

245. The following letter from a noted Russian Apiarist,
to Mr. E. Bertrand, then editor of the Revue Internationale
@ Apiculture, will be found of interest:

‘““During my pleasant stay at your pretty villa, I spoke to
you of the utilization of propolis in the varnish of our wooden
ware, which resists the dissolving power of hot water so well.
I have just found a description of the process, and will com-
municate it to you.

‘‘Propolis is purchased by hucksters, who pay five copecks—a
little over two cents—and sometimes even less, for permission
to serape or plane the propolis from the walls of a hive that
has lost its bees. The shavings, covered with propolis, are
heated, put into a wax-press, and subjected to the treatment
used in the extraction of beeswax; the propolis is then purified
in hot water, to which sulphuric acid is added. About fifty
per cent. of propolis is thus obtained, which sells at forty
cents per pound.

PROPOLIS. 115

‘¢This propolis is poured into hot linseed-oil and beeswax, in
the following proportions: Propolis 1, beeswax %4, oil 2. Previ-
ously, the oil should ‘linger,’ as we say, on the stove, for fif-
teen or twenty days, that is, remain hot without boiling, to give
it the property of drying. The wooden ware is dipped into
the above mentioned preparation, and must remain in it ten
or fifteen minutes, after which it is cooled, and rubbed and
polished with woolen rags.’’—(A. Zoubareff, St. Petersburg,
Sept. 26, 1882.)

CHAPTER III.
FOOD OF BEES.— HONEY.

246. The main food of bees is the honey or nectar, pro-
duced by plants and flowers. That honey is a vegetable
product was known to the ancient Jews, one of whose Rab-
bins asks: “Since we may not eat bees, which are unclean, why
are we allowed to eat honey?” and replies: “Because bees do
not make honey, but only gather it from plants and flowers.”

247. Yet during its sojourn in the honey-sack, the nectar
undergoes a chemical change. Most of its cane-sugar, or
saccharose, is changed into grape-sugar, or glucose.* This
change is due to its mixture with the saliva of the glands,
while in the honey-sack (63). “But the cane-sugar yet re-
mains in large proportion in honey gathered on the moun-
tains” (Girard),—or when it is gathered very fast.

248. The nectar is produced by the plants in nectariferous
tissues. in which accumulations of sugar can be found, and
exudes most frequently through small apertures, named
stomata.

249. It contains more or less water, according to the kind
of flowers, and the conditions in which it is produced. Some
flowers give nectar which is almost completely deprived of
water. Such is the fuschia. When the nectar of this flower
is produced in very dry weather, it sometimes crystallizes in
the blossom, as it comes in contact with the air.

In some other flowers, as in the Fritilaria imperialis, the
nectar contains as much as ninety-five per cent of water. But
in many eases, in dry weather and especially in late honey’
crops, the nectar contains but little water. Although the
honey of the summer crop may be said to contain from sixty

* What is chemically known as glucose should not be confounded
with the impure glucose of commerce.

116

HONEY, 117

to eighty per cent of water, there are many late plants that
give honey which needs little evaporation. The honey from
heather is said to be difficult to extract from the combs (#46),
owing to its density.

250. The quantity of nectar produced by the flowers
decreases during drought, and increases on the first or second
day after a rain. But it is then more watery. In some sea-
sons the saccharine juices abound, while in others they are so
deficient that bees can obtain scarcely any food from fields all

Fig. 48.
COMBS CONTAINING SEALED HONEY.
(Forty Years Among the Bees.)

white with clover. A change in the secretion of honey will
often take place so suddenly, that the bees will, in a few
hours, pass from idleness to great activity.

As a rule, the quantity of nectar, exuded by the plants,
varies according to the time of day and atmospheric condi-
tions. Usually, it is most abundant in the morning. Its
quantity decreases as the sun rises higher. At three o’clock
in the afternoon, the flowers give the least nectar. Then the
yield again increases till dark. In Algeria, Africa, in the

118 FOOD OF BEES.

neighborhood of Blidah, bees cannot find honey later than
eight in the morning.

251. It is when the blossom is ready for fertilization,
that the nectar is most abundant in it; if it is not gathered
by inseets, it is re-absorbed by the plant and serves, together
with the sugar accumulated in the ovaries, to nourish the
seeds.

252. The accumulations of sugar in the tissues, may exist,
not only in the flower, but in different parts of plants, in the
cotyledons, in the leaves, in the stipules, in the bracts, and
between the leaves and twigs. They help the development of
the tissues.

Sometimes the nectariferous tissues are destitute of stomata
or openings. Then the accumulated nectar may force itself
through the euticle or skin of the plant.

The water of the sap, which runs incessantly in the plants,
goes out through the different tissues in unequal quantities;
as some tissues are more porous than others. Generally, water
escapes in the form of steam; but, in some circumstances,
when the air is moist, the water is emitted in liquid form, and
may carry with it, to the outside, a part of the accumulations
of sugar through which it has passed, thus producing honey-
dew. The more sugar this water contains, the slower its
evaporation will be.

253. The dampness of the soil and of the air, and a tem-
perature producing a profuse transpiration in plants, then a
sudden stop of transpiration, are the best conditions to pro-
duce the maximum of nectar in the nectariferous tissues and
of liquid exudations on the outside.

254. Most of the above statements are taken, or rather
abridged, from “Les Nectaires,” of Gaston Bonnier, a pro-
fessor at the Ecole Normale Supérieure of Paris (1879).
This work was awarded a medal by the Academy of Science
of Paris. Bonnier backs his statements with one hundred and
thirty engravings made from microscopic researches.

255. He explains, not only how the nectar is formed in
the blossoms, but also how the extra floral nectar, the so-called
honey-dew, is produced on different parts of plants, or trees.

HONEY. 119

afe has noticed and described the production of nectar
(honey-dew without aphides), on many herbaceous plants,
and on the following trees or shrubs: Two kinds of oak,
the ash, two kinds of linden, the sorb, the barberry, two kinds
of raspberry, the poplar, the birch, two kinds of maple, and
the hazel brush. In some parts of Europe, this honey-dew
is so plentiful, that some Apiarists transport their bees to
the districts in which it is produced, during its yield.

The Abbé Boissier de Sauvages, in 1763, described two
species of honey-dew. The first kind, he says, has the same
origin with the manna on the ash and maple trees of Calabria
and Brianson, where it flows plentifully from their leaves and
trunks, and thickens in the form in which it is usually seen.—
(“Observations sur l’Origine du Miel.”) We have received
specimens of a honey-dew from California, which is said to
fall from the oak trees in stalactites of considerable size.

256. Bees also harvest, in some seasons, a sweet substance
of poorer quality, which is a discharge from the bodies of
small aphides or “plant lice.”

Messrs. Kirby and Spence, in their interesting work on
Entomology, have given a description of the honey-dew fur-
nished by the aphides:

‘*The loves of the ants and the aphides have long been cele-
brated; you will always find the former very busy on those
trees and plants on which the latter abound; and, if you ex-
amine somewhat more closely, you will discover that the object
of the ants in thus attending upon aphides, is to obtain
the saccharine fluid secreted by them, which may well be
denominated their milk. This fluid, which is scarcely inferior
to honey in its sweetness, issues in liquid drops from the
abdomen of these insects, not only by the ordinary passage,
but also, by two setiform tubes, placed one on each side, just
above it. Their sucker being inserted in the tender bark is,
without intermission, employed in absorbing the sap, which,
after it has passed through these organs, they keep continu-
ally discharging. When no ants attend them, by a certain
jerk of the body, which takes place at regular intervals, they
ejaculate it to a distance.

120 FOOD OF BEES.

257. ‘‘Mr. Knight once observed a shower of honey-dew
descending in innumerable small globules, near one of his oak
trees. He cut off one of the branches, took it into the house,
and, holding it in a stream of light admitted through a small
opening, distinctly saw the aphides ejecting the fluid from their
bodies with considerable force, and this accounts for its being
frequently found in situations where it could not have arrived
by the mere influence of gravitation. The drops that are thus
spurted out, unless interrupted by the surrounding foliage, or
some other interposing body, fall upon the ground; and the
spots may often be observed, for some time, beneath and around
the trees, affected with honey-dew, till washed away by the rain.
The power which these insects possess of ejecting the fluid
from their bodies, seems to have been wisely instituted to pre-
serve cleanliness in each individual fly, and, indeed, for the
preservation of the family; for, pressing as they do upon one
another, they would otherwise soon be glued together, and ren-
dered incapable of stirring. On looking steadfastly at a group
of these insects (Aphides salicis) while feeding on the bark of
the willow, their superior size enabled us to perceive some of
them elevating their bodies and emitting a transparent sub-
stance in the form of a small shower:

‘*Nor scorn ye now, fond elves, the foliage sear,
When the light aphids, arm’d with puny spear,
Probe each emulgent vein, till bright below,
Like falling stars, clear drops of nectar glow.’’

Evans.

258. ‘‘Honey-dew usually appears upon the leaves as a vis-
cid transparent substance, as sweet as honey itself, sometimes
in the form of globules, at others resembling a syrup. It is
generally most abundant from the middle of June to the middle
of July—sometimes as late as September.

“Tt is found chiefly upon the oak, the elm, the maple, the
plane, the sycamore, the lime, the hazel, and the blackberry;
occasionally also the cherry, currant, and other fruit trees.
Sometimes only one species of trees is affected at a time. The
oak generally affords the largest quantity. At the season of its
greatest abundance, the happy, humming noise of the bees may
be heard at a considerable distance, sometimes nearly equalling
in loudness the united hum of swarming.’’—(Bevan.)

1?

PLATE 13.

PROF. GASTON BONNIER,

Author of ‘‘Cours Complet @Apwulture” and of ‘‘Les Nectaires.””

This writer is mentioned pages 6, 118, 121, 122.

HONEY. 121

In some seasons, bees gather large supplies from these
honey-dews, but it is abundant only once in three or four
years. The honey obtained from this source is usually of a
dark color, and never of a good quality.

259. It is very difficult to ascertain, at all times, the
special source of honey-dew, whether from the trees or from
the aphides. In order to give all sides a hearing, we will
cite a letter from Mr. Bonnier on this subject, and leave the
reader to draw his own conclusions:

‘*Plant lice are seen even on trees that have no extra floral
nectaries. They do not produce exudations (properly speaking),
but bore the tissues to eat the contents. Their presence on
the plant has no connection with that of the nectar. The ex-
cremental liquid of aphides is not equally sweet in all the
species, and the bees harvest only that which is very sweet.
They generally prefer the true honey-dew (miellée), which
exudes from the leaves at certain times, and contains mannite
and saccharine matter.

“‘T have seen bees, however, harvesting the sweet liquid of
the aphides and the true miellée at the same time, on the
aspen, maple, and sycamore.

“‘T have rarely seen the extra floral nectar of the special
nectaries overflow and run in drops, but the true miellée of trees
may fall in small drops, and some observers conclude, from
this fact, that it is produced by aphides. I have often seen
some trees, and even all the trees, of a timber, covered with an
abundant miellée, falling in small drops, although there was
not a single louse on the higher limbs.

‘(To sum up, we must not confound the three kinds of sweet
liquid, which may be produced outside the flowers: 1st, The
extra-floral nectar proper, produced, like the nectar of flowers,
from special sugar tissues; 2d, The true miellée, produced on
the surface of the leaves of trees or shrubs, without the action
of aphides; 3rd, the excretion, more or less sweet, sometimes
containing very little sugar, abundantly produced by a great

number of aphides.’’

260. In some blossoms, as in the red clover, the corolla
is so deep and narrow, that the nectar is out of reach of the

122 FOOD OF BEES.

honey-bee. Larger insects, such as the bumble-bee, or smaller
ones, as some wasps, enjoy it to the exclusion of our favorites.
Yet in some seasons, we have seen bees working on red-clover
bloom, and have attributed this to the corollas being shorter,
owing to drouth, or scant growth. Mr. Bonnier has discovered
that, in some such flowers, the nectar is sometimes so abundant
that the bees ean reach it. It is true that insects, and even
bees, can tear the tender corollas of some blossoms, opposite
the honey receptacle, to reach the nectar, but this is of such
rare instance, in the honey-bee, that it cannot be considered
of any practical value.

261. The honey, when harvested, is stored in the rear
of the hive, above the brood, and as near it as possible.

When just gathered, it is too watery to be preserved for
the use of the bees. To evaporate this water, they force a
strong current of air through the hive, and the bee-keeper
ean ascertain the days of large honey-yield, by the greater
roar of the bees in front of their hive during the night fol-
lowing. If a strong colony is put on a platform scale, it will
be found, during the height of the honey-harvest, to gain a
number of pounds on a pleasant day. Much of this weight
will be lost in the night, from the evaporation of the newly-
gathered honey. A thorough upward ventilation, in hot
weather, will therefore contribute to increase the ripening of
honey (763).

When the cell is about full, the bees seal it with a flat cover
or capping made of wax. This capping is begun at the lower
edge of the cell, and is raised gradually, as the honey is de-
posited within, till the cell is entirely sealed. These cappings
being flat, depressed, or uneven, are easily distinguished from
the caps of the brood, which are convex and of a darker color.

262. Are the caps of the honey-cells air-tight?

The caps of the brood-cells, made of pollen and wax, are
undoubtedly porous enough to allow the air to reach the
larva; and some Apiarists question the imperviousness of the
sealing of honey-comb. Mr. Cheshire himself, while of opinion
that “the bee aims at compact coverings for her honey,” says
that “not more than ten per cent of these are absolutely im-

POLLEN. 123

pervious to air.” Yet his own description of the cause of
the well-known whiteness of the cappings, owing to the air
which is left behind and “cannot escape,’ would prove that
these cappings are originally made as air-tight as a thin coat
of wax can make them. But it is possible that the thin coat
of wax, though evidently air-tight, be, in some circumstances,
porous enough to allow moisture to soak through it slowly,
like water through leather.

POLLEN.

263. The pollen, or fertilizing dust of flowers, is gathered
by the bees from blossoms, and is indispensable to the nourish-
ment of their young—repeated experiments having proved
that brood cannot be raised without it. It is very rich in
the nitrogenous substances which are not contained in honey,
and without which ample nourishment could not be furnished
for the development of the growing bee. Dr. Hunter, on
dissecting some immature bees, found that their stomachs con-
tained pollen, but not a particle of honey.

We are indebted to Huber for the discovery that pollen is
the principal food of the young bees. As large supplies were
often found in hives whose inmates had starved, it was evident
that, without honey, it could not support the mature bees;
and this led former observers to conclude that it served for
the building of comb. Huber, after demonstrating that wax
can be secreted from an entirely different substance, soon
ascertained that pollen was used for the nourishment of the
embryo bees. Confining some bees to their hive without any
pollen, he supplied them with honey, eggs, and larve. In a
short time, the young all perished. A fresh supply of brood
being given to them, with an ample allowance of pollen, the
development of the larve proceeded in the natural way.

264. We had an excellent opportunity of testing the value
of this substance, in the backward Spring of 1852. On the
5th of February, we opened a hive containing an artificial
swarm of the previous year, and found many of the cells filled
with brood. The combs, being examined on the 23d, contained

124 FOOD OF BEES.

neither eggs, brood nor bee-bread; and the colony was sup-
plied with pollen from another hive; the next day, a large
number of eggs were found in the cells. When, this supply
was exhausted, laying again ceased, and was only resumed
when more was furnished. During the time of these experi-
ments, the weather was so unpromising, that. the bees were
unable to leave the hive.

Dzierzon is of opinion that bees ean furnish food for their
young, without pollen; although he admits that they can do
it only for a short time, and at a great expense of vital
energy; just as the strength of an animal nursing its young
is rapidly reduced, if, for want of proper food, the very sub-
stance of the mother’s body must be converted into milk.
The experiment just deseribed does not corroborate this
theory, but confirms Huber’s view, that pollen is indispensable
to the development of brood.

Gundelach, an able German Apiarist, says that if a colony
with a fertile queen be confined to an empty hive, and sup-
plied with honey, comb will be rapidly built, and the cells
filled with eggs, which in due time will be hatched; but the
worms will all die within twenty-four hours. :

Sometimes bees, unable to feed their brood for lack of
pollen, desert their hives (407, 663).

265. In September, 1856, we put a very large colony of
bees into a new hive, to determine some points on which we
were then experimenting. The weather was fine, and they
gathered pollen, and built comb very rapidly; still for ten
days, the queen-bee deposited no eggs in the cells. During
all that time, these bees stored very little pollen in the combs.
One of the days being so stormy that they could not go
abroad, they were supplied with rye flour (267), none of
which, although very greedily appropriated, could be found
in the cells. During all this time, as there was no brood to
be fed, the pollen must have been used by the bees either for
nourishment, or to assist them in secreting wax; or, as we
believe, for both these purposes.

266. Bees prefer to gather fresh pollen, even when there
are large accumulations of old stores in the cells. With hives

POLLEN. 125

giving the control of the combs, the surplus of old colonies
may be made to supply the deficiency of young ones; the
latter, in Spring, being often destitute of this important
article. Although the bees of queenless colonies do not usually
go in quest of pollen, some occasionally harvest it, and as
it is not used, it accumulates in the hive. Sometimes it de-
teriorates during the Winter and becomes worthless, from
mould.

If honey and pollen can both be obtained from the same
blossom, the industrious insect usually gathers a load of each.
To prove this, let a few pollen-gatherers be dissected when
honey is plenty; and their honey-sacks will ordinarily be
full.

When the bee brings home a load of pollen, she stores it
away, by inserting her body in a cell, and brushing it from
her legs; it is then carefully packed down, being often cov-
ered with honey, and sealed over with wax. Pollen is seldom
deposited in any except worker-cells.

Aristotle observed, that a bee, in gathering pollen, confines
herself to the kind of blossom on which she begins, even if
it is not so abundant as some others; thus a ball of this
substance taken from her thigh, is found to be of a uniform
color throughout; the load of one insect being yellow, of
another, red, and of a third, brown; the color varying with
that of the plant from which the supply was obtained. They
may prefer to gather a load from a single species of plant,
because the pollen of different kinds does not pack so well

_ together. Réaumur has estimated, that a good colony may
gather and use as much as one hundred pounds of it in a
year.

267. When bees. cannot find pollen, in early Spring, they
will gather flour, or meal, or even fine sawdust, as a sub-
stitute. This was noticed by Hartlib, as early as 1655.

Dzierzon, early in the Spring, observed his bees bringing
rye-meal to their hives from a neighboring mill, before they
could procure any pollen from natural supplies. The hint
was not lost; and it is now a common practice, wherever bee-
keeping is extensively carried on, to supply the bees early

126 FOOD OF BEES.

in the season with this article. Shallow troughs or boxes are
set not far from the apiaries, filled about two inches deep
with jinely-ground, dry, unbolted rye-meal, oatmeal or even
with flour, Where bolted flour, or meal, is given, it should
be tightly pressed with the hands, to prevent the bees from
drowning in it. To attract them to it, we bait them with a
few old combs, or a little honey.

The boxes must be placed in a warm spot sheltered from
the wind. Thousands of bees, when the weather is favor-
able, resort eagerly to them, and return heavily laden to their
hives.

This artificial pollen or bee-bread, is kneaded by them with
saliva, or honey brought from the hive. This is easily ascer-
tained by tasting the little pellets, which in the hurry are
loosened from their baskets, and fall to the bottom of the
flour box. In fine, mild weather, they labor at this work
with great industry; preferring the meal to the old pollen
stored in their combs. They thus breed early, and rapidly
recruit their numbers. The feeding is continued till, the blos-
soms furnishing a preferable article, they cease to carry off
the meal.

We will here add that, as a rule, colonies that do not carry
in meal or pollen, at the opening of Spring, are without
brood, either because they are queenless, or from want of
honey, or from some other cause.

The discovery of flour, as a substitute for pollen, removes
a very serious obstacle to the culture of bees. In many dis-
triets, there is for a short time such an abundant supply of
honey, that almost any number of strong colonies will, in a
good season, lay up enough for themselves, and a large sur-
plus for their owners. In many of these districts, however,
the supply of pollen is often quite insufficient, and in Spring,
the swarms of the previous year are so destitute, that unless
the season is early, the production of brood is seriously
checked, and the colony cannot avail itself properly of the
the superabundant harvest of honey.

268. As bees carry on their bodies the pollen, or fer-
tilizing substance, they aid most powerfully in the impregna-

POLLEN. 127

tion of plants (878), while prying into the blossoms in search
of honey or bee-bread. In genial seasons, fruit will often
set abundant-y, even if no bees are kept in its vicinity; but
many Springs are so unpropitious, that often during the
critical period of blossoming, the sun shines for only a few
hours, so that those only can reasonably expect a remunerating
erop whose trees are all murmuring with the pleasant hum of
bees.

269. One of the laws of Nature is that the crossing of
the races produces offspring with greater vigor, endurance,

Fig. 49.
SCROPHULARIA NODOSA.
(Magnified. From Cheshire.)

A, young blossom. s, stigma.

B, section of blossom. ca, calyx; ¢, corolla; aa, aborted anthers;
s, stigma; 1, lip; uw, anthers; n, nectar; bl, black lip.

C, older blossom. s, dropping stigma; u, anthers.

and faculty of reproduction. Fruits succeed better, when
the pollen, which fertilizes the pistil, comes from some other
blossom; and the insects are intrusted with the mission of
transporting this pollen from one blossom to another, while
‘gathering it for their own use. In some plants, fertilization
would have been impossible, without the help of insects. For
instance, some plants, such as the willows, are diecious, having
their male organs on one tree, and their female organs on
another. The bees after visiting the.one for pollen, go to
the other for honey, and the fecundation is effected. In some

128 FOOD OF BEES.

other plants, such as the Scrophularia Nodosa (Simpson
honey plant—Fig. 49), the female organs are ready for
fecundation earlier than the male. But as the flower secretes
a large quantity of honey, which is replaced in its nectaries
as fast as the bees gather it, the bees, in traveling from one
blossom to another, carry the pollen of an old blossom to the
pistil of a younger one, and fertilization is accomplished.
Some plants, corn, for instance, produce such quantities of
pollen, that the agency of insects is less indispensable to the
fertilization of their blossoms.

270. To determine the advantages which flowers derive
from insect fertilization, any one can wrap a few flowers in
gauze, just before the opening of the bud, and compare the
number of fertile seeds, from flowers thus treated, with those
of other blossoms.

We have heard farmers mention the fact that the first crop
of red clover furnishes but little seed, compared with the
second crop. This is because the bumble-bees, which help its
fertilization, are very scarce in Spring, while they are much
more plentiful in Summer. “In Australia it was found im-
possible to obtain seed from red clover until the bumble-bees
were imported into that country” (Darwin).

A large fruit-grower told us that his cherries were a very
uncertain crop, a cold northeast storm frequently prevailing
when they were in blossom. He had noticed that, if the sun
shone only for a couple of hours, the bees secured him a crop.

If those horticulturists, who regard the bee as an enemy
(S71), could exterminate the race, they would act with as
little wisdom as those who attempt to banish from their inhos-
pitable premises every insectivorous bird, which helps itself to
a small part of ihe abundance it has aided in producing. By
making judicious efforts early in the Spring, to entrap the
mother-wasps and hornets, which alone survive the Winter,
an effectual blow may be struck at some of the worst pests
of the orchard and garden. In Europe, those engaged ex-
tensively in the cultivation of fruit, often pay a small sum
in the Spring for all wasps and hornets destroyed in their
vicinity.

WATER. 129

WATER.

271. Water is necessary to bees to dissolve the honey,
which sometimes granulates in the cells, to digest the pollen
and to prepare the food with which they feed the larve.
They ean raise a certain amount of brood without water, but
they always seem to suffer more or less in consequence (662).
In the Winter, they breed but little, and the moisture which
condenses on the walls of the hive is generally sufficient. Yet
we have noticed that as soon as bees are brought out of the
cellar (653), if the temperature is sufficiently warm, a great
many will be seen sucking water. This fact shows that Ber-
lepsch was right when he advised bee-keepers to give water
to bees during Winter, to avoid what he called disease of the
thirst. Besides, every one may notice that bees take advantage
of any warm Winter day to bring it to their hives; and, in
early Spring, may be seen busily drinking around pumps,
drains, and other moist places. Later in the season, they sip
the dew from the grass and leaves.

2972. Every careful bee-keeper will see that his bees are
well supplied with water. If
he has not some sunny spot,
close at hand, where they can
safely obtain it, he will fur-
nish them with shallow wood-
en troughs, or vessels filled
with floats or straw, from
which — sheltered from cold
winds, and warmed by the
genial rays of the sun—they
ean drink without risk of

drowning.
A barrel half filled with
earth and then filled with WATER SUPPLY BOTTLE.

. A (From Sartori and Rauschenfels.)
water, in which some water-

cress or other aquatic plants are kept, to preserve it from
putrefaction, and to prevent the bees from drowning, will
do very well. For a small apiary, a jug or bottle (fig. 50),

130 FOOD OF BEES.

filled with water, and inverted on a plate covered with a
small piece of carpet, will be sufficient. It can also be given
in the combs. Mr. Vogel, editor of the Bienenzeitung, on
the 19th of March gave to a colony a comb containing crystal-
lized honey, and another containing about three-fourths of a
pound of water. Within sixteen hours, both combs were
altogether emptied by the bees.

24@3. A leamed French bee-keeper, Mr. De Layens, made
many experiments in regard to this matter.

‘‘In the month of May, 1878, I put a lump of sugar near a
spot where a great many bees came for water; they paid no
attention to it. The sugar was then moistened and covered
with honey. The bees, attracted by the honey, came in great
numbers, and sucked up most of the moist sugar. After they
became accustomed to this, I decreased the moistening, till I
gave them nothing but, dry sugar, when they brought water to
dissolve the sugar, and removed all except the parts which were
too hard to be dissolved easily.’’—(Bulletin de la Suisse, Nov.,
1880.)

The same writer has noticed that, in Spring, if the bees
are compelled to go very far for water, many of them perish.
He found a loss of three hundred and fifty grammes of bees—
four-fifths of a pound—from a hive, during a sudden Spring
storm (606).

From the 10th of April to the 31st of July, forty colonies
consumed 187 litres of water, about fifty gallons; the greatest
quantity used in a day being seven litres, or about fifteen
pints.

That bees do not need water, in circumstances other than
those named above, is evidenced from the fact that, in im-
porting bees from Italy, we did not succeed in receiving them
alive, until our shippers reluctantly consented to send them
without water (595).

Sat.

274. Bees seem to be so fond of salt, that they will often
alight upon our hands to lick up the saline perspiration.

SALT. 131

‘‘During the early part of the breeding season,’’ said Dr.
Bevan, ‘‘till the beginning of May, I keep a constant supply of
salt and water near my apiary, and find it thronged with bees
from early morn till late in the evening. About this period
the quantity they consume is considerable, but afterwards they
seem indifferent to it. The eagerness they evince for it at one
period of the season, and their indifference at another, may
account for the opposite opinions entertained respecting it.’’

CHAPTER IV.
THE BEE-HIVES.—HIVES WITH IMMOVABLE COMBS.

275. The first hives that were provided for bees were as
rude as their natural abodes. We do not need to look back
very far to remember the “bee-gum,” so called, probably, be-
eause it had often been made out of the gum tree, with two
sticks erossmg in the middle, and a rough board nailed on
top, while a notch in the lower end formed the entrance. In
the Old World, they manufactured straw or willow “skeps”
and pottery hives, which are still used in Asia and Africa.
The earthen hive was simply a tube, laid on its side, and
elosed at each end with a movable wooden disk. This disk

Fig. 51.
EARTHEN HIVE OF AFRICA AND CYPRUS,
(From “L’Apicoltore,’’ Milan.)

was removed to take the honey, which is always located at the
back part of the hives.

These carthen hives were, unquestionably, the most sensible
of those old kinds. In the Islands of Greece they were set
in thick stone walls, built on purpose with the entrance on one
side of the wall. Sometimes they were located in the walls
of the houses, and the honey was removed from the inside of
the house, or, if in walls, from behind, out of the flight of
bees.

132

HIVES WITH IMMOVABLE COMBS. 133

276. To get the honey from the gums, or boxes, the bee-
keepers used at first to drive the bees to another hive (574)
and take all the contents. But most of the thus impoverished
colonies perished. This led to the thought that killing bees
would be more facile, and the brimstone-pit was invented.
This killing of bees was so customary that in the XVIIIth
century, Joseph II, Emperor of Austria, decreed that every
bee-keeper who would cut the combs in Spring, instead of
brimstoning the bees, would receive one florin (about forty
cents) per colony.

Fig. 52,
BOX HIVE, WITH CAP.
(From Hamet.)

277. About the year 1830, our senior, then a boy, saw
this harvesting of combs for the first time. Clothed with a
heavy linen frock, equipped with a mask of wire strong
enough to be sword-proof, and sweating under a scorching
sun in this heavy garment, he helped (?) the old priest of
his village to prune about twenty colonies, removing the back
eombs with a curved knife, from the upturned hives. It was
in April; and, while the crop thus harvested was light, the

134 THE BEE-HIVES.

damage inflicted to the bees was immense, for they had to
rebuild their combs at a time when queens begin their greatest
laying. But the bee-keepers of old were persuaded that this
crop of beeswax was beneficial to bees, since it compelled them

Fig. 53.
BIRTHPLACE OF CHARLES DADANT,

(Vaux-Sous-Aubigny, France.)

HIVES WITH IMMOVABLE COMBS. 135

to make new combs, which were considered better than older
ones (676).

278. Some bee-keepers, having noticed that bees place
their honey at the highest part of the hive, added a cap or
upper story, which communicated with the hive through a
hole in the top of the latter. Still later, Apiarists found out
that when the hive was very deep and the connecting hole
small, the bees refused to store their honey in the cap, and

Fig. 54.

STRAW EKE HIVE. Fig. 55.
(From Hamet.) THE RADOUAN EKE HIVE,
B, body; A, hole to connect the (From Hamet.)

stories with the surplus cap.

they made their hives with open ceilings, replacing the top
board of the breeding-story with slats or bars. The hives
were afterwards divided into several horizontal sections, called
“ekes’”’ (figs. 54 and 55). Instead of using a cap, some Apiar-
ists removed the upper story, when full of honey, and placed
a new story under the others. The bees then continued their
constructions downwards. To separate the sections from one
another, they used a wire that cut the combs. Butler, in his
“Feminine Monarchy,’ 1634, showed hives composed of four
sections, piled upon one another. Palteau, in 1750, advised
bee-keepers to use a perforated ceiling at the top of each

136 THE BEE-HIVES.

section. Radouan, in 1821, instead of a perforated ceiling,
used triangular bars, to which the bees attached their combs.
Chas. Soria, in 1845, used these bars at the bottom of each
story as well as at the top, with bee space between, so that
they could be removed, exchanged, or reversed, without crush-
ing any bees, or damaging a single cell (fig. 56).

279. Other Apiarists divided their hives vertically, con-
formably with the shape of the combs of the bees, which hang
vertically. If we are correctly informed, it was Jonas de
Gelieu who inaugurated this style (fig. 57). He made his

Fig. 56.

EKE = ae oe Fig. 57.
(From “Hamet.) DIVIDING HIVE OF JONAS
DE GELIEU.

(From Hamet.)

hive divisible into only two parts. Oettl, towards the middle
of the nineteenth century, made a straw hive divided into
three vertical parts. The main advantage of these hives re-
sides in the facility of dividing them for artificial swarming.
But as this method of making artificial swarms is defective,
as will be shown further (470), and as all these con-
trivances did not allow a close study of the habits of the bee,
or permit the needed manipulations, it became necessary to
invent a hive whose every comb, and every part, the Apiarist
could promptly and easily control; a hive which, to employ
the forcible expression of Mr. Hamet, could “se demonter
comme un jeu de marionettes”; (be taken to pieces like a
puppet-show).

REQUISITES OF A COMPLETE HIVE. 137

REQUISITES OF A COMPLETE Hive.

280. 1. A complete hive should give the Apiarist such
perfect control of all the combs, that they may be easily
taken out without cutting them, or exciting the anger of the
bees.

2. It should permit all necessary operations to be performed
without hurting or killing a single bee.

Some hives are so constructed, that they cannot be used
without injuring or destroying some of the bees; and the
destruction of even a few materially increases the difficulty
of managing them (399).

3. It should afford suitable protection against extremes
of heat and cold, sudden changes of temperature, and the in-
jurious effects of dampness.

The interior of a hive should be dry in Winter, and free
in Summer from a pent and suffocating heat.

4, Not one unnecessary motion should be required of a
single bee.

As the honey-harvest, in most locations, is of short con-
tinuance, all the arrangements of the hive should facilitate,
to the utmost, the work of the busy gatherers. Hives which
compel them to travel with their heavy burdens through
densely crowded combs, are very objectionable. Bees instead
of forcing their way through thick clusters, must easily pass
into the top surplus honey-boxes of the hives, from any comb
in the hive, and into every part, without traveling much over
the combs.

5. It should be capable of being readily adjusted to the
wants of either large or small colonies.

6. It should allow every good piece of worker-comb to be
given to the bees, instead of melting it into wax, and should
permit of the use of comb-foundation (674).

7. It should prevent the over-production of drones, by
permitting the removal of drone-comb from the hive.

A hive containing too much comb suitable only for storing
honey, or raising drones, cannot be expected to prosper.

138 THE BEE-HIVES.

8. It should allow the bottom board to be loosened or fas-
tened at will, for ventilation, or to clear out the dead bees
in Winter. If suffered to remain, they often become mouldy,
and injure the health of the colony. In dragging them out,
when the weather moderates, the bees often fall with them on
the snow, and are so chilled, that they never rise again; for
a bee, in flying away with the dead, frequently retains its hold
until both fall to the ground.

9. No part of the interior of the hive should be below the
level of the place of exit.

If this principle is violated, the bees must, at great disad-
vantage, drag, up hill, their dead, and all the refuse of the
hive.

10. It should afford facilities for feeding bees, both in
warm and cool weather, in case of need.

11. It should furnish facilities for enlarging, contracting,
and closing the entrance, to protect the bees against robbers;
and when the entrance is altered, the bees ought not, as in
some hives, to lose valuable time in searching for it.

12. It should furnish facilities for admitting at once a
large body of air, that the bees may be tempted to fly out
and discharge their feces, on warm days in Winter, or early
Spring.

If such a free admission of air cannot be given, the bees,
by losing a favorable opportunity of emptying themselves,
may suffer from diseases resulting from too long confine-
ment.

13. It should allow the bees, together with the heat and
odor of the main hive, to pass in the freest manner, to the
surplus honey receptacles.

tf. Each of the parts of every hive in an apiary should
be so made, as to be interchangeable from one hive to an-
other. In this way, the Apiarist can readily make the ex-
changes of brood, honey, or pollen, which cireumstances de-
mand.

15. The hive should: permit the surplus honey to be taken
away in the most convenient, beautiful and salable forms.

REQUISITES OF A COMPLETE HIVE. 139

16. It should be equally well adapted to be used as a
swarmer, or non-swarmer.

17. It should enable the Apiarist to multiply his colonies
with a certainty and rapidity which are impossible if he de-
pends on natural swarming.

18. It should enable the Apiarist to supply destitute col-
onies with the means of obtaining a new queen.

19. It should enable him to catch the queen, for any pur-
pose; especially to remove an old one whose fertility is im-
paired by age.

20. It should enable a single ee to superintend
several hundred colonies for different individuals.

Many persons would keep bees, if an apiary, like a gar-
den, could be superintended by a competent individual. If the
bees are allowed to swarm, he may be called in a dozen dif-
ferent directions at once, and if any accident, such as the
loss of a queen, happens to the colonies of his customers,
he can usually apply no remedy.

21. All the joints of the hive should be water-tight, and
there should be no doors or shutters or drawers lable to shrink,
swell, or get out of order.

22. A complete hive should be protected against the de-
structive ravages of mice in Winter.

238. It should permit the honey, after the gathering season
is over, to be concentrated where the bees will most need it.

24. It should permit the space for spare honey receptacles
to be enlarged or contracted at will, without any alteration
or destruction of existing parts of the hive.

Without the power to do this, the productive force of a
colony is in some seasons greatly diminished.

25. Its surplus honey receptacle should be as close to the
brood as possible.

26. A complete hive, while possessing all these requisites,
should, if possible, combine them in a cheap and simple form,
adapted to the wants of all who are competent to cultivate

bees.

140 THE BEE-HIVES.

281. There are a few desirables to which a hive, even if
it were perfect, could make no pretensions!

It could not promise splendid results to those who are too
ignorant or too careless to be entrusted with the manage-
ment of bees. In bee-keeping, as in all other pursuits, man
must first understand his business, and then proceed upon the
good old maxim, that “the hand of the diligent maketh rich.”
“In a word, to succeed it is indispensable to know what to do,
and to do it just in time.”’—(S. Wagner).

It could not have the talismanic influence to convert a bad
situation for honey into a good one; or give the Apiarist an
abundant harvest, whether the season was productive or other-
wise. As well might the farmer seek for some kind of wheat
which will yield an enormous crop, in any soil, and in every
season.

It could not enable the cultivator, while rapidly multiply-
ing his colonies, to secure the largest yield of honey from his
bees. As well might the breeder of poultry pretend, that in
the same year, and from the same stock, he can both raise the
greatest number of chickens, and sell the largest number of
eggs.

MovasiE-Coms HIvgs.

282. The bee-keepers of Greece and of Candia seem to
have been the first to provide their hives with movable bars,
under which bees suspended their combs. Della Rocca men-
tions these and gives engravings of them in his work, pub-
lished in 1790. In 1838, Dzierzon revived this hive and
improved it. In spite of the difficulty of its management,
since the combs not being attached to movable-frames, but
to top bars, cannot be removed without cutting them loose
from the sides of the hive, Dzierzon succeeded in making
discoveries, in bee physiology, which rank among the most
important (132). Huis success was marvelous for the epoch.

283. But in the Dzierzon hive, it is often necessary to cut
and remove many combs to get access to a particular one; thus
if the tenth from the end is to be removed, nine must be

PuLatTE 14.

M. QUINBY,

Author of “The Mysteries of Bee-Keening.”

This writer is mentioned pages 141, 151, 154, 155, 157, 158, 164, 176.
193, 3878.

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 141

taken out. This hive cannot furnish the surplus honey in a
form the most salable in our markets, or admitting of safe
transportation in the comb. Notwithstanding these disad-
vantages, it has achieved a great triumph in Germany, and
given a new impulse to the cultivation of bees.

MovasiE-FRAME Hives.

284. About one hundred years ago, Huber invented the
leaf-hive, which enabled him to make his discoveries. It con-
sisted of twelve frames, each an inch and a quarter in width,

Fig. 58.
THE HUBER LEAF HIVE.

which were connected together by hinges, so that they could
be opened or shut at pleasure, like the leaves of a book.
285. This hive was improved upon by several bee-keepers
in Europe and America, the most noted of whom were Quinby,
and his son-in-law, L. C. Root, author and publisher of
“Quinby’s New Bee-keeping.” This style of hive is generally
known as the closed-end standing-frame hive. The reader will
understand that, in these hives, the combs hang separately in
frames, which, when joined together, make a body, enclosed
jin an outer covering. Their being used by a number of

142 THE BEE-HIVES.

Apiarists, shows that these hives have some advantages, the
greatest objection to them being the difficulty of fitting the
frames together, after inspection, without crushing some bees,
unless they have been previously shaken out.

286. Several attempts were made, in the first half of the
nineteenth century, to invent a practical hanging-frame hive;
that is, a hive in which each comb, hanging in a separate
frame, could be readily taken out and replaced without jarring
the hive, or removing the other frames. Propokovitsch, in
Russia, Munn, in England, Debeauvoys, in France, tried and
failed. At last, in October, 1851, Mr. Langstroth invented the
top-opening movable-frame hive, now used the world over
with slight variations, in which the combs are attached to
movable frames so suspended in the hives as to touch neither
the top, bottom, nor sides; leaving, between the frames and
the hive walls, a space of from one-fourth to three-eighths of
an inch, called bee-space. (Fig. 59.)

287. By this device the combs can be removed at pleas-
ure, without any cutting, and speedily transferred to another
hive. Our congenial friend, Prof. A. J. Cook, author of “The
Bee-keeper’s Guide,” says of it: “It is this hive, the greatest
apiarian invention ever made, that has placed American
Apiculture in advance of that of all other countries.” And
no one knows, better than the revisers of this work, that such
is the plain truth, as they have watched the progress of
bee-keeping in Europe, through its French, Italian, Swiss,
and German bee-papers, for forty years past.

288. Mr. Langstroth, however, modestly disclaimed the
idea of having attained perfection in his hive. He wrote:

‘(Having carefully studied the nature of the honey-bee, for
many years, and compared my observations with those of writ-
ers and cultivators who have spent their lives in extending the
sphere of apiarian knowledge, I have endeavored to remedy the
many difficulties with which bee-culture is beset, by adapting
my invention to the actual habits and wants of the insect. I
have also tested the merits of this hive by long and continued
experiments, made on a large scale, so that I might not, by de-

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 143

ceiving both myself and others, add another to the useless con-
trivances which have deluded and disgusted a too credulous
public. I would, however, utterly repudiate all claims to hav-

Yum:

SN TE
Fig. 59.
ORIGINAL LANGSTROTH HIVE. ;

b,b, front and rear of hive; d,d, pieces forming the rabbets for the
frames to rest upon; ¢,c, sides of hive; f, movable cover; u,u,t, movable
frame.
ing devised even a perfect bee-hive. Perfection belongs only
to the works of Him, to whose omniscient eye were present all
causes and effects, with all their relations, when He spake, and
from nothing formed the Universe. For man to stamp the label
of perfection upon any work ‘of his own, is to show both his

folly and presumption.’’

144 THE BEE-HIVES.

289. A short time after the issuing of the Langstroth
patent, the Baron Von Berlepsch, of Seebach, Thuringia,
invented frames of a somewhat simliar character. Carl T. E.
Von Siebold, Professor of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy,
in the University of Munich, thus speaks of these frames:

Fig. 69.
BERLEPSCH HIVE WITH BACK CUSHION.

(From the “Illustrierte Bienenzeitung,’’)

‘As the lateral adhesion of the combs built down from the
Sars frequently rendered their removal difficult, Berlepsch tried
to avoid this inconvenience, in a very ingenious way, by sus-
pending in his hives, instead of the bars, small quadrangular
frames, the vacuity of which the bees fill up with their comb,
by which the removal and suspension of the combs are greatly
facilitated, and altogether such a convenient arrangement is

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 145

given to the Dzierzon-hive, that nothing more remains to be
desired.’’ (27?)

Mr. Cheshire (Bees and Bee-keeping, 2d vol. page 46) was
mistaken in attributing to Dzierzon the invention of the
frame-hive, for Dzierzon has not even invented, but only per-
fected the movable-comb hive (282-283), having always, to
this day, been opposed to frames. So the German hive is
known as the Berlepsch hive.

290. For years, both of these inventions shared equally
the attention of bee-keepers in Europe. Berlepsch’s hive is

Fig. 61.
SHOWING SOME OF THE EARLY IMPROVEMENTS OF THE LANGSTROTH
HIVE, STILL IN USE IN SOME SECTIONS.

used principally in Germany, Italy, and part of Switzerland;
Langstroth’s in England, France, and the French-speaking
part of Switzerland; but it is to be noted that hives made on
the principle of the Langstroth invention, are steadily gaining
ground wherever both styles are used.

291. And this is not to be wondered at. The Berlepsch
hive opens from the rear, like a cupboard. Two stories are
used for the brood, and the third for surplus honey. This is
sometimes separated from the main apartment by perforated

146 THE BEE-HIVES.

zine (467), to exclude the queen, or by a board with a square
hole in the center. The frames are suspended, in grooves, by
the ends of their upper bars, and have to be taken out with
pineers. :

292. The worst feature of this hive is that, if it is neces-
sary to reach the last frame, every one of the others has
to be taken out. There are twenty combs in the brood-chamber.
It is safe to say, that a hive built on the Langstroth principle,
can be visited five times more rapidly, than a hive built on
the Berlepsch idea. These inconveniences, coupled with the
fact that the brood apartment of the Berlepsch hive is divided
into two stories, and that the surplus apartment cannot be
enlarged, ad infinitum, make the Berlepsch hive inferior; and
we can safely predict that hives with movable ceiling will some
day be exclusively used throughout the world.

293. The superiority of the Langstroth hive is so evident
that we were not surprised to read in the Revue Interna-
tionale d’Apiculture, Sept., 1885:

‘¢The question of the mobility of the ceiling was discussed at
Jength at the Bee-keepers’ Meeting held in Milan, Italy, in
September, 1885. Mr. Cowan and I were unable to conceal from
the Italian bee-keepers our wonder that it was not solved for
them, as it has been, for a long time, in the countries of large
production.

‘‘We can predict, and without any fear of mistake, that the
principles on which the Langstroth hive is based will be ad-
mitted sooner or later by the most progressive bee-keepers of
the world.’’—(Ed. Bertrand.)

294. In 1905, an Italian writer, speaking of the Lang-
stroth-Dadant hive, as described by the elder Dadant, calls
it, “the preferred, the international, the classic, the queen of
hives.” (Romagna Agricola, June, 1905.)

295. The success of American bee-culture, in the last
fifty years, was first attributed, by European bee-keepers, to
the honey-producing power of the country; but the most in-
telligent Apiarists, who have tried the American methods,

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 147

with the Langstroth hive, now recognize that success is prin-
cipally due to the manipulations that it permits.
296. Nay, if the student will but refer to a former edition

Fig. 62.
THE GRAVENHORST HIVE.
(From the “Illustrierte Bienenzeitung.”’)

Fig. 63.
OLD STANDARD LANGSTROTH FRAME.

of this very book (1859), the first words of it will show him
the progress accomplished sinee then:

‘“Practical bee-keeping in this country is in a very depressed
condition, being entirely neglected by the mass of those most

148

SIM

“Po BLL

‘SHNVUI NVYWAJ0OH HIIM SAIH NISNOO

THE BEE-HIVES.

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 149

favorably situated for its pursuit. Notwithstanding the numer-
ous hives which have been introduced, the ravages of the bee-
moth have increased, and success is becoming more and more
precarious. While multitudes have abandoned the pursuit in
disgust, many even of the most experienced are beginning to
suspect that all the so-called ‘Improved Hives’ are delusions
or impostures; and that they must return to the simple box
or hollow log, and ‘take up’ their bees with sulphur in the
old-fashioned way.’’

297. Mr. Gravenhorst, also a German, invented a movy-
able-frame hive made of straw. We give a cut of his hive, not
that it has any practitecal importance for us, but because
his system is peculiar. The frames are removed from the
bottom so that in order to examine the hive, one must invert
it. There is no separate apartment for surplus honey.

298. Although the movable frame, hanging in the hive,
by projections of the top bar (figs. 59, 63), as invented by
Mr. Langstroth, is the style now almost universally adopted,
there is a great diversity of opinions as to the proper size
and shape of the frames, and the number, which a hive
should contain. Hundreds of different sizes are used with
success, from Maine to California, and from Canada to
Texas.

Frames as short as 111% inches are used, but the standard
size is still the Langstroth, the standard frame of America.

A frame which is now very highly recommended by a num-
ber of bee-keepers and sold by most manufacturers in Ameri-
ca is the “Hoffman frame” (fig. 65). The frames touch one
another in the upper third of their side bars and are thus
spaced. The advantage claimed for these is that any be-
ginner can use them without running the risk of putting too
many or too few in a hive, a mistake sometimes made by
novices, and also that they can be handled in twos or threes
without difficulty. These advantages seem to us much over-
balanced by the fact that it is difficult to put the frames
together in a populous hive without crushing some bees. When
a hive is opened to ascertain its condition, it is usually neces-

150 THE BEE-HIVES.

sary to look over every part of it. The help gained by being
able to handle two or three frames at a time is therefore more
imaginary than real.

Mr. E. R. Root, the well-known editor of Gleanings in Bee
Culture, who has been the most active supporter of this frame,
in reply to a correspondent who complained of the frame, in
Gleanings for November 1st, 1905, page 1127, acknowledges
that the Hoffman frame is unsuited to localities where much
propolis is used by the bees, owing to the difficulty of separat-
ing the frames when glued together.

Another very strong objection which has been raised against

any

Fig. 65.
HOFFMAN FRAMES.
(‘The A B C of Bee Culture.’’)

the Hoffman frame is that it cannot be manufactured in a
small shop, as it requires special tools to manufacture it. This
may not have much weight with the up-to-date Apiarist, but
it has been our aim to recommend the simplest and most
practical implements, if effective, and we consider this ob-
jection as a weighty one, when added to other objections. The
main desideratum attained by the use of the Hoffman frame,
namely the spacing of the combs in a practical and stable

PLATE 16,

E. R. ROOT,

Son of A. I. Root, Reviser of “The ut BOC of Bee-Culture,”’
Editor of “Gleanings in Bee-Cultire.”’

This writer is mentioned pages 150, 151, 326, 481, 482.

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 151

way, can be attained by other methods which will be de-
seribed farther.

299. The “Hanging Quinby’ (fig. 68) is the frame pre-
ferred by the writers. The “Gallup” frame is used with suc-
cess by such pxactical Apiarists as G. M. Doolittle. The
elosed-end-Quinby and the Danzenbaker frames are not hang-
ing frames, but the former is much used by New York State
Apiarists and the latter is the frame preferred by E. R. Root.
It is a very shallow frame.

Fig. 66.
DANZENBAKER FRAMES,
(“The A B C of Bee Cuture.’’)

300. It is evident that profit can be derived from bee-
culture with almost any style of frame; but it is certain also,
that, in every pursuit, some conditions produce better effects
than others, under the same circumstances.

In apiculture, as in everything else, we should try to ob-
tain the best results with the least labor and expense, and
these can only be attained by studying the habits of the bee,
and complying with them, as far as is practicable.

The combs of the brood-chamber, or main apartment of the
hive, are used by the bees to raise their young, and to store
- their food for Winter. The size of frames must be consid-
ered, with reference to this.

301. We have seen (153) that the queen lays her eggs

152 THR BEE-HIVES.

in a circle. In fact, it is necessary that she should do so,
in order to lose no time in hunting for cells; else how could
she lay three thousand eggs, or more, per day? A very
shallow frame will break the circle, and compel her to lose
time. In a comb five inches deep, for instance, and fifteen
or sixteen inches long, the largest circular area contains less
than twenty square inches, or five hundred and fifty worker-
cells on each side. When these are occupied with eggs, the
queen, while hunting for empty cells, will find wood above
and below, instead of comb, at every half turn, and will lose
not only time, but eggs; for, in the busy season, her eggs have
to drop, like mature fruit, if not laid in the cells. Loss of
eggs is loss of bees; loss of bees at the proper time is loss of.
honey.

302. <A two-story shallow brood-chamber is objectionable

Fig. 67.
DIAGRAMS OF GALLUP AND LANGSTROTH HIVES.
(From the “A B C of Bee-Culture.”’)

for the same reason. Besides, the bees which cover the brood
and keep it warm, must also keep warm the lower bar of the
top frame, the upper bar of the lower frame, and the space
between the two, without deriving any benefit from such an
arrangement. This division of the brood-combs, into two
shallow stories, is one of the causes which prevent the bee-
keepers of Germany from raising as many bees, in their hives,
as we do here in the ordinary Langstroth hives. This disad-
vantage was so evident that the bee-keepers of Switzerland,
who had adopted, as a standard, the Berlepsch hive (fig. 60),
decided to replace the double story by a single one of the
same dimension, as the Italian bee-keepers had done before,
but for half the hive only.

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 153

A short frame like the Gallup (fig. 67), presents another
objection, the cluster being divided among a greater number
of frames.

‘¢‘Wor Winter, it is evident that the sides of the clusters
A. B. and C. D. (fig. 67) are better protected than the ends’
G. H. and E. F., and also that the long frames protect the
center of the brood-nest much better than the short ones.’’—
(fA B C.?’)

Even a cross-bar through a frame (fig. 59) will hinder
the laying of the queen, so that brood will often be raised only
on one side of it. Any one can easily try this.

303. From the foregoing, it appears that a square frame
is the best for breeding. But square frames are objectionable.
If they are small, they do not have enough space in each
frame for Winter supplies, above or behind the brood. If
they are large, they are unhandy, and their depth makes them
difficult to take out without crushing bees. We have used
some sixty hives, American frames, 1256x125, for many
years, and this is our greatest objection to them.

304. A dceper frame is still more objectionable for the
same reason, and because the surplus cases on top are too re-
mote from the brood. (278.) In early Spring, the bees have
more difficulty in keeping the lower end of such frames warm,
as the heat always rises, and a part of it is wasted, warming
up the stores, which in this hive are all above the brood. In
hot weather, the combs are also more apt to break down from
heat and weight combined. Such a hive is deficient in top-
surface for the storing of honey in boxes.

305. It is thus evident that Mr. Langstroth and Mr. Quin-
by were right in using frames of greater length than depth,
especially as these frames allow of more surplus room above
the brood, a matter of some importance.

306. But we must beware of excess in anything. A
shallow frame has too little honey above the cluster in Win-
ter, and in long cold Winters, like that of 1884-5, a great
many bees die for want of food above them, in hives con-

154 THE BEE-HIVES.

taining plenty of honey, the combs, back of the cluster, being
too cold.

The Langstroth-Simplicity frame is long enough, but hardly
deep enough. The Quinby frame is deep enough, but would
be better if a little shorter.

307, We have used on a large scale Quinby, American
and Standard Langstroth-sized frames for years, and have
obtained better results from the Quinby, both for wintering
out of doors, and for honey producing. Yet, the Lang-
stroth-Simplicity being the standard frame of America, we
would hesitate to advise any Apiarist to change from this
size; knowing, by practical experience, how annoying it is,
not to have all frames and all hives in one apiary uniform in
size.

But we would counsel beginners to use the Quinby size—
especially if they intend to winter out-of-doors—or at least
to use a frame as long as the standard Langstroth and as
deep as the Quinby.

The recommendation which we make of the Quinby size
of frame is not a hasty one. This frame has been tested by
us for years, side by side with numerous others, for Mr.
Charles Dadant was never content until he had made a trial
of all things that were given as improvements. He tested
triangular frames as well as frames that approached as near
to the cireular shape as was possible with pine lumber as a
material of manufacture. He tried deep and shallow frames,
small and large frames, ranging in size from 6x6 inches to
18x18 inches. So the reader may rest assured that a very
thorough practical experience caused our decision.

308. The number of frames to be used in a hive depends
on their size; for we should manage our bees, as we do our
other domestic animals, and give them as much space as is
necessary to obtain the best results. What would we think
of a farmer who would build a barn without first consider-
ing the number of animals and the amount of feed which he
intended to shelter in it?

309. Many hives cannot hold one-quarter of the bees,

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 155

comb, and honey which, in a good season, may be found in
large ones; while their owners wonder that they obtain so
little profit from their bees. A good swarm of bees, put,
in a good season, into a diminutive hive, may be compared
to a powerful team of horses harnessed to a baby wagon, or
a noble fall of water wasted in turning a petty water-wheel.

As the harvest of honey is always in proportion to the
number of bees in the hive, and as a large colony requires
no more labor from the Apiarist than a small one, the hive
should afford the queen sufficient space to deposit all the
eggs, which she is able to lay during twenty-one days, the
average time for an egg to be transformed into a worker.
Besides, it should contain a certain amount of food, honey and
pollen. It is unquestionable that the quality of a queen de-
pends on the quantity of eggs that she is able to lay. Then
why limit her, by using hives so narrow that she cannot de-
velop her fertility?

310. We have seen before (97) that a good queen can
lay 3,500 eggs per day in the good season, so that 73,500 cells
may be oceupied with brood at one time. If we add to this
number about 20,000 cells for the provisions needed in the
breeding season, we have about 94,000 cells as the number re-
quired for a strong colony. As every square inch of comb
contains about 55 cells (217), 27 to 28 on each side, the
combs of a hive should measure over 1,700 square inches. This
space must, of course, allow of contraction, according to the
needs of the colony by what is called movable division boards.
(349.)

311. As a Quinby frame measures 189 square inches in-
side, a hive should contain at least 9 of these frames.

As the Standard Langstroth-Simplicity frame measures
about 149 square inches, the hive must contain 12 frames. The
American frames must number 12, and the Gallup 14.

312. We know that many Apiarists object to these fig-
ures, because they succeed, and harvest good crops, with
smaller hives. But figures, based on facts, cannot lie. Smaller
hives will do only in localities, where late Springs and short

156 THE BEE-HIVES.

honey crops make it impossible for the queen to lay to the
utmost of her capacity, before the time when her bees would
be useful.

It is perhaps necessary to say here, that we have found more
opposition on this subject than on any other, especially in
the bee-papers. But we take this opportunity of again ener-
getically asserting that our preference for large hives is based
on a successful practice of more than forty years, with sev-
eral hundred colonies in different sized hives.

Men of great experience and success, like Doctor C. C.
Miller, who use eight-frame Langstroth hives, manage to
secure the fullest breeding of prolific queens, before the open-
ing of the honey harvest, by adding another brood chamber
when the queen has filled the first. This additional brood
chamber is removed at the time of putting on the supers and
the combs of brood are divided among weaker colonies, if
there are too many of them to fill one brood chamber.

This is the only way in which full results may be achieved
with small hives.

313. It is only by testing different sizes of hives and
frames side by side, for years, on a large scale, and with
the same management, as we have done, that the compari-
son can be made serviceable. Our experiments prove also
that small frames impede the laying of the queen. The
brood-chamber of a large hive can easily be reduced in size,
if need be; but a small hive cannot be enlarged at will, except
by the addition of upper stories, which should properly be
devoted to the storing of honey.

314. In addition to the disadvantages of small frames
and small hives already enumerated, another—and the great-
est of all—is the excess of natural swarming which they
cause. The leadmg advocates of small hives, some of whom
are large honey producers, invariably acknowledge that they
have too much natural swarming; nor is it to be wondered at,
since swarming is mainly caused by the lack of breeding
room for the queen. (£06.)

315. The main criterion of a good farmer is the care

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 157

that he takes to improve his stock, by selecting the best ani-
mals as reproducers. If we use hives so narrow that we
cannot discern which are our most prolific queens, and that
they incite natural swarming, we are unable to improve our
bees by selection. (452, 511.)

316. The distance between frames from center to center
ean be varied from 1°%% inches to 14% in the breeding apart-
ment, of which we are now treating. In the surplus eases, it
may be made much greater.

317. The distance of 11% inches, advised by Mr. Quinby,
is preferable for two reasons:

ist, It facilitates the taking out of the combs, giving 4
little more room to handle them, and thus aids in inter-
changing combs, which may have slight irregularities; when
such changes are necessary to help weak colonies with brood
or honey from stronger ones.

2nd, It gives more room between brood-combs for the bees
to cluster in Winter, and a greater thickness of honey above
them, thereby placing the bees in better condition for Winter.

318. The frames must be properly distanced in the hive,
and the combs must be built straight in them; for a movable-
frame hive, with crooked combs, is worse than a hive without
any frames.

319. The building of straight combs in the frames was
formerly tolerably secured by the use of a triangular wooden
guide fastened to the under side of the top bar of the frame,
and which the bees follow in most instances. Something of
this kind was mentioned by Della Rocca as early as 1790.
(“Traité Complet sur les Abeilles.’’)

320. A metallic stamp was invented by Mr. Mehring, of
Bavaria, Germany, for printing or stamping the shape of the
combs upon the under side of the top bar of the frames.
After the outlines were made he rubbed melted wax over
them, and scraped off all that did not sink into the de-
pressions: Mr. Mehring represented this device as enabling
him to dispense with guide combs, the bees appearing to be

158 THE BEE-HIVES.

delighted to have their work thus accurately sketched out for
them.* In practice it was found to be inferior to the tri-
angular comb guides.

321. Pieces of worker-comb, glued to the under side of
the top bar with melted wax, were used successfully. But the
introduction of comb-foundation (674) has finally given us
the means of securing straight combs at all times, and it may
be used, for this purpose, in such narrow strips, that its cost
eannot be an objection.

Fig. 68.
MOVABLE FRAME WITH FOUNDATION GUIDE.

322. As stated before (299), the frame that we use is
similar in size and shape to the Quinby hanging frame, a little
longer and a little deeper than the regular Langstroth frame,
fic. 68. The exact size of these frames is given in diagram,
fig. 72.

323. All the parts of the movable frames should be cut
out by circular saws, and the measurement should be exact,
so that the frames when nailed together may be square. If

*This invention should not be confused with that of comb-founda-
tion, made a few years later by the same distinguished Apiarist. (677)

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 159

they are not strong and perfectly square, the proper working
of the hive will be greatly interfered with.

324. The underside of the top-bar may be cut to a tri-
angular edge, which bees usually follow readily in building
combs. But comb foundation strips are now used almost
altogether, and a groove, with wedge as in fig. 69, will be
found very much more serviceable. Above all, the outside
measurements of the frames must be carefully preserved, no
matter what style of hive and frame we use.

Fig. 69.
FRAME WITH GROOVE FOR FOUNDATION.

325. The width of the top bar has something to do with
the amount of bridges and brace combs (397), built by the
bees, between the brood-chamber and the upper stories. A
wide top bar, leaving but a narrow space for passage above,
will almost altogether prevent the building of bridges, For
that reason, we make our top bars 1% inches in width. Yet

160 THE BEE-HIVES.

in producing extracted honey (749) these bridges and brace
eombs do not annoy much.

326. It is necessary that the hive should always slant
forward, toward the entrance, when occupied by bees, to
facilitate the carrying out of dead bees and other useless
substances, to aid the colony in protecting itself against
robbers, to carry off moisture, and prevent rain from beat-
ing into the hive.

327. For this, and other reasons, the combs should run
from front to rear,—so as to hang perpendicularly,—and not
from side to side as they do in the Berlepsch hive.

$28. The Langstroth hive, from the simple form given
in fig. 59, was improved upon in many different ways. The
Standard Langstroth hive has been for a long time a hive

Fig 70.
VAN DEUSEN CLAMP.

with portico, honey-board, permanent bottom-board, and ten
frames.

329. The movable honey-board, between the brood-
chamber and the upper stories, has been discarded of late
years, the great objection to honey-boards being that the bees
glue them, and build small pieces of comb or bridges, in the
space between them and the frames; the jar of their break-
ing, when the honey-board is removed, angering the bees.

330. The permanent bottom-board has lost favor with the
great majority of bee-keepers, and is now replaced by mova-
ble bottom-boards adjustable at will. The Van Deusen hive-
clamp (fig. 70), is used by many Apiarists for fastening
movable bottoms or additional stories. We have discarded
the permanent bottom-board, owing to the difficulty of

MOVABLE-FRAME ILIVES. 161

promptly cleaning it of dead bees and rubbish, when remov-
ing bees from the cellar in Spring, or after a hard winter
passed out of doors.

Fig. 71.°
HIVE, WITH EXTRACTING SUPERS SET BACK FOR VENTILATION IN VERY
HOT WEATHER.
The cap is thrown back to show the straw mat.

162 THE BEE-HIVES.

331. In the ventilation of the hive, we should endeavor, as
far as possible, to meet the necessities of the bees, under all
the varying circumstances to which they are exposed in our
uncertain climate, whose severe extremes of temperature
forcibly impress upon the bee-keeper, the maxim of Virgil,

“‘Utraque vis pariter apibus metuenda.’’
‘«Extremes of heat or cold alike are hurtful to the bees.’’

332. To be useful to the majority of bee-keepers, artificial
ventilation must be simple, and not as in Nutt’s hive, and
other labored contrivances, so complicated as to require almost
as close supervision as a hot-bed or green-house.

333. With an independent bottom-board, ventilation can
be given to any amount by raising the hive, as in fig. 71, or
even more. By furnishing ventilation independent of the
entrance, above the brood-chamber, or between the differ-
ent surplus apartments, if necessary, we improve upon the
method which bees, in a state of nature, are compelled to
adopt, when the openings in their hollow trees are so small,
that they must employ, in hot weather, a larger force in ven-
tilation, than would otherwise be necessary.

It has been held that an upper entrance to the brood-
chamber (fig. 71), with a sufficient amount of super room, is
an infallible preventive of swarming. It is, at least, a very
great help towards this result.

335. The bees, finding their home more pleasant, will
cease to cluster on the outside, as long as there will be
honey to gather, and room to store it in.

336. On the other hand, by the use of movable blocks,
the entrance may be kept so small, in cool weather, that only
a single bee can go in at once, or it may be entirely closed.

While sufficient airing must be given, the supply should
be controlled, so as not, to injure the brood by admitting
too strong a current of chilly air. In the chapter on win-
tering bees, directions are given for placing absorb-

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES, 163

ents in the upper story, in the winter, so as to earry off all
superfluous moisture (636), without injurious ventilation.

33. For the benefit of beginners, it may be necessary
to add, that the bees will glue up with propolis (236), and
sooner or later entirely close any ventilating holes through
which they cannot pass. Hence air holes, covered with wire
cloth, miss their purpose altogether. In the same manner,
and with a great deal of labor, bees will try to close any
upper entrances, such as that of fig. 71, if these remain open,
when not needed for the welfare of the colony.

338. The portico (fig. 64) of the Langstroth hive has
advantages, and disadvantages, which about balance one an-
other. Its advantages are, that it shelters the bees from rain
in Summer, and from cold and snow in Winter. Its disad-
vantages are, that it sometimes harbors enemies of bees, moths,
spiders, ete., etc., and sometimes helps to hide the queen from
the Apiarist’s diligent search. It hinders the bee-keeper
when he wants to watch closely the sport of bees before the
entrance.

339. An entrance block, ¢, fig. 73, is used to reduce the
entrance of weak colonies in Spring or at any time when
robbing is feared (668), or when warmth is desired.

THE Hive WE PREFER.

340. The diagram we give (fig. 72), of the hive we pre-
fer to all others, can be taken as a pattern for any other
size, by changing the size of the pieces and retaining only
the exact distances between the frames and the body, and
the height of the entrance. Its details can be varied ad
infinitum. It can hold eleven frames, but generally we use
only nine frames and two contracting, or division-boards, or
ten frames and one division-board. (349.)

This hive, in the dimensions given, is not a new, untried
pattern. We have used several hundreds of them for years,

LN

164 THE BEE-HIVES.

SS QW0Wyw WW_=© it MG uui'=?$E$r WWGQ M9 oo WV

We UN Hil UAE Mn a I

1 wa

i

LLL IT PAELLA TULL m ier
i

o &
a

fe)

mn

Fig. 72.
DIAGRAM OF OUR HIVE.

AA, cross-pieces to support the bottom, 18x2x2. B, bottom, 25x17%x
%. ©, apron, 10x17%4x%. DD, front and rear of the hive, 16144x124x
%. HE, entrance, 8x3. fF, double board nailed at the rear, 1814x13x
%. GG, square slats to support the cover. H, lath, %4x1%, to widen
the top edge of the front board. I, top bar of frame, 204,.x1% wide x
% thick. JJJJ, rabbets % wide x% high, dug in front and rear boards,
and furnished witb sheets of iron % inches wide, or metal spacers pro-
jecting 1%, of an inch, on which the frame-shoulders are supported. If
the grooves are not provided with these, their size should be %yx%.

EKKEK shows how the uprights NN of the frames are nailed to the top
bar. M, bottom bar of the frame, 177%x1%4x%. NN, sides of the frame,
114%,x5-16x%. PP, front and rear of the cap, 1814%4x9x74. RR, front
and rear of the surplus-box, 16%4x6%x%. 7, empty space on
top of the surplus-box, 1% for the cloth and mat. U, top bar
of the surplus-frame, same as top-bar I. V, bottom bar of the surplus
frame, same as M. YY, sides of the surplus frames, 6x4x%.

The space between M and B is about 14 inch; between DN, ND, VI,
RY, YR, should be % to % of an inch. Hives of every size can be
constructed on this diagram, with the only caution to preserve the
spaces of the width indicated. Both top bars are grooved on the under
side for foundation and wedge as per Fig. 69.

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 165

with the best of success. It is used extensively by many large
producers.

341. As a result of the publication of this book in the
French and Russian languages, this hive has been adopted by

Fig. 73.

DADANT HIVE, OPEN.
u, front of the hive; b, slanting board; v, movable block; d, cap; e,
straw mat; f, enamel cloth; g, frame with foundation.

progressive bee-keepers in Europe, in Algeria, and even in
Asiatic countries, under the name of Dadant hive.

342. The movable bottom-board (fig. 72) is adjusted or
encased in the body of the main hive, on all sides but the

166 THE BEE-HIVES.

front, to shed the rain and better protect the colony against
ants and moths. It projects forward three inches, at least,
to support an adjustable entrance-block. Some Apiarists
use a tin slide, instead of an entrance-block. We object to
it, because, if glued by bees it may be bent in handling, and
if it is mislaid, it cannot always be promptly replaced; while

—

AWA

Fig. 74.
DADANT HIVE, SETTING FLAT ON THE BOTTOM.

any square wooden-block ean take the place of the entrance-
block, if necessary.

343. The apron, or slanting-board, helps overladen work-
ers to reach the entrance, when they have fallen to the ground.
The blocks that support the bottom, may be made of unequal
height, so as to give the hive the proper forward slant, on

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 167

level ground. If the grain of the lumber in the bottom-board
runs from front to rear, it will shed water more readily, and
rot less. If the bottom is nailed on the cross-blocks, it will
not be in danger of “warping.

Our Swiss friends make the bottom-board with the grain
running from side to side. They say that in this way they
ean make it fit exactly in the lower rabbet of the hive,
without swelling or shrinking. They also make the apron,
with hinges fastened on the bottom-board, and in snowy or
cold weather, they raise it and lean it against the hive, to
protect the entrance.

344. The adjustable bottom-board is convenient in many
instances. If in taking the bees from a winter repository,

Fig 75.

it is found wet and mouldy, you can at once exchange it for
a dry one, and wipe the wet board at leisure. Or, if a
comb breaks down in Summer, by weight and heat, the hive
can be lifted off its bottom, and placed on a clean stand, so
that the leaking honey and broken combs ean be instantly
removed, and robbing or daubing of bees avoided. More-
over, the bottom-board is the first part of the hive to decay,
and a hive-body and cover will usually outlast two bottom-
boards. As many bee-keepers use the hive-bodies of small
Langstroth hives in two or more stories, they do not cut an
entrance in the front board, but make the bottom-board with
slats on three sides so as to leave an entrance in front, fig. 84.
Doctor C. C. Miller makes his bottom-boards with a two-
inch space under the frames,

168 THE BER-HIVES,

345. The body of the hive is made double on the back,
which should always be the North side of the hive. (567.)
This, with the division-board inside, on the West, shelters
the colony more efficiently than a singlé board against the

Fig. 76.
METAL RABBETS AND BOTTOM GUIDE FOR FRAMES.

Fig. 77.
ONE AND A HALF STORY TRI-STATE LANGSTROTH HIVE.

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 169

cold North-West winds of Winter. If the bees are to be
wintered indoors, the double back may be dispensed with. A
more simple form of body, setting flat on the bottom, as in
fig. 74, can also be made.

SHOWING HOW THE SPACING WIRE IS FIXED.

Objections are raised to this double back, by Apiarists who
move their bees often. In such cases the hive must be as
light as possible. But we aim to leave our hives on the spot
where the bees are located and weight is not an objection
for us.

170 THE BEE-HIVES.

346. The rabbet in which the frames hang is made with a
sheet-iron shoulder (fig. 75), supporting the frame. This ean
be dispensed with altogether, but in such cases, the rabbet
should be only deep enough for the frame to hang as repre-
sented in fig. 59. The plain wooden rabbet is objectionable,
because the bees glue the frame shoulders with propolis.

SHOWING THE TOOL USED TO BEND THE WIRE BRACES.

A hive has been devised by E. T. Abbott of Missouri, which
has a metal rabbet notched for the frames to hang at proper
distances, fig. 76. This rabbet which we now use in some of
our hives is made by us quite shallow, so the frames may be
slipped along with but little difficulty in case of need. A
Langstroth hive made with these improvements as also with

.
Fig. 80.
SHOWING HOW THE WIRE IS REMOVED.

a bottom guide as in fig. 78, is now sold extensively for comb
honey production (fig. 77).

347. The Spacing-wire, an improvement on Quinby’s wire
brace, to space the frames at the bottom, is found very con-
venient in hives as deep as this. It is also useful in indicat-

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 171

ing to novices the number of frames to be placed in the hive.
Even a practical bee-keeper will sometimes make the mis-
take of putting eleven or thirteen frames, in a hive that
should hold twelve. With this wire, mistakes are impossible,
as they will at once he detected. Besides, if the hive has to be
transported some distance, it keeps the frames from jarring.
Its cost is insignificant. Some Swiss Apiarists use two of
these, one in each end.

348. The entrance should not be less than five-sixteenths,
or more than three-eighths of an inch in depth, in order to
give easy passage to the bees, and at the same time, keep
out mice. Round holes are objectionable. Each hive is

Fig. 81.
DIVISION BOARD.

furnished with an entrance-block, somewhat heavy, and cut
as in fig. 73, to reduce, or close the entrance according to
the emergencies.

349. The division board, also called contractor or dummy,
is an indispensable feature of all good hives. With its help,
the hive may be adjusted to the size of the weakest swarm,
and in Winter, the space behind it can be filled with warm
and absorbing material (636). The constant use of a divi-
sion board, even in the strongest colonies, renders the handling
of combs much easier. All Apiarists know that the first
comb is the hardest to remove. By removing the board first,
the combs are at once free and can be easily taken out.

172 THE BEE-HIVES.

350. This board is made of the same depth as the frames,
with a similar top-bar. Some Apiarists use a division-board
the full depth of the hive, but in moving it, bees are crushed
under it, and if any bees happen to be on the outside of it,
they cannot escape, and die there. On the other hand, this
bee-passage is not objectionable, since heat, having a ten-
dency to rise, does not escape through it. The board is
made one-fourth inch shorter than the inside of the hive,
and a strip of oil-cloth or enamel-cloth, one and a half inches
wide, is tacked on, to fill the spaces at each end. In this
way, the board fits well against the ends, and is never glued
so as to make it difficult to remove. A small half-round
pine-strip, laid against the end of the board, while tacking
on the cloth, and pulled out afterwards, helps to tack the
eloth properly. To prevent the bees trom tearing or gnawing
the edge of the cloth, some Apiarists nail a small strip of
tin over it.

We make our division board Y% of an inch in thickness
and put it in the place of a frame. This gives 4g of room
behind it, which allows more freedom to move it.

351. In the diagram (fig. 72) the reader will notice the
strip H used to widen the upper surface of the rabbeted
end of the hive. This wide surface is very convenient, to
make the cloth and straw-mat fit closely, as they can thus
be cut a little longer.

352. The oil-cloth or enamel-cloth, first applied to hive
purposes by R. Bickford, is used over the brood-frames in
Spring. It fits closely, concentrates the heat, and can be
removed without jar or effort. When the surplus arrange-
ment, or upper story, is put on, this cloth is removed and
placed at the top. (759). All Apiarists, or nearly all, who
have tried the oil-cloth and honey-board simultaneously, have
discarded the latter forever, except in some cases of comb-
honey production, when a perforated zine (732) honey-board
is used between the stories. The oil-cloth is sometimes
gnawed, or rather pulled to pieces by the bees in a few years,

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 173

but its cost is so small, and its use so great, that it is worth
while to replace it as often as necessary.

353. The straw-mat is one of the most useful and neces-
sary implements of the bee-hive. It is far superior to the
wooden-mat described by one or two writers. It is flexible
and porous, warm in Winter, cool in Summer. It may be
made of rye straw, or of what is called slough-grass, a tough
and coarse grass growing in marshy places, and abounding on
the bottoms of the Mississippi Valley. The mat shown in
fig. 73 is only about one inch thick.

Fig, 32.
FRAME TO MAKE STRAW MATS.

But it is quite sufficient. We are sure that there is nothing
that will equal this implement, except a piece of heavy felt
of proper size.

In fig. 82 we present to our readers an engraving of a
frame, for making these mats. They are very simple in
construction. It is well, in making them, to use strong
twine, soaked in linseed-oil; for the moisture, which escapes
from the bees in Winter, would soon rot the string.

174 THE BEE-HIVES.

The enamel-cloth is removed before Winter (635), and
the mat placed immediately over the frames. A good mat
will last as long as the hive.

We have used these mats for forty years and would not
think of getting along without them.

354. The upper story or cover may be a half-story cap,
in one piece (fig. 72), or in two pieces (fig. 74), or, if only
full stories are used for surplus, it may be a shallow cover,

Fig. 83. :
DOVETAILED OR LOCK CORNER HIVE,

which will fit over either the first or the second story. We
prefer the half-story cap, which can be readily filled with
absorbents for Winter, and is adapted to any style of supers.*

355. The caps must fit freely so as to be easily removed.
They may be made of lighter lumber than the body of the
hive, to save fatigue to the Apiarist in handling them. The
top of the hive must be water-tight. Cracks, knots and
seams should be avoided, or should be thoroughly painted

*This term is usedby Apiarists to designate any upper box placed
over the main lower hive.

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 175

with roof-cement. Before putting together the boards which
form the top of the cap of our hives, we make,valong both
sides of the joints, a rounded groove, three-eighths of an
inch wide and one-fourth of an inch deep, in which the rain-
water runs, instead of leaking inside. Mr. McCord of Ox-
ford, O., made the covers of his hives water-tight, by cover-
ing them with strong muslin, tacked on with a strip nailed

aoe “ ree
eocruien, =. = ey
eee se |
SS - =:
} =
ee, eee
—_— <r
x ere
Se
& : ee
ee eed:
Pe = x — ie
ee Sabie r= apne
: BABY ; -
Fig. 84.

TRI-STATE HIVE, WITH FLAT COVER AND TWO SUPERS.

to the edges and thoroughly painted. Mr. G. M. Doolittle
and Dr. C. C. Miller use tin, painted white, on the tops of
their hives. The Swiss and French bee-keepers do the same.

A hive is made by some manufacturers which contains about
as much brood-chamber space as our large hive, while more
cheaply constructed. This is called the Jumbo hive (fig. 85),
and is made with lock corners similar to what is termed the

176 THE BEE-HIVES.

“dovetailed hive.” It is an economical hive, but we prefer
our hive with telescope cap as described.

356. The hives should always be painted, not only to
make them last, but to give them a neat appearance. No
dark colors should be used, as they absorb the sun’s heat,
nor should all the hives be of the same tint (503). If the
joints are painted when they are put together, they will last
much longer. Every old Apiarist well knows that the joints
are the first to decay.

35%. Each hive, in an apiary, should bear a number, on

Fig. 85.
THE JUMBO HIVE.
(‘The A B C of Bee Culture.’’)

the back of the brood apartment; and this should be printed
in black characters, large enough to be seen at a distance.
In small apiaries bee-keepers use a slate, on each hive; but
in large ones, where many operations are performed, it is
better to keep a record of the condition of the colonies,
and of all the operations, in a special book.

We will add, that a hive which does not furnish a thorough
control over every comb cannot allow of the manipulations
which the bee-keeper’s necessities demand. Of such hives,
the best are those which best unite cheapness and simplicity,
with protection in Winter, and ready access to the spare
honey-voxes, or supers.

MOVABLE-FRAME HIVES. 177

358. In closing this chapter on hives, we cannot refrain
from advising the beginners in bee-culture to be very cau-
tious in buying patent hives. More than eight hundred pat-
ents on bee-hives and implements have been issued in the
United States from 1873 to 1890. Not ten of these have
proved to be of any use to bee-keepers. The mention of
this fact will suffice to show the small value of these 790 pat-
ents, and the loss incurred by those who have bought them,
before they were able to judge of their merits.

MarTeERIALS FOR Bes-HIves.

359. The variety. of opinions respecting the best mate-
rials for hives, has been almost as great as on the subject
of their proper size and shape. Columella* and Virgil rec-
ommend the hollowed trunk of the cork tree, than which no
material would be more admirable if it could only be cheaply
procured. Straw hives have been used for ages, and are
warm in Winter and cool in Summer. The difficulty of
making them take and retain the proper shape for improved
bee-keeping, is an objection to their use. Hives made of
wood are, at the present time, fast superseding all others.
The lighter and more spongy the wood, the poorer will be its
power of conducting heat, and the warmer the hive in
Winter and the cooler in Summer. Cedar, poplar, tulip-tree,
and especially soft pine, afford excellent materials for bee-
hives. The Apiarist must be governed, in his choice of lum-
ber, by the cheapness with which any suitable kind can be
obtained in his own immediate vicinity, and by its lasting
qualities.

Scholz, a German Apiarist, recommends hives made of
adobe—in which frames or slats may be used—as cheaply
constructed, and admirable for Summer and Winter. Such
structures, however, cannot be moved. But in many parts

* Columella, about the middle of the first century of the Christian
Era, wrote twelve books on husbandry—‘“De re rustica.”

178 THE BEK-HIVES.

of our country, where both lumber and saw-mills are scarce,
and where people are accustomed to build adobe houses,
they might prove desirable. The material is plastic clay,
mixed with cut straw, waste tow, ete.

360. To make the movable-frame hives to the best ad-
vantage, the lumber should be eut out by a circular saw,
driven by steam, water, or horse-power, or even by foot-
power. In buildings where such saws are used, the frames
may be made from the small pieces of lumber, seldom of any
use, except for fuel, and may be packed almost solid in a box,
or in a hive which will afterwards serve for a pattern. One
frame in such a box, properly nailed together, will serve as
a guide for the rest. The parts of the hive can easily and
cheaply be made by any one who ean handle tools. Much has
been said of late, concerning the great cost of factory-made
hives, Lumber is constantly growing more scarce and higher in
price, and the only way to have cheap hives is to make them of
lumber selected out of odds and ends and short pieces. The
dovetailed or lock corner hive (figs. 83, 85), sold by most deal-
ers cannot be manufactured in a small shop or factory; but the
lock joints are not indispensable. When the lumber is halved
at the joints and nailed both ways the corners are just as likely
to hold and will rot less.

361. Mr. A. I. Root, in a former edition of the A B C of
Bee-Culture gave very good instructions about hive making on
a small seale. We here cite, with illustrations, his explanation
of “why boards warp”:

‘‘Before going further, you are to sort the boards so as to
have the heart side of the lumber come on the outside of the
hive. If you look at the end of each board, you can see by
the circles of growth, which is the heart side, as is shown in
the cuts. At B, you see a board cut off just at one side of the
heart of the tree; at C, near the bark; at A, the heart is in the
eenter of the board. You all know, almost without being told,
that boards always warp like C; that is, the heart side becomes
convex. The reason is connected with the shrinkage of boards

Puate 15.

A. I. ROOT (Novice)

Author of ‘‘The A BC of Bee-Culture.”
Formerly editor of ‘‘Gleanings ia Bee-Culture ”

This writer is mentioned pages 63, 64, 96, 97, 98, 99, 152, 153, 178,
179, 295, 298, 325, 333, 334, 357, 383, 384, 385, 454, 519.

VENTILATION OF THE BEE-HIVE. 179

in seasoning. When a log lies until it is perfectly seasoned, it
often checks as in fig. 2. You will observe that the wood
shortens in the direction of the circles, and but very little, if
any, along the lines that run from the bark to the center. To
allow this shrinkage in one direction, the log splits or checks
in the direction shown. Now to go back to our boards, you will
see that B shrinks more than A, because A has the heart of the
tree in its center; that C will shrink, in seasoning, much more
on the bark side, than on the heart side; that this cannot fail
to bring the board out of a level; and that the heart side will
always be convex. You have all seen bee-hives, probably, with
the corners separated and gaping open, while the middle of the
board was tight up in place. The reason was that the mechanic

Fg1

Fig. 86.

had put the boards on, wrong side out. If the heart side had
been outward, the corners of the hive would have curled in-
wardly, and if the middle had been nailed securely, the whole
hive would have been likely to have close, tight joints, even if
exposed to the sun, wind, and rain.’’

362. Double-walled hives, chaff hives, and Winter cov-
ers, will be described in the chapter on “Wintering” (619).
The upper stories, half stories, wide frames, sections, etc.,
for comb, or extracted honey, will be discussed in the chap-
ter on honey producing (716).

VENTILATION OF THE BEE-HIvE.

363. If a populous colony is examined on a warm day,
a number of bges may be seen standing upon the alighting-
board, with their heads turned towards the entrance of the
hive, their abdomens slightly elevated, and their wings in

180 THE BEE-HIVES,

such rapid motion, that they are almost as indistinct as the
spokes of a wheel, in swift rotation on its axis. A brisk
current of air may be felt proceeding from the hive; and if
a small piece of down be suspended at its entrance, by a
thread, it will be drawn out from one part, and drawn in at
. another. Why are these bees so deeply absorbed in their
fanning occupation, that they pay no attention to the busy
numbers constantly crowding in and out of the hive? and
what is the meaning of this double current of air? To Huber,
we owe the satisfactory explanation of these curious phe-
nomena. The bees, thus singularly plying their rapid wings,
are ventilating the hive; and this double current is caused by
pure air rushing in, to supply the place of the foul air which
is forced out. By a series of beautiful experiments, Huber
ascertained that the air of a crowded hive is almost as pure
as the surrounding atmosphere. Now, as the entrance to
such a hive is often very small, the air within cannot be
renewed, without resort to artificial means. If a lamp is
put into a close vessel, with only one small orifice, it will
soon exhaust the oxygen, and cease to burn. If another
small orifice is made, the same result will follow; but if a
current of air is by some device drawn out from one open-
ing, an equal current will force its way into the other, and
the lamp will burn until the oil is exhausted.

364. It is on this principle of maintaining a double cur-
rent by artificial means, that bees ventilate their crowded
habitations. A file of ventilating bees stands inside and
outside of the hive, each with head turned to its entrance,
and while, by the rapid fanning of their “many twinkling”
wings, a brisk current of air is blown out of the hive, an
equal current is drawn in. As this important office demands
unusual physical exertion, the exhausted laborers are, from
time to time, relieved by fresh detachments. If the interior
of the hive permits inspection, many ventilators will be
found scattered through it, in very hot weather, all busily
engaged in their laborious employment. If its entrance is

VENTILATION OF THE BEE-HIVE. 181

contracted, speedy accessions will be made to their num-
bers, both inside and outside of the hive; and if it is closed
entirely, the heat and impurity quickly increasing, the
whole colony will attempt to renew the air by rapidly vi-
brating their wings, and in a short time, if unrelieved, will
die of suffocation.

365. Careful experiments show that pure air is neces-
sary not only for the respiration of the mature bees, but for
hatching the eggs, and developing the larve; a fine netting
of air-vessels enveloping the eggs, and the cells of the larve
being closed with a covering filled with air-holes (168).

366. Ventilation is also necessary to ripen the nectar
harvested in the fields and evaporate the water that it con-
tains.

In Winter, if bees are kept in a dark place, which is
neither too warm nor too cold, they are almost dormant, and
require very little air; but even under such circumstances,
they cannot live entirely without it; and if they are excited
by atmospheric changes, or in any way disturbed, a loud
humming may be heard in the interior of their hives, and
they need almost as much air as in warm weather. (621).

367. If bees are greatly disturbed, it will be unsafe, es-
pecially in warm weather, to confine them, unless they have
a very free admission of air; and even then, unless it is ad-
mitted above, as well as below the mass of bees, the venti-
lators may become clogged with dead bees, and the colony
perish. Bees under close confinement become excessively
heated, and their combs are often melted; if dampness is
added to the injurious influence of bad air, they become
diseased; and large numbers, if not the whole colony, may
perish from diarrhea. Is it not under precisely such cir-
cumstances that cholera and dysentery prove most fatal to
human beings? the filthy, damp, and unventilated abodes
of the abject poor, becoming perfect lazar-houses to their
wretched inmates.

368. We have several times examined the bees of new

182 THE BEE-HIVES.

swarms which were brought to our apiary, so closely con-
fined, that they had died of suffocation. In each instance,
their bodies were distended with a yellow and noisome sub-
stance, as though they had perished from diarrhea. A few
were still alive, and although the colony had been shut up
only a few hours, the bodies of both the living and the dead
were filled with this same disgusting fluid, instead of the
honey they had when they swarmed.

In a medical point of view, these facts are highly inter-
esting; showing as they do, under what circumstances, and
how speedily, diseases may be produced resembling dysen-
tery or cholera.

369. In very hot weather, if thin hives are exposed to
the sun’s direct rays, the bees are excessively annoyed by
the intense heat, and have recourse to the most powerful
ventilation, not merely to keep the air of the hive pure, but
to lower its temperature.

Bees, in such weather, often leave, almost in a body, the
interior of the hive, and cluster on the outside, not merely
to escape the close heat within, but to guard their combs
against the danger of being melted.

370. Few novices have an adequate idea of the danger
to heavily laden combs from heat, especially if the cluster
of bees, outside, happens to obstruct the entrance, by hang-
ing in front of it. In the Summer of 1877, we have seen
whole rows of hives, which were exposed to the sun’s rays,
in a large apiary, “melt down” almost simultaneously,—
causing a loss of hundreds of dollars,—for lack of sufficient
ventilation, owing to the clustering of the bees in front of
the entrance.

371. After one comb breaks down, the leaking honey
spreads over the bottom-board, runs out of the entrance,
daubs the bees, and prevents further ventilation; then the
rest of the combs fall pell-mell on one another, crushing the
brood, the queen, and the remaining bees. It is utter de-
struction.

VENTILATION OF THE BEE-HIVE. 183

372. In very hot weather, the bees are specially careful
not to cluster on new combs containing sealed honey, which,
from not being lined with cocoons, and from the extra
amount of wax used for their covers, melt more readily than
the breeding-cells.

373. Apiarists have noticed that bees often leave their
honey-cells almost bare, as soon as they are sealed; but it
seems to have escaped their observation, that this is abso-
lutely necessary in very hot weather. In cool weather, they
may frequently be found clustered among the sealed honey-
combs, because there is then no danger of their melting.

Few things are so well fitted to impress the mind with their
admirable sagacity, as the truly scientific device by which
they ventilate their dwellings. In this important matter,
the bee is immensely in advance of the great mass of those
who are called rational beings. It has, to be sure, no ability
to decide, from an elaborate analysis of the chemical con-
stituents of the atmosphere, how large a proportion of oxy-
gen is essential to the support of life, and how rapidly the
process of breathing converts it into a deadly poison. It
cannot, like Liebig, demonstrate that God, by setting the
animal and the vegetable world, the one over against the
other, has provided that the atmosphere shall, through all
ages, be as pure as when it first came from His creating
hand. But shame upon us! that with all our boasted intel-
ligence, most of us live as though pure air was of little or
no importance; while the bee ventilates with a philosophical
precision that should put to the blush our criminal neglect.

Tt is said that ventilation cannot, in our case, be had
without cost. Can it then be had for nothing, by the indus-
trious bees? Those ranks of bees, so indefatigably plying
their busy wings, are not engaged in idle amusement; nor
might they, as some shallow utilitarian may imagine, be
better employed in gathering honey, or superintending some
other department in the economy of the hive. At great ex-
pense of time and labor, they are supplying the rest of the

184 THE BEE-HIVES.

colony with the pure air so conducive to their health and
prosperity, What a difference between them and some
human beings, who, “if they lived in a glass bottle, would
insist on keeping the cork in!”

Impure air, one would think, is bad enough; but all its
inherent vileness is stimulated to still greater activity by air-
tight, or rather lung-tight stoves, which can economize fuel
only by squandering health and endangering life. Not only
our private houses, but our places of public assemblage are
often either unimproved with any means of ventilation, or to
a great extent, supplied with those so deficient, that they
only

‘‘Keep the word of promise to our ear,
To break it to our hope.’’

Men may, to a certain extent, resist the injurious influences
of foul air; as their employments usually compel them to live
more out of doors: but alas, alas! for the poor women! In
the very land where they are treated with such merited def-
erence and respect, often no provision is made to furnish
them with that first element of health, cheerfulness, and
beauty, heaven’s pure, fresh air.

OBSERVING HIvEs.

374. For nearly a century, hives have been in use con-
taining only one comb, inclosed on both sides by glass.
These hives are darkened by shutters, and, when opened, the
queen is as much exposed to observation as the other bees.
Mr. Langstroth discovered that, with proper precautions,
colonies can be made to work in observing-hives, even when
exposed continually to the full light of day; so that observa-
tions may be made at all times, without interrupting by any
sudden admission of light, the ordimary operations of the
bees. In such hives, many intelligent persons from various
States in the Union have seen the queen-bee depositing her
eggs in the cells, while surrounded by an affectionate circle

a

OBSERVING HIVES. 185

of her devoted children. They have also witnessed, with as-
tonishment and delight, all the mysterious steps in the proc-
ess of raising queens from eggs, which with the ordinary de-
velopment would have produced only the common bees. Often
for more than three months, there has not been a day in
our apiary, in which some colonies were not engaged in
rearing new queens to supply the place of those taken from
them; and we have had the pleasure of exhibiting these facts
to bee-keepers, who never before felt willing to eredit them.

375. An Apiarist may use the box hives a whole life-
time, and, unless he gains his information from other sources,
may yet remain ignorant of some of the most important
principles in the physiology of the honey-bee; while any
intelligent cultivator may, with an observing-hive and the
use of movable-frames, in a single season, verify for him-
self the discoveries which have been made only by the
accumulated toil of many observers, for more than two thou-
sand years.

‘An opportunity of beholding the proceedings of the queen,
in hives of the old form, is so very rarely afforded, that many
Apiarists have passed their lives without enjoying it; and
Réaumur himself, even with the assistance of a glass-hive, ac-
knowledges that it was many years before he had that pleas-
ure. ’’—(Bevan.)

Swammerdam, who wrote his wonderful treatise on bees,
before the invention of observing-hives, was obliged to tear
hives to pieces in making his investigations! When we see
what important results these great geniuses obtained, with
means so imperfect, if compared with the facilities which
the veriest tyro now possesses, it ought to teach us a be-
coming lesson of humility.

The sentiments of the following extract from Swammer-
dam, ought to be engraven upon the hearts of all engaged
in investigating the works of God:

*“T would not have any one think that I say this from a love
of fault-finding’’—he had been criticising some incorrect draw-

186 THE BEE-HIVES.,

ings and descriptions—‘‘my sole design is to have the true
face and disposition of Nature exposed to sight. I wish that
others may pass the like censure, when due, on my works; for
I doubt not that I have made many mistakes, although I can,
from the heart, say, that I have not, in this treatise designed
to mislead.’’

376. This hive is a simplified form, but Mr. D. F. Sav-
age suggested a still more simple one, by making the top so
narrow as not to conceal any of the bees, and leaving off

Fig: 87.
OBSERVING HIVE.

(From Alley’s ‘‘Handy-Bock.’’)

a, stand; B, CC, movable glass frame; FE, moulding under which the
top of the shutter H slips, to darken the hive, if needed; F, movable
top, held in place by hooks. The comb of brood and bees is put in,
by removing the top and one side.

the shutters entirely, to replace them with a dark cloth
thrown over the hive. But this cloth can be used only when
the hive is established inside the house. Its main advan-
tages are to do away with the noise and jar of opening
the shutters. ;

37¢7¢. <A parlor observing-hive of this form may be con-
veniently placed in any room in the house; the alighting-

OBSERVING HIVES. 187

board being outside, and the whole arrangement such that
the bees may be inspected at all hours, day, or night, with-
out the slightest risk of their stinging. Two such hives
may be placed before one window, and put up or taken
down in a few minutes, without cutting or defacing the wood-
work of the house.

Fig. 88.
OBSERVING HIVE IN A WINDOW,
(“American Bee Journal.”)

An observing-hive will prove an unfailing source of pleas-
ure and instruction; and those who live in crowded cities,
may enjoy it to the full, even if ecndemned to the penance
of what the poet has so feelingly described as an “endless
meal of brick.” The nimble wings of the agile gatherers
will quickly waft them above and beyond “the smoky
chimney-pots”; and they will bear back to their city homes

188 THE BEE-HIVES.

the balmy spoils of many a rustic flower, “blushing unseen,”
in simple loveliness. Might not their pleasant murmurings
awaken in some the memory of long-forgotten joys, when
the happy country child listened to their soothing music,
while intently watching them in the old homestead-garden,
or roved with them amid pastures and hill-sides, to gather
the flowers still rejoicing in their “meadow-sweet breath,”
or whispering of the precious perfumes of their forest home?

““To me more dear, congenial to my heart,
One native charm than all the gloss of art;
Spontaneous joys, where nature has its play,
The soul adopts and owns their first-born sway;
Lightly they frolic o’er the vacant mind,
Unenvied, unmolested, unconfined,
But the long pomp, the midnight masquerade,
With all the freaks of wanton wealth array’d,
In these, ere triflers half their wish obtain,
The toilsome pleasure sickens into pain;
And e’en while fashion’s brightest arts decoy,
The heart distrusting asks, if this be joy.’’

Goldsmith,

CHAPTER V.
HANDLING BEES.

Tue Honey-Bere CAPABLE OF BEING TAMED.

378. I the bee had not such a formidable weapon (78)
both of offense and defense, many who now fear it might
easily be induced to enter upon its cultivation. As the
present system of management takes the greatest possible
liberties with this insect, it is important to show how all
necessary operations may be performed without serious risk
of exciting its anger.

Many persons are unable to suppress their astonishment.
when they see an Apiarist, with the help of a little smoke,
opening hive after hive, removing the combs covered with
bees, and shaking them off in front of the hives; forming
new swarms, exhibiting the queen, transferring the bees
with all their stores to another hive; and in short, dealing
with them as if they were as harmless as flies. We have
sometimes been asked, whether the hives we were opening
had not been subjected to a long course of training; when
they contained swarms which had been brought only the day
before to our apiary.

We shall, in this chapter, show that any one favorably
situated may enjoy the pleasure and profit of a pursuit
which has been appropriately styled, “the poetry of rural
economy,” without being made too familiar with a sharp
little weapon, which speedily converts all the poetry into
sorry prose.

It must be manifest to every reflecting mind, that the
Creator intended the bee, as truly as the horse or the cow,
for the comfort of man. In the early ages of the world,
and indeed until quite modern times, honey was almost the

189

190 HANDLING BEES.

only natural sweet; and the promise of “a land flowing
with milk and honey” had once a significance which it is
difficult for us fully to realize. The honey-bee, therefore, was
created not merely to store up its delicious nectar for its own
use, but with certain propensities, without which man could

Fig. 89.
OPENING THE HIVE AND EXAMINING THE COMBS.
Apiary of Mr. Mont-Jovet, Albertville, Savoie.

no more subject it to his control, than he could make a useful
beast of burden of a lion or a tiger.

379. One of the peculiarities which constitutes the foun-
dation of the present system of management, and indeed of
the possibility of domesticating at all so irascible an insect,
has never to our knowledge been clearly stated as a great and
controlling principle by any one before Mr. Langstroth. It
may be thus expressed :

THE HONEY-BEE CAPABLE OF BEING TAMED. 191

A honey-bee when heavily laden with honey never volunteers
an attack, but acts solely on the defensive.

This law of the honeyed tribe is so universal, that a stone
might as soon be expected to rise into the air, without any
propelling power, as a bee well filled with honey to offer to
sting, unless crushed or injured by some direct assault. The
man who first attempted to hive a swarm (428) of bees,
must have been agreeably surprised at the ease with which he
was able to accomplish the feat; for it is wisely ordered that
bees, when intending to swarm, should fill their honey-bags to
their utmost capacity. They are thus so peaceful that they

Fig. 90.
BINGHAM SMOKER.

can easily be secured by man, besides having materials for
commencing operations immediately in their new habitation,
and being in no danger of starving, if several stormy days
should follow their emigration.

380. While swarming, bees issue from their hives in the
most peaceful mood imaginable; and unless abused allow them-
selves to be treated with the greatest familiarity. The hiving
of them might always be conducted without risk, if there were
not, occasionally, some improvident or unfortunate ones, who,
coming forth without a sufficient amount of the soothing sup-
ply, are filled instead with the bitterest hate against any one

192 HANDLING BEES.

daring to meddle with them. Such thriftless radicals are
always to be dreaded, for they must vent their spleen on some-
thing, even though they perish in the act. (S4.)

If a whole colony, on sallying forth, possessed such a
ferocious spirit, no one could hive them unless clad in a coat
of mail, bee-proof; and not even then, until all the windows
of his house were closed, his domestic animals bestowed in
some place of safety, and sentinels posted at suitable stations,

Fig. 91.
CHAMPION SMOKER,

to warn all comers to keep at a safe distance. In short, if
the propensity to be exceedingly good-natured after a hearty
meal, had not been given to the bee, it could never have been
domesticated, and our honey would still be procured from the
clefts of rocks or the hollows of trees. Probably the good
nature resulting from a hearty meal is not the only cause of
the above fact. There is another physiological fact connected
with it (85). When her stomach is empty, a bee can curve

THE HONEY-BEE CAPABLE OF BEING TAMED. 193

her abdomen easily to sting. If her honey-sack is full, the
rings of the abdomen are distended, and she finds more diffi-
culty in taking the proper position for stinging.

381. A second peculiarity, in the nature of bees, gives
an almost unlimited control over them, and may be expressed
as follows:

Bees, when frightened, usually begin to fill themselves with
honey from their combs.

If the Apiarist only succeeds in frightening his little sub-
jects, he can make them as peaceable as though they were
ineapable of stinging. By the use of a little smoke, the largest
and most fiery colony may be brought into complete subjection.
As soon as the smoke is blown among them, they retreat before
it, raising a subdued or terrified note; and, seeming to imagine
that their honey is to be taken from them, they cram their
honey-bags to their utmost capacity. They act either as if
aware that only what they can lodge in this inside pocket is
safe, or, as if expecting to be driven away from their stores,
they are determined to start with a full supply of provisions
for the way. The same result may be obtained by shutting
them up in their hive and drumming upon it for a short time,
but this latter process is only successful with some races of.
bees easily frightened, like the black bees (549).

382. The bellows-smokers, in present use, for smoking
bees and controlling them, are as far superior to the old
method of blowing smoke on them with the mouth from a
piece of punk or rotton wood, or a bunch of rags, as the
movable-frame hive is superior to the box hive of old. The
writer of this, who kept bees in large numbers in several
apiaries before the introduction of the practical bellows-
smoker, has many a time felt dizzy from the fatigue of blow-
ing smoke on the bees.

Bellows-smokers were used in Europe long ago, but they
were not practical, as they could not be used with one hand.

Quinby, one of the veterans of progressive Apiculture, in-
vented the first bellows-smoker that had the bellows on the

194 HANDLING BEES.

side of the fire-box, that could stand up and draw like a
chimney, and that could practically be held with one hand.
Bingham afterwards greatly improved on this smoker. Since
then, others have made different styles, all based on Quinby’s
or on Bingham’s ideas.

The Improved Quinby-Bingham smokers have been imitated
all over the world, especially in England and France, and we
are sorry to say, some of these imitations have been sold as
personal inventions, without any eredit being given to the
real inventors.

A bee-smoker is indispensable to any Apiarist, and should

Fig. 92.
CORNEIL SMOKER,

be properly filled, when used, with dry wood, lighted at the
bottom by a few hot coals. With a good smoker any kind of
wood may be used. When the bees are located in an orchard,
dead limbs of apple-trees are handiest and will make good
smoke. Shavings, leaves, rags, can also be used, if no wood
is at hand. By setting the smoker upright, when not held in
the hand, so as to create a good draft, and refilling it from
time to time, a good smoke can be kept up from morning till
night, if necessary.

Tn his book, “Forty Years Among the Bees,” Dr. C. C. Miller
advises the use of what he calls ‘‘saltpeter-rags” for lighting
the smoker. We quote what he says:

THE HONEY-BEE CAPABLE OF BEING TAMED. 195

‘*Nothing has given me quite so much satisfaction as salt-
peter-rags. Like the right kind of rotten wood, the least
spark will light a saltpeter-rag so that it will be sure to go,
but it is not so slow in its action as the rotten wood and makes
a much greater heat, so that chips of sound, hard wood will
at once be started into a secure fire. To prepare the salt-
peter-rags a crock is kept constantly standing containing a solu-
tion of saltpeter. The strength of the solution is not a matter
of great nicety. A quarter or a half pound of saltpeter may
be used to a gallon of water, and if it evaporates so that the
solution becomes stronger, water may be added. A cotton rag
dipped in this solution will be ready for use as soon as dried.
As a matter of convenience, quite a lot of rags are prepared
at a time. They are wrung out of the solution and spread out
to dry in the sun.’’

383. Some Apiarists of England have tried several liquids,
for rubbing on the hands, to pacify the bees. Most of these
liquids are hydro-carbonous fluids, or volatile oils of plants,
such as wintergreen, turpentine, bergamot, cloves, thyme, ete.
Mr. Grimshaw, after divers trials, invented a compound of
several of these oils, to which he seems to have added ether
and chloroform, if our sense of smell does not mislead us.
He calls it Apifuge.

Several apiarists praise this drug, while others say that
their bees did not mind it, and sting them as usual; and some
complain of blisters on their hands after its use. (British
Bee-Journal.)

Mr. Cowan presented us with a vial of Apifuge, but, after
trying, we cannot see much advantage to be derived from its
use.

384. Mr. Raynor advises the use of a carbolized sheet, to
frighten bees:

‘¢Make a solution of 3 oz. carbolic acid in a quart of water,
and preserve for use. Mix 1% oz. of this solution with 114 oz.
of glycerine; put the mixture in a quart of water, shake well
before using; steep in the mixture a piece of calico, or cheese

196 HANDLING BEES.

cloth, sufficiently large to cover the top of the hive, wring out
dry and spread over the hive as soon as the quilt is removed.

“‘You may use the same to drive the bees out of the sec-
tions. Keep the bottles well corked for future use.’’—(Rev.
G. Raynor, in the British Bee-Journal.)

The same liquid may be forced among the bees through an
atomizer. As it evaporates it leaves no bad smell behind.
385. <A neighbor of ours, who is a magnetist, told our

. Fig. 93.
VEIL SEWED ON THE HAT.

foreman-Apiarist that bees could be pacified by simply laying
one’s hands above the combs while the cloth is carefully re-
moved. We have seen bees withdraw from the frames inside
the hive, under this laying on of hands; but we are not sure
that such magnetism, if there be magnetism in it, is sufficient
to prevent the bees from stinging.

THE HONEY-BEE CAPABLE OF BEING TAMED, 197

386. A bee-veil, although objectionable to some bee-
keepers, who prefer to handle their bees barefaced, is really
a necessity in a large apiary. Timid persons feel safer in
using it, and even the boldest bee-keepers recognize the neces-
sity of wearing one, when colonies become aroused by accident.
The best veils are sewed to the outer edge of the rim of a
straw-hat; with a rubber at their lower extremity, to fasten
around the neck. The veil can be slipped on and off in a
twinkling, if necessity requires; when not in use, it is simply
folded into the crown of the hat, where it is always at hand.

We keep a number of these veil hats in our bee-house, for
the accommodation of visitors, who wish to look through the
wonders of the bee-hive, without fear of stings.

Most veils are made removable, with a rubber at each end;
the upper one being slipped over the crown of the hat. This
veil can be taken off at will, and carried in the pocket.

In his “Success In Bee-Culture,” Mr. Heddon says: “A
bee-veil should never be any color but black, as all other
shades are more or less difficult to see through clearly,” and
we fully agree with him. White veils are most especially ob-
jectionable. Green is the best color after black.

387. The hands may be protected by india-rubber gloves,
such as are now in common use. These gloves, while im-
penetrable to the sting of a bee, do not materially interfere
with the operations of the Apiarist. As soon, however, as he
acquires confidence and skill, he will much prefer to use noth-
ing but the bee-hat, even at the expense of an occasional sting
on his hands.

An English Apiarist advises persons using gloves to cut the
tips of the fingers so as to handle the frames more dexterously,
and to wash their fingers with some kind of Apifuge.

Stings on the hands usually cause but little suffering or
swelling, while stings on the face are quite painful; and the
grotesque appearance which the swelling often gives to the
human face, makes it much more desirable to protect the head
than the hands.

198 HANDLING BEES.

If the hands are wet with honey, they will seldom be stung.

388. All woolen clothes are more objectionable to bees
than linen or cotton, for wool resembles the hair of animals,
being made of it, while linen or cotton resembles the twigs
and leaves of plants, being made of vegetable fibre. Butler
says:

“‘They use their stings against such things as have outwardly
some offensive excrement, such as hair or feathers, the touch
whereof provoketh them to sting. If they alight upon the hair
of the head or beard, they will sting if they can reach the
skin. When they are angry their aim is most commonly at
the face, but the bare hand that is not hairy, they will seldom
sting, unless they be much offended.’’—(‘‘ Feminine Monarchy,’’
1609.)

389. In handling bees, it is not always necessary to com-
pel them to fill themselves with honey. With the quiet Italians
(551), a few puffs of smoke, at the entrance, when opening
the hive, and occasionally on the combs, if they show any dis-
position to anger, are quite sufficient to keep them down.
Some of our best Apiarists often open their hives and handle
the bees without smoke. It takes practice, patience and firm-
ness.

While the timid, if unprotected, are almost sure to be stung,
there is something in the fearless movements of a skillful
operator, that seems to render a colony submissive to his will.

390. Some races, however, like the Cyprian (559), can-
not be controlled without a cloud of smoke, but they promptly
retreat before the overpowering argument of a good smoker.

391. Bees can be handled at all times; but they are quietest
in the middle of the day. At such a time, the old bees, which
are the crossest in the colony, are out in the field. In eold,
cloudy, or stormy weather, they are most irritable, especially
if there is a scarcity of honey, as the lurking robbers (664)
excite the bees. Old bees that come home loaded, are not cross,
while those going out empty, are easily angered. During a
plentiful honey flow, when the hives are crowded for room,

THE HONEY-BEE CAPABLE OF BEING TAMED. 199

the bees are nearly all full of honey, and the colonies can then
be handled without smoke.

By our methods you can superintend a large apiary, per-
forming every operation necessary for pleasure or profit, with-
out as much risk of being stung, as must frequently be in-
eurred in attempting to manage a single hive in the old way.

392. Let all your motions about your hives be gentle and
slow; never crush or injure the bees; acquaint yourself fully
with the principles of management detailed in this treatise,
and you will find that you have little more reason to dread
the sting of a bee, than the horns of a favorite cow, or the
heels of your faithful horse.

Cotton, quoting from Butler, who, in these remarks, fol-
lows mainly Columella, says:

393. ‘‘Listen to the words of an old writer:—‘If thou wilt
have the favor of thy bees, that they sting thee not, thou must
avoid such things as offend them: thou must not be unchaste or
uncleanly; for impurity and sluttiness (themselves being most
chaste and neat) they utterly abhor; thou must not come among
them smelling of sweat, or having a stinking breath, caused
either through eating of leeks, onions, garlick, and the like, or
by any other means, the noisomeness whereof is corrected by a
cup of beer; thou must not be given to surfeiting or drunken-
ness; thou must not come puffing or blowing unto them, neither
hastily stir among them, nor resolutely defend thyself when
they seem to threaten thee; but softly moving thy hand before
thy face, gently put them by; and lastly, thou must be no
stranger unto them. In a word, thou must be chaste, cleanly,
sweet, sober, quiet, and familiar; so will they love thee, and
know thee from all others. When nothing hath angered them,
one may safely walk along by them; but if he stand still be-
fore them in the heat of the day, it is a marvel but one or
other spying him, will have a cast at him.’*

* Many persons imagine themselves to be quite safe, if they stand at
a considerable distance from the hives; whereas, cross bees delight to
attack those whose more distant position makes them a surer mark
to their long-sighted vision, than persons who are close to their hives.

200 HANDLING BEES.

‘‘Above all, never blowf on them; they will try to sting di-
rectly, if you do.

“Tf you want to catch any of the bees, make a bold sweep at
them with your hand; and if you catch them without pressing
them, they will not sting. I have so caught three or four at a
time. If you want to do anything to a single bee, catch him
‘as if you loved him,’ between your finger and thumb, where
the tail joins on to the body, and he cannot hurt you.’’

When gorged with honey, they may be taken up by hand-
fuls, and suffered to run over the face, and may even have
their glossy backs gently smoothed as they rest on our per-
sons; and all the feats of the celebrated Wildman may be
safely imitated by experts, who, by securing the queen, can
make the bees hang in large festoons from their chin, without
incurring any risk of being taken by the beard.

‘“Such was the spell, which round a Wildman’s arm,
Twin’d in dark wreaths the fascinated swarm;
Bright o’er his breast the glittering legions led,

Or with a living garland bound his head.

His dextrous hand, with firm yet hurtless hold,
Could seize the chief, known by her scales of gold,
Prune ’mid the wondering train her filmy wing,
Or o’er her folds the silken fetter fling.’’

394. The ignorance of most bee-keepers of the almost un-
limited control which may be peaceably acquired over bees,
has ever been regarded by the author of this treatise as the
greatest obstacle to the speedy introduction of modern methods.
Such ignorance has led to the invention of costly and com-
plicated hives, all the ingenuity and expense lavished upon
which, are known, by the better informed, to be as unneces-
sary as a costly machine for lifting up bread and butter, and

+ While bees resent the warm breath exhaled slowly from the lungs,
we have ascertained, that they will run from a blast of cold air blown
upon them by the mouth of the operator, almost as quickly as from
smoke. Before employing smoke Mr. Langstroth often used a pair of
bellows.

IGNORANCE OF BEE-KEEPERS, 201

gently pushing it into the mouth and down the throat of an
active and healthy child.

We have before us a small pamphlet, published in London
in 1851, describing the construction of the “Bar and Frame
Hive” of W. A. Munn, Esq. The object of this invention is
to elevate frames, one at a time, into a case with glass sides,
so that they may be examined without risk of annoyance from
the bees. Great ingenuity is exhibited by the inventor of this
very costly and very complicated hive, who seems to imagine
that smoke “must be injurious both to the bees and their
brood.”

395. In opening a hive, little danger may be feared from
the bees that are exposed to the light, unless quick motions
are made, as they are completely bewildered by their sudden
exposure, and removal from the hive.

It is not merely the sudden admission of light, but its in-
troduction from an unexpected quarter, that for the time, dis-
arms the hostility of the bees. They appear, for a few
moments, almost as much confounded as a man would be, if,
without any warning, the roof and ceiling of his house should
suddenly be torn from over his head. Before they recover
from their amazement, they are saluted with a puff of smoke,
which, by alarming them for the safety of their treasures,
induces them to snatch whatever they can. In the working
season, the bees near the top are gorged with honey; and
those coming from below are met in their threatening ascent,
by a small amount of harmless smoke, which excites their fears,
but leaves no unpleasant smell behind. No genuine lover of
bees ought ever to use the sickening fumes of tobacco.

396. Heddon says (“Success in Bee-Culture,” page 18):
“I know of but one instance where the use of smoke can do
harm, and that is in smoking the guards of a colony that is in
danger of being robbed.” (664.) To this important state-
ment, we would add, that too much smoke to a colony already
subdued, will drive them from their combs, and often cause
them to get in the way of the Apiarist.

202 HANDLING BEES.

But the greatest care should be taken to repress by smoke,
the first manifestations of anger; for, as bees communicate
their sensations to each other with almost magic celerity,
while a whole colony will quickly catch the pleased or subdued
notes uttered by a few, it will often be roused to fury by the
angry note of a single bee. When once they are thoroughly
excited, it will be found very difficult to subdue them, and
the unfortunate operator, if inexperienced, will often abandon
the attempt in despair.

It cannot be too deeply impressed upon the beginner, that
nothing irritates bees more than breathing upon them, or
jarring their combs. Every motion should be deliberate, and
no attempt whatever made to strike at them. If inclined to
be cross, they will often resent even a quick pointing at them
with the finger, by darting upon it, and leaving their stings
behind.

397. The first thing to be done, after having opened a
hive and removed the cloth (852), is to remove the division-
board (349) from the inside of the hive—to give room for
handling the frames,—with the help of a common wood chisel.
Then the frames which have been glued (236) fast to the
rabbets by the bees, must be very gently pried loose; this may
be done without any serious jar, and without wounding or
enraging a single bee. They may be all loosened for removal
in less than a single minute.

If there is no division-board (349) in the hive, the Apiar-
ist should gently push the third frame from either end of
the hive, a little nearer to the fourth frame; and then the
second as near as he ean to the third, to get ample room to
lift out the end one, without crushing its comb, or injuring
any of the bees. To remove it, he should take hold of its
two shoulders which rest upon the rabbets, and carefully lift
it, so as to erush no bees by letting it touch the sides of the
hive, or the next frame. If it is desired to remove any par-
ticular frame, room must be gained by moving, in the same
way, the adjoining ones on each side. As bees usually build

REMOVING FRAMES. 203

their combs slightly waving, it will be found impossible to
remove a frame safely, without making room for it in this
way. If the combs are built on foundation (674), however,
they will be much easier to remove, as they are then perfectly
straight. In handling heavy frames in hot weather, be care-
ful not to incline them from their perpendicular, or the combs
will be liable to break from their own weight, and fall out of
the frames.

If more combs are to be examined, after lifting out the
outside frame, set it carefully on end, near the hive, when
the second one may be easily moved towards the vacant space,

S

af
jue

ui

and lifted out. After examination, put it in the place of the
one first removed; in the same way, examine the third, and
put it in the place of the second, and so proceed until all have
been examined. If a division-board is used, it will not be
necessary to set any of the frames down outside of the hive,
as the removal of this board will leave one vacant space in the
hive.

If the frames, as they are removed, are put into an empty
hive, or a comb-bucket, they may be protected from the cold,
and from robber-bees.

The inexperienced operator, who sees that the bees have

Fig, 94.
COMB-BUCKET.,

204 HANDLING BEES.

built small pieces of comb, or bridges (325), between the
outside of the frames and the sides of the hive, or slightly
fastened together some parts of their combs, may imagine
that the frames cannot be removed at all. Such slight attach-
ments, however, offer no practical difficulty to their removal.*
The great point to be gained, is to secure a single comb on
each frame; and this is effected by the use of the triangular
comb-guides, or better, by comb-foundation (674).

If bees were disposed to fly away from their combs, as
soon as they are taken out, instead of adhering to them
with such remarkable tenacity, it would be far more difficult
to manage them; but even if their combs, when removed,
are all arranged in a continued line, the bees, and most
especially the Italian bees, instead of leaving them, will
stoutly defend them against the thieving propensities of other
bees.

398. In returning the frames, care must be taken not to
erush the bees between them and the rabbets on which they
rest; they should be put in so slowly, that a bee, on feeling
the slightest pressure, may have a chance to creep from under
them before it is hurt.

The frames should be returned, as far as possible, in the
same position, as they were found, with the brood in the
forward part of the hive, and the honey in the back, for
bees always live and breed in front of their stores, to more
easily defend their treasures against intruders.

In shutting up the hive, the surplus story, if any is there,
should be carefully lowered, so that any bees which are in

* If sufficient room for storing surplus honey is not given to a strong
colony, in its anxiety to amass as much as possible, it will fill the
smallest accessible places. If the bees build comb between the tops
of the frames and the under side of the upper story, it can be easily cut
off, and used for wax. If this shallow chamber were not used, they
would fasten the upper story to the frames so tightly, that it would be
very difficult to remove it; and every time it was taken off, they would
glue it still faster, so that, at last, it would be well nigh impossible
in getting it off, not to start the frames so as to crush the bees between
the combs.

MISMANAGEMENT OF BEES. 205

the way may be given a chance to move away, instead of
being crushed. A little smoke is always necessary. A be-
ginner will find it to his advantage to practice—using an
empty hive—the directions for opening and shutting hives,
and lifting out the frames, until confident that he fully under-
stands them. If any bees are where they would be im-
prisoned by closing the upper cover, it should be propped up
a little, until they have flown to the entrance of the hive, or,
they may be brushed away gently.

MIsMANAGEMENT OF BEES.

399. When a colony of bees is unskillfully dealt with,
they will “compass about” their assailant with savage ferocity ;
and woe be to him, if they can creep up his clothes, or find
a single unprotected spot on his person.

Not the slightest attempt should be made to act on the
offensive; for, if a single one is struck at, others will avenge
the insult; and if resistance is continued, hundreds, and at
last, thousands, will join them. The assailed party should
quickly retreat to the protection of a building, or, if none is
near, should hide in a clump of bushes, and lie perfectly still,
with his head covered, until the bees leave him. When no
bushes are at hand, they will generally give over the attack,
if he lies still on the grass, with his face to the ground. A
practical Apiarist, sheltered with a veil and armed with a well
lighted smoker, will not retreat much before the most ferocious
swarm of bees.

Those who are alarmed if a bee enters the house, or ap-
proaches them in the garden or fields, are ignorant of the
important fact, that a bee, at a distance from its hive, never
volunteers an attack. Even if assaulted, they seek only to
escape, and never sting, unless they are hurt.

If they were as easily provoked away from home, as when
ealled to defend those sacred precincts, a tithe of the merry
gambols, in which our domestic animals indulge, would

206 IIANDLING BEES.

speedily bring about them a swarm of infuriated enemies;
we should be no longer safe in our quiet rambles among
the green fields; and no joeund mower could whet or swing
his peaceful scythe, unless clad in a dress impervious to their
stings. The bee, instead of being the friend of man, would,
like savage wild beasts, provoke his utmost efforts for its
extermination.

400. Huber has demonstrated that bees have an exceed-
ingly acute sense of smell and that unpleasant odors quickly
excite their anger.

Strong perfumes, however pleasant to us, are disagreeable
to them; and Aristotle observes, that they will sting those
scented with them. We have known persons ignorant of this
fact to be severely treated by bees.

Some persons, however cleanly, are assaulted by bees as
soon as they approach their hives. It is related of a
distinguished Apiarist that after a severe attack of fever, he
was never able to be on good terms with his bees. That they
can readily perceive the slightest differences in smell, is ap-
parent from the fact that any number of bees, fed from a
common vessel, will be gentle towards each other, while they
will assail the first strange bee that alights on the feeder.

Butler said, “Their smelling is excellent, whereby, when
they fly aloft into the air, they will quickly perceive anything
under them that they like, even though it be covered.” They
have, therefore, a special dislike to those whose habits are
not neat, and who bear about them a perfume not in the least
resembling

‘*Sabean odors
From the spicy shores of Araby the blest.’’

A horse, when assailed by them, is often killed; as in-
stead of running away, like most other animals, it will plunge
and kick until it falls overpowered. The apiary should be
fenced in, to prevent horses and eattle from molesting the
hives. We have known of a horse, which happening to be

REMEDIES FOR THE STING OF A BEE. 207

loose in a bee-yard, was attacked by a few bees. In trying
to defend himself against them by kicking and rolling he up-
set one hive and then another, till tens of thousands of bees
assailed him, and the poor animal was stung to death before
his owner could come to the rescue. We were informed by an
eye-witness that although the carcass remained unburied two
days, neither dogs, crows, buzzards nor any of the usual
scavengers of decaying flesh, attempted to feed upon it, so
great was the amount of poison (79) instilled into it by the
revengeful bees.

401. The sting of a bee (7S) upon some persons, pro-
duces very painful, and even dangerous effects. We have
often noticed that, while those whose systems are not sensi-
tive to the venom, are rarely molested by bees, they seem to
take a malicious pleasure in stinging those upon whom their
poison produces the most virulent effect. Something in the
secretions of such persons may both provoke the attack and
render its consequences more severe.

The smell of their own poison (8@) produces a very irri-
tating effect upon bees. A small portion of it offered to them
on a stick, will excite their anger.

“‘Tf you are stung,’’ says old Butler, ‘‘or any one in the com-
pany—yea, though a bee hath stricken but your clothes, es-
pecially in hot weather—you were best be packing as fast as
you ean, for the other bees, smelling the rank flavor of the
poison, will come about you as thick as hail,’’

REMEDIES FOR THE STING OF A BEE.

402. If only a few of the host of cures, so zealously ad-
vocated, could be made effectual, there would be little reason
to dread being stung.

The first thing to be done after being stung is to pull—
or rather push—the sting out of the wound as quickly as pos-
sible. When torn from the bee, the poison-bag and all the
muscles which control the sting accompany it; and it pene-
trates deeper and deeper into the flesh, injecting continually

208 HANDLING BEES.

more and more poison into the wound. If extracted at once,
it will very rarely produce any serious consequences; but, in
extracting it, it should not be taken between the fingers. In
so doing, most of the poison will be pressed into the wound.
It must be rubbed or scraped off with celerity by a quick mo-
tion of the finger-nail so as to prevent any more of the
poison of the sack from getting into the flesh. After the
sting is removed the utmost care should be taken not to irri-
tate the wound by the slightest rubbing. However intense the
smarting, and the disposition to apply friction to the wound,
it should never be done for the moment that the blood is put
into violent circulation, the poison is quickly diffused over
a large part of the system, and severe pain and swellmg may
ensue. On the same principle, by severe friction, the bite of a
mosquito, even after the lapse of several days, may be made
to swell again. As most of the popular remedies are rubbed
in, they are worse than nothing.

When the operator is perspiring abundantly, the stings are
less painful, as some of the poison exudes with the sweat.

If the mouth is applied to the wound, unpleasant conse-
quences may follow; for, while the poison of snakes, affect-
ing only the circulating system, may be swallowed with impuni-
ty, the poison of the bee acts with great power on the organs
of digestion. Distressing headaches are often produced by it,
as any one, who has been stung, or has tasted the poison, very
well knows.

103. In our own experience, we have found cold water to
be the best remedy for a bee-sting. The poison is quickly
dissolved in it; and the coldness of the water has also a power-
ful tendeney to check inflammation.

The leaves of plantain, crushed and applied to the wound,
are a very good substitute, when water cannot at once be
procured. Bevan recommends the use of spirits of hartshorn,
and says that, in cases of severe stinging, its internal use is
also beneficial. In very serious cases, the ammonia may be
taken, in quantities of from five to twenty drops,—for an

REMEDIES FOR THE STING OF A BEE. 209

adult, less for a child,—in hot tea, with beneficial results. It
causes an increased perspiration and neutralizes the effects of
the poison. (“Commentaires Thérapeutiques,” Gubler, Paris,
1874.)

404. It may be some comfort to novices to know that
the poison will produce less and less effect upon their sys-
tem. Old bee-keepers like Mithridates, appear almost to
thrive upon poison itself. When we first became interested
in bees, a sting was quite a formidable thing, the pain being
often very intense, and the wound swelling so as sometimes to
obstruct our sight. At present, the pain is usually slight, and,
if the sting is quickly extracted, no unpleasant consequences
ensue, even if no remedies are used. Huish speaks of seeing
the bald head of Bonner, a celebrated practical Apiarist, cov-
ered with stings, which seemed to produce upon him no un-
pleasant effects. The Rev. Mr. Kleine advises beginners to
allow themselves to be stung frequently, assuring them that,
in two seasons, their system will become accustomed to the
poison !

An old English Apiarist advises a person who has been
stung, to catch another bee as speedily as possible, and make
it sting on the same spot. Even an enthusiastic disciple of
Huber might hesitate to venture on such a singular homeo-
pathic remedy; but, as this Apiarist had stated, what we had
verified in our own experience, that the oftener a person is
stung the less he suffers from the venom, the writer determined
to make trial of his prescription. Allowing a string to re-
main until it had discharged all of its poison, he compelled
another bee to insert its sting, as nearly as possible, in the
same spot. He used no remedies of any kind, and had the
satisfaction, in his zeal for new discoveries, cf suffering
more from the pain and swelling than for years before.

That the bee-keeper becomes inoculated with the poison
of the bee, and usually becomes proof against it, is no more
to be doubted than the fact that vaccination is a preservative
against small-pox. The discoveries of Pasteur, for the cure

210 HANDLING BEES.

of hydrophobia, are another evidence of the efficiency of
inoculation.

The poison of the bee has a beneficial effect as a eure for
rheumatism. Numberless cases have been reported where a
few stings have caused the disappearance of this affection.

Bers as Means or DEFENSE.

405. ‘‘A small corsair, equipped with forty or fifty men,
and having on board some bees, purposely taken from a neigh-
boring island, and confined in earthen hives (275), was pur-
sued by a Turkish galley. As the latter boarded her, the sailors
threw the hives from the masts down into the galley. The
earthen hives broke into fragments and the bees dispersed all
over the boat. The Turks who had looked on the small corsair
with contempt, as an easy prey, did not expect so singular an
attack. Finding themselves defenseless against the stings, they
were so frightened, that the men of the corsair, who had pro-
vided themselves with masks and gloves, took possession of the
galley, almost without resistance.’’

‘‘Amurat, Emperor of Turkey, having besieged Alba, and
made a breach in the walls, found the breach defended by bees,
whose hives had been brought on the ruins. The Janissaries,
the bravest militia of the Ottoman empire, refused to clear the
obstacle.’’—(Della Rocea, 1790.)

CHAPTER VI.
NATURAL SWARMING.

406. In the Spring, as soon as the combs of a hive, well
filled, can no longer accommodate its teeming population, the
bees prepare for emigration, or in other words, for depart-
ing with their queen, by building a number of royal-cells
(104). These cells are begun about the time that the drones
make their appearance in the open air; and when the young
queens arrive at maturity, the males are usually very numer-
ous (186).

The swarming of bees is one of the most beautiful sights
in the whole compass of rural economy. Although those
who use movable-comb hives prefer the artificial multiplica-
tion of colonies, it being more profitable, all Apiarists de-
light in the pleasing excitement of natural swarming.

‘“Up mounts the chief, and to the cheated eye
Ten thousand shuttles dart along the sky;
As swift through ether rise the rushing swarms,
Gay dancing to the beam their sun-bright forms;
And each thin form, still ling’ring on the sight,
Trails, as it shoots, a line of silver light.
High pois’d on buoyant wing, the thoughtful queen,
In gaze attentive, views the varied scene,
And soon her far-fetch’d ken discerns below
The light laburnum lift her polish’d brow,
Wave her green leafy ringlets o’er the glade,
And seem to beckon to her friendly shade.
Swift as the falcon’s sweep, the monarch bands
Her flight abrupt; the following host descends.
Round the fine twig, like cluster’d grapes, they close
In thickening wreaths, and court a short repose.’’
—Evans.

407. Bees sometimes abandon their hives very early in

Spring, or even late in Summer or Fall (264). Although
211

212 NATURAL SWARMING.

exhibiting the appearance of natural swarming, they leave,
not because the population is so crowded that they wish to
form new colonies, but because it is either so small, or the
hive so destitute of supplies, that they are driven to desper-
ation. Seeming to have a presentiment that they must perish
if they stay, instead of awaiting the sure approach of famine,
they sally out to see if they cannot better their condition.

Fic. 95.
GATHERING a SWARM.
From Mont-Jovet, Savoie, France.

Such desertions should not be mistaken for natural swarming

408. The time, when new swarms may be expected, de-
pends, of course, upon the climate, the forwardness of the
season, and the strength of the colonies. In our Northern
and Middle States, they seldom issue before the latter part
of May; and June may there be considered as the great

PRIMARY SWARM. 213

swarming month. In Texas, on the lower Rio Grande, bees
often swarm quite early in March.

Swarming does not always take place in Spring, although
this is the usual time for it. Swarms are likely to issue in
any locality, whenever the hive is crowded for room, or nearly
so, during a good and prolonged honey-harvest. In warm
latitudes, it lasts for several months, owing to a continuous
flow of honey. Wherever there are two distinet honey crops
(705), there are also two swarming seasons, especially along
the low lands or river bottoms, where Fall pasturage is
abundant. Swarms, hived during the forepart of either of
these honey seasons, are always the best; having a few weeks
of honey crop before them, they have ample time to build
comb and fill it with honey and brood; while swarms which
are cast during the latter part of either the clover or the Fall
harvest, coming as they do, just before a dearth of honey, are
unable to build comb and raise brood, and easily perish, if left
to themselves. Thus, a swarm harvested in August, in this
latitude, at the opening of the Fall crop, stands better
chances than one harvested in July, at the close of the clover
and basswood crop.

First on Primary Swarm.

409. The first swarm is almost invariably led off by the
old queen, unless she has died from accident or disease,
when it is accompanied by one of the young ones reared to
supply her loss. There are no signs from which the Apiarist
ean predict the certain issue of a first swarm. For years,
we spent much time in the vain attempt to discover some
infallible indications of first swarming; until facts convinced
us that there can be no such indications.

410. If the weather is unpleasant, or the blossoms yield
an insufficient supply of honey, bees often change their minds,
and refuse to swarm at all. If, in the swarming season, but
few bees leave a strong hive, on a clear, calm, and warm day,

214 NATURAL SWARMING.

when other colonies are busily at work, we may look with
great confidence for a swarm, unless the weather prove sud-
denly unfavorable.

Ii the weather is very sultry, a swarm will sometimes issue
as early as seven o’clock in the morning; but from ten 4. M.,
to two Pp. M., is the usual time; and the majority of swarms
come off when the sun is within an hour of the meridian. Oc-
casionally, a swarm ventures out as late as five Pp. M.; but an
old queen is seldom guilty of such an indiscretion.

411. We have repeatedly witnessed in our observing-
hives (374) the whole process of swarming. On the day
fixed for departure, the queen is very restless, and instead
of depositing her eggs in the cells, roams over the combs, and
communicates her agitation to the whole colony. The emi-
grating bees usually fill themselves with honey, just before
their departure; but in one instance, we saw them lay in their
supplies more than two hours before they left. A short time
before the swarm rises, a few bees may generally be seen
sporting in the air, with their heads turned always to the
hive; and they occasionally fy in and out, as though impa-
tient for the important event to take place. At length, a
violent agitation commences in the hive; the bees appear al-
most frantic, whirlig around in circles continually enlarging,
like those made by a stone thrown into still water, until, at
last, the whole hive is in a state of the greatest ferment, and
the bees, rushing impetuously to the entrance, pour forth in
one steady stream. Not a bee looks behind, but each pushes
straight ahead, as though flying “for dear life,” or urged on
by some invisible power, in its headlong career.

412. Often, the queen does not come out until many have
left; and she is sometimes so heavy, from the number of eggs
in her ovaries, that she falls to the ground, ineapable of
rising with her colony into the air (40). The bees soon miss
her, and a very interesting scene may now be witnessed. Dili-
gent search is at once made for their lost mother; the swarm
seattering in all directions, so that the leaves of the adjoining

PRIMARY SWARM. 215

trees and bushes are often covered almost as quickly with
anxious explorers, as with drops of rain after a copious
shower. If she cannot be found, they commonly return to
the old hive, in from five to fifteen minutes.

413. The ringing of bells and beating of kettles and fry-
ing-pans to cause swarms to settle, is probably not a whit
more efficacious, than the hideous noises of some savage tribes,
who, imagining that the sun, in an eclipse, has been swallowed
by an enormous dragon, resort to such means to compel his
snakeship to disgorge their favorite luminary.

Many who have never practiced “tanging,’”’ have never had
a swarm leave without settling. Still, as one of the “country
sounds,” and as a relic of the olden-times, even the most
matter-of-fact bee-man can readily excuse the enthusiasm of
that pleasant writer in the London Quarterly Review, who dis-
courses as follows:

‘Some fine, warm morning in May or June, the whole atmos-
phere seems alive with thousands of bees, whirling and buzzing,
passing and repassing, wheeling about in rapid circles, like a
group of maddened bacchanals. Out runs the good housewife,
with frying-pan and key—the orthodox instruments for ringing
—and never ceases her rough music, till the bees have settled.
This custom, as old as the birth of Jupiter, is one of the most
pleasing and exciting of the countryman’s life; and there is an
old colored print of bee-ringing still occasionally met with on
the walls of a country-inn, that has charms for us, and makes
us think of bright, sunny weather in the dreariest November
day. Whether, as Aristotle says, it affects them through pleas-
ure or fear, or whether, indeed, they hear it at all, is still as
uncertain as that philosopher left it; but we can wish no bet-
ter luck to every bee-master that neglects the tradition, than
that he may lose every swarm for which he omits to raise this
time-honored concert.’’

414, The queen sometimes alights first, and sometimes
joins the cluster after it has begun to form. The bees do
not usually settle, unless she is with them; and when they
do, and then disperse, it is frequently the case that, after

216 NATURAL SWARMING.

first rising with them, she has fallen, from weakness, into
some spot where she is unnoticed by the bees.

Perceiving a hive in the act of swarming, the writer on
two occasions, contracted the entrance, to secure the queen
when she should make her appearance. In each case, at
least one-third of the bees came out before she joined them.
As soon as the swarm ceased searching for her, and were re-
turnmg to the parent-hive, he placed her, with her wings
elipped, on a limb of a small evergreen tree, when she crawled
to the very top of the limb, as if for the express purpose of
making herself as conspicuous as possible. The few bees,
that first noticed her, instead of alighting, darted rapidly to
their companions; in a few seconds, the whole colony was ap-
prised of her presence, and flying in a dense cloud, began
quietly to cluster around her. Bees, when on the wing, inter-
communicate with such surprising rapidity, that telegraphic
signals are scarcely more instantaneous.

415. That bees send out scouts to seek a suitable abode,
admits of no serious question. Swarms have been traced
directly to their new home, in an air-line flight, from the
place where they clustered after alighting. Now this pre-
cision of flight to an unknown home, would plainly be im-
possible, if some of their number, by previous explorations,
were not competent to act as guides to the rest. The sight
of bees for distant objects is so wonderfully acute, that, after
rising to a sufficient elevation, they can see, at the distance of
several miles, any prominent objects in the vicinity of their in-
tended abode. (13-14)

Whether bees send out scouts before or after swarming,
may admit of more question, but these scouts are usually ab-
sent for an hour or more, after the alighting of the swarm.

It is probable that most of the scouts are sent during the
alighting; otherwise how could they know where the swarm
alighted, so as to come back to it?

The necessity for scouts or explorers seems to be unquestion-
able, unless we admit that bees have the faculty of flyimg in an

AN APIARY IN (

From the ‘America

Piara 17,

‘ALIFORNIA.

1 Bee Journal,”

PRIMARY SWARM. 217

“air line,” to a hollow tree, which they have never seen, and
which may be the only one among thousands where they can
find a suitable abode.

These views are confirmed by the repeated instances in
which a few bees have been noticed inquisitively prying into
a hole in a hollow tree, or the cornice of a building, and have,
before long, been followed by a whole colony.

About fifty yards from our home apiary, there was a large
hollow oak tree, which we called “The Squirrel’s Oak,” be-
cause every season it sheltered a family of these pretty ani-
mals. One Summer we noticed for several days some bees
flying, in and out of a hole, in one of its largest limbs. It
seemed to us that they were cleaning the hollow, and we sup-
posed that a swarm had taken possession of it. A change in
the weather having taken place, the swarming preparations
were discontinued, and we never again noticed any bees around
the limb. The tree was cut down the following Winter, and
no trace of comb was found in the hollow. It proved conclu-
sively that the bees we had seen were scouts in search of a
lodging.

416. The swarm sometimes remains until the next day,
where bees have clustered in leaving the hive, and instances
are not unfrequent of a more protracted delay.

If the weather is hot when they first cluster, and the sun
shines directly upon them, they will often leave before they
have found a suitable habitation. Sometimes the queen of
emigrating bees, being heavy with eggs, unaccustomed to fly,
is compelled to alight, before she can reach their intended
home. Queens under such circumstances, are occasionally un-
willing to take wing again, and the poor bees sometimes at-
tempt to lay the foundations of their colony on fence-rails,
hay-stacks, or other unsuitable places.

Mr. Wagner once knew a swarm of bees to lodge under the
lowermost limb of an isolated oak-tree, in a corn-field. It
was not discovered until the corn was harvested, in September.
Those who found it, mistook it for a recent swarm, and in

218 NATURAL SWARMING.

brushing it down to hive it, broke off three pieces of comb,
each about eight inches square. Mr. Henry M. Zollickoffer,
of Philadelphia, informed us that he knew a swarm to settle
on a willow-tree in that city, in a lot owned by the Pennsyl-
vania Hospital; it remained there for some time, and the
boys pelted it with stones, to get possession of its comb and
honey.

If the apiary is located in the woods, and the bees are
allowed to swarm, they may settle on high trees, and the bee-
master, unless some special precautions are used, will lose.
much time in hiving his swarms.

417. Having noticed that swarming bees will almost al-
ways alight wherever they see others clustered, we found
that they can be determined to some selected spot by an old
black hat, or even a mullen-stalk, which, when colored black,
ean hardly be distinguished, at a distance, from a clustering
swarm. <A black woolen stocking or piece of cloth, fastened
to a shady limb, or to a pole, in plain sight of the hives, and
where the bees can be most conveniently hived, would answer
as good a purpose. Swarms are not only attracted by the
bee-like color of such objects, but are more readily induced
to alight upon them, if they furnish something to which they
ean easily cling, the better to support their grape-like clus-
ters.

Still better than the above, a frame of dry comb, as dark
as possible, will often attract the bees and cause them to clus-
ter. None of these devices however are infallible; hence the
advisability of locating an apiary ameng low trees or bushes,
or wm an orchard, if possible.

When no trees or bushes are to be found, and no settling
place has been provided, they will settle wherever the queen
may happen to alight, on a grape-vine, on weeds, on the
ground, on the corner of a building, ete.

418. It will inspire the inexperienced Apiarist with more
confidence, to remember that almost all the bees in a swarm
are in a very peaceable mood, having filled themselves with

- PRIMARY SWARM. 219

honey before leaving the parent-stock (380). Yet there are,
in nearly every swarm, a few bees that have either joined
from a neighboring hive, or have not filled their honey-sack
completely before leaving. These bees are liable to get angry,
when the swarm is harvested. So, if the Apiarist is timid, or
suffers severely from the sting of a bee, he should, by all
means, furnish himself with the protection of a bee-veil
(386). The use of a smoker (382), is also advisable, both
in preventing the bees from stinging and in helping to drive
them into ‘the hive; but it must not be used plentifully, as it
might cause the bees to abscond, or to return to the clustering
spot.

419. A new swarm should be hived as soon as the bees
have quietly clustered around their queen; although there is no
necessity for the headlong haste practiced by some, which
increases their liability to be stung. Those who show so
little self-possession, must not be surprised if they are stung
by the bees of other hives; which, instead of being gorged
with honey, are on the alert, and very naturally mistake the
object of such excited demonstrations. The fact that the
bees have clustered, makes it almost certain that, unless the
weather is very hot, or they are exposed to the burning heat
of the sun, they will not leave for at least one or two hours.
All convenient dispatch, however, should be used in hiving a
swarm, lest the scouts have time to return,—which will entice
them to go,—or lest other colonies issue, and attempt to add
themselves to it.

420. Should you give the scouts time to return, you would
first see a few bees flying around the cluster. Slowly their
number would increase, till the whole swarm took wing, and
it would be almost useless to try to stop it or to follow it.
When a swarm thus takes flight, it knows no bounds. Hedges,
fences, woods, walls, ditches, rivers, are barriers only to the
breathless and disappointed owner. The only thing that we
ever have known to stop a departing swarm is throwing water
among them. Flashing the sun’s rays on them by the use of a

220 NATURAL SWARMING.

looking-glass is advised by some. We tried it, but did not
succeed in a single instance.

421. As a matter of course, we suppose that the Apia-
rist has an empty hive in readiness, clean and cool. Bees,
when they swarm, being unnaturally heated, often refuse tu
enter hives that have been standing in the sun, or at best are
slow in taking possession of them. The temperature of the
parent-stock, at the moment of swarming, rises very suddenly,
and many bees are often so drenched with perspiration that
they cannot take wing to join the emigrating colony. To at-
tempt to make swarming bees enter a heated hive in a blazing
sun is, therefore, as irrational as it would be to force a pant-
ing crowd of human beings into the suffocating atmosphere of
a close garret. If the process of hiving cannot be conducted
in the shade, the hive should be covered with a sheet or with
leafy boughs.

422. In the movable-frame hive, every good piece of
worker-comb, if large enough to be attached to a frame, should
be used, both for its intrinsic value and because bees are so
pleased when they find such unexpected treasure in a hive,
that they will seldom forsake it. A new swarm often takes
possession of a deserted hive, well stored with comb; whilst,
if dozens of empty ones stand in the Apiary, the bees very
seldom enter them of their own accord.

“‘The bee-keepers of Greece used to attract the swarms into
their hives by rubbing the entrance and the inside of their
empty hives with bees-wax and propolis. But such practice was
often the cause of contests between neighbors, for their bees
did not inquire about the ownership of the hive selected. ’’—
(Della Rocca, 1790.)

But when a few combs only are given to a swarm, as the
queen will not follow the builders (229), too much drone
comb (224) will be built. Then, in hiving a swarm, the
Apiarist had better dispense with giving any, unless he fills the
hive (234).

Drone-combs (224) should never be put up in frames, or

PRIMARY SWARM. 221

the bees may follow the pattern, and build comb suitable only
for breeding a horde of useless consumers.

423. Frames containing worker combs, from colonies that
have died in the previous Winter are very good, if the comb
is dry and clean. Combs of honey will do if the swarm is
hived on a propitious day, otherwise they will attract robbers
(664) and the presence of the latter will prevent the swarm
from entering the hive. For this reason, combs containing
honey should not be given to the swarm until the following
evening.

424. In the absence of combs or comb-foundation start-
ers (674), the triangular comb-guide will greatly help to se-
cure straight combs, in the frames, but it cannot be depended
upon, in every case. Comb-foundation in full sheets or in
strips is so far superior, and is now in such general use, that
the triangular comb-guide (319, 324) is discarded by most
Apiarists. By the use of comb-foundation, crooked combs,—
the bane of the apiary—are no longer found, and every comb
hangs in its frame, as straight as a board.

425. It is held by some writers that the giving of a hive
full of drawn combs to a natural swarm is more injurious
than beneficial, because the bees fill these combs at once with
honey; the queen having no room to lay, the swarm declines
in strength. Mr. W. Z. Hutchinson in his most excellent book,
“Advanced Bee-culture,” says: “Occasionally I have hived a
swarm upon drawn combs, but the loss has always been so
great that it seems folly to repeat it.” Such an occurrence
happens in a very good season with small hives. During a
heavy flow, the bees can fill the entire hive-body with honey
in less time than it would take them to build the combs and
the queen is thus deprived of room to lay. This same colony,
if hived upon empty frames would harvest just enough honey
in that length of time to build the combs and keep the brood
nourished. The profitable saving thus turns out as a loss,
since this extra amount of honey is in the way of the queen.
This does not prove the uselessness of combs, as some persons

222 NATURAL SWARMING.

would infer, but on the contrary it evidences the fact that it
costs the bees a great deal of honey to produce the comb,
since they can save enough to fill the combs in the same time
that it would take them to build those combs. In localities
where this condition proves to be common, it is best to use
the built combs only in making artificial (469) increase, or
with weak swarms. A very small quantity of bees with a
good queen and built combs will soon make a powerful col-
ony. But in poor honey seasons, when it is difficult for
swarms to harvest enough to build their combs, a hive full of
combs proves a great boon to them, even if the swarm is
large.

426. It is very important that the frames should hang
true in the hive, and at the proper distance apart (316). If
the hive has to be removed, they should be previously fastened
in their places, by the use of small wire nails only partly
driven, and removed later. If, however, a frame spacer is used
(fig. 76) this will not be necessary. The eloth (852) and
mat (353) should be carefully placed over the frames, or the
swarm would build and raise brood in the upper story, in-
tended only for surplus honey.

427, When the hive is thus prepared and placed in a con-
venient position, the entrance should be opened as wide as
possible. If it has a movable-bottom-board, it should be raised
from it in front (344), and the entrance-blocks inserted un-
der its edges, so as to leave a larger passage for the swarm,
that the bees may get in as soon as possible; and a well-
stretched sheet, or coarse cloth, should be securely fastened to
the alighting-board, to keep them from becoming separated,
or soiled by dirt; for, if separated, they are a long time in
entering; and a bee covered with dust or dirt is very apt to
perish. Bees are much obstructed in their travel, by any cor-
mer, or great inequality of surface; and if the sheet is not
smoothly stretched, they are often so confused, that it takes
them a long time to find the entrance to the hive.

428. If the bees have alighted on a small limb, which can

PRIMARY SWARM. 223

be cut with sharp pruning-shears, without jarring the swarm,
or damaging the value of the tree, they may be gently carried
on it to the hiving-sheet, in front of their new home. If they
seem at all reluctant to enter it, gently scoop up a few of them
with a large spoon, or a leafy twig, or even with the fingers
(#2), and shake them close to its entrance. As they go in
with fanning wings, they will raise a peculiar note, which
communicates to their companions the joyful news that they
have found a home; and in a short time the whole swarm will
enter, without injury to a single bee.

Wken bees are once shaken down on the sheet, they are
quite unwilling to take wing again; for, being loaded with
honey, they desire, like heavily-armed troops, to march slowly
and sedately to their place of encampment.

429, When they alight on a high limb, which cannot be
reached, or when the limb is too valuable to be sacrificed, the
swarm can be hived by using a light box or swarm-sack, at
the end of a pole of proper length.
This swarm-sack (fig. 96) is made of
strong muslin, about two feet deep,
fastened around a wire hoop, about
one foot in diameter, and is similar
to a butterfly net. A piece of braid

Swanwmeccr. is sewed at the bottom, inside and
Hig. BG. outside, to help in emptying it. When
the sack is placed under the swarm, the bees are suddenly
shaken into it by a single tap on the limb. Hold the sack
firmly, as the sudden weight will draw it down in a most un-
expected manner. To prevent the bees from escaping, hold
the handle perpendicularly, as this will close the opening of
the bag instantly.

430. In bringing it to-the hive, and turning it inside out,
by holding the braid with the fingers, some care must be exer-
cised, as this unceremonious imprisoning of the bees is apt to
cause some to be angry. A little smoke (382) should be used,

224 NATURAL SWARMING.

or a few seconds should be allowed to elapse before they are
gently liberated in front of the hive.

431. The sack is preferable to a box or a basket, as the
latter do not close readily, and a number of the bees are apt
to fly back to the elustering spot, before they are emptied in
front of their intended abode.

If this happens, the process of hiving must be repeated,
unless the queen has been secured, when they will quickly form
a line of communication with those on the sheet. If the queen
has not been secured, the bees will either refuse to enter the
hive, or will speedily come out and take wing, to join her
again. This happens oftenest with after-swarms, whose young
queens, instead of exhibiting the gravity of an old matron,
are apt to be frisking in the air.

It is a mistake to suppose that a swarm will not enter a
hive unless the queen is with them. If some start for it, the
others will speedily follow, all seeming to take it for granted
that the queen is somewhere among them. Even after they
begin to disperse in search of her, they may often be induced
to return, by pouring out a fresh lot of bees, which, by enter-
ing the hive with fanning wings, cause the others to believe
that the queen is coming at last.

When the swarm is elustered so high that the sack cannot be
raised to it on a pole, it may be carried up to the cluster, and
the bee-keeper, after shaking the bees into it, may gently lower
it, by a string, to an assistant below.

432. When a colony alights on the trunk of a tree, or on
anything from which the bees cannot easily be gathered in a
basket, or in the sack, fasten a leafy bough, or a comb over
them, and with a little smoke, compel them to ascend it. If
the place is inaccessible, they will enter a well-shaded basket,
inverted, and elevated just above the clustered mass. We once
hived a neighbor’s swarm, which settled in a thicket, on the
inaccessible body of a tree, by throwing water upon the bees,
so as to compel them gradually to ascend the tree, and enter
an elevated box. If proper alighting places are not furnished,

PRIMARY SWARM. 225

the trouble of hiving a swarm will often be greater than its
value.

433. If the swarm is noticed, when it begins to issue from
the parent hive, the practical bee-keeper often harvests it
without trouble, by catching the queen (100). Provided with
a queen cage (536) he watches for her exit, and as she comes
out, he seizes her and places her in the cage. He then re-
moves the old hive, and places the new one, ready for the
swarm, on its stand, with the caged queen on the platform.
The swarm may alight, but as soon as the bees notice their
loss, they will return, and will cluster around her; and the
hiving of the swarm takes but a few minutes. In a cireum-
stance of this kind, it is well to return the parent colony to its
stand, after the swarm is hived, for, if entirely removed, it
would lose all the bees that were in the field, when the swarm
left, and would be too much weakened.

434. To prevent primary swarms from escaping, some
bee-keepers clip one of the wings of their queens previous to
the swarming season.

Virgil speaks of clipping the wings of queens, to prevent
them from escaping with a swarm. Mr. Langstroth had de-
vised a way of doing this, so as to designate the age of the
queens :— With a pair of scissors, let the wings, on one side,
of a young queen be carefully eut off; when the hives are ex-
amined next year, let one of her two remaining wings be re-
moved, and the last one the third year.

As an old queen leaves the hive only with a new swarm
the loss cf her wings in no way interferes with her usefulness
or the attachment of the bees. If, in spite of her inability to
fly, she is bent on emigrating, though she has a “will,” she can
find “no way,” but helplessly falls to the ground, instead of
gaily mounting into the air. If the bees find her, they cluster
around her, and may be easily secured by the Apiarist; if
she is not found, they return to the parent-stock, to await
the maturity of the young queens.

This method will do, provided the apiary ground is bare,

226 NATURAL SWARMING.

so that the queen runs no risk of getting lost in the grass.
We abandoned it, after having tried it, for several years. But
some very good Apiarists hold that clipping the queens’ wings
is desirable. Doctor C. C. Miller, one of America’s most prac-
tieal and successful Apiarists, in his “Forty Years Among the
Bees,” already mentioned by us, says:

‘Although nowadays the practice of clipping has become
quite general, there are a few who doubt its advisability. I
would not dispense with clipping if I kept only one apiary and
were on hand all the time and with out-apiaries and no one
to watch them it seems a necessity. If a colony swarms with
a clipped queen, it cannot go off. True, the queen may pos-
sibly get lost, but it is better to lose the queen than to lose
both bees and queen. If there were no other reason for it,
IT should want my queens clipped for the sake of keeping a
proper record of them. A colony, for example, distinguishes
itself by storing more than any other colony. I want to breed
next spring from the queen of that colony. But she may be
superseded in the fall after that big harvest, and if she is
not clipped there is no way for me to tell in the following sea-
son whether she has been superseded or not. Indeed I can
hardly see how it is possible to keep proper track of a queen
without having her clipped.’’

435. Where a great many colonies are kept, several
swarms may issue at the same time, and unite in a single clus-
ter.

If two swarms cluster together, they may be advantageously
kept together, if abundant room for storing surplus honey
ean be given them. Large quantities of honey are generally
obtained from such colonies, if they issue early, and the sea-
son is favorable.

‘“When more than two swarms have clustered together, it is
better to divide them. Let us suppose that three have united.
After putting three hives near each other, so as to form a
triangle, the sack (429) or box, in which the bees have been
captured, is shaken on a cloth just between the three. If most
of the bees seem to go into the same hive, this should be re-

PRIMARY SWARM. 227

moved a little farther. Great care should be exercised to find
the queens, and to direct one towards each hive. But if only
one queen is seen, it is better to cage (536) her till the greater
part of the bees have entered. Then, as soon as the bees of one
of the hives show signs of uneasiness, and seem ready to join
the bees in the others, release the queen, and direct her towards
this queenless hive and all will be well.’’—(Hamet, ‘‘Cours
d’Apiculture.’’)

436. If two queens have entered the same hive, they can
often be found on its bottom-board, each in a ball (538) of
angry bees, strangers to them. Open the ball, and give one
of the queens to the queenless hive, if the bees have not al-
ready deserted it. When queens have been “balled” by mixed
swarms, it is well to keep them caged, in the hive, for a few
hours, or till the bees have quieted. The quantity of bees in
each hive can be equalized, by shaking a few from the strong-
est in front of the weakest.

437. Dr. Scudamore, an English physician, who has writ-
ten a tract on the Formation of Artificial Swarms, says that
he once knew as ‘“‘many as ten swarms go forth at once, and
settle and mingle together, forming, literally, a monster meet-
ing.” There are instances recorded of a still larger number
having clustered together. A venerable clergyman in Western
Massachusetts, told us that in the apiary of one of his parish-
ioners, five swarms once clustered together. As he had no
hive which would hold them, they were put into a large box,
roughly nailed together. When taken up in the Fall, it was
evident that the five swarms had lived together as independent
colonies. Four had begun their work, each near a corner of
the box, and the fifth in the middle; and there was a distinct
interval separating the works of the different colonies. In
Cotton’s “My Bee Book,” is a cut illustrating a similar sepa-
ration of two colonies in one hive. By hiving, in a large box,
swarms which have settled together, and leaving them undis-
turbed till the following morning, they would sometimes be

228 NATURAL SWARMING.

found in separate clusters, and might easily be put into dif-
ferent hives.

If the Apiarist fears that another swarm will issue, to unite
with the one he is hiving, he may cover the latter from the
sight of other swarms, with a sheet.

438. If, while hiving a swarm, he wishes to secure the
queen, the bees should be shaken from the hiving-basket or
sack, a foot or more from the hive, when a quick eye will
generally see her as she passes over the sheet. If the bees
are reluctant to go in, a few must be directed to the entrance,
and care be taken to brush them back, when they press for-
ward in such dense masses that the queen is likely to enter
unobserved. An experienced eye readily detects her peculiar
eolor and form (100).

It is interesting to witness how speedily a queen passes
into the hive, as soon as she recognizes the joyful note (76)
announcing that her colony has found a home. She quickly
follows in the direction of the moving mass, and her long
legs enable her easily to outstrip, in the race for possession,
all who attempt to follow her. Other bees linger around the
entrance, or fly into the air, or collect in listless knots on the
sheet; but a fertile mother, with an air of conscious import-
ance, marches straight forward, and looking neither to the
right hand nor to the left, glides into the hive with the same
dispatchful haste that characterizes a bee returning fully
laden from the nectar-bearing fields.

439. Swarms sometimes come off when no suitable hives
are in readiness to receive them. In such an emergency, hive
them in any old box, cask, or measure, and place them, with
suitable protection against the sun, where their new hive is to
stand; when this is ready, they may, by a quick, jerking mo-
tion, be easily shaken out before it, on a hiving-sheet.

Persons unaccustomed to bees may think that we speak
about “scooping them up,” and “shaking them out,” almost
as coolly as though giving directions to measure so many
bushels of wheat; experience will soon convince them that

PRIMARY SWARM. 229

the ease with which they may be managed (72) is not at all
exaggerated.

440. Bees which swarm early in the day will generally
begin to range the fields in a few hours after they are hived,
or even in a few minutes, if they have empty comb; and
the fewest bees will be lost when the hive is removed to its
permanent stand, as soon as the bees have entered it. If it
is desirable, for any reason, to remove the hive before all
the bees have gone in, the sheet, on which the bees are lying,
may be so folded that the colony can be easily carried to their
new stand, where the bees may enter at their leisure.

While the hive should be set so as to incline slightly from
rear to front (327), to shed the rain, there ought not to be
the least pitch from side to side, or it will prevent the frames
from hanging plumb, and compel the bees to build crooked
combs.

441. If several rainy days, or a dearth of honey, should
oceur immediately after the hiving of bees, it is well to feed
(G06) them a little to keep them from starving, till there is
honey in the blossoms.

442. The Apiarist has already been informed of the im-
portance of securing straight worker combs for his hives
(223). To a stock-hive, such combs are like cash capital to
a business man; and so long as they are fit for use, they
should never be destroyed.

Mr. S. Wagner had a colony over 21 years old, whose young
bees appeared to be as large as any others in his apiary. Mr.
J. F. Racine, an old settler of Wallen, Indiana, lost a colony
in the Winter of 1884-5 which he had had ever since 1855,
without changing the combs. He considered it one of the best
in his apiary.

We have ourselves kept colonies of bees without changing
any but the very blackest combs, for thirty years or more.
As long as a queen will utilize combs by laying eggs in them,
they may be considered as good as any.

Those who have plenty of good worker-comb, will unques-

230 NATURAL SWARMING.

tionably find it to their advantage to use it in the place of
eomb-foundation. If a swarm is small, it ought to be con-
fined, by a movable partition (849), to such a space in the
hive as it ean occupy with comb, as well for its encouragement,
as to economize its animal heat. Varro, who fiourished before
the Christian Era, says (Liber III, Cap. xviii), that bees be-
coms dispirited, when placed in hives that are too large.

Primary SWARM WITH A YOUNG QUEEN.

443. We have already stated (157) that queens die of
old age, when about four years old. If the preparations for
queen rearing (489) are begun during the swarming season,
from this cause, or by her death through accident, or because
she has been removed by the Apiarist, it very often happens
that bees prevent the first hatched queen from destroying her
rivals (112), and the result is that a swarm leaves the hive
with her. These primary swarms with young queens, are cast
as unexpectedly, and may be as strong as those that are ac-
companied by the old queen. They have that in common with
secondary swarms, that they behave like them, both in their
exit and afterwards.

SECONDARY OR AFTER-SWAaRMS.

444, Having described the method commonly pursued for
hiving a new swarm, we return to the parent-colony from
which they emigrated.

From the immense number which have abandoned it, we
should naturally infer that it must be nearly depopulated. To
those who limited the fertility of the queen to four hundred
eggs a day, the rapid replenishing of a hive, after swarm-
ing, must have been inexplicable; but to those who have seen
her lay from one to four thousand eggs a day, it is no mystery
at all (40). Enough bees remain to carry on the domestic

SECONDARY SWARMS. 231

operations of the hive; and as the old queen departs only
when there is a teeming population, and when thousands of
young are daily hatching, and tens of thousands rapidly ma-
turing, the hive, in a short time, is almost as populous as it
was before swarming.

Those who suppose that the new colony consists wholly of
young bees, forced to emigrate by the older ones, if they
closely examine a new swarm, will find that while some have
the ragged wings of age, others are so young as to be barely
able to fly.

After the tumult of swarming is over, not a bee that did
not participate in it, attempts to join the new colony, and
not one that did, seeks to return. What determines some to
go, and others to stay, we have no certain means of knowing.
How wonderful must be the impression made upon an insect,
to cause it in a few minutes so completely to lose its strong
affection for the old home, that when established in a hive
only a few feet distant, it pays not the slightest attention to

is former abode!
445. It has already been stated that, if the weather is

favorable, the old queen usually leaves near the time that the
young queens are sealed over to be changed into nymphs. In
about a week, one of them hatches; and the question must be
decided whether or not, any more colonies shall be formed
that season. If the hive is well filled with bees, and the sea-
son is in all respects promising, it is generally decided in the
affirmative; although, under such circumstances, some very
strong colonies refuse to swarm more than once.

If the bees of the parent-colony decide to prevent the first
hatched queen from killing the others, a strong guard is kept
over their cells, and as often as she approaches them with
murderous intent, she is bitten, or given to understand by
other most uncourtier-like demonstrations, that even a queen
cannot, in all things, do just as she pleases.

446., About a week after first swarming, should the Apia-
rist place his ear against the hive, in the morning or evening,

232 NATURAL SWARMING.

when the bees are still, if the queens are “piping,” he will
readily recognize their peculiar sounds (115). The young
queens are all mature, at the latest, in sixteen days from the
departure of the first swarm, even if it left as soon as the
royal cells were begun.

The second swarm usually issues on the first or second day
after piping is heard; though the bees sometimes delay coming
out until the fifth day, in consequence of an unfavorable state
of the weather. Occasionally, the weather is so very unfaver-
able that they permit the oldest queen to kill the others, and
refuse to swarm again. This is a rare occurrence, as young
queens are not so particular about the weather as oid ones,
and sometimes venture out, not merely when it is cloudy, but
when rain is falling. On this account, if a very close watch
is not kept, they are often lost. As piping ordinarily com-
mences about a week after first-swarming, the second swarm
usually issues eight or nine days after the first; although it
has been known to issue as early as the third, and as late as
the seventeenth; but such cases are very rare.

447. It frequently happens, in the agitation of swarm-
ing, that the usual guard over the queen-cells is withdrawn,
and several hatch at the same time, and accompany the col-
ony; in which case the bees often alight in two or more sepa-
rate clusters. In our observing-hives, we have repeatedly
seen young queens thrust out their tongues from a hole in
their cell, to be fed by the bees. If allowed to issue at will,
they are pale and weak, like other young bees, and for some
time unable to fly; but if confined the usual time, they eome
forth fully colored, and ready for all emergencies. We have
seen them issue in this state, while the excitement caused by
removing the combs from a hive has driven the guard from
their cells.

The following remarkable instance came under our obser-
vation, in Matamoras, Mexico: A second swarm deserting
its abode the second day after being hived, settled upon a
tree. On examining the abandoned hive, five young queens

SECONDARY SWARMS. 233

were found lying dead on its bottom-board. The swarm was
returned, and, the next morning, two more dead queens were
found. As the colony afterwards prospered, eight queens, at
least, must have left the parent-colony in a single swarm!

Young queens, whose ovaries are not burdened with eggs,
are much quicker on the wing than old ones, and frequently
fly much farther from the parent-stock before they alight.

The bee-keepers of old, who were not acquainted with the
habits of bees, noticing that primary-swarms were more pop-
ulous than afier-swarms, used to brimstone (276) the old
eolony which had swarmed, and its after-swarm, considering
the first swarm as the best of the three; but this apparent
superiority was often of short duration, for the first swarm
is nearly always accompanied by the old queen. We know
better now, since we consider the age of the queen as one of
the qualities of a colony.

448. After-swarms are much more prone to abscond or
leave, after hiving, than primary-swarms. It is probably ow-
ing to the fact that the young queen has to go out for her
bridal trip (121), and the bees sometimes leave with her. A
comb of unsealed brood (166) given them will usually pre-
vent this. An absconding swarm often leaves without settling.

449. After the departure of the second swarm, the oldest
remaining queen leaves her cell; and if another swarm is to
come forth, piping will still be heard; and so before the issue
of each swarm after the first. It will sometimes be heard for
a short time after the issue of the second swarm, even when
the bees do not intend to swarm again. The third swarm usu-
ally leaves the hive on the second or third day after the sec-
ond swarm, and the others, at intervals of about a day. We
ence had five swarms from one stock, in less than two weeks.
In warm latitudes, more than twice this number of swarms
have been known to issue, in one season, from a single colony.

After-swarms seriously reduce the strength of the parent-
stock; since by the time they issue, nearly all the brood left
by the old queen has hatched, and no more eggs can be laid

234 NATURAL SWARMING.

until all swarming is over. If, after swarming, the weather
suddenly becomes chilly, and the hive is thin, or the Apiarist
continues the ventilation which was needed only for a crowded
colony, the remaining bees being unable to maintain the requi-
site heat, great numbers of the brood may perish.

PREVENTION OF NaTURAL SWARMING.

450. The prevention of natural swarming, in the present
state of bee-keeping, is an important item, for several rea-
sons.

1st, Bee-keeping has so spread in the last few years, that
many bee-keepers are possessors of as many colonies as they
desire to keep. Most Apiarists, especially farmers, keep bees
only for the honey, and as it is impossible to produce both
an inerease of stock, and a large yield of honey in average
seasons, they prefer the production of honey to that of
swarms. ,

2nd, Another objection to natural swarming arises from
the disheartening fact, that bees are liable to swarm so often,
as to destroy the value of both the parent-stock, and its after-
swarms. Experienced bee-keepers obviate this difficulty by
making one good colony out of two second swarms, and re-
turning to the parent-stock all swarms after the second, and
even this if the season is far advanced. Such operations often
consume more time than they are worth.

3d, The bees may be located in a town, near a public thor-
oughfare where people pass constantly, and aecidents may
take place; or perhaps near the woods where ‘the swarm would
eluster on such high limbs that it would be difficult or impos-
sible to hive them.

4th, It is very troublesome to have to watch the bees for
weeks, or to have them swarm at unexpected or unwelcome
times, when the family is away, or at dinner, or while the
owner is engaged with his business, for many bee-keepers are
also lawyers, doctors or merchants, occupied in daily labors,

PREVENTION OF NATURAL SWARMING. 235

which require a definite part of their time. The farmer may
be interrupted in the business of hay-making, by the ery that
his bees are swarming; and by the time he has hived them,
perhaps a shower comes up, and his hay is injured more than
the swarm is worth. Thus the keeping of a few bees, instead
of being a source of profit, may prove an expensive luxury;
while in a large apiary, the embarrassments are often seri-
ously increased. If, after a succession of days unfavorable
for swarming, the weather becomes pleasant, it often happens
that several swarms rise at once, and cluster together; and
not unfrequently, in the noise and confusion, other swarms
fly off, and are lost. We have seen the bee-master, under such
circumstances, so perplexed and exhausted as to be almost
ready to wish he had never seen a bee.

451. Mr. J. F. Racine, of Wallen, Allen Co., Indiana,
had 505 natural swarms from 165 colonies in the summer of
1883. Sixty-one swarms came out on the 3d of July. We
will let him tell the story in his own way:

“(In the morning, as soon as the watchword had been given
for the first swarm, there was no rest. Primary, secondary,
and after-swarms, all passed under the same limb of the same
tree. The bees were no sooner shaken in a basket, and emptied
in front of a hive, than there was another cluster gathered, in
the same spot. Some swarms had no queen, while others had 3,
4, and even 5 of them. Some were young queens, some were
old queens. When we could find a queen, we caged her ( 536 )
to preserve her from being balled (538). The sixty-one swarms
were hived in 20 hives, and surplus cases were given them at
once. A man, who had come with 5 hives to buy swarms, said
that he had never seen the like, neither had I, although I have
kept bees for 57 years. And the best of it is, I did not want
any swarms at all that season.’’

452. 5th. It is admitted, by all progressive people, that
man can achieve a great deal by artificial selection and culti-
vation of plants and animals. The same selection is advisable
in the reproduction of the honey-bee, and an increase from

236 NATURAL SWARMING.

selected colonies or selected races, cannot always be had by
natural swarming. In this, artificial swarming is much bet-
ter, and gives much more satisfactory results whenever an in-
crease is desirable.

453. 6th. The numerous swarms lost every year, is a
strong argument against natural swarming.

An eminent Apiarist has estimated that, taking into account
all who keep bees, one-fourth of the best swarms are lost
every season. While some bee-keepers seldom lose a swarm,
the majority suffer serious losses by the flight of their bees
to the woods; and it is next to impossible, even for the most
careful, to prevent such occurrences, if their bees are allowed
to swarm.

Apiarists will then recognize that it is very important to
follow a method, which will nearly, if not altogether, pre-
vent natural swarming. But in order to prevent it, we must
know the causes of it.

454. Natural swarming is a natural impulse in bees. Yet,
it can be prevented, for it is always caused by uneasiness, as
we will show in the next paragraph, or by an abnormal con-
dition of the colony. It is caused:

1st. In the majority of instances, by the want of room in
the combs. By want of room, we do not mean want of empty
space in the hive, but want of empty comb for the queen to
deposit her eggs, or for the workers to deposit their honey.
So long as bees have an abundance of empty space below
their main hive, they very seldom swarm; but if it is on the
sides of their hive, or above them, they often swarm rather
than take possession of it.

This happens, not only in the Southern latitudes, where the
swarming instinct is so powerful, but even in our Northern
or Middle States. This fact is corroborated by Simmins,
whose non-swarming system is based on the idea of keeping
“open space and unfinished combs at the front, or adjoining
the entrance.” (Rottingdean, England, 1886.) Persons who
are unacquainted with the details of bee-keeping have no idea

PREVENTION OF NATURAL SWARMING. 237

how suddenly the honey harvest comes, and how rapidly the
combs ean be filled, when it once begins. Strong colonies
which were almost destitute, just at the opening of the crop,
owing to the large amount of brood they were raising, have
been known to harvest twenty pounds, and more, in one day.
‘When bees are thus gathering large quantities of honey, and
the combs are becoming crowded, so that the cells, from which
the young bees hatch, are filled with honey as fast as they are
vacated, they feel the necessity of emigrating, especially as
the constant hatching workers add daily to their large popu-
lation. The building of additional combs, by a part of the
bees, is sometimes insufficient to keep them from making prep-
arations for swarming, as it does not give employment to all.
The reader must remember that in a good colony, at this sea-
son, there are between 50,000 and 100,000 bees, according to
the laying capacity of the queen and the size of the breeding-
room. There is also an additional increase over mortality of
perhaps 2,000 bees daily. In spite of the admirable order of
these wonderful little insects, there cannot help be more or
less crowding, unless there is ample room in the combs.

455. If some of the bees decide that they are too crowded,
queen-cells are raised (104) and the colony gets what Apia-
rists call the “swarming fever.” It is a very appropriate
name, indeed, since the so-called fever is cured only by swarm-
ing. In some extraordinary seasons, after this “swarming
fever’ has taken possession of their little brains; no amount
of room given, even by dividing (£70) will prevent them
from executing their purpose, unless the weather and the
honey crop become unfavorable. We have repeatedly, in such
seasons, divided a colony into several nuclei (520) without
avail, each nucleus swarming in spite of its weakness.

456. 2d. The heat of the Summer sun, which alone would
not cause them to swarm, hastens their preparations, when the
bees are disposed to emigrate.

457. 3d. The hatching of a great number of drones due
to an excess of drone-comb (224) in the brood chamber, in

238 NATURAL SWARMING.

which the queen has deposited eges,—is also an incitation to
the “swarming fever.” These big, burly, noisy fellows help
to make the already crowded hive quite uncomfortable. This
is why a great many bee-keepers of the old school noticed
that hives which raise the most drones cast the greatest num-
ber of swarms. But they incorrectly concluded that the drones
were beneficial.

458. th. An improperly ventilated hive (333), or
surplus arrangement, strongly induces natural swarming. We
have seen ignorant bee-keepers, owners of box-hives, wonder
why their bees swarmed and did not work in the surplus honey
receptacle. In order to ventilate the honey receptacle, the
bees lave to form a line (863) from the outside of the hive
through the thickly covered combs, and force in air enough
to enable them to breathe and live there.

Under such circumstances, hordes of useless consumers often
blaecken, for months, the outside of the hives, to the great loss
of their disappointed owners.

459. dst. It results from the above that the principal
condition for the prevention of natural swarming 1s, a suf-
ficient amount of empty comb, and this empty comb must be
given in an easily accessible place near and above the brood.

The giving of comb foundation (674) instead of empty
combs, will be sufficient if the crop is not flowing too fast.
But in a very good season, if the harvesting workers bring
the honey faster than the young bees can stretch the founda-
tion into comb, it will not be sufficient.

460. If the breeding story is full and the surplus arrange-
ment is placed above with a wooden division or honey-board
(852) between, the bees will often consider the latter as too
remote from their breeding room, especially if the holes whieh
connect the two are few, and ventilation cannot be readily
given from one apartment to another.

A4G1. The giving of combs in a place of easy access, must
be attended to, just before the crop begins, or the bees may
make preparations which would render all later enlargements

PREVENTION OF NATURAL SWARMING. 239

of the hive completely useless, as far as prevention of swarm-
ing is concerned. The breeding room must be large enough
to accommodate the most prolific queen (155).

462. 2d. The hive must be located where the sun will
not strike it directly in the hottest hours of the day. It ean
easily be sheltered artificially with a roof, if there is no shrub-
bery around it (369).

463. 8d. The drone-comb must be carefully removed, in
Spring, as far as possible, and replaced by worker-comb
(675). It is impossible to remove every cell of drone-comb,
but a few drones will not hurt. It is the excess, the breeding
of thousands of drones which is objectionable, and an in-
centive to swarming. The removal of drone-comb is highly
advisable for other reasons (512).

464. 4th. The hive should be thoroughly ventilated, so
that the bees will find themselves comfortable in it.

465. This system, which gives the smallest possible num-
ber of swarms, and the largest possible amount of surplus-
honey, was inaugurated. by us, years ago, and has been
adopted on both continents. Mr. Cowan, the worthy editor
of the British Bee-Journal, says of it, page 148, April, 1886,
“Hives managed in this way, will give the maximum of honey
with the least amount of labor.”

If the above directions are followed, the natural swarms
will not exceed three to five per cent. These swarms will be
very large—Mr. DeLayens once had a swarm weighing 114%
lbs.—and after-swarms will be scarce. The few hives that
swarm are those which, having old queens, attempt to replace
them during the swarming season (499), or those whose
queens die while the crop is abundant.

In the first case, one or more young queens being raised in
the hive, it often happens that the old queen tries to destroy
them; the bees prevent her (114), and swarming is the re-
sult. The same reason may cause swarming in a strong col-
ony, in which a queen has been introduced by the Apiarist,
during a good yield of honey. Perhaps the bees accept her

240 NATURAL SWARMING,

“under protest,” and soon begin raising queen-cells to replace
her, but the abundant honey harvest causes them to change
their preparations, and they swarm with this introduced
queen. A hive which has been made queenless during the
honey crop, may swarm for the same reasons as soon as the
young queens are old enough.

466. The prevention of natural swarming, when comb-
honey is raised in sections (722), is not so successful, be-
cause the Apiarist cannot furnish his bees with empty combs.
But very good results can be obtained, by following as nearly
as possible all the directions above given.

467. As the queen cannot get through an opening 5-32
of an inch high—which will just pass a loaded worker, if the
entrance to the hive be contracted to this dimension, she will
not be able to leave with a swarm.

This is done with drone or queen-traps, perforated zine,
entrance-blocks, and other fixtures (191).

This method of preventing swarming requires great accu-
racy of measurement, for a very trifling deviation from the
dimensions given will either shut out the loaded workers, or
let out the queen. It should be used only to imprison old
queens; for young ones, if confined to the hive, cannot be
impregnated (120). These fixtures, if firmly fastened, will
exelude mice from the hive in the Winter. When used to
prevent all swarming, it will be necessary to adjust them a
little after sunrise and remove them before sunset, to take out,
or allow the bees to carry out any drones that have died.

Fig. 97.
ENTRANCE GUARD,

We have seen colonies kill their queen, and raise another,
because she ha@ ‘hus been unable to follow the swarm, hence,

PREVENTION OF NATURAL SWARMING. 241

these appliances will do only in small apiaries, where bee-
keepers can examine each colony daily; and even there, we
would not advise their constant use.

Mr. Langstroth had formerly de-
vised a non-swarmer block, with a
metallic slide, to prevent the es-
cape of the queen. This was aban-
doned, because it annoyed the
bees and interfered with ventila- ™ Coe ae ar
tion, as all such arrangements do.

It would be a useful implement to reduce the entrance in
winter.

Mr. C. C. Miller succeeds in producing large crops, and
almost entirely preventing the issue of swarms, but the manip-
ulations to which he resorts are so frequent as to make the
practice unadvisable for the average bee-keeper. ‘The spe-
cialist who wishes to raise comb honey and avoid swarming
had best secure the book “Forty Years Among the Bees” and
study it earefully.

468. After-swarms have been prevented from issuing, by
a method invented by Jas. Heddon. The Heddon method
consists in placing the first swarm side by side with the parent
hive, and one week after the issue of the swarm, or just pre-
vious to the expected departure of the second swarm, remov-
ing the parent hive to a new location, thus giving all its old
bees to the first swarm. This is virtually preventing a nat-
ural issue by a forced issue, but making the first swarm
strong, at the expense of the mother colony. The sole objec-
tion to this method is that it does away only with the annoy-
ance of catching the swarm, and leaves the parent colony
much weakened.

468 bis. Some Apiarists who raise comb honey with small
hives, such as the eight-frame Langstroth or dovetailed hive,
have adopted a method similar to the one just mentioned and
much more satisfactory. The new swarm, when hived, is put
on the stand of the old colony and this one is removed to a

Fig. 98.
NON-SWARMER BLOCK.

242 NATURAL SWARMING.

new spot. The supers on the old colony are also removed
and given to the swarm, with a queen-excluder (732) be-
tween the brood apartment and the upper story. This virtu-
ally gives the entire working force and the partly filled honey
eases to the swarm, which henceforth becomes the producing
colony from which surplus may be expected. The old colony
thus depleted of its active bees and stores, barely replenishes
itself for the end of the season. Sometimes it happens that
there are not even bees enough left in the old hive to take
eare of the brood, since all the active bees have gone to the
old stand. In such a ease, the Apiarist may place the old
colony on the stand of a third hive which is of insufficient
strength either to produce a crop of honey or to swarm.
The active bees of this colony are thus given to the colony
that swarmed and the third colony is itself removed to another
spot.

This method usually does entirely away with secondary
swarming. It is recommended by W. Z. Hutchinson, editor
of the Bee-Keeper’s Review, and author of “Advanced Bee-
Culture.”

The inerease of colonies may be kept down within reason-
able limits by returning all after-swarms that have issued from
the hives to the parent colonies. The swarm is hived in any
any kind of box and allowed to remain twenty-four to forty-
eight hours. At the end of that time it is shaken in front of
the hive from which it has issued. The bees willingly re-enter
their former home and rarely issue again. This method of
prevention of increase is sometimes successful even with pri-
mary swarms, if the conditions are otherwise favorable to
their comfort. It is not a prevention of swarming, but a
prevention of increase in spite of natural swarming.

PLATE 18.

W. Z. HUTCHINSON,

The Late Publisher of ‘‘The Bee-Keeper’s Review, ’
Author of The Production of Comb-Honey.’? and of -.idvanecd

Bee-Culture.”

This writer is mentioned pages 97, 221, 242, 279, 280, 281, 282, 396,
442, 451, 511.

CHAPTER VII.
ARTIFICIAL SwWARMING.

469. Every practical bee-keeper is aware of the uncer-
tainty of natural swarming. Under no circumstances can it
be confidently relied on. While some colonies swarm repeat-
edly, others, apparently as strong in numbers, and rich in
stores, refuse to swarm, even in seasons in all respects highly
propitious. Such colonies, on examination, will often be
found to have taken no steps for raising young queens. Be-
sides, it frequently happens that, when all the preparations
have been made for swarming, the weather proves so inclem-
ent that the young queens approach maturity before the old
ones can leave, and are all destroyed. Under such cireum-
stances, swarming, for that season, is almost certain to be
prevented. The young queens are also sometimes destroyed,
because of some sudden, and perhaps only temporary, suspen-
sion of the honey-harvest; for bees seldom colonize, even if
all their preparations are completed, unless the blossoms are
yielding an abundant supply of honey.

The numerous perplexities pertaining to natural swarming,
have, for ages, directed the attention of cultivators to the
importance of devising some more reliable method for increas-
ing the number of their colonies.

Dr. Seudamore quotes Columella as giving directions for
making artificial swarms. Although he taught how to furnish
a queen to a destitute colony, and how to transfer brood-comb,
with maturing bees, from a strong stock to a weak one, he
does not appear to have formed entirely new colonies by any
artificial process. His treatise on bee-keeping shows not only
that he was well acquainted with previous writers on the sub-

243

244 ARTIFICIAL SWARMING.

ject, but that he was also a successful practical Apiarist. Its
precepts, with but few exceptions, are truly admirable, and
prove that in his time bee-keeping, with the masses, must have
been far in advance of what it was fifty years ago.

We have spoken of the bar-hive (282) as at least two
hundred years old. From “A Journey into Greece, by George
Wheeler, Esq.,” made in 1675-6, it appears that it was, at
that time, in common use there, and, probably, even then an
old invention; he described its uses in forming artificial
swarms, and removing spare honey. As the new swarms were
made by dividing the combs between two hives, and no men-
tion is made of giving the queenless one a royal cell, those old
observers were probably acquainted with the fact that they
could rear one from the worker-brood. Huber says:—‘“Mon-
ticelli, a Neapolitan Professor, claims that the plan of arti-
ficial swarming was borrowed from Favignana, and that the
practice is so ancient that even the Latin names are pre-
served by the inhabitants in their procedure.”

470. Huber, after his splendid discoveries in the physi-
ology of the bee, felt the need of some way of multiplying
colonies, more reliable than that of natural swarming. He
recommends forming artificial swarms, by dividing one of the
hives, and adding six empty frames to each half.

“Dividing-hives” (278-279) of various kinds have been
used in this country. The principle seems to have all the ele-
ments of success; but it was ascertained that, however modi-
fied, such hives are all practically worthless for purposes of
artificial increase.

It is one of the laws of the hive, that bees which have no
mature queen, seldom build any cells except such as are de-
signed merely for storing honey, and are too large for the
rearing of workers (228).

471. Messrs. Langstroth and Dzierzon were the first ob-
servers who had noticed the bearing of this remarkable fact
on artificial inerease. It may, at first, seem unaccountable
that bees should build only comb unfit for breeding, when

245

ITS ANTIQUITY.

“SIONITTI

‘OOANWN ‘HaLxXVa

66 “ShT

on

a JO AUvVIdyV TWOH

246 ARTIFICIAL SWARMING.

their young queen will so soon require worker-cells for her
eggs; but it must be borne in mind that at such times they
are in an “abnormal” condition. In a state of nature, they
seldom swarm until their hive is full of comb; or if they do,
their numbers are so reduced that they are rarely able to re-
sume comb-building, until the young queen has hatched.

The determination of bees having no mature queen, to
build comb designed only for storing honey, and unfit for
rearing workers, shows very clearly the folly of attempting
to multiply colonies by dividing-hives, unless the greater part
of the bees are given to the queen, and the greater part of
the combs to the queenless half, or unless the Apiarist has
enough combs already built or sheets of comb foundation,
on hand, to fill up the empty space.

When the queenless part proceeds to supply her loss, if it
has bees enough to build new comb, it will build such as is
designed only for storing honey. The next year, if this hive
is divided, one-half will contain nearly all the brood, while
the other, having most of its combs fit only for storing honey,
or raising drones, will be a complete failure.

So uniformly do bees with an unhatched queen build coarse,
or drone-comb, that often a glance at the combs of a new
colony, will show either that it is queenless, or that, having
been so, it has just reared a new queen.

A472. Some Apiarists have attempted to multiply their
colonies, by removing, when thousands of its inmates are
ranging the fields, a strong stock to a new stand, and setting
in its place an empty hive, with a frame of brood-comb, suit-
able for raising a queen. This method is still worse than the
one just described. One-half of the dividing-hive was filled
with breeding comb, while this empty hive having next to none,
all that is built before the queen hatches, will be of a size un-
suitable for rearing workers. The queenless part of the di-
vided hive might also have contained a young queen almost
mature, so that the building of large combs would have quickly
ceased ; for it is not always necessary that a queen should have

VARIOUS METHODS. 247

commenced laying eggs to induce her colony to build worker-
cells; we have known a strong swarm with a virgin queen,
to build beautiful worker-comb, before a single egg was de-
posited in the cells.

When a new colony is formed by dividing the old hive, the
queenless part has thousands of cells filled with brood and
eggs, and young bees will be hatching for at least three weeks;
by this time the young queen will ordinarily be laying eggs,
so that there will be an interval of not more than three weeks,
during which the colony will receive no accessions. But when
a new swarm is formed, in the way above described, not an
egg will be laid for nearly three weeks, and not a bee hatched
for nearly six. During all this time the colony will rapidly
decrease.

Every observing bee-keeper has noticed how rapidly even
a large swarm diminishes in number, for the first three weeks
after it has been hived. So great is the mortality of bees dur-
ing the height of the working-season, that often, in less than
that time, it does not contain one-half its original number.

By the time the progeny of the young queen begins to ma-
ture, the new hive will have so few bees that it would seldom
be of any value, even if its combs were of the best construc-
tion.

473. One strong forced swarm, can be obtained in any
style of hive, including box-hives, by the driving process
(574 to 5977) as follows: When it is time to form artificial
colonies, we mean a few days before swarming time, or as
soon as the hives are about full of bees,—drum a strong stock
—which call A—so as to secure all its bees.

They may be driven either into a forcing-box, or into the
upper story of a movable frame hive, and hived like a new
swarm, when, if placed on their old stand, they will work as
vigorously as a natural swarm. If they were driven, at first,
into a hive which will suit the Apiarist, it may be returned
to their old location, without disturbing the bees.

If any bees are abroad when this is done, they will join

248 ARTIFICIAL SWARMING.

this new colony. Remove to a new stand in the apiary a
second stock—which call B—and put A in its place.

Thousands of the bees that belong to B, as they return
from the fields, will enter A, which thus secures enough to
develop the brood, and rear a new queen. In facet, this col-
ony often becomes so strong, by the help of the field work-
ers of B, as well as through its own constantly hatching bees,
that there is some danger of its casting off a swarm when
the first young queen hatches, unless again divided at that
time.

A774. It is quite amusing to observe the actions of the
bees that return to their old stand, when their homes have
been exchanged as above.

If the strange hive is like their own in size and outward
appearance, they go in as though all was right, but soon
rush out in violent agitation, imagining that by some unac-
countable mistake, they have entered the wrong place. Tak-
ing wing to correct their blunder, they find, to their increas-
ing surprise, that they had directed their flight to the proper
spot; again they enter, and again they tumble out, in bewil-
dered crowds, until at length, if they find a queen or the
means of raising one, they make up their minds that if the
strange hive is not home, it looks like it, stands where it ought
to be, and is, at all events, the only home they are likely to
get. No doubt they often feel that a very hard bargain has
been imposed upon them, but they are generally wise enough
to make the best of it. They will be altogether too much dis-
concerted to quarrel with any bees that were left in the hive
when it was foreed, and these on their part give them a wel-
come reception, especially if they come in with a heavy load.

This method of artificial swarming will not weaken either
of the mother-colonies. If B had been first forced, and then
removed, it would have been seriously injured; but as it loses
fewer bees than if it had swarmed, and retains its queen, it
will soon become almost as powerful as before it was re-
moved.

VARIOUS METHODS. 249

The reader will notice that the treatment above recommended
for the making of artificial swarms produces exactly the same
result as the method mentioned at 468 bis for natural
swarms. It secured one swarm from two colonies.

The Apiarist, by treating a natural swarm as he has been
directed to treat a forced one, can secure an increase of one
colony from two; and of all the methods of conducting nat-
ural swarming, in regions where rapid increase is not profit-
able, this is the best, provided the colonies do not stand too
close together, and the hives used in the process are somewhat
similar in shape and color.

475. Whenever the bee-keeper learns how to handle the
movable-frames safely he must dispense with the forcing-box,
and make his swarms by lifting out the frames from the pa-
rent-stock, and shaking the bees from them, by a quick jerk-
ing motion, upon a sheet, directly in front of the new hive.

If the hive contains much fresh honey, which is usually
very thin, the bees must be brushed off, for shaking them off
would also shake out a large amount of nectar (249).

As soon as a comb is deprived of its bees, it should be
returned to the parent-stock. If one or two combs contain-
ing brood, eggs, and stores, are given to the forced swarm,
it will be much encouraged, and will need no feeding (605)
if the weather should be unfavorable. In removing the
frames, the bee-keeper should look for the queen, and give
the comb she is on, to the forced swarm, without shaking off
the bees. If he does not see her on the combs, he will seldom
after a little practice, fail to notice her, as she is shaken on
the sheet, and crawls towards the new hive. The queen is
seldom left on a frame after it has been shaken so that most
of the bees fall off (439).

476. The more combs with brood are taken from A, the
less chance it will have to send forth a natural swarm with its
first hatched queen.

If it is desirable to make a large number of swarms, and
the parent colony is strong in hatching bees, only a few of

250 ARTIFICIAL SWARMING.

the combs need be shaken in front of the new hive contain-
ing the queen, and the parent colony, with the adhering young
bees, may be set in a new place.

By this method, one swarm is made from each of the hives
set apart for inerease, and although the colonies thus divided
are not so strong as when one swarm is made from two hives;
yet, in ordinary localities and seasons, they become strong
enough for all purposes, long before the season is over, espe-
cially if young queens are introduced (533) in the colonies
made queenless, and comb-foundation is used in full sheets in
the frames (674).

This method of making artificial swarms may be varied ad-
infinitum. It is currently known among practical Apiarists
under the name of “shook-swarming.”

47¢. If the mother-colony has not been supplied with a
fertile queen, it cannot for a long time part with another
swarm, without being seriously weakened.

Second-swarming, as is well known, often very much in-
jures the parent-colony, although its queens are rapidly ma-
turing; but the forced mother-colony may have to start them
almost from the egg. By giving it a fertile queen, and re-
taining enough adhering bees to develop the brood, another
swarm may be taken away in ten or twelve days in a good
season, and the mother-colony left in a far better condition
than if it had parted with two natural swarms. In favorable
seasons and loealities, this process may be repeated two or
three times, at intervals of ten days, and if no combs are re-
moved, the mother-colony will still be well supplied with
brood and mature bees. Indeed, the judicious removal of
bees, at proper intervals, often leaves it, at the close of the
Summer, better supplied than non-swarming colonies with ma-
turing brood; the latter having—in the expressive language
of an old writer—“waxed over fat.”

We have had colonies which, after parting with four swarms
in the way above described, have stored their hives with Fall
honey, besides yielding a surplus in the supers.

VARIOUS METHODS. 251

This method of artificial increase, which resembles natural
swarming, in not taking away the combs of the mother-colony,
is not only superior to it, in leaving a fertile queen, but ob-
viates almost entirely all risk of after-swarming; for the
foreed swarm, containing the old queen, seldom attempts to
send forth a new colony, and the parent hive, in which the
young queen is placed, is too destitute of field-workers to
swarm soon. The young queen herself is equally content—
except in very warm climates, or in extraordinary seasons--
to stay where she is put. Even if the old queen is allowed:
to remain in the mother-colony, she will seldom leave, if suffi-
cient room is given for storing surplus honey; and it makes
no difference—as far as liability of swarming is concerned—
where the young one is put.

478. Artificial increase may be also made, by simply
giving several frames of hatching bees to a nucleus (520)
containing a fertile queen, and placing the colony thus built
up on the stand of a strong hive, removing the latter to a
new location.

If, from some cause, the parent-colony could not be moved,
the forced swarm might be made to adhere to a new location
as follows: Secure their queen, when the bees are shaken
out of the hive; and when they show that they miss her, con-
fine them to their hive, until their agitation has reached its
height. Then open the hive, and as the bees begin to take
wing, present their queen to them. When they have clustered
around her, they may be treated like a natural swarm. To
do this with every forced swarm would take too much time;
but it would answer well when the forced swarm is to be
moved a short distance.

479. If no queens have been raised previously (514),
by taking a few forced swarms, from select colonies (513),
nine days before the time in which the most are to be made,
there will be an abundance of sealed queens, almost mature,
so that every parent-colony may have one. If the forced
swarms were made a short time before natural swarming

252 ARTIFICIAL SWARMING.

would have taken place, some of the parent-colonies will
eontain a number of maturing queens, which may be removed,
a few days before hatching, and given to such as have started
none. But it is far better to rear the queens first, as they can
be bred from choice stock (513).

However, as queen-rearing, by the Alley or Doolittle meth-
ods (528, 530), has now become a special business in the
South, Apiarists may find it profitable to buy their queens
from some reliable breeder in a southern state, where they can
be reared more cheaply, early in the season (601).

480. A nucleus (520) may be built up after its queen
has commenced laying, by helping it with a comb of brood
and young bees, from a full colony, adding, at proper inter-
vals, a third, and a fourth, until they are strong enough to
take care of themselves. This mode of increase is laborious,
and requires skill and judgment; for, the bee-keeper should
be very careful never to give a weak colony more brood than
its bees can cover, remembering that, should the temperature
become colder, the brood might be chilled and perish.

As a number of nuelei are to be simultaneously strength-
ened the Apiarist cannot complete his artificial processes by
a single operation, and must always be on hand, or ineur the
risk of ending the season with a number of starving colonies.
For these and other reasons, we much prefer the other meth-
ods, above viven, dispensing with so much opening of hives
and handling of combs. If, however, any of the new colonies
are weak enough to need it, they must be helped to comhs
from stronger ones.

ASL. Whatever method of artificial increase is pursued by
the .| piarist, he should never reduce the strength of his mother-
colonics, so as seriously to cripple the reproductive power of
their queens. This principle should be to him as “the law
of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not;” for, while a
queen, with an abundance of worker-comb and hees, may, in
a single season, become the parent of a number of prosper-
ous families, if her colony, at the beginning of the swarm-

VARIOUS METHODS. 253

ing season, is divided into three or four parts, not one of them
will ordinarily acquire stores enough to survive the Winter.

The practical bee-keeper should remember that no drone-
comb is built when the queen is with the builders (229), and
that the iess increase he takes, from the colonies on which he
relies for surplus-honey, the better.

482. With the movable-frame hive, and the improved
system, the Apiarist, by raising his queens or queen-cclis
(O14) previously (and this is very important) ean take the
increase that he wishes to make, from colonies that would
have produced little, if any, surplus, and preserve his best col-
onies for honey production. Let it not be undersiood by
this, that we advise taking the increase from weak colonies,
in every apiary, there are some colonies, which, though of
fair strength, do not become populous in time to harvest
more than their supply. Such colonies can furnish good
swarms, with but little help, owing to the fact that the greater
number of their bees raised during the harvest, instead of
before it, are too young to go to the field (162).

If our method is followed, the colonies, which have been
kept for honey production, can furnish help, if necessary,
towards the end of the season, for those of the artificial
swarms that need it.

To the prudent Apiarist, they are as a reserve body of
select troops to the skillful general, a timely help, in an
emergency.

Remember that populous colonies, that are raising queen-
cells, during the early part of a good honey harvest, are
strongly inclined to swarm when the young queens hatch
(465).

483. The colonies that are raising young queens, either
from worker-brood or from queen-cells given them, must be
well supplied with honey, must have enough young bees to
keep the brood warm and to take care of it, and no comb-
building to do.

One artificial swarm made at the opening of the honey

254 ARTIFICIAL SWARMING.

harvest, when the hive is full of brood, is better than two
swarms made at its close.

When new colonies are made by purchasing queens (601)
with nuclei (520), shipped from a distance (587), they
should be hived on as many combs of brood, taken from other
hives, as they can well cover. If full frames of foundation
(G74) are added, from time to time, strong colonies may be
built out of them, quite readily.

If the colonies are gathering much honey, when artificial
swarms are made, but little smoke ($82) will be needed in
the operations. The frequent use of smoke makes the qneea
leave the combs, for greater security. This often causes great
delay in the formation of artificial swarms by removing the
frames, and in operations where it is desirable to catch the
queen, or to examine her upon the comb.

484. Artificial operations of all kinds are most successful
uhen bee-forage is abundant; when it is scarce, they are quite
precarious, even if the colonies are well supplied with food.

When bees are not busy in honey-gathering, they have
leisure to ascertain the condition of weak colonies, which are
almost certain to be robbed, if they are incautiously opened.
When forage is scarce, the Apiarist who does not guard
against robbing (664) will seriously impair the value of his
colonies, and entail upon himself much useless and vexatious
labor. Beware of demoralizing bees, by tempting them to rob
one another.

485. During a good honey flow, bees from different hives
may be mixed without quarreling, owing to their more peace-
able disposition, when full of honey, hence all manipulations
become much easier. But at other times, great caution is
requisite not only in giving a hive a strange queen, but in
all attempts to mix bees belonging to different colonies. Bees
having a fertile queen will often quarrel with those having
an unimpregnated one.

Members of different colonies recognize their hive-com-
panions especially by the sense of smell, and if there should

VARIOUS METHODS. 255

be a thousand hives in the apiary, any one will readily detect
a strange bee; just as each mother in a large flock of sheep
is able, by the same sense, in the darkest night, to distinguish
her own lamb from all the others. Colonies might be safely
mingled, by sprinkling them with sugar-water, scented with
peppermint or any other strong odor, which would make them
all smell alike.

Bees also recognize strangers by their actions, even when
they have the same scent; for a frightened bee curls herself
up with a cowed look, which unmistakably proclaims that
she is conscious of being an intruder. If, therefore, the bees
of one colony are left on their own stand, and the others are
suddenly introduced, in a time of scarcity, the latter, even
when boih colonies have the same smell, are often so fright-
ened that they are discovered to be strangers, and are instantly
killed. If, however, both colonies are removed to a new stand,
aud shaken out together on a sheet, they will peaceably mingle,
when scented alike. We find substantially the same thing rec-
ommended, in 1778, by Thomas Wildman (page 230 of the
3d edition of his valuable work on Bees), who says, that bees
will “unite while in fear and distress, without fighting, as they
would be apt to do, if strange bees were added to a hive in
possession of its honey.”

486. The forcing of a swarm ought not to be attempted
when the weather is cool, nor after dark. Bees are always
much more irascible when their hives are disturbed after it
is dark, and as they cannot see where to fly, they will alight
on the person of the bee-keeper, who is almost sure to be
stung. It is seldom that night work is attempted upon bees,
without making the operator repent his folly.

487. We would strongly dissuade any but the most ex-
perienced Apiarists, from attempting, at the furthest, to do
more than double their colonies in one year. It would take
another book to furnish directions for rapid multiplication,
sufficiently full and explicit for the inexperienced; and even
then, most who should undertake it, would be sure, at first,

256 ARTIFICIAL SWARMING.

to fail. With ten strong colonies of bees, in movable-comb
hives, in one propitious season, we could so imerease them,
in a favorable location, as to have, on the approach of Winter,
one hundred good eolonies; but we should expect to purchase
gueens, foundation, and perhaps hundreds of pounds of
honey, devoting much of our time to their management, and
bringing to the work ihe experience of many years, and the
judgment acquired by numerous lamentable failures.

In one season, being called from home after our colonies
had been greatly multiplied, the honey harvest was suddenly
eut short by a drought, and we found, on our return, that
most of our stocks were ruined by starvation.

The time, care, skill, and food required in our uncertain
climate for the rapid inerease of colonies, are so great, that
not one bee-keeper in a hundred* can make it profitable;
while most who attempt it, will be almost sure, at the close
of the season, to find themselves in possession of colonies
which have been managed to death.

A. certain rather than a rapid multiplication of colonies, is
most needed. A single colony, doubling every year, would,
in ten years, increase to 1,024 colonies, and in twenty years
to over a million! + At this rate, our whole country might, in
“* Many a person who reads this will probably imagine that he is the
one in a hundred.

+ The following calculation of possible profits from bee-culture, taken
from “Sydserff’s Treatise on Bees,’ published in England, in 1792, is a
perfect gem of its kind:

“Suppose a swarm of bees at the first to cost 10s. 6d., and neither
them nor the swarms to be taken, but to do well, and swarm once every
year’’—bees must be naughty, indeed, if they dare to do otherwise !—

“what will be the product for fourteen years, and what the profit, if
each hive is sold at 10s. 6d.?

Years, Hives. Profits.
£s. d.

Deak one gaa ees Letaiw 8 gure Sea es 0 0 0
Drotenscens. sods, Harsines IDE. aviayis tbe eceaeraesirsnee Li 0)
Deane ai enema ieee tek bos essere aeaeenianeent 2 2 0

Wee gts teeta a Bio ga4.s a pelenens 4 4 0

HF ohn Gh nivale Ry NSIS saad Gingpadgionsnin eee * * *
WAS lai Rigede dd iia B92. cs ne esas we 4300 16 0

“N. B.—Deduct 10s. 6d., what the first hive cost, and the remainder

VARIOUS METHODS. Pot

a few years, be over-stocked with bees; and even an increase
of one-third, annually, would soon give us enough.

488. All the methods of increase above given, and several
others of less importance, were described by Mr. Langstroth
years ago. He never hesitated to sacrifice several colonies,
in order to ascertain a single fact; and it would require a
large volume, to detail his various experiments on the single
subject of artificial swarming. The practical bee-keeper, how-
ever, should never lose sight of the important distinction
between an apiary managed principally for purposes of
observation and discovery, and one conducted exclusively with
reference to pecuniary profit. Any bee-keeper can easily
experiment with movable-frame hives; but he should do it, at
first, only on a small scale, and if pecuniary profit is his
object, should follow our directions, until he is sure that he
has discovered others which are better. These cautions are
given to prevent serious losses in using hives which, by facili-
tating all manner of experiments, may tempt the inexperienced
into rash and unprofitable courses. Beginners, especially,
should follow the directions here given as closely as possible;
for, although they may doubtless be modified and improved, it
ean only be done by those experienced in managing bees.

Let us not be understood as wishing to intimate that per-
fection has been so nearly attained, that no more important
discoveries remain to be made. On the contrary, we believe
that apiculture is a growing science. Those who have time
and means should experiment on a large seale with the mov-
able-comb hives; and we hope that every intelligent bee-keeper

will be clear profit; supposing the second swarms to pay for hives,
labor, etc.’”’ The modesty with which this writer, who seems to have
had as much faith in his bees as in the doctrine that “figures cannot
lie,” closes his calculation at the end of fourteen years, is truly refresh-
ing. No bee-keeper, on such a royal road to wealth, could ever find it in
his heart to stop under twenty-one years, by which time, probably, he
would be willing to close his bee-business, by selling it for over two and
three-quarter millions of dollars! The attention of all venders of hum-
bug bee-hives is respectfully invited to this antique specimen of the art
of puffing.

258 ARTIFICIAL SWARMING.

who uses them, will experiment, at least, on a small scale. In
this way, we may hope that those points in the natural history
of the bee still involved in doubt, will, ere long, be satisfac-
torily explained.

There is a large class of bee-keepers—not “bee-masters”—
who desire a hive which will give them, however ignorant or
careless, a large yield of honey from their bees. They are
easily captivated by the shallowest devices, and spend their
money and destroy their bees, to fill the purses of unprincipled
men. There never will be a “royal road” to profitable bee-
keeping. Like all other branches of rural economy, it de-
mands care and experience; and those who are conscious of a
strong disposition to procrastinate and neglect, will do well
to let bees alone, unless they hope, by the study of, their sys-
tematie industry, to reform evil habits which are well nigh
incurable.

CHAPTER VIII.
QuEEN REARING.

489. We have shown (109) that when a colony is de-
prived of its queen, the bees soon raise another, if they have
worker eggs or young larve.

In general, they select, first, some of the oldest among those
whose milky “pap” has not yet been changed for coarser food
(107). Such a selection is wise, for the older the larva is,
the sooner the colony will recover a queen.

496. But some Apiarists fear that the bees will secure
poorer queens, if they use larve, for they suppose that the
food given to these during the first three days, may be dif-
ferent from the food given to the queen-larve, although it
looks the same, and for this reason, they prefer to raise their
queens from the egg.

491. A learned bee-keeper, of Switzerland, Mr. De Planta,
has made comparative chemical experiments, on the milky
food which is first given to the larve of drones, queens, and
workers, and has ascertained that this food is composed of the
same substances for all, albumen, fat, sugar, and water, and
that the only difference is in the proportions of these sub-
stances. Yet he concludes that these variations are but acces-
sory, and not premeditated by the bees.

We think that these conclusions are right, for Mr. De
Planta, to get a sufficient quantity of this food, had to take
it from different hives, and at different seasons of the year;
and as this milky food is apparently the product of glands
(64), as is the milk of our cows, the proportions of sub-
stances in the “milk” of bees, may vary, as they do in the
milk of cows, which contains more or less caseine, fat, sugar,
or water, according to the race, the age, and the food eaten.

259

260 QUEEN REARING.

492. Other bee-keepers suppose that the newly-hatched
larve, intended by the bees to be raised as queens, are more
plentifully fed from the first, than worker-larve. But we
have always noticed, that, except during a scarcity, the latter
have as much of this pap as they ean eat, during the first
three days, since they float on the milky food (166). The
wise bee-keeper can ward against the rearing of poor queens,
by feeding his bees abundantly, if necessary, a few days in
advance, and during the queen-breeding.

493. Lastly, some bee-keepers think that bees sometimes
use larve more than three days old, and which consequently,
have already received coarser food. One of our leaders in
bee-culture writes that one of his colonies must have used
a larva four and one-half days old, since this colony hatched
a queen in eight and one-half days, instead of about ten, as
usually (110). (Cook’s Guide.) But we cannot admit that
the nurses were guilty of such blunder, especially since they
would have had the trouble of replacing with better food,
the coarse pap already given. Most likely, some already con-
structed queen-cell had passed unnoticed. Every one of us,
old bee-keepers, has made similar errors, some queen cells
being deceptive (519).

494. The worker-larve are fed with milky food for three
days, and with coarse food for the three following days.
Not only does this coarse food change their organism, but
it retards their growth, since the queens are mature in six-
teen days, from the time that the egg is laid (197), while
the workers do not hatch before twenty-one days, on average.
Thus the three days of coarse food have prolonged the growth
five days, or in other words, each day of coarse feeding has
delayed the maturity forty hours. Therefore, if we suppose
that bees could, and would use, larve four and one-half days
old, queens thus produced would hatch two and one-half days
later than those raised from larve three days old. They
would consequently hatch in eleven and one-half days instead
of ten as usual.

QUEEN REARING. 261

495. If some Apiarists have noticed that their best queens
were reared during the swarming fever (455), it is because
the colonies are then in the best conditions to produce bealthy
queens. They have pollen and honey in abundance; as they
are numerous, they keep the combs very warm; and, in addi-
tion, they have a large number of young bees, or nurses, to
take care of the larve.

496. The following accidental experiment has proved to
us that most of the old workers are unable to act as nurses.
Years ago, one of our neighbors moved three colonies of
bees about half a mile, in the Summer, without taking proper
precautions; we were informed the next day, that quite a
number of the oldest bees had returned, and had clustered
under an old table. We brought a hive there, with a comb
containing eggs and young larve. They took possession of it,
but neglected to raise a queen, and soon, dwindled away.

497. By placing the colonies, intended to raise queens,
in the same condition as to food, heat, and nursing, as during
the swarming fever, we will raise as good queens as are then
raised. If, to these conditions, we add the selection of brood,
from our best queens, we will greatly improve the quality of
our stock.

For many years, we have used all the precautions described
above, and, although our queens have never been reared from
the egg, they are very prolifie and long-lived. Using hives
with ten or eleven large frames, we are enabled to ascertain,
beyond doubt, the prolificness of our queens. Our preventing
swarming (459) enables us also to reckon their longevity.

498. The interposition of the Apiarist, in queen-rearing,
tnay be necessary :

1st. To supply the loss of a queen in a colony tkat has
not the means of raising another.

2d. To breed a superior race of bees, or improve the pres-
ent stock.

3d. To provide for the artificial increase of colonies.

262 QUEEN REARING.

We will study the rearing of queens, in view of these
requirements,

Loss OF THE QUEEN.

499. That the queen-bee is often lost, and that her colony
will be ruined unless such a calamity is seasonably remedied,
ought to be familiar facts to every bee-keeper.

Queens sometimes die of disease, or old age, when there is
no brood to supply their loss. Few, however, perish under
such circumstances; for, either the bees build royal cells,
aware of their approaching end, or they die so suddenly as
to leave young brood behind them. Queens are not only much
longer-lived (157) than the workers, but are usually the last
to perish in any fatal casualty. As many die of old age, if
their death does not occur under favorable circumstances, it
would cause, yearly, the loss of a very large number of col-
onies. As they seldom die when their strength is not severely
taxed in breeding, drones are usually on hand to impregnate
their successors.

500. Young queens are sometimes born with wings so
imperfect that they cannot fly; and they may be so injured
in their contests with each other, or by the rude treatment
they receive when driven from the royal-cells, that they can-
not leave the hive for impregnation (123).

501. More queens, whose loss cannot be supplied by the
bees, perish when they leave the hive to meet the drones, than
in all other ways. After the departure of the first swarm, the
mother-colony and all the after-swarms have young queens
which must leave the hive for impregnation; their larger size
and slower flight make them a more tempting prey to birds,
while others are dashed, by sudden gusts of wind, against
some hard object, or blown into the water; for, with all their
queenly dignity, they are not exempt from mishaps common
to the humblest of their race.

502. In spite of their caution to mark the position and
appearance of their habitation, the young queens frequently

LOSS OF THE QUEEN. 263 ©

make a fatal mistake, and are destroyed, when attempting to
enter the wrong hive.

This accounts for the fact that ignorant bee-keepers, with
forlorn and rickety hives, no two of which look just alike,
are sometimes more successful than those whose hives are of
the best construction. The former—unless their hives are
excessively crowded—lose but few queens, while the latter lose
them in almost exact proportion to the taste and skill which
induced them to make their hives of uniform size, shape and
color (356).

503. We first learned the full extent of the danger of
crowded apiaries, in the Summer of 1854. To protect our
hives against extremes of heat and cold, they were ranged,
side by side, over a trench, so that, through ventilators in
their bottom-boards, they might receive, in Summer, a cooler,
and in Winter, a much warmer air, than the external atmos-
phere. By this arrangement—which failed entirely to answer
its design—many of our colonies became queenless, and we
soon ascertained under what circumstances young queens are
ordinarily lost.

From the great uniformity of the hives in size, shape,
color, and height, it was next to impossible for a young queen
to be sure of returning to her hive. The difficulty was in-
creased, from the fact that the ground before the trench was
free from bushes or trees, and no hive—except the two end
ones, which did not lose their queens—could have its location
remembered, from its relative position to some external object.
Most of the hives thus placed, which had young queens, be-
came queenless, although supplied with other queens, again
and again; and many, even of the workers, were constantly
entering hives adjoining their own.

504. If a traveler should be carried, in a dark night, to
a hotel in a strange city, and on rising in the morning, should
find the streets filled with buildings precisely like it, he would
be able to return to his proper place, only by previously
ascertaining its number, or by counting the houses between it
and the corner. Such a numbering faculty, however, was not

264 QUEEN REARING.

given to the queen-bee; for who, in a state of nature, ever
saw a dozen or more hollow trees or other places frequented
by bees, standing close together, precisely alike in size, shape,
and color, with their entrances all facing the same way, and
at exactly the same height from the ground?

On deseribing to a friend our observations on the loss of
queens, he told us that in the management of his hens, he
had fallen into a somewhat similar mistake. To economize
room, and to give easier access to his setting hens, he had
partitioned a long box into a dozen or more separate apart-
ments. The hens, in returning to their nests, were deceived
by the similarity of the entrances, so that often one box con-
tained two or three unamiable aspirants for the honors of
maternity, while others were entirely forsaken. Many eggs
were broken, more were addled, and hardly enough hatched
to establish one mother as the happy mistress of a flourishing
family. Had he left his hens to their own instincts, they
would have scattered their nests, and gladdened his eyes with
a numerous offspring.

Every bee-keeper, whose hives are so arranged that the
young queens are liable to make mistakes, must count upon
heavy losses. If he puts a number of hives, under cireum-
stances similar to those described, upon a bench, or the shelves
of a bee-house, he can never keep their number good without
constant renewal.

505. The bees are sometimes so excessively agitated when
their queen leaves for impregnation (120), that they ex-
hibit all the appearance of swarming. They seem to have an
instinctive perception of the dangers which await her, and
we have known them to gather around her and confine her,
as though they could not bear to have her leave. If a queen
is lost on her wedding excursion, the bees of an old colony
will gradually decline; those of an after-swarm, will either
unite with another hive, or dwindle away (182).

506. It would be interesting, could we learn how bees
become informed of the loss of their queen. When she is
taken from them under circumstances that excite the whole

LOSS OF THE QUEEN, 265

colony, we can easily see how they find it out; for, as a
tender mother, in time of danger, is all anxiety for her help-
less children, so bees, when alarmed, always seek first to assure
themselves of the safety of their queen. If, however, the
queen is very carefully removed, several hours may elapse
before they realize their loss. How do they first become aware
of it? Perhaps some dutiful bee, anxious to embrace her
mother, makes diligent search for her through the hive. The
intelligence that she cannot be found being noised abroad,
the whole family is speedily alarmed. At such times, instead
of ealmly conversing, by touching each other’s antenne, they
may be seen violently striking them together, and by the
most impassioned demonstrations manifesting their agony and
despair.

We once removed the queen of a small colony, the bees
of which took wing and filled the air, in search of her.
Although she was returned in a few minutes, royal-cells
were found two days later. The queen was unhurt, and the
cells untenanted. Was this work begun by some that did not
believe the others, when assured that she was safe? or from
the apprehension that she might be removed again?

507. As soon as the bees begin to fly briskly in the
Spring, a colony which does not industriously gather pollen,
or accept of flour (267), is almost certain to have no queen,
or one that is not fertile—unless it is on the eve of perishing
from starvation.

A colony is sure to be queenless, if, after taking its first
Spring-flight, the bees, by roaming, in an enquiring manner
in and out of the hive show that some great calamity has
befallen them. Those that come from the fields, instead of
entering the hive with that dispatchful haste so character-
istic of a bee returning, well loaded, to a prosperous home,
usually linger about the entrance with an idle and dissatisfied
appearance, and the colony is restless, late in the day, when
others are quiet. Their home, like that of a man who is
cursed in his domestic relations, is a melancholy place, and
they enter it only with reluctant and slow-moving steps.

266 QUEEN REARING.

508. And here, if permitted to address a word of friendly
advice, we would say to every wife—Do all that you can to
make your husband’s home a place of attraction. When
absent from it, let his heart glow at the thought of return-
ing to its dear enjoyments; as he approaches it, let his
countenance involuntarily assume a more cheerful expres-
sion, while his joy-quickened steps proclaim that he feels that
there is no place like the cheerful home where his chosen
wife and companion presides as its happy and honored
Queen.

““The tenth and last species of women were made out of a
bee; and happy is the man who gets such a one for his wife.
She is full of virtue and prudence, and is the best wife that
Jupiter can bestow.’’—Spectator, No. 209.

509. The neglect of a colony to expel drones (192),
when they are destroyed in other hives, is always a suspicious
sign, and generally an indication either that it has no queen,
or else a drone-laying one (134), or drone-laying workers
(176). A colony, in these circumstances, will not even
destroy the drones of other hives, which may come to it,
until a healthy queen has been raised in the hive, and is fer-
tilized, and laying worker-eggs.

510. In opening a queenless hive, the plaintive hum of
the bees, the listless and intermittent vibrating of their wings,
and the total lack of eggs, or young worker brood, tell their
condition.

A com), with hatching bees,* should be given to it from
a stronger colony, together with another comb, of eggs and
larve, from the best colony in the apiary; and the number
of its combs should be reduced to suit the size of the clus-
ter.

A better way yet to supply the loss, is to give the colony
a queen-cell (103) or a young queen raised in the manner to
be now deseribed.

* That class of bee-keepers who suppose that all such operations are
the “new fangled"’ inventions of modern times, will be surprised to learn
that Columella, 1800 years ago, recommended strengthening feeble col-
onies, by cutting out combs from stronger ones, containing workers
“just gnawing out of their cells.”

REARING IMPROVED RACES. 267.

Rearine Iuprovep Racss.

511. We will show (550) that some races of bees are
superior to others. Even in the same apiary, some colonies
are better than others, in prolifieness, honey-gathering, en-
durance, gentleness, ete. It is very important to improve
the apiary by rearing queens from the best breeds, for the
increase of colonies, as well as to replace the inferior ones.

To this end, the bee-keeper should select two or more of
the best colonies in his apiary, one for the production of
drones, the others for the production of queens. Italian
(551) bees are universally preferred; and as they are now
almost as easily found as common bees, and are very cheap,
we advise the novice to begin with at least two queens of
this race.

A slight mixture of Cyprian or Syrian (559) blood is
good, provided the issue be gentle and peaceable. Hybrids
of common bees and Italians are often inferior, both in quality
and disposition, and their characteristics are not fixed.

512. In selecting a colony for drone production, the
eolor and size of the drones should not be considered so
much, as the prolifieness of its queen, and the qualities of
its workers, unless you wish to breed for beauty, in prefer-
ence to honey-production.

Place two drone-combs (224) in the center of the brood-
ehamber of this colony, as soon as it has recuperated from
its winter losses. If the colony is kept well supplied with
honey, enough drones will be raised to impregnate all the
queens in the neighborhood; otherwise, they might destroy
these early drones after having raised them.

If our directions on the removal of drone-comb (675) are
followed, but few drones will be raised outside of those
colonies specially intended for drone-breeding. As soon as
they begin to hatch, we may make preparations for queen-
rearing, the best time being at the opening of fruit-blossoms,
Some queen-breeders begin earlier, but early breeding gives
much trouble and little pay, and our advice to Northern Apiar-
ists, who want early queens, is to buy them from some re-

268 QUEEN REARING.

liable Southern Apiarist, as they can be raised earlier in the
South, much more cheaply than in the North.

513. In an apiary composed of several colonies, there
are always some which are not expected to yield much crop,
either because their queens are old, or because they are not
prolific. Such queens are of very little value, and should be
replaced. Select one of these colonies—not the poorest, unless
it is populous enough to raise good queens. Kill its queen,
and exchange its brood-combs, after having brushed the bees
off, for a less number of combs, containing eggs and larve,
from your best queen. It may be well to feed the colonies
containing the select queens beforehand, so as to incite the
laying of eggs (154) and nursing of the brood.

514. If you desire to raise queens from eggs (490), or
larve just hatching, prepare for it, by giving your select
colony some frames of dry comb, or comb foundation, (674)
a few days ahead, for the queen to lay in. In this case,
only those combs that contain eggs and young larve should
be given to the queenless colony. It is always better to give
but a small number of brood-combs to the colony intended
for queen-raising, and to reduce its space with the division-
board (349); as they can best keep it warm, in this man-
ner, and raise better queens.

We should bear in mind that the nearer we get the colony
that raises queens to the condition of a hive preparing to
swarm, the better the queens will be. In a word, the hive
in which queens are reared must be well supplied with bees,
brood and honey, so the young queens may be well fed and
kept warm.

515. The largest number of queen-cells can be obtained
by cutting holes into the combs under the cells containing
young larve or eggs, and feeding the bees plentifully. Some
Apiarists hold that, by leaving them without brood of any
kind for a few hours, they will raise more cells afterwards.

516. Nine days after the furnishing of the brood to the
queenless colony, count the number of queen-cells raised,
remembering that one has to be left to the colony that raised

REARING IMPROVED RACES. 269

them. On the same day, make swarms,
(£95) or nuclei, (522) or destroy worth-
less queens (155) which you desire to re-
place next day.

517. The next day, with a sharp pen-
knife, carefully remove a piece of comb, an
inch or more square, that contains a queen-
eell (Fig. 100), and in one of the brood
combs of the hive to which this cell is to be

given, cut a place just large enough to re- Fig. 100.
ceive and hold it in a natural position. QUEEN-CELL,
(Fig. 101.) REMOVED,

Each queenless stock can thus be supplied with a queen,
ready to hatch, from the best breeding mother.

Fig. 101.
(From Gravenhorst.)

CUTTING OUT AND INSERT-
ING QUEEN-CELLS.

A, Unsealed cell. 8B, in-
serted cell. Cc, Unfin-
ished cell. D, Deceptive
cell just begun.

Unless very great care is used in transferring a royal cell,
its inmate will be destroyed, as her body, until she is nearly
mature, is so exceedingly soft, that a slight compression of
her cell—especially near the base, where there is no cocoon—
generaliy proves fatal. For this reason, it is best to defer
removing them, until they are within three or four days of
hatching. A queen-cell, nearly mature, may be known by
its having the wax removed from the lid, by the bees, so as
to give it a brown appearance.

518. If the weather is warm, and the hive, to which a

NUCLEI 271

his method, given further on (528), found a remedy for
this. If many queens are to be raised, it is well to have a
new supply of cells started every week or even oftener.

519. A day or two after introducing the queen-cells, the
Apiarist can ascertain, by examination, whether they have
been accepted. If they have not been accepted, the cells will
be found torn open, on the side
(fig. 103), instead of on the end,
and the colonies will have begun
queen-cells of their own brood.
These queen-cells must be de-
stroyed and replaced by others
from the next supply. In removing
them, the greatest care should be
taken not to pass the deceptive
queen-cells, if any are there (fig.
101), which, although less appar-
ent, would disappoint the end in
view.

520. When queens are raised
ahead of time for artificial in-
crease, italianizing, or for sale, it
is more profitable to use nuclei in-
stead of full colonies to hatch these
queens. The word nuclei (plural
of nucleus), from the Latin nucleus
a nut, a kernel, was first applied
by Mr. Langstroth to diminutive
colonies of bees. This term is
now universally adopted on both
continents.

521. When we were raising SGaaNCHELS,
queens for sale, we had contrived a, hatched cell; b, sealed cell;
a divisible frame (figs. 104-105) to ¢ Tudimentary cell; d, cell
make these nuclei of combs taken i ei
from full colonies. Uur combs could be thus separated in two,
and used in smaller hives, and in the Fall, these same combs

272 QUEEN REARING.

were returned to the full colonies. Two small frames are

more advantageous than one large frame, as they give more
compactness to the cluster.

Besides, these small colonies can

Fig. 104.
DIVISIBLE FRAME, OLD STYLE.

be built up easily afterwards by coupling the frames, and
uniting the combs of 3 or 4 nuclei into one large hive.

Fig. 105,
INTERCHANGEABLE DIVISIBLE FRAME.

It is not necessary to have many of these frames in an api-
ary, as a few are sufficient to make a number of nuclei, if
they are placed in the centre of full colonies early in Spring.

NUCLEI 273

Two frames thus made from one standard Langstroth frame
measure about 8% by 81% inches each, a very convenient size
for nucleus frames.

E. F. Phillips.)

Fig. 106.
BENTON DIVISIBLE FRAMES AND NUCLEI,
(From “The Rearing of Queen-bees,’”’ Bulletin No. 55, U. S. Bureau of

Entomology.

In the Fall, a number of nuclei may be united, in a full
sized hive, on their own combs by this method.
522. To make a nucleus, take from a colony, as late in

274 QUEEN REARING.

the afternoon as there is light enough to do it, a comb con-
taining worker-eggs, and bees just gnawing out of their cells,
and put it, with the mature bees that are on it, into an
empty hive. If there are not bees enough adhering to it,
to prevent the brood from being chilled during the night,
more must be shaken into the hive from other combs. If
the transfer is made so late in the day that the bees are not
disposed to leave the hive, enough may have hatched, by morn-
ing, to supply the place of those which will return to the
parent stock.

523. In every case, when a swarm has left its hive for
another quarter, each bee, as she sallies out, flies with her
head turned towards it, that by marking the surrounding
objects, she may find her way back. If, however, the bees
did not emigrate of their own free will, most of them appear-
ing to forget, or not knowing, that their location has been
changed, return to their familiar spot; for it would seem
that,

‘*A ‘bee removed’ against her will,
Is of the same opinion still.’’

Should the Apiarist, ignorant of this fact, place the nu-
cleus on a new stand without providing it with a sufficient
number of young bees, it would lose so many of the bees
which ought to be retained in it, that most of its unsealed
brood would perish from neglect.

If the comb used in forcing such a nucleus was removed
at a time of day when the bees would be likely to return to
the parent stock, they should be confined to the hive, until
it is too late for them to leave; and if the number of bees, just
emerging from their cells, is not large, the entrance to the
hive should be closed, until about an hour before sunset of
the next day but one. The hive containing this small eol-
ony, should be properly ventilated, and shaded—if thin—
from the intense heat of the sun; it should always be well
supplied with honey. The space unoccupied in the hive should
be separated from the nucleus by a division board (349).

NUCLEI 275

524. Beginners must remember that it is better to have
these small nuclei strong with bees; but, in giving them
young bees, care should be taken not to give them the queen.
If a nucleus is made at mid-day, nearly all the bees given
to it will be young bees, as the old bees are then in the field.*

The best manner to add young bees from strange colonies
to weak nuclei, is to shake or brush them, on the apron board
in front of the entrance, as is done in swarming (428). +

525. Hives, or nuclei in which queen-cells are to be in-
troduced, should be aware of their queenless condition before
a queen-cell is given them. Hence the necessity of preparing
them 24 hours previous.

526. A vigilant eye should be kept upon every colony
that has not an impregnated queen; and when its queen is
about a week old it should be examined, and if she has be-
come fertile, she will usually be found supplying one of the
central combs with eggs. If neither queen nor eggs can be
found, and there are no certain indications that she is lost,
the hive should be examined a few days later, for some queens
are longer in becoming impregnated than others, and it is often
difficult to find an unimpregnated one, on account of her adroit
way of hiding among the bees.

As soon as the young queen lays, she may be introduced
to a queenless colony, or sold, and if queen-cells are kept
on hand, another one can be given to the nucleus the next
day. Thus, nuclei may be made to raise two queens or more
in a month.

52%. If the queens are to be multiplied rapidly, the
nuclei must never be allowed to become too much reduced
in numbers, or to be destitute of brood or honey. With
these precautions, the oftener their queen is taken from them,
the more intent they will usually become in supplying her loss.

* Some apiarists place nuclei in the cellar for a day or two, to ac-
custom the bees to their new home.

+ If these bees are taken from colonies that have been previously
made queenless, they will more readily remain in their new homes, but

young bees that have not yet taken flight seldcm leave the hive to
which they are given, if it has already brood and bees.

276 COMMERCIAL QUEEN REARING.

There is one trait in the character of bees which is worthy
of profound respect. Such is their indomitable energy and
perseverance, that under circumstances apparently hopeless,
they labor to the utmost to retrieve their losses, and sustain
the sinking State. So long as they have a queen, or any
prospect of raising one, they struggle vigorously against im-
pending ruin, and never give up until their condition is abso-
lutely desperate. We once knew a colony of bees not large
enough to cover a piece of comb four inches square, to attempt
to raise a queen. For two whole weeks, they adhered to their
forlorn hope; until at last, when they had dwindled to less
than one-half their original number, their new queen emerged,
but with wings so imperfect that she could not fly. Crippled
as she was, they treated her with almost as much respect as
though she were fertile. In the course of a week more, scarce
a dozen workers remained in the hive, and a few days later,
the queen was gone, and only a few disconsolate wretches were
left on the comb.

COMMERCIAL QUEEN REARING.
THE ALLEY METHOD,

528. Mr. Alley, who raised queens by the thousand, has
published his method of queen-rearmg. His queens are all
raised in very small nuclei which he calls miniature hives.
From a light-colored worker-comb filled with hatehing eggs,
he cuts strips with a sharp knife, as in fig. 107.

DIP EAR ASAD AD ADA

Fig. 107.
GG IN EVERY OTHER CELL.
(From Alley.)

“¢ After the comb has been cut up, lay the picces flat upon a
board or table, and cut the cells on one side down to within
one-fourth of an inch of the foundation or septum, as seen in

ALLEY’S METHOD. 277

fig. 108 which represents the comb ready to place in position
for cell building. While engaged in this work, keep a lighted
lamp near at hand, with which to heat the knife, or the cells
will be badly jammed.

The strips of comb being ready, we simply destroy each alter-
nate larva or egg, (fig. 107). In order to do this, take the
strips carefully in the left hand, and insert the end of a com-
mon lucifer match into each alternate cell, pressing it gently
on the bottom of the cell, and then twirling it rapidly between
the thumb and fingers. This gives plenty of room for large
cells to be built without interfering with those adjoining, and
permits of their being separated without injury to neighboring
cells.’’—‘‘ Bee-keepers’ Handy Book,’’ 1885.

aaaaal

Fig. 108. (From Alley.)

This strip, Mr. Alley fastens under a trimmed comb cut
slightly convex, by dipping the cells, which have been left
full length, into a mixture of two parts rosin and one of
beeswax, taking care not to over-heat this mixture, as the
heat might destroy the eggs (fig. 109). The comb thus pre-
pared is given to a prepared colony, which has been queen-
less and without brood for ten hours, Mr. Alley having noticed
that the eggs may be destroyed if given to a colony just made
queenless.

529. As it happens very often, that more queen-cells are
raised than are needed immediately, and as the bees usually
destroy all after the first one has hatched, Apiarists have
devised queen-nurseries to preserve the supernumerary cells
until needed. It is not safe to leave the queen-cells under
the control of the bees after ten days, as a queen may hatch
at any time.

The Alley queen-nursery is composed of a number of small

278 COMMERCIAL QUEEN REARING.

cages, covered with wire cloth on each side and inserted in
a frame. Each cage has two holes at the top, one for a sponge
saturated with honey, the other to receive the queen-cell. The
frame is inserted in a strong colony, not necessarily queenless,

Fig. 109.
ROW OF QUEEN CELLS.
(From Alley.)

since these young queens are caged, and have feed at hand
when they hatch.
The latest style of queen nursery is shown on plate 19.

Tue DoouitrLeE Metron.

530. Since the foregoing was written, the breeding of
queens for sale has taken a new impetus. Mr. G. M. Doolittle,
of New York, devised a method by which it does not become
necessary for man to wait for the action of bees in rearing

SSE
He aS Gas st4, sabes

pat pareswen

satat tat

AHA
++}
joa b9 Rema aw

Weiredd te tet

pita

ag
SH
+

haw

ABTT OTIDSQ ATIMMN. «

PLATE 19.

i

sats

<b aL
SS ee
ih samen
“ if +

DOOLITTLE METHOD 279

queens. He worked persistently until he succeeded in pro-
ducing queen-cells artificially, and this method, described by
him in his little work, “Scientific queen-rearing,’ has been
much improved upon of late years and is now called “The
Doolittle System.” It consists in manufacturing queen cell
cups artificially out of beeswax and supplying them with
young larvee or eggs transferred into them from worker cells.
A large number of these queen-cells are furnished to a queen-
less colony, and after the work of perfecting the queen-cells
has been done by the queenless bees, they are given into the
upper story of a strong colony whose bees will properly take
eare of these queen-cells on the only condition that this upper
story is separated from the main breeding apartment in which
the queen is laying, by means of a queen excluder (732). It
is astonishing but it is nevertheless a fact that bees on the
other side of a queen excluding partition in a hive containing
a good queen, will take care of queen-cells given them and will
allow them to hatch. The Messrs. Giraud of Landreau, France,
in their little work “Traité Pratique de l’élevage des reines”
even advise the using of a colony with queen, for the entire
work, separating the combs in which queen cells are reared
from the main apartment by a perforated zine. They sue-
ceeded in rearing as many as five hundred queen-cells during
one season from one of their best colonies and the entire work
was done in the hive occupied by that colony. This colony
was kept supplied with a plentiful amount of feed during a
scarcity of honey to keep up its breeding and its strength.

In the manner above mentioned, an unlimited number of
queens, if properly eared for, may be raised from the best
and most fertile queens. But when the queen-cells are about
ready to hatch, the queens must be protected, for the first
hatched would at once destroy the others. For this purpose,
they use something similar to the queen-nursery of Alley. The
nursery used by W. H. Pridgen of North Carolina, described
and recommended by W. Z. Hutchinson, in his work “Ad-
vanced Bee-culture” and of which we give an engraving, Plate
19, is probably the most practical for the purpose, especially

280 COMMERCIAL QUEEN REARING,

as itis kept on the same frame as the cell cups and sealed
queen-cells.

‘For making the artificial cells, there is needed
a dipping-stick (fig. 110) which is a round stick
5-16 of an inch in diameter, with a peculiar taper
at one end. The tapering part should be about
5-16 of an inch long, reduced rapidly for the first
% of an inch and then gradually reduced to the
end. It would slip into a worker cell 1% of an inch
before filling the mouth of the cell. These dip-
ping sticks can be made with a lathe, from any kind
of hard wood. To dip the cells, beeswax must be
kept just above the melting point by placing the
dish containing it over a lighted lamp. Keep a
little water in the dish, as this will be a guide to
the temperature. No bubbling should be allowed.
The stick after being thoroughly soaked in water
is dipped rather less than a half inch into the
beeswax, four dips usually completing the cell and
attaching it to the wooden bar upon which it is
supported while in the hive. Dip three times, then
loosen up the cup on the stick, then dip again, and
immediately press the base of the cell upon the
stick at the point where it is desired to have the
cell remain.’’ (‘‘Advanced Bee Culture.’’)

To transfer the larva, from worker cells into
these artificial queen-cells, Mr. Pridgen gives the
following directions:

DIPPING-STICE. :
“*To make a success of this the comb must be old enough so

that the outside of the cocoon is black and glossy. By shaving
down the cells with a keen edge knife, slightly heated, until
the walls of the cell are only about % of an inch deep, it is
an easy matter to remove the cocoon with the accompanying
larva. In fact, by bending the piece of comb back and forth,
the cocoons can often be forced to drop out of their own accord.
By making a little funnel shaped cavity in the dipping stick,
at the opposite end from that used in dipping the cells, the
larva and cocoon can be lifted by pressing this cavity down

DOOLITTLE METHOD 281

over them, much as a gun cap is pressed down over the tube.
After placing the end of the stick in one of the cups, a slight
pressure and a little twist leaves the cocoon snugly ensconced
in the bottom of the cell-cup.’’

In order to succeed, in breeding queens for sale, it requires
good judgment, daily attention to the needs of the queens, and
indefatigable perseverance. The queens when hatched should
be at once removed from the queen-nursery, so they may not
wear themselves out by repeated attempts at escaping. It may
be borne in mind, however, that young queens may be caged
quite a while without injury, since in the natural conditions
the worker bees often imprison the young queens in their cells
until a favorable moment for swarming.

531. In order to economize in the rearing of queens, queen
breeders have lately devised what is called “baby-nuclei” simi-
lar to the diminutive hives of Alley, but still smaller, in which
only about two hundred young bees full of honey are intro-
duced. The virgin queen is introduced to one of these and is
sure to be welcome, especially if those bees have been taken
from a queenless colony. There she remains until mated, which
is usually within a very short time. The only advantage that
we can see in this method is its cheapness, and the perhaps
greater ease with which the queen can be introduced, but for
several reasons and especially for the greater comfort and
success of the queen, we would prefer to use the larger nuclei
(521), where the conditions are more nearly similar to those
of full colonies.

Whatever we do in the breeding of queens, let us bear in
mind that we must keep our bees as nearly as possible in the
conditions in which queens are reared naturally. This is indis-
pensable for the raising of good stock. Apiarists of note have
objected to the Doolittle method, because of its forcing nature,
but as good stock is raised, by this method, as in the natural
way, and a greater number of good queens may be raised than
in any other way. This is very much similar to the methods
in which we increase our choice varieties of fruit trees. Graft-

282 QUEEN REARING.

ing is not one of nature’s ways, yet we succeed in raising some
of our best fruit by grafting. But in grafting as in queen
rearing, much care is needed in order to bring forth the most
satisfactory results.

The Apiarist who desires to make queen rearing a specialty
should carefully read everything of importance concerning the
subject. We recommend the special work of Doolittle, “Scien-
tifie Queen Rearing,” and the magnificently executed book of
Hutchinson “Advanced Bee Culture,” of which extracts have
been given. Bulletin No. 55 of the Bureau of Entomology at
Washington is a paper on the “Rearing of Queen Bees,” by
E. F. Phillips and contains also some valuable information
concerning the different methods.

532. Before we pass to the subject of introducing queens,
we cannot refrain from noticing the rapid progress of the
business of queen rearing in the last fifty years. The intro-
duction of brighter races has greatly increased the spread-
ing of apiarian science, and many facts which, years ago,
were known only to the few, now belong to the public domain.

In breeding the new races, let the novice remember that the
qualities he should seek to improve are, first, prolifieness and
honey production; second, peaceableness; third, beauty.

Since their introduction into this country, the Italians
have been bred too much for color, at the expense of their
other qualities. We have seen queens, that had been so in-
bred for color, that their mating with a black drone hardly
showed the hybridization of their progeny.

This in-and-in breeding, for color, has even produced white-
eyed drones, stone blind, a degeneracy which would tend to
the extinetion of the race.

Intropuctna IMPREGNATED QUEENS.

533. Great caution is needed in giving to bees a stranger
queen. Tuber thus described the way in which a new queen
is usually received by a colony:

PLATE 20.

G. M. DOOLITTLE,

Author of ‘Scientific Queen-Rearing’’ and of ‘‘Management
of Bees.”

This writer is mentioned pages 151, 175, 278, 279, 333, 392, 442, 443.

INTRODUCING IMPREGNATED QUEENS. 283

“‘Tf another queen is introduced into the hive within twelve
hours after the removal of the reigning one, they surround,
seize, and keep her a very long time captive, in an impenetrable
cluster, and she commonly dies either from hunger or want of
air, If eighteen hours elapse before the substitution of a
stranger-queen, she is treated, at first, in the same way, but the
bees leave her sooner, nor is the surrounding cluster so close;
they gradually disperse, and the queen is at last liberated; she
moves languidly, and sometimes expires in a few minutes. Some,
however, escape in good health, and afterwards reign in the
hive.’’

The manner in which strange queens are treated by the
bees, when they are queenless, depends mainly on the state of
the honey harvest.

534. But in order to meet with uniform success, the fol-
lowing conditions must be fulfilled:

Fig. 111.
MILLER QUEEN CAGE.
(From “The A B C of Bee-Culture.’’)

The bees must be absolutely queenless. Sometimes a colony
contains two (117) queens, and the Apiarist after removing
one may imagine that he can introduce a stranger, safely.
Many queens are thus killed.

535. Bees recognize one another mainly by scent. The
queen, especially when laying, has a peculiar odor,evidently per-
vading the hive and known to the bees. It is thought that the
absence of this odor, when a queen is removed, alarms the bees
because they recognize their loss. When a new queen is intro-
duced, if we cause the bees to become accustomed to her odor
before we release her, she may be accepted more readily.

536. Our method consists in placing the queen in a small
flat cage, made of wire cloth, between two combs, in the most

284 QUEEN REARING.

populous part of the hive, near the brood and the honey, and
keeping her there from 24 to 48 hours. These queen-cages
were first used in Germany for introducing queens.

537. In catching a queen, she should be gently taken
with the fingers, from among the bees, and if none are
crushed, there is no risk of being stung. The queen herself
will not sting, even if roughly handled.

If she is allowed to fly, she may be lost, by attempting to
enter a strange hive.

To introduce her into the cage, she should be allowed to
climb up into it. It is a fact well known to queen breeders
that a bee or a queen cannot be easily induced to enter a cage
or a box turned downward. The meshes of the wire cloth
should not be closer than 12 to the inch, that the bees may
feed the queen readily through them. This is important,
for we have lost two queens successively in a cage with closer
meshes,

The bees will cultivate an acquaintance with the imprisoned
mother, by thrusting their antenne through the openings, and
will be as quiet as though the queen had her liberty. Such a
cage will be very convenient for any temporary confinement
of a queen.

538. It is necessary, when the queen is released, that the
bees be in good spirits, neither frightened, nor angered, and
there should be no robbers about, as they might take her for
an intruder, and ball her. (436).

This technical word is used to deseribe the peculiar way
in whic; bees surround a queen whom they want to kill. The
cluster that encloses her, is in the form of a ball, sometimes
as large as one’s fist, and so compact that it cannot readily
he seattered. Sbe may be rescued by throwing the ball into
a basin of water. But the writer never had the patience to
delay, for fear of damage to the balled queen, and always
succeeded in freeing her with his fingers. We have known
bees to ball their own mother in such circumstances, for
queens are of a timid disposition and easily frightened. When

INTRODUCING IMPREGNATED QUEENS. 285

we release a strange queen, we put a small slice of comb
honey, or honey cappings, in place of the stopper of the
cage, and close the hive. It takes from 15 to 20 minutes for
the bees to eat through, and by that time all is quiet, so the
queen walks leisurely out of her cage, and is safe.

539. If the colony, in which a queen is to be introduced.
is destitute, the bees should be abundantly fed on the pre-
ceding night (605). After she has been released, it is well
to leave the colony alone for two or three days.

As a fertile queen can lay several thousand eggs a day, it
is not strange that she should quickly become exhausted, if
taken from the bees. “Ex nihilo mil fit’”—from nothing,
nothing comes—and the arduous duties of maternity compel
her to be an enormous eater. After an absence from the bees
of only fifteen minutes, she will solicit honey, when returned ;
and if kept away for an hour or upwards, she must either be
fed by the Apiarist, or have bees to supply her wants.

Mr. Simmins has taken advantage of this appetite, and of
the propensity of bees to feed the queens, in introducing them
directly, after keeping them without bees and food, for about
30 minutes. At dusk he lifts a corner of the cloth (352) of
the hive in which he wants to introduce the -queen, drives the
bees away with a little smoke, and permits the queen to run
between the combs. Then he waits 48 hours before visiting
the hive. Several bee-keepers report having succeeded with
this method. On account of this propensity of bees to feed
queens, any number of fertile ones may be kept in a hive
already containing a fertile queen, if they are placed in cages
between the combs, near the honey and the brood.

In very good honey seasons, queens may be introduced to
colonies without previous caging. They evidently accept a
queen under such circumstances from the same reason that
causes them to accept strange bees (485). But we strongly
recommend never to attempt to introduce a valuable queen in
this way.

Worker bees should never be caged with the queen when she

286 QUEEN REARING.

is introduced, as the other bees, noticing them to be strangers,
will allow them to starve, though they will feed the queen.

540. Some Apiarists use chloroform, ether, puff-balls, or
other ingredients, to stupefy the bees of mutinous colonies
who persist in refusing to accept a strange queen and who
show it by angrily surrounding the cage in which she is con-
fined.

The Rev. John Thorley, in his “Female Monarchy,” pub-
lished at London, in 1744, appears to have first introduced the
practice of stupefying bees by the narcotic fumes of the
“puff ball”? (Fungus pulverulentus), dried till it will hold
fire like tinder. The bees soon drop motionless from their
comb, and recover again after a short exposure to the air.
This method was once much practiced in France, (L’Apicul-
teur, page 17, Paris, 1856) but is very dangerous, as too large
a dose of anzstheties will cause death instead of sleep.

INTRODUCTION OF VIRGIN QUEENS.

541. The difference in looks between a virgin queen and
an impregnated one is striking, and an expert will distinguish
them at a glance. The virgin queen is slender, her abdomen
is small, her motions quick, she runs about and almost flies over
the combs, when trying to hide from the light. In fact, she
has nothing of the matronly dignity of a mother.

Bees, in possession of a fertile queen, are quite reluctant
to accept an unimpregnated one in her stead; indeed, it re-
quires much experience to be able to give a virgin queen to
a colony, and yet be sure of securing for her a good reception.

Mr. Langstroth was the first to ascertain, years ago, that
the best time to introduce her, is just after her birth, as soon
as she can crawl readily. If introduced too soon, the bees
may drag her out, as they would any imperfect worker. Most
queen-breeders liberate them on the comb, or at the entrance
of a queenless nucleus. Mr. H. D. Cutting recommends daub-
ing the young queen with honey, as she comes out of her cell,

INTRODUCTION OF VIRGIN QUEENS. 287

and liberating her among the bees, without touching her with
the fingers.

Nearly all breeders acknowledge that the introduction of
virgin queens to full colonies is an uncertain business, and
that they can be introduced safely only to small nuclei that
have been queenless some time. In this, we fully agree.

Doctor C. C. Miller recommends the introducing of a young
queen in a cage while the fertile queen is still in the hive,
removing the old queen a little later and leaving the virgin
queen caged for two or three days, allowing the bees to liberate
her by eating through honey or candy to reach her (598).
But the only way which may be held absolutely safe is to
introduce the virgin queen to a colony or nucleus containing
only young bees which have been deprived of queen for eight
or ten hours. The smaller the number of bees, the greater
the safety of the queen; that is why breeders introduce the
virgin queens to small nuclei (531).

We would advise novices to abstain from introducing virgin
queens, until they become expert in the business of queen rear-
ing; the introduction of unhatched queen-cells being much
more easily performed, and more uniformly successful.

542. In introducing queens or queen-cells to full colonies
during the swarming season, it happens very often that the
bees also raise queen-cells of their own brood, and swarm with
the queen given them (465). In view of this, the Apiarist
should watch, for a few days, the colony to which a new
queen has been introduced.

543. In hunting for a queen, it is necessary to remember
that she is on the brood combs unless frightened away. If the
bees are not greatly disturbed, an Italian queen may be found
within five minutes after opening the hive.

A queen of common bees, or of hybrids, is more difficult to
find, as her bees often rush about the hive as soon as it is
opened. If she cannot be found on the combs, and the hive
is populous, it is best to shake all the frames on a sheet, in
front of an empty box, and secure them in a closed hive, out

288 QUEEN REARING.

of the reach of robbers, until the search is over, when every-
thing may be returned to its proper place.

544. After a queen is taken from a cage, the bees will
run in and out of it for a long time, thus proving that they
recognize her peculiar scent. It is this odor which causes
them to run inquiringly over our hands, after we have caught
a queen, and over any spot where she alighted when her
swarm came forth.

This scent of the queen was probably known in Aristotle’s
time, who says: “When the bees swarm, if the king (queen)
is lost, we are told that they all search for him, and follow
him with their sagacious smell, until they find him.” Wild-
man says: ‘The scent of her body is so attractive to them,
that the slightest touch of her, along any place, or substance,
will attract the bees to it, and induce them to pursue any
path she takes.”

The intelligent bee-keeper has now realized, not only how
queens way be raised or replaced, by the use of the movable-
frame bive, but how any operation, which in other hives is
performed with difficulty, if at all, is in this rendered easy
and certain. No hive, however, can make the ignorant or
negligent very successful, even if they live in a region where
the climate is so propitious, and the honey resources so abun-

dant, that the bees will prosper in spite of mismanagement or
neglect.

CHAPTER IX.
Races or BrEss.

545. The honey-bee is not indigenous to America. Thom-
as Jefferson, in his “Notes on Virginia,” says:

‘«The honey-bee is not a native of our country. Marcgrave
indeed, mentions a species of honey-bee in Brazil. But this has
no sting, and is therefore different from the one we have, which
resembles perfectly that of Europe. The Indians concur with
us in the tradition that it was brought from Europe; but when
and by whom, we know not. The bees have generally extended
themselves into the country, a little in advance of the white
settlers. The Indians therefore call them the white man’s fly.’’

“When John Eliot translated the Scriptures into the lan-
guage of the Aborigines of North America, no words were
found expressive of the terms wax and honey.” (A. B. J.
July, 1866.)

Longfellow, in his “Song of Hiawatha,” in describing the
advent of the European to the New World, makes his Indian
warrior say of the bee and the white clover :—

““Wheresoe’er they move, before them
Swarms the stinging fly, the Ahmo,
Swarms the bee, the honey-maker;
Wheresve’er they tread, beneath them
Springs a flower unknown among us,
Springs the White Man’s Foot in blossom.’’

546. According to the quotations of the A. B. J., common
bees were imported into Florida, by the Spaniards previous
to 1763, for they were first noticed in West Florida in that
year. They appeared in Kentucky in 1780, in New York
in 1793, and West of the Mississippi in 1797.

289

290 RACES OF BEES.

547. ‘‘It is surprising in what countless swarms the bees
have overspread the far West within but a moderate number
of years. The Indians consider them the harbingers of the
white man, as the buffalo is of the red man, and say that, in
proportion as the bee advances, the Indian and the buffalo re-
tire...... They have been the heralds of civilization, steadily

Fig. 112.
AN APIARY IN CALIFORNTA.
(From the “American Bee Journal."’)

preceding it as it advances from the Atlantic borders; and
some of the ancient settlers of the West pretend to give the
very year when the honey-bee first crossed the Mississippi. At
present it swarms in myriads in the noble groves and forests that
skirt and intersect the prairies, and extend along the alluvial
bottoms of the rivers. It seems to me as if these beautiful

THE BEE IN AMERICA. 291

regions answer literally to the description of the land of prom-
se—a land flowing with milk and honey;’ for the rich pas-
turage of the prairies is calculated to sustain herds of cattle
as countless as the sands upon the sea-shore, while the flowers
with which they are enamelled render them a very paradise for
the nectar-seeking bee.’’—Washington Irving, ‘‘Tour on the
Prairies,’’? Chap. LX. (1832).

Many Apiarists contend that newly-settled countries are
most favorable to the bee; and an old German adage runs
thus :—

‘*Bells’ ding dong,

And choral song,

Deter the bee

From industry:

But hoot of owl,

And ‘wolf’s long howl,’
Incite to moil

And steady toil.’’

It is evident that the bees spread Westward very rapidly,
and to this day, many old bee-men can be found, who posi-
tively assert that a swarm never goes Kastward, even after
it is proven to them that they usually go to the nearest tim-
ber. Our United States are now occupied by the honey-bee,
from Maine to Calfornia, from Texas to Montana, wherever
man and moisture may be found. The irrigated portions of
the arid West, in Arizona, Colorado, Utah, Nevada, have
proven an eldorado for them.

At the National Convention of Bee-Keepers held at Los
Angeles, California, in August, 1903, Mr. J. 8. Harbison,
gave an interesting account of his first introduction of bees
to the Pacifie Coast. He took 116 colonies, in 1857, from
Newcastle, Penna., to Sacramento, by way of Panama and
the Panama railroad, with the loss of only six colonies and
when he reached California with them, he sold readily those
that he wished to dispose of, at $100 per colony. The reader
knows how successful bee-culture has become in California
since that early date.

292 RACES OF BEES.

548. Bees, like all other insects, are divided scientifically
into genera, species, and varieties.

Aristotle speaks of three different varieties of the honey-
bee, as well known in his time. The best variety he describes
as small, and round in size and shape, and variegated in
color.

Virgil (Georgica, lib. IV., 98) speaks of two kinds as flour-
ishing in his time; the better of the two he thus describes:

‘¢Elucent alie, et fulgore coruscant,
Ardentes auro, et paribus lita corpora guttis.
Hee potior soboles; hine celi tempore certo
Dulcia mella premes.’’

“The others glitter, and their variegated bodies shine like
drops of sprinkling gold. This better brecd! Thanks to them,

if the weather of the sky is certain, you will have honey
combs to press.”

This better variety, it will be seen, he characterizes as
spotted or variegated, and of a beautiful golden color.

549. The first bee introduced into America, was the com-
mon bee of Europe, Western Asia, and Western Africa, Apis
mellifica, now called Apis mellifera, by many. ‘Mellifics
means “honey maker,’ while “Mellifera” means “honey bear-
er.” It is usually designated under the name of black, or gray
bee. Both names are appropriate, since the race varies in
shade, according to localities. In the greater part of Africa,
as well as in the European provinces of Turkey, the common
bees are dark, nearly black. Jn other places, their color is
grayish. They vary in size, as well. According to some
French writers, the bees of Holland are small, and denomi-
nated “la petite Hollandaise” (the little Hollander); on the
other hand, the Carniolan* bees are quite large. We have
never seen queens as large as some Carniolans which we im-
ported some thirty years ago. But, in spite of the prolifieness

* Carniola is uw province of Austria, near the Adriatic, but on the
East slope of the mountains.

THE ITALIAN 3EE. 293

and general good reputation of this race, we did not attempt
to propagate it, owing to the difficulty of detecting their
mating with the common bees, since they are almost alike in
color.

These bees have since been bred largely in the U. S., and are
praised for their prolificness and peaceable disposition.

550. Besides the common bee, there are a great many
varieties. The best known are: st, the Ligurian, Apis
Ligustica, so named by Spinola, because he found it first, in
the part of Italy called Liguria. The Rev. E. W. Gilman,
of Bangor, Maine, directed the writer’s attention to Spinola’s
“Insectorum Liguriae species novae aut rariores,’ from which
it appears, that Spinola accurately described all the peculiari-
ties of this bee, which he found in Piedmont, in 1805. He
fully identified it with the bee described by Aristotle.

2nd. The Apis fasciata (banded bee). This bee, related to
the Italian, or Ligurian, which has yellow bands also, is found
in Egypt, in Arabia, along both sides of the Red Sea, in Syria,
in Cyprus and in Caucasus.

3d. We shall mention also the large Apis dorsata of South-
ern Asia, and the melipones of Brazil and Mexico.

551. The Italian bee, Apis Ligustica, spoken of by Aris-
totle and Virgil as the best kind, still exists distinct and pure
from the common kind, after the lapse of more than two thou-
sand years.

The great superiority of this race, over any other race
known, is now universally acknowledged; for it has victo-
riously stood the test of practical bee-keepers, side by side
with the common bee. The ultimate superseding of the com-
mon bee by the Italian in this country is but a matter of
time. Already, in many parts of Colorado, no other race
is to be found.

552. The following facts are evident:

ist. The Italian bees are less sensitive to cold than the
eommon kind. 2nd. Their queens are more prolifie. 3d.
They defend their hives better against insects. Moths (802)

294 RACES OF BEES.

are hardly ever found in their combs, while they are occa-
sionally found in the combs of even the strongest colonies of
common bees. Their great vigilance is due to the mildness of
the climate of Italy, whose Winters never destroy the moth.
Having to defend themselves against a more numerous enemy,
they are more watchful than the bees of colder regions. 4th.
They are less apt to sting. Not only are they less apt, but
searcely are they inclined to sting, though they will do so if
intentionally annoyed, or irritated, or improperly treated.

Spinola speaks of the more peaceable disposition of this
bee; and Columella, 1800 years ago, bas noticed the same
peculiarity, describing it as “mitior moribus,” (milder in
habits). When once irritated, however, they become very
cross.

5th. They are more industrious. Of this fact, all the
results go to confirm Dzierzon’s statements, and satisfy us
of the superiority of this kind in every point of view. 6th.
They are more disposed to rob than common bees, and more
courageous and active in self-defense. They strive on all
hands to force their way into colonies of common bees; but
when strange bees attack their hives, they fight with great
fierceness, and with an incredible adroituess.

Spinola speaks of these bees as “velociores motw’’—quicker
in their motions than the common bees.

They however sooner grow tired of hunting, where nothing
ean be gained; and if all the plunder is put out of their
reach, they will give up the attempt at robbing (664) more
promptly than common bees.

7th. Aside from their peaceableness, they are more easily
handled than the common bees, as they eling to their combs
and do not rush about, or cluster here and there, or fall to the
-ground, as the common bees do.

It is hardly necessary to add, that this species of the honey-
bee, so much more productive than the common kind, is of
very great value in all sections of our country. Its superior
docility makes it worthy of high regard, even if in other

THE ITALIAN BEE. 295

respects it had no peculiar merits. Its introduction into this
country, has helped to constitute the new era in bee-keeping,
and has imparted much interest to its pursuit. It is one of
the causes which have enabled America to surpass the world
in the production of honey.

553. Their appearance can be described as follows:
“The first three abdominal rings (fig. 113) of the worker
bee are transparent, and vary from a dark straw or golden
color to the deep yellow of ochre. These rings have a nar-
row dark edge or border, so that the yellow, which is some-
times called leather color, constitutes the ground, and is
seemingly barred over by these black
edges. This is most distinctly percepti-
ble when a brood-comb, on which bees
are densely crowded, is taken out of a
hive, or when a bee is put on a window.
When the bee is full of honey these
rings extend and slide out of one another,
and the yellow bands show to better ad-
vantage, especially if the honey eaten is
of a light color. On the contrary, during
a dearth of honey, the rings are drawn
up, or telescoped in one another, and the

bee hardly looks like the same insect.

ABDOMEN OF THE . + .

JTALIAN BEE. This peculiarity has annoyed many bee-
(From The A B C of keepers, who imagined their beautiful bees
HES CUE had suddenly become hybrids.

In doubtful cases, as the purity of Italian bees is very
important, it is well to follow the advice of A. I. Root: “If
you are undecided in regard to your bees’ purity, get some
of the bees and feed them all the honey they can take; now
put them on a window, and if the band C (fig. 113) is not
plainly visible, call them hybrids.”

554. Aside from this test, their tenacity and quietness
on the comb, while handled, are infallible signs of purity.
We have repeatedly carried a frame of brood covered with

Fig. 113.

296 RACES OF BEES,

pure Italian bees, from a hive to the house, and passed the
comb from hand to hand among visitors, some of whom
were ladies, without a single bee dropping off, or attempting
to sting.

555. The drones and the queens are very irreglar in mark-
ings, some being of a very bright yellow color, others almost
as dark as drones or queens of common bees.

*“Tt is a remarkable fact that an Italian queen, mpregnated
by a common drone, and a common queen impregnated by an
Italian drone, do not produce workers of a uniform intermediate
cast, or hybrids; but some of the workers bred from the eggs
of each queen will be purely of the Italian, and others as purely
of the common race, only a few of them, indeed, being ap-
parently hybrids. Berlepsch also had several mismated queens,
which at first produced Italian workers exclusively, and after-
wards common workers as exclusively. Some such queens pro-
duced fully three-fourths Italian workers; others, common -work-
ers in the same proportion. Nay, he states that he had one
beautiful orange-yellow mismated Italian queen which did not
produce a single Italian worker, but only common workers, per-
haps a shade lighter in color. The drones, however, produced
by a mismated Italian queen are uniformly of the Italian race,
and this fact, besides demonstrating the truth of Dzierzon’s
theory, (133) renders the preservation and perpetuation of the
Italian race, in its purity, entirely feasible in any country
where they may be introduced.’’—S. Wagner.

556. The Italian bees from different parts of Italy are of
different shades, but otherwise, preserve about the same
characteristics all over the peninsula. But how can they keep
pure, since there are common bees in Europe? A glance at
the map will answer the question. Italy is surrounded on all
sides by water or snow-covered mountains, which offer an
insuperable barrier to any insects. This is further evidenced
by the fact that the bees of the canton of Tessin (Italian
Switzerland) are Italians, being on the South side of the Alps,
while those of the canton of Uri (German Switzerland), on

THE ITALIAN BEE. 297

the other side of the mountains and only a few miles off, are
common bees.*

55¢@. The importation of Italian bees to another country
was first attempted by Capt. Baldenstein.

‘Being stationed in Italy, during part of the Napoleonic
wars, he noticed that the bees, in the Lombardo-Venitian dis-
trict of Valtelin, and on the borders of Lake Como, differed in
color from the common kind, and seemed to be more industrious.
At the close of the war, he retired from the army, and returned
to his ancestral castle, on the Rhetian Alps, in Switzerland;
and to occupy his leisure, had recourse to bee-culture, which
had been his favorite hobby in earlier years, While studying
the natural history, habits, and instincts of these insects, he
remembered what he had observed in Italy, and resolved to
procure a colony from that country. Accordingly, he sent two
men thither, who purchased one, carried it over the mountains,
to his residence, in September, 1843.

‘‘His observations and inferences impelled Dzierzon—who
had previously ascertained that the cells of the Italian and com-
mon bees were of the same size—to make an effort to procure
the Italian bee; and, by the aid of the Austrian Agricultural
Society at Vienna he succeeded in obtaining, late in February,
1853, « colony from Mira, near Venice.’’—S. Wagner.

Some of the Governments of Europe have long ago taken
great interest in disseminating among their people a knowledge
of bee culture.

The United States also recognized the importance of our
pursuit. An apiarian department has been established and
Mr. Frank Benton was sent for a trip around the world, in
1905, to investigate the value of the bees and honey pro-
ducing plants of other countries.

558. An attempt was made in 1856, by Mr. Wagner, to
import the Italian bees into America; but, unfortunately, the
colonies perished on the voyage. The first living Italian bees

* The idea that select Italian bees raised in America, may be purer

than any Italians ever imported, has been gravely discussed by some
persons. -

298 RACES OF BEES.

landed on this continent were imported in the Fall of 1859
by Mr. Wagner and Mr. Richard Colvin, of Baltimore, from
Dzierzon’s apiary. Mr. P. G. Mahan, of Philadelphia,
brought over at the same time a few colonies. In the Spring
of 1860, Mr. 8. B. Parsons, of Flushing, L. I., imported a
number of colonies from Italy. Mr. William G. Rose, of
New York, in 1861, imported also from Italy. Mr. Colvin
made a number of importations from Dzierzon’s apiary; and
in the Fall of 1863 and 1864 Mr. Langstroth also imported
queens from the same apiary, but the first large successful
importations were made by Adam Grimm of Wisconsin, in
1867, from the apiary of Prof. Mona of Bellinzona, and by
us in 1874, from the apiary of Signor Guiseppe Fiorini of
Monselice, Italy. Since then, Mr. A. I. Root, and others,
have sueceeeded well nearly every season.

This valuable variety of the honey-bee is now extensively
disseminated in North America.

559. The Egyptian bees (Apis fasciata) are smaller and
brighter than the Italian bee. The hairs of their body are
more whitish, and their motions are quick and fly-like. Their
prolifieness is great, but their ill-disposition has caused many
who have tried them to abandon them.

The Cyprian bees (a sub-race of Apis fasciata) were im-
ported from Cyprus to Europe in 1872, and they were so
much praised that, in 1880, two enterprising American Apia-
rists, Messrs. D. A. Jones and Frank Benton made a trip to
Cyprus and the Holy Land, and brought bees from both coun-
tries to America.

The Cyprian bees resemble the Italian bees. The main
difference between them, in appearance, is a bright yellow
shield on the thorax of the Cyprians not to be seen in the
Italians, and the yellow rings of the former are brighter,
of a copper color, especially under the abdomen. Their
drones are beautiful.

Their behavior is like that of the Egyptians; quick and
ready, they promptly assail those who dare handle them.

THE SYRIAN BEE. 299

Smoke astonishes but does not subdue them. At each puff
of the smoker they emit a sharp, trilling sound, not easily
forgotten, resembling that of “meat in the frying pan,” and as
soon as the smoke disappears, they are again on the watch,
ready to pounce on any enemy, whether man or beast, bee
or moth. Their courage and great prolifieness would make
them a very desirable race, if they could be handled safely.

A slight mixture of this race with the Italian improves the
latter wonderfully in color and working qualities.

560. The Holy Land or Syrian bees are almost similar
in looks to the Egyptian, these two countries being contigu-
ous. Those who have tried them do not agree as to their
behavior; some holding them to be very peaceable, others
describing them as very cross. We have never tried them.

Among the different races of Eastern bees, the Caucasian
are cited by Vogel, a German, as of such mild disposition,
that it is hard to get them to sting. Yet it is said that these
bees defend themselves well against robber bees. This is con-
firmed by Mr. Benton, who has imported them into the U. S.
under the auspices of the Department of Agriculture.

According to Vogel, they resemble the Syrian bees, having
also the shield of the Cyprians. It would seem that these
bees exist in the temperate zone of Asia, from the shores of
the Mediterranean to the Himalayas, for Dr. Dubini, in his
book, writes that they were found at the foot of these moun-
tains.*

561. According to an article in the “Scientific Review”
of England, although bees have been sent from this country
and Europe, to Australia, there is an Australian native bee,
which builds its nest on the Eucalyptus. These bees gather
immense quantities of a kind of honey which, although very
sweet, can be used as medicine, to replace the cod-liver oil,
used with so much repugnance by consumptives.

* Some apiarists assert that there are two varieties of this bee, which
they name Apis caucasia aurea and Apis nigra argentea. So it would

seem from the quotation of a catalog of a Russian apiarist and queen
breeder mentioned by Giraud Fréres in A. B. J. of February ist, 1906.

300 RACES OF BEES.

562. Apis dorsata, the largest bee known, lives in the
jungles of India. Myr. Benton attempted to import this bee
at great expense and danger, but only succeeded in bringing
one colony to Syria, where it died. Mr. Vogel tried also to
bring some of them to Germany without success. At all
events further attempts at importing or domesticating these
bees would be so expensive, that private enterprise will be
balked by the task. Besides Apis dorsata, two other kinds
exist in India, Apis florea and Apis Indica. The latter is
cultivated by the natives with good results. Both are smaller
than our common bee.

563. Another race of bees,* the Melipone, is found in
Brazil and Mexico. More than twelve varieties of these have
been described, all without stings.

Huber, in the beginning of the nineteenth century, received
a nest of them, but the bees died before reaching Geneva. Mr.
Drory, while at Bordeaux, France, was more successful. One
of his friends sent him a colony of Melipones, and he pub-
lished in the “Rucher du Sud-Ouest” some very curious facts
concerning them. The cells containing the stores of honey
and pollen are not placed near those intended for brood, but
higher in the hive; they are as large as pigeon eggs, and
attached in clusters to the walls of the hive. The brood cells
are placed horizontally in rows of several stories. The work-
ers do not nurse the brood, but fill the cells with food, on
which the queen lays. The cells are then closed till the young
bees emerge from them.

* These bees are scientifically classified as belonging to a different
genus of Apide.

CHAPTER X.
Tue APIARY.
Location.

564. Any one can keep bees, successfully, if he has a
liking for this pursuit and is not too timid to follow the
directions given in this treatise. Even ladies can manage
a large apiary successfully, with but little help. Miss Emma
Wilson, sister-in-law of Dr. C. C. Miller, is an expert apiarist
and does a great portion of the work in two large apiaries of
several hundred colonies.

Almost any locality will yield a surplus of honey in aver-
age seasons. The late Mr. Chas. F. Muth of Cincinnati, with
22 colonies of bees, on the roof of his house, in the heart of
this large city, harvested a surplus honey yield of 198 lbs.
per colony in one season. Mr. Muth informed us that this
surplus was collected from white clover blossoms in 26 days.

565. But an intimate acquaintance with the honey re-
sources of the country is highly important to those desirous
of engaging largely in bee-culture. While, in some localities,
bees will accumulate large stores, in others, only a mile or
two distant, they may yield but a small profit.

‘«While Huber resided at Cour, and afterwards at Vevey, his
bees suffered so much from scanty pasturage, that he could
only preserve them by feeding, although stocks that were but
two miles from him were, in each case, storing their hives
abundantly.’’—Bevan.

Those desirous of becoming specialists will find the subject
of location and yield further treated in the chapter on Pas-
turage and Overstocking (698).

566. Inexperienced persons will seldom find it profitable
to begin bee-keeping on a large scale. By using movable-

301

THE APIARY

302

“SHAIH INvdava

VINVNTAG NI duadHOLNvd
FIT Sl

‘W GO AUVIdV

LOCATION. 303

frame (286) hives, they can rapidly increase their stock
after they have acquired skill, and have ascertained, nct
simply that money can be made by keeping bees, but that they
ean make it.

While large profits can be realized by careful and experi-
enced bee-keepers, those who are otherwise will be almost
sure to find their outlay result only in vexatious losses. An
apiary neglected or mismanaged is worse than a farm over-
grown with weeds or exhausted by ignorant tillage; for the
land, by prudent management, may again be made fertile,
but the bees, when once destroyed, are a total loss. Of all
farm pursuits bee-culture requires the greatest skill, and it
may well be called a business of details.

567. Wherever the apiary is established, great pains
should be taken to protect the bees against high winds. Their
hives should be placed where they will not be annoyed by foot

$ passengers or cattle, and should never be very near where

horses must stand or pass. If managed on the swarming
plan, it is very desirable that they should be in full sight
of. the rooms most oceupied, or at least where the sound of
their swarming will be easily heard.

In the Northern and Middle States, the hives should have
a South-Eastern, Southern, or South-Western exposure, to
give the bees the benefit of the sun, when it will be most con-
ducive to their welfare.

568. The plot oecupied by the Apiary should be grassy,
mowed frequently, and kept free from weeds.

Sand, gravel, saw-dust* or coal cinders, spread in front of
the hive, will prevent the growing of grass in their (343)
immediate vicinity, and be a great help to those overladen
bees, that fall to the ground before reaching the entrance.

Hives are too often placed where many bees perish by fall-
ing into dirt, or among the tall weeds and grass, where spiders
and toads find their choice lurking-places.

* Sawdust is perhaps not very safe, owing to danger of fire from the
smokers, in very dry weather.

304 THE APIARY.

A gentle slope southward will help to set the hives as they
should be, slanting toward the entrance (326, 327).

Fig. 115.
APIARY OF M, H. MENDLBSON IN CALIFORNIA,

569. They should be placed on separate stands, entirely
independent of one another, and, whenever practicable, room
should be left for the Apiarist to pass around each hive. We

(From the “American Bee Journal.’’)

LOCATION. 305

prefer to place them in rows sixteen feet apart, with the
hives about six feet apart in the rows. This isolates each

ri

Fig. 116.
HOUSE APIARY OF MR. JECKER IN SWITZERLAND,

(From the “Revue Internationale.’’)

hive completely, and, while handling one colony, the Apiar-
ist is not in danger of being stung by the bees of another.
The bees are also less likely to enter the wrong hives (502).

306 THE AF1ARY.

Covered Apiaries.

570. Covered apiaries, unless built at great expense,
afford little protection against extreme heat or cold, and
greatly increase the risk of losing the queens (503) and the
young bees. The weak colonies are always the losers, for
their young bees, in returning from their first trip (173),
are attracted by the noise of other hives closely adjoining,
and prove the truth of the French proverb “La pierre va
toujours au tas,” (the stone always goes to the heap).

When hives must stand close together, they should be of
different colors. Even varying the color of the blocks will
be of great usefulness.

Jobn Mills, in a work published at London, in 1766, gives
(p. 93) the following directions:—“Forget not to paint the
mouths of your colonies with different colors, as red, white,
blue, yellow, &e., in form of a half-moon, or square, that the
bees may the better know their own homes.”

Covered apiaries are common in Germany and Italy; their
only quality is that of being thief proof, when shut and
locked. But such structures, especially when several stories
high, cannot easily shelter top-opening hives.

571. Probably the most convenient covered apiaries are
simple sheds, facing South, and open in front during the
Summer and warm days of Winter. House apiaries, in
which the hives are placed in several stories, facing every
direction, are worse than nothing. Their only quality is to
be ornamental and costly.

572. In the Summer, no place is so congenial to bees as
the shade of trees, if it is not too dense, or the branches so
low as to interfere with their flight. As the weather becomes
cool, they can, if necessary, be moved to any more desirable
Winter location. If colonies are moved in the line of their
flight, and a short distance at a time, no loss of bees will be
incurred; but, if moved a few yards, all at once, many will

307

COVERED APIARIES.

(.<Teainor 99g UBdJIOUTy,, eq} WO1)
“VHSVUEEN JO AATIOLS ‘WM WO AUVIdVY GAHS
“LIL ‘St

308 THE APIARY.

be lost. A slanting board placed in front of the hive, so as
to prevent the bees from flying in straight line from the
entrance to the field, will incite them to mark the change
of their position. By a gradual process, the hives in a small
apiary may, in the Fall, be brought into a narrow compass,
so that they can be easily sheltered from the bleak’ Winter
winds. In the Spring, they may be gradually returned to their
old positions.

By removing the strongest colonies in an apiary the first
day, and others not so strong the next, and continuing the
process until all were removed, we have safely changed the
location of an apiary, when compelled to move bees in the
working season. On the removal of the last hive, but few
bees returned to the old spot. The change, as thus conducted,
strengthened the weaker colonies, but we would advise bee-
keepers to locate their hives in as permanent a position as
possible, as this moving is not practical, especially with a
large number of colonies. Those who do not winter their
bees in the cellar, can easily protect them on their Summer
stand. (635.)

If the hives have to be placed in an exposed location with-
out shade, it is well to protect them with roofs. A roof will
be found highly economical, as it not only sheds the rain,
but wards off the heat of the sun.

573. The beginner will ordinarily find it best to stock his
apiary with swarms of the current year, thus avoiding, until
he can prepare himself to meet them, the perplexities which
often accompany either natural or artificial swarming. If
new swarms are purchased, unless they are large and early,
they may only prove a bill of expense. If old colonies are
purchased, such only should be selected as are healthy and
populous. If removed after the working season has begun,
they should be brought from a distance of at least two
miles (13).

Tf the bees are not all at home when the hive is to be re-
moved, blow a little smoke into its entrance, to cause those

TRANSFERRING. 309

within to fill themselves with honey, and to prevent them
from leaving for the fields. Repeat this process from time to
time, and in half an hour nearly all will have returned. If
any are clustered on the outside, they may be driven within
by smoke.

The best time to buy full colonies of bees, is Spring. A
cool day may be selected, in which to move them, as the bees
are not flying, none ean be lost. In the present thriving
state of bee-keeping, colonies of pure Italian bees (551) in
movable-frame hives can usually be bought at very reason-
able figures. If the Apiarist’s means are very limited, black
bees (549) in old style box-hives may prove the cheapest,
if they can be found. But they should be promptly trans-
ferred into more practical hives, and italianized; these manipu-
lations will help to give to the novice the practice which he
lacks. Italian bees and movable-frame hives are now a sine
qua non of success.

No colony should be purchased, unless it has brood in all
stages, showing that it has a healthy queen. For transport-
ing bees, see (587, 603).

TRANSFERRING BEES FROM CoMMON TO MovaBLE-FRAME
Hives.

574. This process may be easily effected whenever the
weather is warm enough for bees to fly.*

It has sometimes been done in Winter, for purposes of
experiment, by removing the bees into a warm room, but the
best time for it, is when the bees have the least honey, at the
beginning of the fruit bloom. If it ean be done on a warm

*It may be remarked, by some reader, that the number of box hives
in existence in the United States is now so very limited, that a page
or two on this subject is a waste, but in a protracted experience we
have found that even the most practical Apiarist may occasionally be
compelled to hive bees in any kind of box. It is therefore well to
know how to transfer them safely to movable-frame hives, without
destroying either the worker combs or the brood.

310 THE APIARY.

day, when they are at work, there will be but little danger
from robbers (664).

It is conducted as follows: Have in readiness a box—
which we shall call the forcing box—whose diameter is about
the same with that of the hive from which you intend to
drive the swarm. Smoke the hive, lift it from its bottom-
board without the slightest jar, turn it over, and carefully
carry it off about a rod, as bees, if disturbed, are much more
inclined to be peaceable, when removed a short distance from
their familiar stand. If the hive is gently placed upside
down on the ground, searcely a bee will fly out, and there will
be little danger of being stung. The timid and inexperienced
should protect themselves with a bee-veil, and may blow more
smoke among them, as soon as the hive is inverted. After
placing it on the ground, the foreing-box must be put over
it. If smooth inside, it should have slats fastened one-third
of the distance from the top, to aid bees in clustering. Some
Apiarists place the box slanting on the hive, so as to be able
to see the bees climbing. This method, called open driving, is
a little slower, but it may give the operator the chance of
seeing the queen; when the driving can be considered as done.

575. <As soon as the Apiarist has confined the bees, he
should place an empty hive—which we eall the decoy-hive
—upon their old stand, which those returning from the fields
may enter, instead of dispersing to other hives, to meet, per-
haps, with a most ungracious reception. As a general rule,
however, a bee with a load of honey or bee-bread, after the
extent of her resources is ascertained, is pretty sure to be
welcomed by any hive to which she may carry her treasure;
while a poverty-stricken unfortunate that presumes to claim
their hospitality is, usually, at once destroyed. The one
meets with as flattering a reception as a wealthy gentleman
proposing to take up his abode in a country village, while
the other is as much an object of dislike as a poor man, who
bids fair to become a public charge.

If there are in the apiary several old colonies standing

TRANSFERRING. 311

close together, it is desirable, in performing this operation,
that the decoy-hive, and the forcing-box, should be of the
same shape and even color with that of the parent-stock. If
they are very unlike, and the returning bees attempt to enter
a neighboring hive, because it resembles their old home, the
adjoining hives should have sheets thrown over them, to hide
them from the bees, until the operation is completed.

Fig. 118.
HOUSE APIARY OF MR. BLATT IN SWITZERLAND.

576. To return to our imprisoned bees: their hive should
be beaten smarily with the palms of the hands, or two small
rods, on the sides to which the combs are attached, so as to
run no risk of loosening* them. These “rappings,” although

* There is little danger of loosening the combs of an old colony, but
the greatest caution is necessary when the combs of a hive are new.
If, in inverting such a hive, the broad sides of the combs, instead of

their edges, are inclined downwards, the heat, and weight of the bees,
may loosen the combs, and ruin the colony.

312 THE APIARY.

not of a very “spiritual” character, produce, nevertheless, a
decided effect upon the bees. Their first impulse, if no smoke
were used, would be to sally out, and wreak their vengeance
on those who thus rudely assail their honied dome; but as
soon as they inhale its fumes, and feel the terrible concussion
of their once stable abode, a sudden fear, that they are to be
driven from their treasures, takes possession of them. De-
termined to prepare for this unceremonious writ of ejection,
by carrying off what they can, each bee pegins to lay in a
supply, and in about five minutes, all are filled to their utmost
capacity. A prodigious humming is now heard, as they begin
to mount into the upper box; and in about fifteen minutes
from the time the rapping began—if it has been continued
with but slight intermissions—the mass of bees, with their
queen, will hang clustered in the forcing-box, like any natural
swarm, and may, at the proper time, be readily shaken out on
a sheet, in front of their tended hive.

Now put the forcing box on their old stand, and carry the
parent-hive to some place where you cannot be annoyed by
other bees.

577. It is important to make sure that the queen is re-
moved, as she might be injured in the transfer of comb.
Her presence among the driven bees can be ascertained in
a few minutes, by the quietness of their behavior, or by the
eggs which she drops on the bottom-board, and which can
easily be seen if a black cloth is spread under the forcing
box (155).

If the queen is not with the bees, a few will come out and
run about, as if anxiously searching for something they have
lost. The alarm is rapidly communicated to the whole colony;
the explorers are reinforced, the ventilators suspend theiy
operations, and soon the air is filled with bees. If they can-
not find the queen, they return to their old stand, and if no
hive is there, will soon enter one of the adjoining colonies.
If their queen is restored to them soon after they miss her,
those running out of the hive will make a half-circle, and

TRANSFERRING. 313

return; the joyful news is quickly communicated to those
on the wing, who forthwith alight and enter the hive; all
appearance of agitated running about on the outside of the
hive ceases, and ventilation, with its joyful hum, is again re-
sumed. To witness these interesting proceedings, it is only
necessary to catch the queen, and keep her until she is missed
by her colony. For greater security, she should be confined
in a queen cage (536) during the experiment.

If the queen has not left the old hive, it is safer to return
the bees and to resume the driving at another time.

578. To transfer the comb, have on hand tools for pry-
ing off a side of the hive; a large knife for cutting out the
combs; vessels for the honey; a table or board, on which
to lay the brood combs; and water for washing off, from
time to time, the honey which will stick to your hands.

Have also a number of pieces of wire, No. 16, cut a little
longer than the frame, and bent on the ends in this shape
tt to be driven into the wood of the frame, and to hold
the combs in place. Let a certain number of frames be in
readiness, with three or four of these wires fastened on one
side, and lay them on the table, wire-side down. You must
also have your movable-frame hive in readiness near the
table, with an extracting pan (#70) under it, instead of a
bottom-board, to receive what honey may drip. All this
must be ready before disturbing the bees.

579. Having selected the worker-combs, carefully cut them
rather large, so that they will just crowd into the frames,
and retain their places in their natural position (fig. 46),
until the bees have time to fasten them.

Now tack as many wires over them as may be necessary
to hold them securely, and hang them in the hive. Drone
combs should invariably be melted into wax. If drone-brood
is found, it can be fed to young chickens, who are very fond
of the larve. The bottom-board should be put under the
hive just before carrying it out.

When the hive is thus prepared, the bees may be put into

THE APIARY,.

314

‘Sd1V GHL NI SVNAOVA ‘MW dO AUVIdV
‘6IT “31a

to them, until they have

time to make all secure against robbers (664).

mg given

t and confined, water bei

i

TRANSFERRING 315

If there is danger of robbers, it is preferable not to put
the bees into the hive till late in the afternoon. They should
be shaken in front of the new hive on a sheet (427) like a
natural swarm.

When the weather is cool, the transfer should be made in
a warm room, to prevent the brood from being fatally chilled.
An expert Apiarist can complete the whole operation—from
the driving of the bees to the returning of them to their new
hive—in about an hour, and with the loss of very few bees,
old or young.

580. When transferring in early Spring, it should be
remembered that the worker-brood (168) is of great value;
and not the least bit of it should be neglected or wasted
unnecessarily. After a week, or more, according to the
season, the hive may be opened and the fastenings removed.

Let not the novice, however, think that transferring bees
is a task that requires but little skill. He who transfers suc-
cessfully a larger number of colonies may be called an expert
in handling bees.

The process, as it has been conducted by careless Apia-
rists, has resulted in the wanton sacrifice of thousands of
colonies.

581. For the benefit of those who are timid in manipu-
lations, we will give Mr. Jas. Heddon’s method for trans-
ferring, (page 562 of “Gleanings,” 1885). About swarming
time Mr. Heddon drives the old queen and a majority of the
bees into the foreing-box, he then removes the old hive a few
feet back, and places the new hive with frames full of foun-
dation on its stand, and “runs in” the forced swarm. It
would be well to return a part of the bees to the old hive, as
its brood might be chilled if the weather becomes cool.

Twenty-one days after the transfer of the bees, he drives
the old hive clean of all its bees, uniting them with the former
drive. As the worker-brood of the old hive is all hatched,
there is nothing left in it but the combs and the honey, which
can be transferred at leisure in cool weather, or, the honey

316 THE APIARY.

may be extracted (749), and the comb melted into wax
(858).
Out-APIARIES.

582. When an Apiarist wishes to make bee-culture his
special occupation, he should expect to keep bees in more than
one location. If he owns more than 120 colonies, we would ad-
vise his establishing an Out-Apiary. It is true that there are
many drawbacks to the cultivation of bees four or five miles
off, but there are also some advantages. The crop sometimes
fails in one locality, and is very good in another a short dis-
tance away. One apiary may be in a hilly country, where
white clover abounds, and another on low lands, where Fall
blossoms never fail. It is well—according to a familiar
proverb—not to “put all your eggs in one basket.”

In many years’ practice of keeping bees in five or six dif-
ferent apiaries, occupying a range of country about twenty
miles in width, we have found out that the crop will vary
greatly in a few miles, owing to the different flora of the
various localities, and more especially to the greater or less
amount of rain-fall at the proper time. We have also learned
that an apiary placed near a large body of water (the Mis-
sissippi), will produce less honey than one a mile or two
from it, owing to the smaller area of pasturage in reach of
the bees.*

583. In establishing an Out-Apiary on some farmer’s
land, the following must be taken into consideration: Select
a farm on which a grove or an orchard is near the house,
some distance from the road. The place ought to be, at least,
three miles in a bee-line from your own bee-farm. It is not
necessary that it should be more than four miles away. Mr.
J. M. Hambaugh, at Spring, IIl., harvested altogether differ-

* Some apiarists, among them Mr. E. W. Alexander, of Delanson, N.
Y., keep a very large number of bees in one apiary, the above named
apiarist keeping upwards of seven hundred colonies with great success
in one spot. This, however, will succeed only in extraordinary loca-
tions where almost the entire territory is occupied with honey-pro-
ducing plants. Such locations are rare.

OUT-APIARIES. 317

ent yields both in quality and quantity, from two apiaries
only two and a half miles apart. This agrees with our oft
repeated experience in apiaries three or four miles apart.

Locate your bees with some careful man. Do not trust
a farmer who lets his fences fall, who leaves his mower in
the yard over Winter, or puts his cows in his orchard. You
will never rest easy, if you think that some of your hives
may be upset any day by a vagrant cow.

Do not put your bees on land which is tenanted. Let them
be placed at some responsible farmer’s own home, for a tenant
may leave on short notice, and you cannot remove your bees
at all seasons.

584. The terms usually made by us for a bee location
are as follows: The farmer furnishes us the apiary ground,
one spare room during extracting, -and a shed or a corner
in some empty room for our hives, combs, and fixtures. He
also furnishes board for the Apiarist and his help while at
work. In exchange, he gets one-fifth of the honey, and
seventy-five cents for every natural swarm he harvests. His
sole duties are, hiving swarms, and seeing that no accidents
happen to the apiary. When bees are run for extracted
honey, the number of natural swarms is very limited. We
can always find more bee locations than we want. In fact,
we have never yet met a farmer who refused to take bees on
such terms.

We prefer giving the farmer a share of the crop, to giving
him a stated sum for ground rent, ete., as some of our lead-
ing bee-keepers do, because we thus give him an interest in
our success, and he is more likely to pay attention to our
bees, and to produce crops that will yield some honey. Asso-
ciation of interests means progress, peace, and harmony.

585. Six apiaries, containing in all 600 colonies, are
probably the greatest number that one man can oversee prop-
erly. In good localities, an Apiarist will find more profit
from six such apiaries, than an intelligent farmer from half
a section of land, and the outlay of money is less.

318 THE APIARY.

Honey-Houvuse.

586. Few pursuits require so small an outlay for tools
and implements as practical bee-culture. Outside of the cost
of hives, frames, sections, and honey packages, the total out-
lay need not amount to $50. Almost any spare room will
do for a honey-room.

Fig. 120.
WINDOW SCREEN.

Yet when the Apiarist wishes to be at ease, we would
advise him to build his honey-house in the middle of his
apiary. The windows and doors of this building must all
be provided with wire-cloth netting, to exclude bees, flies,
etc. We here give an engraving of a simple method of

HONEY-HOUSE. 319

placing the wire screen, so as to allow these insects to escape.
The netting is nailed on the outside of the window project-
ing about six inches above. Three small slats are nailed be-
tween the frame and the netting, so as to leave a space of 4
of an inch between the wire-cloth and the wall, at the top
of the window. The bees and flies that have been brought
in with the combs, or that have entered the room, at some
time or other, fiy against the wire-cloth, and soon find the
small fissure above, through which they escape; but, in re-
turning, they smell the honey through the wire-cloth, and
forgetting that they have escaped between the wire and the
wall, they try in vain to pass through the wire-cloth.

In the engraving, the window sashes have been removed,
but their use in no way interferes with the screen, if the
lower one is raised, or the upper one lowered, while there are
bees in the room.

The same method might be adopted in grocery stores on
windows where flies congregate. In the morning, the flies
would climb out of the screen of their own accord.

CHAPTER XI.
SHIPPING AND TRANSPORTING BEES.

587. In shipping colonies of bees by rail, it is not neces-
sary to give them much ventilation, if they are sent during the
cool weather of Spring. We have successfully shipped hun-
dreds of colonies to all parts of the U. 8., in early Spring,
with no other ventilation than was afforded by the joints of
a rough block nailed over the entrance of the hive. But, if
the weather is warm, and the colony populous, plenty of air
is needed. We usually replace the bottom-board by a wire-
cloth-frame protected by slats. The entrance should never be
covered with wire-cloth, but should be entirely closed, for the
old bees will worry themselves trying to get through it, and
it will soon be clogged with dead bees. They should be given
as much air as needed with the least possible amount of light.

When the colony is so populous, that draught through the
hive cannot injure the brood, we nail a sereen over the frames
also, and shade it with a board nailed on slats, running
across the ends of the hive. The closing of the portico alone,
if there is one, with wire-cloth, is not practical, as a part
of the swarm crowds into it and Lars the ventilation.

588. The frames should, of course, be securely fastened
in their places, unless the colonies are in self-spacing frames
held in place either by a metal spacer (346) or by pro-
jections of the wood (298, 299). In addition, some Apia-
rists fit wooden slats between the combs to keep them firmly
in place. This is necessary only when hives are likely to be
overturned.

New combs had better not be shipped at all. If there is
plenty of fresh honey, we would advise the extracting of all
that is unsealed, previous to shipment. When there is brood

320

FLOATING APIARIES. 321

in every comb, and the weather is warm, it is safer to remove
a part of the brood, and put frames of dry comb alternately
with the frames of brood. The brood removed may be used
to strengthen weak colonies.

We have sent bees safely, from Illinois to Utah, by freight.

589. In shipping bees, or colonies, it is important to place
conspicuous cautionary ecards or labels on the packages:
Living Bees, Handle with Care, This Side Up, Keep out of
Sun, ete.

The damage done by rough railroad handling, is the great-
est item of loss, in the transportation of bees properly packed.
If colonies are shipped in carloads, they should be so placed,
that the combs will run lengthwise, and not from side to
side, as in vehicles drawn by horses. Surplus racks cr stories
should be shipped separately.

590. Some Apiarists have practiced shipping bees by
water routes to the Southern States in the Fall, for Winter,
and returning them in Spring at the beginning of the honey
harvest. If proper precautions are taken, this plan may
be profitable, where low rates of transportation can be ob-
tained, but much judgment must be exercised as to the time
of returning them North. As the colonies become strong very
early in the South, if they are brought back North before
the warm weather, their brood may become chilled, and a
tendency to the development of foul-brood is encouraged.

‘“‘Mr. Cotton saw a man in Germany who kept all his num-
erous stocks rich by changing their places as soon as the honey-
season varied. ‘Sometimes he sent them to the moors, some-
times to the meadows, sometimes to the forests, and sometimes
to the hills.’ In France—and the same practice has existed in
Egypt from the most ancient times—they often put hundreds
of hives in a boat, which floats down the stream by night and
stops by day.’’—London Quarterly Review.

591. Della Rocea, in his treatise on “Bee-culture in the
Island of Syra,” speaks of the Egyptian method of keeping
bees on boats, which were floated up and down the Nile to

322 SHIPPING AND TRANSPORTING BEES.

take advantage of the different crops of honey at different
points.

It would even appear that the Greeks in the time of Colu-
mella transported their hives to Egypt by sea, “The season
of blossoms being later than in Greece; for after the month
of September there is no pasture in Achaia for bees, whilst
in Egypt flowers are in full bloom even after that time,
owing to the receding of the high waters of the Nile.” He
relates a laughable story about one of these floating apiaries.
One hive having been upset by accident on a boat, the enraged
bees attacked the mariners unexpectedly, and forced them to
jump into the river and swim to the shore, which likely, was
not far distant, nor did they dare return, until they had pro-
vided themselves with a supply of smoke-producing ingredi-
ents.

592. There is a certain amount of fascinating romance
connected with the idea of a floating apiary, following the
blossoms, on the waters of the great Mississippi, or of some
of its tributaries. An attempt of this sort was made on a
large scale, years ago, by a Chicago firm. It was a total
failure, but we are inclined to think that the failure was due
to the lack of practical knowledge in bee-keeping, on the
part of the managers, rather than to any other cause.

593. Transportation of bees from a location where blos-
soms are scarce to a good field, and returning them after
the crop, is sometimes attended with fair success. Some Apia-
rists, located in places where the June crop alone can be
depended upon, make it a practice to transport their hives
to Fall pasturage every Summer. We, ourselves, have taken
120 hives of bees, about eighteen miles, to the Mississippi
river bottoms, in August, 1880, when the drouth had destroyed
all hopes of a Fall harvest on the hills. The high waters of
the Mississippi, which had receded a few weeks before, had
left those immense bottom lands covered with a luxuriant
vegetation. The result fully answered our anticipations.
Those lately starving colonies, yielded a bountiful surplus,

SHIPPING QUEENS. 323

while their sisters on the hills had to be fed for Winter.
But the labor of transportation, the risk incurred, if the
colonies are strong and heavy, and the difficulty of trans-
porting old bee-hives, without danger of some bees escaping,
make the habitual shipping of bees for pasturage hardly
advisable.*

SHIPPING QUEENS.

594. It was in the numerous and partially successful
attempts, which we made before 1874, to import bees from
Italy, that we became acquainted with the conditions neces-
sary to the shipping of queens.

595. When they are to be confined a long time, the ques-
tion of food is the most important. Many were the blunders
made by the first shippers, who imagined that they required
a large amount of food, and literally drowned them in honey.
By repeated and costly experiments, we ascertained that the
bees that arrived in the best condition were those that were
fed on the purest saccharine matter. Those that suffered the
most, were those that had the most watery, or the darkest,
honey. Water (2971), which some Italian shippers persisted
in giving them, in spite of what we could say, was noxious;
as the consumption of it, with the food, helped to load their
abdomen with matter that could not be discharged, causing
what is improperly called dysentery (784). Water is needed
only in brood rearing.

596. Old bees, or rather, bees that have begun to work
in the field, will stand a longer trip than young bees, as the
latter consume more honey, and need to discharge their
abdomen oftener.

* Yet, in some locations, it is practiced regularly with success. Mr.
R. F. Holtermann, of the Province of Ontario, at the National Bee-
Keepers’ Convention held in Chicago in December, 1905, described the
method by which he transported bees to different spots for the differ-
ent crops during the season, with success. In Northern countries the
transporting of bees in summer is attended with less danger than in
warmer sections.

324 SHIPPING AND TRANSPORTING BEES.

The shipping boxes in which bees are sent from Italy, are
about three inches deep, by three inches in width, and four
inches in length, with two small frames of comb, one with
thick sugar syrup, the other dry. From fifty to seventy-five
bees are put with one queen in each box. Air holes are cut
into the sides of the boxes, and these are fastened together
in a pyramidal shape, with an outer covering of tin, to which
is fastened the handle. Queens thus put up, reached us after
thirty-six days of confinement with very little loss, and it is
in this way that the greatest number of imported queens were
received.

597. We might mention in connection with this, an oft-
repeated incident, so touching and sweet, as to seem more
like a romancer’s fable, or a poetic idyl, than a mere fact.
On receiving the boxes containing Italian queens, we noticed
that frequently all the bees shipped with the queen had died,
she being the only one alive in her prison. We afterward
found out that the faithful little subjects denied themselves
nourishment, and starved to death, sacrificing themselves, that
their queen might not be deprived of food.

MAILING QUEENS.

598. At the present day queens are forwarded almost
exclusively by mail. To Mr. Frank Benton is due the credit
of first mailing queens safely across the ocean, but the mail-
ing of them, with more or less success on the American con-
tinent, has been practiced for years. Messrs. J. H. Townley
and H. Alley, appear to have been the first to succeed, as
early as 1868.

Yet the mails are so roughly handled generally, that we
would not advise the sending of valuable queens in this way.

The food given is the Scholz candy (613) made of pow-
dered sugar and honey kneaded together. A sufficient num-
ber of bees must be put with the queen to keep her warm,

MAILING QUEENS. 325

but not enough to crowd the cage—six to ten bees are suffi-
cient, in Summer.

Fig. 121,
THE BENTON CAGE.

599. Some years ago, A. I. Root practiced the shipping
of bees by the pound for the stocking of apiaries, but this

Fig. 122.
BENTON CAGES.
(From “The Rearing of Queen Rees.’’)
(U. S. Bulletin No. 55, Bureau of Entomology. By E. F. Phillips.)

method has not proven successful and although bees may still
be bought by weight, it has been found advisable to ship

326 SHIPPING AND TRANSPORTING BEES.

them with some brood and combs, A two-comb nucleus pro-
vided with a liberal supply of bees and put into a shipping
box of right size and of light weight, may be sent to great
distance and will build a very fair colony if purchased at
the opening of the clover harvest and properly cared for and
supplied with combs already built.

600. How many bees are there in a pound? This ques-
tion has been propounded to us several times. L’abbe Collin,
by careful experiments, found that in a normal condition it
takes about 5,100 bees to weigh a pound; while in the swarm,
when they are supplied with honey, it takes less than 4,300.

According to Bernard De Gelieu, their weight will vary
from 3,640 to 5,460. He ascertained that, in a good season,
a thousand bees carried in about an ounce of honey from the
field, at each trip.

The same writer, testing the weight of drones found that
about 2,000 weighed a pound. This was verified by the tests
of Prof. B. F. Koons, of Connecticut, quoted in the A B C
of Bee Culture.

But Collin, who was very accurate in these matters, tested
drones, both at their leaving the hive and at their return from
the field and found that the outgoing drones number about
1,950 to the pound, while the returning drones number 2,100,
which shows a loss of nearly eight per cent in their weight,
through the taking of their daily exercise. This is evidently
caused by their discharging their excrements and gives a faint
idea of the amount of food they must consume while in the
hive, for they also discharge their excrements in the hive
(190), without much regard to propriety. It also confirms
the fact that they harvest nothing but always come home with
an appetite.

G01. Parties contemplating the breeding of bees and
queens for sale, will do well to locate themselves as far South
as convenient for easy shipment, as it is by far more lucrative
to raise them there than in the North. This is very easy to
understand. In the South, the bees usually winter safely, and

TRANSPORTING BEES SHORT DISTANCES. 327

breed early, so that the colonies are strong, while those of
the Northern latitudes are still confined in their hives, strug-
gling against the rigors of Winter.

If an Apiarist purchases bees or queens at the proper time
—Spring—to recruit his Winter loss, he will most likely buy
them from some location South of him, as he can there ob-
tain stronger colonies, and earlier queens, than in his own
latitude.

602. On the other hand, as the honey of the Northern
States is superior in quality to Southern honey, bee-culture
for honey production can be made fully as profitable in the
North, in spite of the difficulties of wintering.

TRANSPORTING Bees SHorT DISTANCES.

Confine the hive, so that it cannot be jolted, in a wagon
with springs, and be sure, before starting, that it is impossible
for a bee to get out. It will be next to impossible, in warm
weather, to move a hive which contains much new comb or
much fresh honey.

Indeed, we would strongly urge beginners not to transport
bees in warm weather. Just before fruit-blossom is the best
time to transport full colonies of bees. Some advise trans-
porting them in Winter, on sleds, but after trial we con-
demned this method also. The joltings of a sleigh, though
few, are hard, and will break combs; and disturbing bees
in cold weather should always be discouraged. When hauling
bees in warm weather, do not load or unload them while the
horses are hitched to the wagon. We have seen serious acci-
dents resulting from a hive dropping from a man’s hand to
the ground, causing the bees to escape, and to sting both the
driver and the horses severely.

If a colony, in hot weather, is to be moved any distance in
movable-frame hives, it will be advisable to fasten frames
of wire-cloth, both to the top and bottom of the brood apart-
ment, and to transport the bottom-board, cloth, mat, or sur-
plus eap or cover, separately.

328 SHIPPING AND TRANSPORTING BEES.

A specially made rack, similar to a hay-rack, is often used,
in large apiaries. Hives with movable-frames should be ar-
ranged in such a position that the frames run from side to
side, and not from front to rear, in the wagon.

603. Upon arrival at the apiary, if the weather is warm,
you should at once set the hives in proper position, and re-
lease the bees. It is good policy to place a shade board
(572) in front of the entrances for a day or two. The
object of this is to cause the old bees to notice that something
is changed in their location, and to turn around and mark
the place, instead of starting out as usual in a bee-line with-
out looking behind.

604. New swarms may be brought home in any box which
has ample ventilation. A tea-chest, with wire-cloth on the
top, sides, and bottom-board, will be found very convenient.

The bees may be shut up in the box as soon as they are
hived. New swarms require even more air than old colonies,
being full of honey and closely clustered together. They
should be set in a cool place, and, if the weather is very
sultry, should not be removed until night. Many swarms
are suffocated by the neglect of these precautions. The bees
may be easily shaken out from this temporary hive.

CHAPTER XII.
Frepine Bess.

605. Few things in practical bee-keeping are more im-
portant than the feeding of bees; yet none have been more
grossly mismanaged or neglected.

In the Spring, the prudent bee-keeper will no more neglect
to feed his destitute colonies, than to provide for his own
table. At this season, being stimulated by the returning
warmth, and being largely engaged in breeding, bees require
a liberal supply of food, and many populous colonies perish,
which might have been saved with but trifling trouble or ex-
pense.

“Tf e’er dark Autumn, with untimely storm,
The honey’d harvest of the year deform;
Or the chill blast from Eurus’ mildew wing,
Blight the fair promise of returning Spring;
Full many a hive, but late alert and gay,
Droops in the lap of all-inspiring May.’’
: —Evans.

“(If the Spring is not favorable to bees, they should be fed,
because that is the season of their greatest expense in honey,
for feeding their young. Having plenty at that time, enables
them to yield early and strong swarms.’’—( Wildman.)

A bee-keeper, whose colonies are allowed to perish after
the Spring has opened, is on a level with a farmer whose
cattle are allowed to starve in their stalls; while those who
withhold from them the needed aid, in seasons when they
cannot gather a supply, resemble the merchant who burns
up his ships, if they have made an unfavorable voyage.

Columella gives minute instructions for feeding needy
colonies, and notes approvingly the directions of Hyginus—

329

330 FEEDING BEES,

whose writings are no longer extant—that this matter should
be most carefully (‘diligentissime’”’) attended to.

SPRING FEEDING.

606. When bees first begin to fly in the Spring, it is
well to feed them a little, as a small addition to their hoards
encourages the production of brood. Great caution, how-
ever, should be used to prevent robbing. Feeding should
always be attended to in the evening (666), and as soon as
forage abounds, the feeding should be discontinued.

Feeding to induce breeding should be done with diluted
honey or thin sugar-syrup, warmed before using. This watery
and warm food given in small quantities takes the place of
fresh honey and, like fresh harvested nectar, saves the bees
the necessity of going after water for breeding. It thus
serves two purposes, it induces more plentiful breeding and
supplies water for the larval food (662, 271). Mr. J. E.
Johnson of Williamsfield, Illmois, reported to us great suc-
cess by this method which is not usually followed, owing to the
care required, for one must be careful not to overdo the feed-
ing or feed when the weather is too cold. If a eolony is
over-fed, the bees will fill their brood-combs, so as to interfere
with the production of young, and thus the honey given to
them is worse than thrown away.

The over-feeding of bees resembles, in its results, the
noxious influences under which too many children of the
rich are reared. Pampered and fed to the full, how often
does their wealth prove only a legacy of withering curses,
as, bankrupt in purse and character, they prematurely sink
to dishonored graves.

Colonies, which have abundant stores, may be incited to
breed, by simply bruising the cappings of a part of their
honey. This causes them to feed their queen more plentifully,
and more eggs are laid.

607. Bees may require feeding, even when there are many

FALL FEEDING. 331

blossoms in the fields, before the beginning of the main har-
vest, if the weather is unfavorable to the honey flow. Large
quantities of brood hatch daily, requiring much food, and a
few days without honey sometimes endangers the life of colo-
nies, on the eve of a plentiful harvest.

Few people realize the great risk of starvation just at the
opening of the honey crop. A good way to feed destitute
colonies in Spring is to give them combs of honey, which
have been saved from the previous season for this purpose.
If such cannot be had, the food may be put into an empty
comb, and placed where it can be easily reached by the bees.

Honey partially candied, or granulated (830), may be
given them, in small quantities, by pouring it over the top
of combs in which the bees are clustered. A bee deluged by
sweets, when away from home, is a sorry spectacle; but what
is thus given them does no harm, and they will lick each
other clean, with as much satisfaction as a little child sucks
its fingers while feasting on sugar candy.

Hard candied honey is still better and may be heaped or
plastered over the top bars back of the cluster.

If a colony has too few bees, its population must be re-
plenished before it is fed. To build up small colonies by
feeding, requires more care and judgment than any other
process in bee-culture, and will rarely be required by those
who have movable-frame hives. It can only succeed when
everything is made subservient to the most rapid production
of brood.

Faut FEepine.

608. By the time the honey-harvest closes, all the colo-
nies ought to be strong in numbers; and, in favorable sea-
sons, their aggregate resources should be such that, when an
equal division is made, there will be enough food for all. If
some have more, and others less than they need, an equitable
division may usually be effected in movable-frame hives. Such
an agrarian procedure would soon overthrow human society;

332 FEEDING BEES.

but bees thus helped, will not spend the next season in idle-
ness; nor will those deprived of their surplus limit their
gatherings to a bare competency.

Before the first heavy frosts all feeding
required for wintering bees should be care-
fully attended to.

609. Feeders of all descriptions are
made and sold. To feed our bees we have
used for years a fruit ean, (fig. 123) cov-
ered with cloth and inverted over the hive.
It costs nothing and can be found in every Fig. 123.
house. We now use Hill’s Feeder (fig. 124), can FEEDER.
in which the cloth is replaced by a perforated cover.

Fig. 124,
HILL’S BEE-FEEDER.

The bees can then get their food, without being chilled even
in cold weather, and they promptly store it away in the
combs, for later use.

In order that the heat may be better retained, a hole of the
size of the feeder may be cut into a piece of enamel cloth
used for the purpose in place of the ordinary cloth.

Columella recommended wool, soaked in honey, for feed-
ing bees. When the weather is not too cold, a saucer, bowl,
trough, or vessel of any kind, filled with straw, makes a con-
venient feeder.

It is desirable to get through with Fall feeding as rapidly
as possible, as the bees are so excited by it that they con-

FALL FEEDING. 333

sume more food than they otherwise would. In feeding a
large amount for Winter supply, we have given as many
as five quart-cans to one colony at one time. Wooden feed-
ers in the shape of troughs, as made by Root, Shuck, and
Heddon, have the advantage over the cans of not needing
removal to be refilled, but they are not so well in reach of the
cluster.

* ANRoSlCo. -

Fig. 125.
DOOLITTLE DIVISION BOARD FEEDER.

The Doolittle division board feeder is made in the shape
of a wide frame boarded up on both sides. This feeder will
drown the bees unless a slat is put inside of it, to float at
the top of the feed given.

Fig. 126.
THE MILLER FEEDER.

The Miller feeder is placed over the combs in the same
manner as a super. It places the feed well in reach of the
bees. Numerous other feeders have been devised and all
have some good points.

334 FEEDING BEES.

G10. As honey is searce in the seasons when Fall feed-
ing has to be resorted to, we will give directions for making
good syrup for Winter food: Dissolve twenty pounds of
granulated sugar (use none but the best) in one gallon of
boiling water, with the addition of five or six pounds of
honey. Stir till well melted, and feed while lukewarm.*

G11. Sugar candy, for feeding bees, was first recom-
mended by Mr. Weigel of Silesia. If the candy is laid on
the frames just above the clustered bees, it will be accessible
to them in the eoldest weather. It may also be put between
the combs, in an upright position, among the bees, or poured
into combs before it is cold.

To make candy for bee-feed: add water to sugar, and
boil slowly until the water is evaporated. Stir constantly
so that it will not burn.

To know when it is done, dip your finger first into cold wa-
ter and then into the syrup. If what adheres is brittle to the
teeth, it is boiled enough. Pour it into shallow pans, a little
greased, and, when cold, break into pieces of a suitable size.

612. Before attempting to make candy for bee feed, the
novice will do well to read the following advice from the
witty pen of friend A. I. Root:

“Tf your candy is burned, no amount of boiling will make it
hard, and your best way is to use it for cooking, or feeding the
bees in Summer. Burnt sugar is death to them, if fed in cold
weather. You can tell when it is burned by the smell, color
and taste. If you do not boil it enough, it will be soft and
sticky in warm weather, and will be liable to drip, when stored
away. Perhaps you had better try a pound or two, at first,
while you ‘get your hand in.’ Our first experiment was with
50 lbs. and it all got ‘scorched’ somehow. . . . Before you
commence, make up your mind, you will not get one drop of
sugar or syrup on the floor or table. Keep your hands clean,
and everything else clean, and let the women folks see that
men have common sense; some of them at least. If you should

* Pure sugar syrup without addition of honey often crystallizes in
the combs and becomes as hard as rock candy.

FALL FEEDING. 335

forget yourself, and let the candy boil over on the stove, it
would be very apt to get on the floor, and then you would be
very likely to ‘get your foot in it,’ and before you got through,
you might wish you had never heard of bees or candy either;
and your wife, if she did not say so, might wish she had never
heard of anything that brought a man into the kitchen. I
have had a little experience in the line of feet sticking to the
floor and snapping at every step you take, and with door knobs
sticking to the fingers, but it was in the honey house.’’

613. The Rev. Mr. Scholz, of Silesia, years ago, recom-
mended the following as a substitute for sugar-candy in feed-
ing bees: :

‘*Take one pint of honey and four pounds of pounded lump-
sugar; heat the honey, without adding water, and mix it with
the sugar, working it together to a stiff doughy mass. When
thus thoroughly incorporated, cut it into slices, or form it into
cakes or lumps, and wrap them in a piece of coarse linen and
place them in the frames. Thin slices, enclosed in linen, may
be pushed down between the combs. The plasticity of the
mass enables the Apiarist to apply the food in any manner he
may desire. The bees have less difficulty in appropriating this
kind of food than where candy is used, and there is no waste.’’

This preparation has been used of late years with success,
as food in mailing and shipping bees, under the name of
“Good’s candy.”

Thick sugar-syrup and candy are undoubtedly the best bee-
food, especially when the bees are to be confined a long time
and no brood is to be raised.

614. An experiment of De Layens has proved that bees
can use water to dissolve sugar (273). The same writer re-
lates how a French bee-keeper, Mr. Beuzelin, feeds his bees
in Winter:

‘‘He saws into slices a large loaf of lump-sugar, and places
these slices upon the frames under a cloth. Another bee-keeper
told me several years ago of having saved colonies in straw
hives by simply suspending in them, with wires, lumps of sugar
weighing several pounds.’’—-(Bulletin de la Suisse Romande.)

336 FEEDING BEES.

While such methods succeed in a mild and damp climate,
like that of France, they are not advisable in the Northern

part of the United States, unless the bees are wintered in
cellars (646).

615. The prudent Apiarist will regard the feeding of
bees—the little given by way of encouragement excepted—
as an evil to be submitted to only when it cannot be avoided,
and will much prefer that they should obtain their supplies
in the manner so beautifully described by him whose inimitable
writings furnish us, on almost every subject, with the hap-
piest illustrations:

‘“So work the honey-bees,

Creatures that, by a rule in Nature, teach
The art of order to a peopled kingdom.
They have a king and officers of sorts,
Where some, like magistrates, correct at home,
Others, like merchants, venture trade abroad;
Others, like soldiers, armed in their stings,
Make boot upon the Summer’s velvet buds;
Which pillage they, with merry march, bring home
To the tent royal of their emperor,
Who, busied in his majesty, surveys
The singing masons building roofs of gold;
The civil citizens kneading up the honey;
The poor mechanic porters crowding in
Their heavy burdens at his narrow gate;
The sad-eyed justice, with his surly hum,
Delivering o’er, to executors pale,
The lazy, yawning drone.’’

Shakespeare’s Henry V, Act 1, Seene 2.

616. All attempts to derive profit from selling cheap
honey or syrup, fed to bees, have invariably proved unsuc-
cessful. The notion that they can change all sweets, however
poor their quality, into honey, on the same principle that cows
secrete milk from any acceptable food, is a complete delusion.

Different kinds of honey or sugar-syrup fed to the bees

FEEDING FOR PROFIT. 337

ean be as readily distinguished, after they have sealed them
up, as before.

The Golden Age of bee-keeping, in which bees are to trans-
mute inferior sweets into such balmy spoils as were gathered
on Hybla or Hymettus, is as far from prosaic reality as the
visions of the poet, who saw—

‘*A golden hive, on a golden bank,
Where golden bees, by alchemical prank,
Gather gold instead of honey.’’

Even if cheap sugar could be ‘‘made over’ by the bees so
as to taste like honey, it would cost the producer, taking
into account the amount consumed (228) in elaborating
wax, as much as the market price of white clover honey.

617. The experienced Apiarist will fully appreciate the
necessity of preventing his bees getting a taste of forbidden
sweets, and the inexperienced, if incautious, will soon learn
a salutary lesson. Bees were intended to gather their sup-
plies from the nectaries of flowers, and, while following their
natural instinets, have little disposition to meddle with prop-
erty that does not belong to them; but, if their incautious
owner tempts them with liquid food, at times when they can
obtain nothing from the blossoms, they become so infatuated.
with such easy gatherings as to lose all discretion, and will’
perish by thousands if the vessels which contain the food are
not furnished with floats, on which they can safely stand to
help themselves.

As the fly was not intended to banquet on blossoms, but
on substances in which it might easily be drowned, it
cautiously alights on the edge of any vessel containing liquid
food, and warily helps itself; while the poor bee, plunging
in headlong, speedily perishes. The sad fate of their unfor-
tunate companions does not in the least deter others who
approach the tempting lure, from madly alighting on the
bodies of the dying and the dead, to share the same miserable
end! No one can understand the extent of their infatuation,

338 FEEDING BEES.

until he has seen a confectioner’s shop assailed by myriads
of hungry bees. We have seen thousands strained out from
the syrups in which they had perished; thousands more alight-
ing even upon the boiling sweets; the floors covered and win-
dows darkened with bees, some crawling, others flying, and
others still, so completely besmeared as to be able neither to
crawl nor fly—not one in ten able to carry home its ill-gotten
spoils, and yet the air filled with new hosts of thoughtless
comers.

We once furnished a candy-shop, in the vicinity of our
aplary, with wire-gauze windows and doors, after the bees
had commenced their depredations. On finding themselves
excluded, they alighted on the wire by thousands, fairly
squealing with vexation as they vainly tried to force a pas-
sage through the meshes.* Baffled in every effort, they at-
tempted to descend the chimney, reeking with sweet odors,
even although most who entered it fell with scorched wings
into the fire, and it became necessary to put wire-gauze over
the top of the chimney also.

618. As we have seen thousands of bees destroyed in
such places, thousands more hopelessly struggling in the de-
luding sweets, and yet increasing thousands, all unmindful of
their danger, blindly hovering over and alighting on them,
how often have they reminded us of the infatuation of those
who abandon themselves to the intoxicating cup! Even al-
though such persons see the miserable victims of this degrad-
ing vice falling all around them into premature graves, they
still press madly on, trampling, as it were, over their dead
bodies, that they too may sink into the same abyss, and their
sun also go down in hopeless gloom.

The avaricious bee that plunges recklessly into the tempt-
ing sweets, has ample time to bewail her folly. Even if she

* Manufacturers of candies and syrups will find it to their interest
to fit such guards to their premises; for, if only one bee in a hundred
escapes with its load, considerable loss will be incurred in the course of
the season.

USE AND ABUSE. 339

does not forfeit her life, she returns home with a woe-begone
look, and sorrowful note, in marked contrast with the bright
hues and merry sounds with which her industrious fellows
come back from their happy rovings amid “budding honey-
flowers and sweetly-breathing fields.”

A

CHAPTER XIII.
WINTERING AND SPRING DwINDLING.
Wintering.

619. Bees can be wintered safely in nearly all climates,
where the Summer is long enough to enable them to store a
Winter supply. In the natural state, the vital heat of the
live hollow trees in which they dwell, helps to maintain a
higher temperature than that of the outside air, and bees
Winter so well in such abodes, that travelers, who visit North-
ern Russia, wonder how so small an insect can live in such
inhospitable countries.

620. As soon as frosty weather arrives, bees cluster com-
paectly together in their hives, to keep warm. They do not
usually assemble on combs full of honey, but on the empty
comb just below the honey. They are never dormant, like
wasps and hornets, and a thermometer pushed up among them
will show a Summer temperature, even when, in the open air,
it is many degrees below zero.

The bees in the cluster are imbricated, like the shingles of
a roof, each bee having her head under the abdomen of the
one above her, and so on, to the ones who are in reach of
the honey. These pass the honey to those below them, which
pass it to the next, and so on, to the bottom of the mass.

621. When the cold becomes intense, they keep up an
incessant tremulous motion, in order to develop more heat*

* Everybody knows that motion transforms itself into heat, and that
heat is but a form of motion. . . Whether the motion comes from
a large body or from a small one, whether this motion be suddenly
or gradually stopped, the result is the same, it is transformed into
heat.— (Flammarion, ‘(Le Monde Avant la Création de 1’Homme.”)

340

WINTERING. 341

by active exercise; and, as those on the outside of the cluster
become chilled, they are replaced by others. Besides, the fan-
ning of wings, which causes this roar, sends the warm air
from the top of the cluster to the bottom of the hive—thus
warming the bees placed at the lowest part of the cluster; and
these, if not too chilled, take advantage of a warmer day,
to climb above the mass, and get honey in their turn.

When the weather is very cold, their humming can often
be heard outside of the hive; and, if the hive be jarred, at
any time, there comes a responsive murmur, which is longer
or shorter in duration, and lower or higher in tone, according
to the strength of the colony.

G22. As all muscular exertion requires food to supply
the waste of the system, the more quiet bees can be kept,
the less they will eat. It is, therefore, highly important to
preserve them as far as possible, in Winter, from every de-
gree, either of heat or cold, which will arouse them to great
activity.

When all the food which is in their reach is consumed, they
will starve, if the temperature is too cold to allow them to
move their cluster to the parts of the combs which contain
honey; hence, if the central combs of the hive are not well
stored with honey, they should be exchanged for such as are,
so that, when the cold compels the bees to recede from the
outer combs, they may cluster among their stores. In districts
where bees gather but little honey in the Fall, such precau-
tions, in cold climates, will be specially needed, as, often, after
breeding is over, their central combs will be almost empty.
For this reason Canadian apiarists often feed their colonies
until the central combs are entirely filled with honey at the
opening of Winter.

623. It is impossible to say how much honey will be
needed to carry a colony safely through the Winter. Much
will depend on the way in which they are wintered, whether
in the open air or in special depositories, where they are
protected against the undue excitement caused by sudden

342 WINTERING AND SPRING DWINDLING.

and severe atmospheric changes; much, also, on the length
of the Winters, which vary so much in different latitudes, and
the forwardness of the ensuing Spring. In some of our North-
ern States, bees will often gather nothing for more than six
months, while, in the extreme South, they are seldom de-
prived of all natural supplies for as many weeks. In all our
Northern and Middle States, if the colonies are to be win-
tered out of doors, they should have ait least twenty-five
pounds of honey.

In movable-frame hives, the amount of stores may be easily
ascertained by actual inspection. The weight of hives is not
always a safe criterion, as old combs are heavier than new
ones, besides being often over-stored with pollen. (263.)

624. Practical bee-keepers usually judge of the amount of
stores by sight. The majority of combs in an ordinary Lang-
stroth hive should be at least half full of honey, for outdoor
wintering, in this latitude. Remember that food is needed, not
only to carry them through the Winter, but also to help them
to raise brood largely, during the cold days of early Spring.
Bees do not waste their stores, and the wealthy colonies will
usually be found stronger, and better prepared for the follow-
ing harvest.

Enthusiastic beginners, in Apiculture, are apt to overdo ex-
tracting, leaving too little honey in the brood-chamber for
Winter. If the bees are not actually crowded with honey,
we would advise them to leave, to strong colonies, all the
honey that the brood-chamber contains. Some may think that
nine or ten heavy Quinby frames, are too many for a colony,
for they may be wintered on siz or seven. We will here give
a bit of our experience on that point:

625. About the year 1875, in an apiary away from home,
where we were raising comb-honey, we had a number of
swarms, which, in the rush of the honey-crop, we did not
examine until their combs were built. At that time, the
triangular bar (319) was the guide principally used, and the
combs of some of these swarms were joined together in a

WINTERING. 343

way that rendered the frames immovable. In the Fall, we
extracted (@49) from the brood-chamber of nearly every
colony, as was then our practice, leaving only seven Quinby
frames on an average—for Winter. The colonies that had
crooked combs were left with all their stores—ten frames—
because we could not disturb them without breaking combs,
and causing leakage and robbing, and it was not the proper
season to transfer (574) them. These colonies did not have
to be fed, the following Spring, became very strong, and
yielded the largest crop. This untried-for result caused us
to make further experiments, which proved that there is a
profit in leaving, to strong colonies, a large quantity of honey,
so that they will not limit their Spring breeding.

626. The quality of the bee-food is an important matter
in wintering bees. Protracted cold weather compels them to
eat large quantities of honey, filling their intestines with fecal
matter which they cannot void, for bees never discharge their
feces in the hive, unless they are confined too long, or greatly
disturbed.

Unhealthy food in prolonged confinement, sooner or later
eauses diarrhea (784), not only in wintering out of doors,
but in cellar wintering (646), and in shipping bees long
distances (587).

Diarrheea, or as some call it, dysentery, in bees, is not
properly a disease, since it is only caused by the retaining
in the abdomen, of a large amount of excrements, which in
ordinary cireumstances would be voided regularly. Whenever
bees have been confined for two weeks or more, they discharge
in flight exerements which soil everything about the apiary.
The housekeeper avoids hanging clothes out to dry on such
days. These excrements or faces, from a reddish yellow to a
muddy black in color, according to the quality of the food
eaten, lave an intolerably offensive smell. In excessive con-
finement, with a large consumption, from any cause, of more
or less healthy food, when bees can no longer retain the execre-
ments in their distended abdomen, they void them upon one

344 WINTERING AND SPRING DWINDLING.

another, upon the combs, upon the floor, and at the entrance
of the hive, “which bees in a healthy state are particularly
careful to keep clean.”

If bees can void them, in flight (73), before it is too late,
they experience no bad effects, hence it is indispensable that,
when wintered out of doors, bees should be enabled to fly, at
intervals, during the Winter.

627. From numerous experiments made, it is evident that
the purest saccharine matter will feed them with the least pro-
duction of faeces. Hence watery, unripe, or sour honey, and
all honey containing extraneous matter, are more or less in-
jurious to confined bees. Dark honey containing a large pro-
portion of mellose is inferior to clover-honey or sugar-syrup.
Honey harvested from flowers which yield much pollen
(263), is likely to contain many floatmg grains of it, and
will be more injurious than clear, transparent honey, in cases
where bees will be confined to their hives by cold for five or
six weeks. Honey-dew (255) seems worse yet. The juices
of fruits, apples, grapes, ete. (877), are worst of all. After
the Winter of 1880-81, we purchased the remains of some 90
colonies, that had been winter-killed, and in which the only
food left was apple-juice, that had been carried in, during the
preceding Fall, and had turned to cider. This unwholesome
food in Winter confinement, by causing diarrhoea, had killed
bees everywhere around us (784).

628. Happily these instances, of bees storing apple-juice,
are scarce, but the practical bee-keeper will not allow such
food to remain in the hive. It may be extracted (749),
boiled, and fed back in Spring, for bees do not suffer from
this food when not confined to their hives. The same may be
said of inferior or unripe honey (261).

Much unsealed honey in the comb is injurious for Winter,
even if the honey is ripe. This unsealed honey gathers
moisture on account of its hygrometrie properties, and be-
comes thin and watery. In addition to this peculiarity, honey,
when cold, condenses the moisture or steam from the bees, in

WINTERING. 345

the same manner that a pitcher of cold water condenses the
moisture of the air in a warm room. In some Winters, we
have seen unsealed honey gather so much of the moisture tbat
it overflowed, and ran out of the cells to the bottom-board.
Luckily the bees usually consume this honey first, before Win-
ter begins.

629. To avoid the accidents caused by poor honey, some
Apiarists have suggested that all the honey might be extracted
every Fall, and sugar-syrup fed in its place. At the first
glance, this course seems profitable, when the difference be-
tween the price of comb-honey and the cost of sugar-syrup
is considered, but when we take into account the trouble of
feeding, and the poor results obtained in wintering the bees,
we see much labor for a small profit. Having ascertained
that bees winter better on Spring or light-colored honey, we
no longer extract from the brood-chamber, avoiding the annoy-
ance and the extra labor of feeding. Our experience has con-
vineed us that, unless the Spring crop has failed, or the food
is decidedly bad, such as unripe honey (249), or honey-dew
(255), or fruit-juice (877), it is cheaper to winter bees on
natural stores. When sugar-syrup is needed, none but the best
sugar should be used. (616.)

630. All empty combs, whether brood-combs or surplus-
combs, should be removed from the ‘hive previous to cold
weather, as the bees, which may cluster in them, would starve
at the first cold spell without being able to join the cluster.
We have seen a whole colony perish, during a cold fortnight
in December, because they had occupied an extracting story
(which had but little honey in it, and had been left on by
neglect), although there was plenty of honey in the hive, a
few inches below them. The space left empty by the re-
moval of the combs should be filled with a warm material
placed between the side of the hive and the division board.

631. As some bees which cluster on the outside combs
are often unable to join the others in cold weather, it would
be well to have holes, or Winter passages, through the eorhs,

346 WINTERING AND SPRING DWINDLING.

such as will allow them to pass readily, in cold weather, from
one to another; but if these holes are made before they fecl
the need of them, they will frequently close them. It is sug-
gested that small tubes made of elder, the pith of which has
been removed, would make permanent Winter-passages, if in-
serted in the comb, at any time. On a cold November day,
Mr. Langstroth found bees, in a hive without any Winter-
passages, separated from the main cluster, and so chilled as
not to be able to move; while, with the thermometer many
degrees below zero, he repeatedly noticed, in other hives, at
one of the holes made in the comb, a cluster, varying in size,
ready to rush out at the slightest jar of their hive.

Fig. 127.
HILL DEVICE.

It has been found quite practical to give them a passage
above ihe combs, or between the combs and the straw-mat,
or quilt, above them. The Hill device sold by many dealers,
is very good for this purpose, although we find that the bees
often have bridge-combs in sufficient quantity above the
frames to give them the necessary passage.

Out-Door WINTERING.

632. The usual mode of allowing bees to remain all Win-
ter on their Summer stands, is, in cold climates, very ob-
jectionable. In those parts of the country, however, where
the cold is seldom so severe as to prevent them from flying,
at frequent intervals, from their hives, no better way, all
things considered, ean be devised. In such favored regions,
bees are but little removed from their native climate, and their
wants may be easily supplied, without those injurious effects

OUT-DOOR WINTERING. oti

which commonly result ‘from disturbing them when the weather
is so cold as to confine them to their hives.

If the colonies are to be wintered in the open air, they
should all be made populous, and rich in stores, even if to
do so requires their number to be reduced one-half or more.
The bee-keeper who has ten strong colonies in the Spring,
will, by judicious management with movable-frame hives, be
able to close the season with a larger apiary than one who
begins it with thirty, or more, feeble ones.

632 (bis). Small colonies consume, proportionally, much
more food than large ones, and then perish from inability to
maintain sufficient heat.

Fig. 128.
EUROPEAN COMMON HIVES PROTECTED BY STRAW.
(From Hamet.)

Bees, in small or contracted hives, especially when deprived
of all the honey gathered in Spring, as stated before (629),
have too scanty a population for a successful wintering, espe-
cially out of doors; for, as it is by eating that bees generate
warmth, the abdomens of a small number are soon filled with
residues, and if the cold continues for weeks the bees get the
diarrhea (784). We have often seen colonies in small hives
perishing side by side with large ones whose bees were very
healthy.

348 WINTERING.

Such facts abound, and we have but to open the bee-jour-
nals to find the confirmation of our statement.

In the American Bee-Journal for February 8, 1888, page
83, Mr. J. P. Stone of Holly, Mich., asks why a colony,
which was hived in 1859 in a large box, is prospering yet,
while others have perished. The size given, 16X16X22, which
shows that the box has twice the capacity of an 8-frame
Langstroth hive, answers his question.

In the following number of the same journal, page 107,
Mr. Heddon mentions a colony which had wintered safely
for seven years in a box ten times larger than the Langstroth,
while many others died by its side. “The colony, when trans-
ferred, contained about double the number of bees usually
raised from one queen.”

Yet small colonies can be safely wintered out of doors, if
their combs and honey are not spread over a large space,
and if they are sheltered so as to maintain the proper heat.
It is therefore indispensable to reduce the combs of a hive to
the amount of room which the bees can best keep warm, by
the use of the division or contracting board (349), leaving a
sufficient supply of good honey, supply which, sometimes,
may be taken from too rich colonies.

UNITING.

633. A queenless colony, in the Fall, should always be
united to some other hive.
If two or more colonies, which are to be united, are not

close together, their hives must be gradually drawn nearer,
and the bees may then, with proper precautions, be put into

the same hive. For this purpose, it is well to kill the poorest
queen (if both have queens) and keep the best. This may be
dispensed with, but the prudent bee-keeper will never neglect
an opportunity to improve his stock. On a cool November
day, the combs of the weaker colony that bear the cluster,
should be lifted all together, and inserted in the other hive,

OUT-DOOR SHELTERING. 349

after the bees of the latter have been thoroughly frightened
with smoke. (382.)

634. If, when two colonies are put together, the bees in
the one on the old stand are not gorged with honey, they
will often attack the others, and speedily sting them to death,
in spite of all their attempts to purchase immunity, by offer-
ing their honey. The late Wm. W. Cary, of Coleraine, Mas-
sachusetts, who was an accurate observer of the habits of bees,
united colonies very successfully, by alarming those that were
on the old stand; as soon as they showed by their notes, that
they were subdued, he gave them the new-comers. The alarm
which causes them to gorge themselves with honey, puts them,
doubtless, upon their good behavior, long enough to give the
others a fair chance.

They can also be made to unite peaceably, by sprinkling a
little sweet-scented water on them (485). It is well to put
a slanting board in front of the entrance (603) to show the
moved bees that their location is changed. The empty hive
should be removed from its place to prevent the bees from
returning to it. The number of combs in the united colony
may be reduced as soon as the bees have all clustered together.

In this manner a strong colony with little honey, and a
weak one with plenty of stores, may be united to form a good
hive of bees.

Ovut-Door SHELTSRING.

635. The moving of a colony to a warmer or better
sheltered place, just before Winter, is not advisable, for many
bees, not having noticed their new location, would perish of
cold, while searching for their home, and the population would
be greatly decreased.

In our Northern, Middle and Western States, the style of
hive used has a considerable influence on the safety of out-
door wintering.

With hives that are single-walled all around, great care
should be taken to shelter the bees from the piercing winds,

350 WINTERING.

which in Winter so powerfully exhaust their animal heat;
for, like human beings, if sheltered from the wind, they will
endure a low temperature far better than a continuous current
of very much warmer air.

In some parts of the West, where bees suffer much from
cold winds, their hives are protected, in Winter, by sheaves
of straw, fastened so as to defend them from both cold and
wet. With a little ingenuity, farmers might easily turn their
waste straw to a valuable account in sheltering their bees.

Not only ean straw be used for this purpose with much
service, but also forest leaves, corn fodder, and rushes. Snow
is found to be a very good shelter, provided its successive
melting and freezing does not interfere with the necessary
ventilation. It must be removed from the entrance on the
approach of a warm day.

Fig. 128 bis.
WINTER PACKING AROUND THE HIVE.

Mr. Geo. H. Beard, of Winchester, Mo., safely wintered
ninety-three colonies out of ninety-six, in the severe Winter
of 1884-5, in the lower apartment of two-story Langstroth
hives, by removing the oil-cloth and replacing it with coarse

OUT-DOOR SHELTERING. 351

sack-cloth, filling the upper story with maple leaves, -and
covering the hives, on all sides, except the front, with what is
commonly known as slough-grass. This success is worthy of
notice, for in that memorable Winter, more than two-thirds of
the bees in the Northern States died, some Apiarists losing
all they had. Like that of 1855-6, it will long be remembered,
not only for the uncommon degree and duration of its cold,
but for the tremendous winds, which, often for days together,
swept like a Polar blast over the land.

We have, for years, wintered part of our bees on the Sum-
mer stand, by sheltering them on all sides but the front, with
forest leaves closely packed, and held with a frame-work of
lath, or ladder.

636. One of the most important requirements for success-
ful out-door wintering, is the placmg of warm absorbents,
immediately over the cluster, to imbibe the excess of moisture
that rises from the bees, without allowing the heat to escape.

In March, 1856, we lost some of our best colonies, under
the following circumstances: The Winter had been intensely
cold, and the hives, having no upward ventilation or moisture
absorbents, were filled with frost—in some instances, the ice
on their glass sides being nearly a quarter of an inch thick.
A few days of mild weather, in which the frost began to
thaw, were followed by a severely cold spell with the ther-
mometer below zero, accompanied by raging winds, and in
many of the hives, the bees, which were still wet from the
thaw, were frozen together in an almost solid mass.

As long as the vapor remains congealed, it can injure the
bees only by keeping them from stores which they need; but,
as soon as a thaw sets in, hives which have no upward ab-
sorbents are in danger of being ruined.

' Mr. E. T. Sturtevant, of East Cleveland, Ohio, once known
as an experienced Apiarist, thus gave his experience in win-
tering bees in the open air:

“(No extremity of cold that we ever have in this climate,
will injure bees, if their breath is allowed to pass off, so that

352 WINTERING.

they are dry. I never lost a good colony that was dry, and
had plenty of honey.’’

The absorbents generally used are chaff in cushions, straw,
forest leaves (maple leaves preferred), corn cobs, woolen
rags, or wool waste, ete. Mr. Cheshire used cork-dust, which
he claimed gave fourteen times as much protection as a dead-
air space. The oil-cloth, which makes an air-tight covering,
must be first removed, and if no straw-mat is used, the cushion
of absorbents may be placed right over the frames. We use
the straw-mat, and fill the upper half-story with dry leaves,
these being the cheapest and best absorbent at our command.

In the coldest parts of our country, if upward absorbents
are neglected, no amount of protection that can be given to
hives, in the open air, will prevent them from becoming damp
and mouldy, even if frost is excluded, unless a large amount
of lower ventilation is given. Then they need as much air as
in Summer. Often, the more they are protected, the greater
the risk from dampness. A very thin hive unpainted, so that
it may readily absorb the heat of the sun, will dry inside much
sooner than one painted white, and in every way most thor-
oughly protected against the cold. The first, like a garret, will
suffer from dampness for a short time only; while the other,
like a cellar, may be so long in drying, as to injure, if not
destroy, the bees.

Some apiarists have objected to this paragraph, because
they have never had the experience mentioned in the two
Winters above named. Such Winters are rare, but we must
be prepared for a recurrence of similar conditions, as we too
often have Winters similar to those of Siberia.

637. If the colonies are wintered in the open air, the en-
trance to their hives must be large enough to allow the bees to
fly at will. Many, it is true, will be lost, but a large part
of these are diseased; and, even if they were not, it is better
to lose some healthy bees than to incur the risk of losing, or

3B)
greatly injuring, a whole colony by the excitement created by

OUT-DOOR SHELTERING. 353

confining them when the weather is warm enough to entice
them abroad.

If the sun is warm and the ground covered with new-fallen
snow, ihe light may so blind the bees, that they will fall into
this fleecy snow, and quickly perish. Even at such times, it is
hardly advisable to confine them to their hives. A neighbor
of ours killed four colonies, all he had, by closing the en-
trances with wire-cloth for Winter. We had advised him to
remove it, but he did not do so because some one had told
him that his bees would get lost in the snow.

Fig. 129.
THE CLOISTER HIVE.

638. In some countries, as in parts of France, or Eng-
land, the weather is often for weeks just chilly enough to make
it necessary for the bees to remain in the hive, as those who
take advantage of an occasional ray of sun light become

354 WINTERING.

chilled before they can go far, and yet there are no very cold
days. In such countries the confining of them to the hive is
not objectionable, because they have not consumed large quan-
tities of honey at any time and do not become restless. For
this reason Mr. Gouttefangeas, of Noirétable, France, has
devised what he calls a “cloister.” The hive is made with a
portico. the alighting board is hinged on the bottom and raised

“Ww

™

iy

SSS
=

SSS SS

TWO-STORY DOUBLE-WALLED LANGSTROTH HIVE, OLD STYLE,

up so as to close the hive when there is any necessity of
confining the bees to the hive. Two tubes pierced with holes
at their lower end serve for air, and light is excluded. With
the use of this “cloister” the bees are confined in a way that
keeps them quiet, for they see no light and the rays of the
sun do not attract them to the field. But this implement must
be used sparingly, for should a warm day come, the bees
would become restless in spite of the darkness and the con-
finement would be more injurious to them than freedom. Mr.
Gouttefangeas claims for this invention a number of advan-
tages, as it permits him to confine the bees without danger
whenever there is chance of their being lost by sallying forth

OUT-DOOR SHELTERING. 355

in bad weather. In the hot and cold climate of the Missis-
sippi Valley, the cloister could be used but little.

Great injury is often done by disturbing a colony of bees
when the weather is so cold that they cannot fly. Many that

Fig. 131.

INSIDE VIEW OF TWO-STORY DOUBLE-WALL LANGSTROTH HIVE.
Old style.

a, b, c, double bottom-board. d, stationary outer-case. f/f, portico.
g, entrance through double wall. h, i, front and back of lower hive.
j, 2, Tabbetted pieces. 1, lower honey-board. m, lower part of cover.
0, q, cover. +, upper honey-board. u, u, t, frames. w, front and rear
of upper story.

are tempted to leave the cluster, perish before they can regain
it, and every disturbance, by rousing them to needless activity,
causes an increased consumption of food. On the other hand,

356 WINTERING.

it is of the utmost importance that they be allowed to fly and
void their exerements (#3) whenever the weather is warm
enough. At such times it will be advisable to clean the bottom-
boards of hives, of dead bees, and other refuse.

639. To show the advantages derived by the bees from
a Winter flight, we will give our experience during one of
the coldest Winters, that of 1872-3. From the beginning
of December to the middle of January, the weather was
cold and the bees were unable to leave the hive. The 16th

sc VY

Fig. 132.

NOUBLE-WALL COWAN HIVE.
(From Cheshire.)

ab, apron-board. e, entrance. p, portico. hs, hollow space. tr,
tunnel-roof or cover to entrance. hc, hive case. sc, surplus case.
r, roof.

of January was a rather pleasant day. We took oceasion
of this to examine our weak colonies, being anxious in re-
gard to their condition. To our astonishment, they were
found alive, and our disturbing them caused them to fly and
discharge their excrements. Being convinced that all our bees
were safe, we did not disturb the strong colonies, and a few

PuLateE 21.

Se

T. W. COWAN, F.G.8., F. R. Mis.

Editor of the ‘‘British Bee Journal.”
Author of ‘The British Bee-Keeper's Guide Book” and of ‘The
Honey-Bee.”

This writer is mentioned pages 12, 146, 195, 239, 356, 469, 479, 480,
481, 487.

SHELTERING. 357

of the latter remained quiet. The next day, the cold weather
returned, and lasted three weeks longer. Then we discovered
that the weak colonies, that had had a cleansing flight, were
alive and well, while the strong ones which had remained con-
fined, were either dead or in bad condition.

640. In order to shelter bees more efficiently, in outdoor
wintering, against climatic mfluences, Apiarists have devised
hives, with double walls, filled at the sides, as well as on top,
with some light material non-conductor of heat. Some are
made on the same principle as the old two-story double-wall
L. hive (fig. 131) without packing.

sani

eS

ll

Fig. 133.
ROOT CHAFF HIVE.
(A B C of Bee-Culture. )

The most wide-spread style, is the chaff-hive, of A. I.
Root. This hive is far superior to single-wall hives for out-
door wintering. It was formerly made in two stories, all in
one piece, which rendered it very inconvenient. They now
make it as we made ours for years. The cap may be filled with
chaff, dry leaves, or a cushion of any warm material. Some
Apiarists also use one-story chaff-hives with loose bottom-

358 WINTERING.

boards that can be taken off to remove the dead bees in
Spring.

641. After having used some eighty chaff-hives during
twenty-five years or more, we find two disadvantages in them:
ist. They are heavy and ineonvenient to handle, especially
when made to accommodate ten large Dadant frames. 2d. As

Fig. 134.

INSIDE OF THE CHESHIRE HIVE.
hs, hives sides with cork-dust for packing. sc, section case.
s, separators. fn, foundation.

‘s, section.

they do not allow the heat or cold to pass in and out readily,
the bees in these hives may remain in-doors, in occasional
warm Winter days, while those of thin-front hives will have
a cleansing flight. Thus, in hard Winters, these bees suffer as
much from diarrhea (626-784) as others, unless the Apiar-
ist takes pains to disturb them and make them fly, occasionally,
in suitable weather.

SHELTERING. 359

642. But we highly recommend the use of these hives,
to the bee-keepers who do not wish to go to the trouble of
sheltering their bees every Winter. With the chaff-hive, it
is a matter of only a few minutes to put into Winter-quarters
a colony that has sufficient stores and bees, As to the ad-
vantage, claimed for these hives, of keeping weak colonies
warm, in the Spring, we found it counterbalanced by the loss

Fig. 135.

OUTER COVERING.

As used by J. G. Norton and others. One side is removed to show the
hive within.

of the sun’s heat during the first warm days, and we found
that bees bred as fast, in our ordinary hives (double only on
the windward sides) owing to the quick absorption of the
sun’s rays by the boards.

G43. To obtain the advantages of the chaff-hive without
any of its disadvantages and at the same time retain in use
the single-wall Langstroth or dovetailed hives, some bee-
keepers have devised outer-boxes to be placed over the colonies
during Winter, and removed in Spring. These can be filled

360 WINTERING.

with absorbents, and make the best and safest out-door shel-
ters (Fig. 135). They are only hooked together by nails
partly driven, and are taken off in pieces, in the Spring and
put away, under shelter. The roofs may be used over the
hives all Summer, if desirable. The only disadvantage of
outer-boxes is that they may harbor mice or insects. Some
use them, without any packing, and we know by experience,
that even in this way, very small colonies may be wintered
safely. If the hive has a portico, the front of the box is
made to fit around it. In any case, the portico itself can be
closed, during the coldest weather, by a door fitting over it,
but it must be opened on warm days. In the extraordinary
Winter of 1884-5, several bee-keepers of MeDonough County,
Illinois, among whom, we will cite Mr. J. G. Norton, of Ma-
comb, safely wintered their Simplicity hives with this method,
while their neighbors lost all, or nearly all, their bees.

G44. If the colonies are strong in numbers and stores, have
upper moisture absorbents, easy communication from comb to
comb, good ripe honcy, shelter from piercing winds, and can
have a cleansing flight once a month, they have all the con-
ditions essential to wintering successfully in the open air.

In-poor WINTERING.

645. In some parts of Europe, it is customary to winter
all the bees of a village in a common vault or cellar. Dzierzon
says:

‘A dry cellar is very well adapted for wintering bees, even
though it is not wholly secure from frost; the temperature will
be much milder, and more uniform than in the open air; the
bees will be more secure from disturbance, and will be pro-
tected from the piercing cold winds, which cause more injury
than the greatest degree of cold when the air is calm.

‘‘Universal experience teaches that the more effectually bees
are protected from disturbance and from the variations of
temperature, the better will they pass the Winter, the less will

IN-DOOR WINTERING. 361

they consume of their stores, and the more vigorous and num-
erous will they be in the Spring. I have, therefore, constructed
a special Winter repository for my bees, near my apiary. It is
weather-boarded both outside and within, and the intervening
space is filled with hay or tan, etc.; the ground and plat en-
closed is dug out to the depth of three or four feet, so as to
secure a more moderate and equitable temperature. When my
hives are placed in this depository, and the door locked, the
darkness, uniform temperature, and entire repose the bees enjoy,
enable them to pass the Winter securely. I usually place here
my weaker colonies, and those whose hives are not made of
the warmest materials, and they always do well. If such a
structure is to be partly underground, a very dry site must
be selected for it.’’

In Russia, bee-keepers dig a well from twenty to twenty-
five feet deep, and six or eight feet wide. The hives, which
there, are hollow trees, are then piled horizontally upon one
another, like cord-wood, with one end open. The well is filled
to within six feet of the top, and a shed, made of straw, is
built above. The bees are left there during the five or six
months of Winter. But Russia is fast adopting the methods
of advanced countries and they are beginning to use our hives
and winter bees much on our plan.

In some other countries, they are kept in caves, abandoned
mines, or any under-ground place near at hand.

646. In the North of the United States, and in Canada,
they are generally wintered in cellars, and remain there in
quiet from November till March or April, sometimes till May.

In all localities, where the bees cannot fly at least once a
month, in the Winter, it is best to follow this method of
wintering.

As Dzierzon says, a dry cellar is the best, although bees
can be wintered in a damp cellar, but with more danger of
loss, especially if the food is not of the best.

647. In the first place, the bees should be moved to the
cellar, just after they have had a day’s flight, at the opening
of cold weather. It is better to put them in a little early than

362 WINTERING.

run the risk of putting them away after they have been ex-
posed to a long cold spell.

Dr. C. C. Miller, who is one of the best authorities, be-
cause he is much experienced and a very good observer, says
this on the proper time to take them in:

‘It is a thing impossible to know beforehand just what is
the best time to take bees into the cellar. At best it can only
be a guess. Living in a region where winters are severe, there
are some years in which there will be no chance for bees to
have a flight after the middle of November and I think there
was one year without a flight after the first of November
(Northern Illinois). One feels badly to put his bees into the
cellar the first week in November and then two or three weeks
later have a beautiful day. But he feels a good deal worse after
a good flight-day the first week in November to wait for a later
flight, then have it turn very cold, and after waiting through
two or three weeks of such weather, to give up hope of any
later flight and put his bees in after two or three weeks’ en-
durance of severe freezing. So it is better to err on the side
of getting bees in too early.’’—(Forty Years Among the Bees,
page 292.)

We take only the brood-apartment leaving the cap, and
sometimes the bottom-board, on the Summer stand, being
eareful to mark the number of each hive inside of its cap* so
as to return it to the same location in Spring (32-33). Not
all bee-keepers do this but we know that it helps. In the
cellar, the hives are piled one upon another. An empty hive
or a box is put at the bottom of each pile, so that the bees
will be as high up from the damp ground as possible. If
the bottom-board is brought in with the hive, the entrance
should be left open. It is well to raise the lower tier of hives
from their bottoms with entrance-blocks, unless they have
good lower ventilation without this. Some upper ventilation
had better be given also, for the eseape of moisture. If the

*In a well-regulated apiary, each hive bears a number painted on
the body, or a number tag fastened in some way.

IN-DOOR WINTERING. 363

..eellar is damp, the combs will mould more or less; if it is dry,
they will keep in perfect order.

648. After the bees are put in, they should be left in
darkness, at the temperature that will keep them the quietest.
We find that from 42° to 45° is the best. Every Apiarist
should have a thermometer, and use it. The cost is insignifi-
cant, and it will pay for itself many times.

Fig. 136.
CELLAR BLIND, TO GIVE AIR WITHOUT LIGHT.

But thermometers vary, especially the cheap ones. Try to
find at what temperature, with your thermometer in your
cellar, they are the quietest, and then aim to keep it at that.

The fact that bees, in Russia (645), are confined in deep
wells, for six months, shows that a total deprivation of light
eannot be injurious. It prevents them from flying out of
their hives, to which they would be unable to return, after
flying to the windows, allured by the light, when the tempera-
ture of the cellar rises occasionally and unexpectedly to 50
or 60 degrees.

364 WINTERING.

As bees, wintered on their Summer stands, begin to fly out
when the temperature in the shade reaches about 50 degrees,
and are in full flight at about 55, one can imagine how rest-
less they become when the temperature of the cellar rises to
55 or 60 degrees. They wait impatiently for the dawn of
the day which will afford them the opportunity for flying out.
But as the days pass and darkness continues they are uneasy
and tired.

sl) =

Fig. 137.
CELLAR BLIND IN PLACE.

The warmth incites them also to breed, and as they need
water for their brood (271), some leave the hive in quest
of it and are lost. This happens more or less every Winter.
To cool the air of the cellar, ice may be brought in and
allowed to melt slowly over a tub.

The Apiarist must guard against cold, also, but in winter-
ing a large number of colonies, the heat which they generate

IN-DOOR WINTERING. 365

will usually keep the cellar quite warm in the coldest weather.
In our experience, we have had to keep the cellar windows
open, often, in cold weather.

649. To allow cold air to enter without giving light, we
have devised cellar blinds (figs. 136-137). When the window,
inside, is raised, a wire-cloth frame is put in its place to
keep mice out, and there is a slide on the inside of the shutter
which can be used to give more or less air as the case requires.
Besides, the windows of our bee-cellar are made with double
panes, to exclude cold or heat more efficiently, when they are
shut. A slight quantity of pure air is needed at all times.

As we have said above, when the warmer days of Spring
come, with alternates of cold, the bees will breed a little,
and if this is not begun too early, it will be a help to them
rather than an injury, for they will become strong, all the
sooner, after being taken out.

650. <A small number of colonies can be wintered in any
ordinary cellar, quite safely, when their food is of good qual-
ity, and the temperature does not vary too much, but they
must be quiet and in the dark.

651. If the temperature of the cellar is too low, or too
high, or if the food is unhealthy, the bees will have a large
amount of fecal accumulation in their intestines, and will
show their anxiety by coming out of the hive in clusters,
during the latter part of their confinement. If, in addition
to this, the cellar is damp, the comb will mould; and when
taken out, some colonies may desert (407, 663) their hives.

652. Great loss may be incurred in replacing, upon their
Summer stands, the colonies which have been kept in special
depositories. Unless the day when they are put out is very
favorable, many will be lost when they fly to discharge their
feces. In movable-frame hives, this risk can be greatly
diminished, by removing the cover from the frames, and allow-
ing the sun to shine directly upon the bees; this will warm
them up so quickly, that they will all discharge their faces in
a very short time.

366 WINTERING.

The following is an extract from Mr. Langstroth’s journal:

‘Jan. 31st, 1857—Removed the upper cover, exposing the
bees to the full heat of the sun, the thermometer being 30 de-
grees in the shade, and the atmosphere calm. The hive stand-
ing on the sunny side of the house, the bees quickly took wing
and discharged their feces. Very few were lost on the snow,
and nearly all that alighted on it took wing without being
chilled. More bees were lost from other hives which were not
opened, as few which left were able to return; while, in the
one with the cover removed, the returning bees were able to
alight at once among their warm companions.’’

653. If more than one hundred colonies are wintered in
the cellar, and it is desired to remove them all the same day,
enough help shovld be secured to put them all on cheir stands
before ihe warm part of the day is over. It is far better to
keep them in the cellar even one week longer, than to take
them out when the weather is so cold that they cannot cleanse
themselves immediately; to our mind, 45° in the shade, is the
lowest temperature in which it is best to put bees out.

654. As bees remember their location, it is important to
return each colony to its own place. If this is not done, the
confusion may cause some colonies to abandon their hives.
Dzierzon also advises placing them on their former stands, as
many bees still remember the old spot.

This, however, is less important in locations where the
confinement lasts a very long time, as it does in very cold
countries. If it is desirable to remove some hives to a new
location, a slanting board (603 bis) should be placed in front
of the hive. All the bottom boards should be cleaned of dead
bees or rubbish, without delay.

655. If the hives of an apiary are all removed from the
cellar on the same day, there will be but little danger of
robbing, for they are somewhat bewildered when first brought
out; but if some are taken out later than others, the last
removed will be in danger, unless some precautions are taken.

656. If the bees that are wintering in the cellar, are

IN-DOOR WINTERING. 367

found to be restless, it may be good policy to give them some
water (271), or to take them out on a warm day when the.
temperature is at least 45° in the shade, to let them have a

—S= = =
Fig. 138. (From L’Apicoltore, of Milan.)
BEE CLAMP FOR WINTERING.

l, air draft. d, roof.

flight, and return them to the cellar afterward. We do not
advise it as a practice however. On the contrary, if they are

r

Fig. 139. Fig. 140.
HOW TO PILE THE HIVES. GROUND PLAN OF A BEE CLAMP.
quiet, it is better to keep them indoors, till the early Spring
days have fairly come, to avoid what is called Spring-dwind-

ling (659).

368 WINTERING.

65%. Those, who have no cellar, can successfully winter
their bees in clamps or silos as advised by the Rev. Mr. Scholz,
of Lower Silesia, already mentioned in several instances.
These clamps are made similar to those in which farmers
place apples, potatoes, turnips, ete., to preserve them during
cold weather. The only objection to this mode, is the damp-
ness of the ground in wet and warm Winters. The hives are
put, on a bed of straw, in a pyramidal form (fig. 139), and
covered, first with old boards, then with a thick layer of
straw, and another, of earth. Wooden pipes are placed at the
bottom (fig. 140), and one in the shape of a chimney, at the
top, for an air-draft. The requisites are the same as in cellar
wintering, an equal temperature, sufficient ventilation, a fairly
dry atmosphere, and quiet.

658. We must warn novices against the wintering of bees
in any repository in which the temperature descends below
the freezing point. In such places the bees consume a great
deal of honey, and they soon become restless, for want of a
flight. Their Summer stand, even without shelter, is far safer
than any such place, because they can at least take advantage
of any warm Winter day to void their excrements. These
facts are demonstrated beyond a doubt.

Spring DwinbDLineG.

659. When the conditions necessary to the successful
wintering of bees are not complied with, and they have suf-
fered from diarrhea (784), many colonies may be lost by
Spring dwindling, especially if the Spring is cold and back-
ward. Even colonies, which appeared to have gone through
the Winter strong in numbers, may slowly lose bee after bee
till the queen alone remains in the hive. This is sometimes
mistaken for desertion (407), as will be seen in the following
paragraph, which we quote from The London Quarterly Re-
view, and in which the author attributes to lack of loyalty
in the bees, that which evidently must have been due only to
Spring dwindling:

SPRING DWINDLING. 369

‘‘Bees, like men, have their different dispositions, so that
even their loyalty will sometimes fail them. An instance not
long ago came to our knowledge, which probably few bee-
keepers will credit. It is that of a hive which, having early
exhausted its store, was found, on being examined one morning,
to be utterly deserted. The comb was empty, and the only
symptom of life was the poor queen herself, ‘unfriended,
melancholy, slow,’ crawling over the honeyless cells, a sad
spectacle of the fall of bee-greatness. Marius among the ruins
of Carthage—Napoleon at Fontainebleau—was nothing to this.’’

Several such instances, caused by Spring dwindling, with
subsequent robbing of the honey, were observed by us. Colo-
nies are thus destroyed as late as April and May.

660. In some instances, the enlarged abdomen of the bees
will show that they are suffering from constipation— (785) —
or inability to discharge their feces, even though they may
have voided their abdomen since their long confinement. Prob-
ably their intestines are in an unhealthy condition. In the
worst eases of Spring dwindling, sometimes, even the queens
show signs of failing, and eventually disappear. This may
oceur also with colonies that were wintered in the cellar, if
they have suffered from diarrhea, or have been removed too
early.

There is another sort of Spring dwindling caused by the
loss of working bees in cold Springs, while in search of water
(271), or pollen (263), for the brood.

661. To avoid losses or to check them as far as possible,
after a hard Winter, it is indispensable that the following be
observed :

1st. The hives should be located in a warm, sunny, well-
sheltered place. All Apiaries that are placed in exposed
windy situations, or facing North, suffer most from Spring
dwindling.

2d. The number of combs in the hive should be reduced
in early Spring, with the division-board or contractor, to suit
the size of the cluster (849). This helps the bees to keep

370 SPRING DWINDLING.

warm and raise brood. The space must again be enlarged
gradually, when the colony begins to recruit.

We consider this contraction of the hive as altogether in-
dispensable when using large hives. Let us suppose that, in
early Spring, we have a colony whose population is so much
reduced that it cannot warm, to the degree needed for breed-
ing, more than 500 eubie inches of space. If we leave the
brood-chamber without contraction, as its surface, in a 10-
frame Langstroth hive, will be about 270 square inches, the
cubic space heated will have about two inches in thickness at
the top, since heat always rises. If, on the contrary, we have
reduced the number of frames to three, the depth of the space
warmed at the top will amount to more than three times as
much, or to more than six inches. Thus, the bees will not
only be more healthy, but the laying of the queen, not being
delayed by the eold, and the number of the bees increasing
faster, they will be able to repay the bee-keeper for the care
bestowed, instead of dwindling, or remaining worthless for
the Spring crop.

3d. The heat should be concentrated in the brood apart-
ment, by all means, and not allowed to escape above. The
entrance also must remain reduced.

In instances of this kind, the cloister (638) or some other
method of confining the bees without light, might prove use-
ful, provided the colonies were supplied with pollen and water
so that they might breed without having to seek for the neces-
saries. .

662. Apiarists in general, do not attach enough import-
ance to the necessity of furnishing water (271) to bees in
cold Springs, in order that they may stay at home in quiet.
Although Berlepsch laid too much stress on the question of
water, the lack of which he even said was the cause of dys-
entery, yet he was right in ealling our attention to the need
of it for breeding:

“‘The Creator has given the bee an instinct to store up honey
and pollen, which are not always to be procured, but not water,

SPRING DWINDLING. 371

which is always accessible in her native regions. In Northern
latitudes, when confined to the hive, often for months together,
they can obtain the water they need only from the watery par-
ticles contained in the honey, the perspiration which condenses
on the colder parts of the hive, or the humidity of the air which
enters their hives.

‘<TIn March and April, the rapidly-increasing amount of brood
eauses an increased demand for water; and when the thermom-
eter is as low as 45 degrees, bees may be seen carrying it in at
noon, even on windy days, although many are sure to perish
from cold. In these months, in 1856, during a protracted period
of unfavorable weather we gave all our bees water, and they
remained at home in quiet, whilst those of other apiaries were
flying briskly in search of water. At the beginning of May,
our hives were crowded with bees; whilst the colonies of our
neighbors were mostly weak.

‘*The consumption of water in March and April, in a popu-
lous colony, is very great, and in 1856, one hundred colonies
required eleven Berlin quarts per week, to keep on breeding
uninterruptedly. In Springs where the bees can fly safely
almost every day, the want of water will not be felt.

‘<The loss of bees by water-dearth, is the result of climate,
and no form of hive, or mode of wintering, can furnish an ab-
solutely efficient security against it.’’—(Translated from the
German, by S. Wagner.)

That bees cannot raise much brood without water, unless
they have fresh-gathered honey, has been known from the times
of Aristotle. Buera of Athens (Cotton, p. 104), aged 80
years, said in 1797:

‘¢Bees daily supply the worms with water; should the state
of the weather be such as to prevent the bees from fetching
water for a few days, the worms would perish. These dead bees
are removed out of the hive by the working-bees if they are
healthy and strong; otherwise, the stock perishes from their
putrid exhalations.’’

In any movable-frame hives, water can be given to the
bees by pouring it into the empty cells of a comb.

372 SPRING DWINDLING.

A better method still is to supply the bees from time to
time with small quantities of thin sugar syrup or watery
honey (606) warmed up for this purpose. This takes the
place of fresh nectar and saves the bees many a trip for cold
water to the neighboring pond. But thin, watery syrup
should never be fed at the opening of cold weather, in the
Fall.

DESERTING.

663. We have shown (407) that bees sometimes desert
their hives, when the colony is too weak, or short of stores,
or suffering from dampness, mouldy combs, ete., ete. This
desertion, which differs from natural swarming in this, that it
may take place in any season, and that the deserting bees do
not raise any queen-cells previously, is more frequent in cold
backward Springs than at any other time.

At different times we have seen bees deserting their hives
and forsaking their brood for lack of pollen (264). A
comb containing pollen having been put in their hive and the
bees returned they remained happy. But the worst of these
desertions is when the bees have suffered while wintered in-
doors (651.) These colonies abandon their hives very soon
after being replaced on their Summer stands. When such
desertion is feared, it is better not to put out more than
one dozen colonies at one time, and to prepare a few dry
combs, in clean hives, to hive the swarm as soon as possible;
for, too often some other colonies following the example, mix
with the first, the queens are balled (538), causing great
annoyance and loss to the bee-keeper. Such swarms should be
hived on clean dry comb, and furnished with honey and
pollen. The capacity of the hive in which they are put should
be reduced to suit the size of the swarm, and increased very
cautiously, from time to time, when the bees seem to be
crowded ; for warmth is indispensable to bees in Spring. The
condition of such colonies must be regularly ascertained and
their wants supplied.

DESERTING. 373

We would refer those who think that “it is too much
trouble” to examine their hives in the Spring, to the prac-
tice of the ancient bee-keepers, as set forth by Columella:
“The hives should be opened in the Spring, that all the filth
which was gathered in them during the Winter may be re-
moved. Spiders, which spoil their combs, and the worms
from which the moths proceed, must be killed. When the hive
has been thus cleaned, the bees will apply themselves to work

Fig. 141.
IN THE SNOW.
Apiary of L. W. Elmore, of Fairfield, Iowa.

with the greater diligence and resolution.” The sooner those
abandon bee-keeping, who consider the proper care of their
bees as “too much trouble,” the better for themselves and their
unfortunate bees.

In making this thorough cleansing, the Apiarist will learn
which colonies require aid, and which ean lend a helping hand
to others; and any hive needing repairs, may be put in order
before being used again. Such hives, if occasionally re-
painted, will last for generations, and prove cheaper, in the
long run, than any other kind.

CHAPTER XIV.
RosBinc, AND How PREVENTED.
“An ounce of prevention is worth a ton of cure.”

664. Bres are so prone to rob each other, in time of
searcity, that, unless great precautions are used, the Apiarist
will often lose some of his most promising colonies. Idleness
is, with them, as with men, a fruitful mother of mischief.
They are, however, far more excusable than the lazy rogues
of the human family; for they seldom attempt to live on
stolen sweets, when they can procure a sufficiency by honest
industry.

As scon as they can leave their hives in the Spring, they
may begin to assail the weaker colonies. In this matter, the
morals of our little friends seem to be sadly at fault; for,
those colonies which have the largest surplus are—like some
rich oppressors—the most anxious to prey upon the meagre
possessions of others.

If the marauders, who are prowling about in search of
plunder, attack a strong and healthy colony, they are usually
glad to escape with their lives from its resolute defenders.
The bee-keeper, therefore, who neglects to watch his needy
colonies, and to assist such as are weak or queenless, must
eount upon suffering heavy losses from robber-bees.

665. It is sometimes difficult, for the novice, to discrim-
inate between the honest inhabitants of a hive, and the rob-
bers which often mingle with them. There is, however, an
air of roguery about a thieving bee which, to the expert, is
as characteristic as are the motions of a pickpocket to a skill-
ful policeman. Its sneaking look, and nervous, guilty agita-
tion, once seen, can never be mistaken. It does not, like the

374

ROBBING. 375

laborer carrying home the fruits of honest toil, alight boldly
upon ithe entrance-board, or face the guards, knowing well
that, if caught by these trusty guardians, its life would hardly
be worth insuring. If it can glide by without touching any
of the sentinels, those within—taking it for granted that all is
right—may permit it to help itself.

Bees which lose their way, and alight upon a strange hive,
can readily be distinguished from these thieving scamps. The
rogue, when caught, strives to pull away from his executioners,
while the bewildered unfortunate shrinks into the smallest
compass, submitting to any fate his captors may award.

These dishonest bees are the “Jerry Sneaks” of their pro-
fession. Constantly creeping through small holes, and daub-
ing themselves with honey, their plumes assume a smooth
and almost black appearance, just as the hat and garments
of a thievish loafer, acquire a “seedy” aspect.

Dzierzon thinks that these black bees, which Huber has
described as so bitterly persecuted by the rest, are nothing
more than thieves. Aristotle speaks of “a black bee which is
called a thief.”

666. The writer has known the value of an apiary to
be so seriously impaired by the bees beginning early in the
season to rob each other, that the owner was often tempted
to wish that he had never seen a bee. Yet, we should hardly
blame them for their robbing propensities. With them, as
with men, much depends on the education which they are
allowed to receive. Their nature teaches them to hunt for
sweets industriously, wherever they can find them, and any
sweet, which they can reach, by the most strenuous efforts, is
considered by them, at once, as their private property. Were
it not for this disposition of the bee, to hunt for sweets
everywhere, and take them home, the honey of those colonies
that dwell in the woods, and frequently perish during the
Winter, would be wasted. The propensity to rob is acquired
only during a dearth of honey in the flowers; for bees have
a much greater relish for fresh honey, as produced in the

376 ROBBING, AND HOW PREVENTED.

blossoms, than for any other sweet on earth. In a day of
abundant harvest, honey may be left exposed where bees can
reach it, without being touched, or even approached, by a
single bee, for hours; while, if placed in the very same spot
during a dearth of honey, it will be covered with bees in very
few minutes.

If the bee-keeper would not have his bees so demoralized
that their value will be seriously diminished, he will be ex-
ceedingly careful in time of scarcity to prevent them from
robbing each other. If the bees of a strong colony once get
a taste of forbidden sweets, they will seldom stop until they
have tested the strength of every hive. Even if all the colonies
are able to defend themselves, many bees will be lost in these
encounters, and much time wasted.

667. An experienced bee-keeper readily perceives when
any robbing is going on in his apiary. Bees are flying va-
grantly about, hunting in nooks and corners, and at all the
hive-erevices. Extensive robbing causes a general uproar, and
the bees of all the hives are much more disposed to sting.
The robbers sally out with the first peep of light, and often
continue there depredations until it is so late that they cannot
find the entrance to their hive. Some even pass the night in
the plundered colony.

The cloud of robbers arriving and departing need never be
mistaken for honest laborers (1973-174) carrying, with un-
wieldy flight, their heavy burdens to the hive. These bold
plunderers, as they enter a hive, are almost as hungry-looking
as Pharaoh’s lean kine, while, on coming out, they show by
their burly looks that; like aldermen who have dined at the
expense of the city, they are stuffed to their utmost capacity.

668. When robbing-bees have fairly overcome a colony,
the attempt to stop them—by shutting up the hive, or by
moving it to a new stand—if improperly conducted, is often
far more disastrous than allowing them to finish their work.
The air will be quickly filled with greedy bees, who, unable
to bear their disappointment, will assail, with almost frantic

HOW TO STOP ROBBING. 377

desperation, some of the adjoining hives. In this way, the
strongest colonies are sometimes overpowered, or thousands
of bees slain in the desperate contest.

How to Stop Roesine.

‘When an Apiarist perceives that a colony is being robbed,
he should contract the entrance, and, if the assailants persist
in forcing their way in, he must close it entirely. In a few
minutes the hive will be black with the greedy cormorants,
who will not abandon it till they have attempted to squeeze
themselves through the smallest openings. Before’ they assail
a neighboring colony, they should be thoroughly sprinkled
with cold water, which will somewhat cool their ardor.

Unless the bees, that were shut up, can have an abundance
of air, they should be carried to a cool, dark place, after the
Apiarist has allowed the robbers to escape out of it. Early
the next morning they must be examined, and, if necessary,
united to another hive.

‘‘In Germany, when colonies in common hives are being
robbed, they are often removed to a distant location, or put
in a dark cellar. A hive, similar in appearance, is placed on
their stand, and leaves of wormwood and the expressed juice
of the plant are put on the bottom-board. Bees have such an
antipathy to the odor of this plant, that the robbers speedily
forsake the place, and the assailed colony may then be brought
back.

“‘The Rev. Mr. Kleine says, that robbers may be repelled by
imparting to the hive some intensely powerful and unaccus-
tomed odor. He effects this the most readily by placing in it,
in the evening, a small portion of musk, and on the following
morning the bees, if they have a healthy queen, will boldly
meet their assailants. These are nonplussed by the unwonted
odor, and, if any of them enter the hive and carry off some of
‘the coveted booty, on their return home, having a strange
smell, they will be killed by their own household. The rob-
bing is thus soon brought to a close.’’—S. Wagner.

378 ROBBING, AND HOW PREVENTED.

It will often be found that a hive which is overpowered
by robbers has no queen, or one that is diseased.

669. One of the best methods which we have found to
stop the robbing of one hive by another, when the robbed
colony is worth saving, is to exchange them; %. e., to place
the robbed colony on the stand of the robbing colony, and
vice versa. The robbing colony can usually be found by
sprinkling the returning bees with flour, as they come out of
the robbed hive, and watching the direction which they take.
It can also often be detected by the activity of its bees, if
the neighboring hives are idle, especially after sunset.

This method, however, cannot be practiced when the robbing
and the robbed colonies do not belong to the same person; or
when the robbing is carried on by many hives at one time,
although, in the latter case, the exchange of stands between
the strongest of the robbing hives and the weak robbed
colony, in the evening, and the reducing of the entrances of
both, usually has a good result. The old robber bees, be-
wildered by this exchange, make their home in the robbed
colony, since they find it on the stand where they are accus-
tomed to bring their honey; and they defend it with as much
energy as they used in attacking it before. See Quinby’s
“Mysteries of Bee-Keeping,” N. Y., 1866.

670. We read in the British Bee-Journal that a carbol-
ized sheet (884) can be used to stop robbing, if spread in
front of the robbed hive. This same sheet, spread on the
hive while extracting (749), and on the surplus box where
the combs are placed (768), displeases the robbers and pro-
tects the comb, but strong smelling drugs must be used spar-
ingly over a super full of honey, for fear of damaging the
flavor of the honey.

671. There is a kind of pillage which is carried on so
secretly as often to escape all notice. The bees engaged in it
do not enter in large numbers, no fighting is visible, and the
labors of the hive appear to be progressing with their usual
quietness. All the while, however, strange bees are carrying

PREVENTION. 379

off the honey as fast as it is gathered. After watching such
a colony for some days, it occurred to us one evening, as it
had an unhatched queen, to give it a fertile one. On the next
morning, rising before the rogues were up, we had the pleas-
ure of -seeing them meet with such a warm reception, that
they were glad to make a speedy retreat.

This is another proof that discouragement caused by queen-
lessness often leads to the loss of a colony.

PREVENTION.

672. If the Apiarist would guard his bees against dis-
honest courses, he must be exceedingly careful, in his various
operations, not to leave any combs or any honey where bees
can find them, for, after once getting a taste of stolen honey,
they will hover around him as soon as they see him operating
on a hive, all ready to pounce upon it and snatch what they
can of its exposed treasures.

In times of scarcity, food should never be given to the bees
in the day time, but only in the evening, always inside of the
hive and above the combs. The feeding of bees (605) in the
day time causes robbing in two ways. It excites the bees
which are fed, and induces them to go out to hunt for more,
and the smell of the food given attracts the bees of the other
hives. Hence follows fighting and trouble. But, above all
things, the Apiarist must try to keep his colonies strong.
When there is a scarcity of blossoms, or of nectar in the
flowers, the entrance of the hive should be lessened, to
suit the needs of the colony, by moving the entrance blocks
(339). If the hive contains more combs than the bees can
well defend, the number of the combs should be reduced by
the use of the division board (349).

673. It is especially with weak colonies that care should
be taken, in Spring or Fall. The strong hives being better
able to keep warm, their bees fly out earlier in the day and
will readily discover the weaker ones, which, unless their honey
is protected, they will soon overpower.

380 ROBBING, AND HOW PREVENTED.

When the above instructions are carried out, if thieves try
to slip into a feeble colony they are almost sure to be over-
hauled and put to death; and if robbers are bold enough to
attempt to force an entrance, as the bottom-board slants for-
ward (326) it gives the occupants of the hive a decided ad-
vantage. Should any sueceed in entering, they will find
hundreds standing in battle-array, and fare as badly as a for-
lorn hope that has stormed the walls of a beleaguered fortress,
only to perish among thousands of enraged enemies.

Cracks and openings in disjointed hives, should be securely
closed with wet clay, until the bees can be transferred into
better abodes.

When the hives are opened, the work must be performed
speedily and carefully; and, if any great number of robbers
show themselves during the operation, it is well, after closing
the hive, and reducing the entrance, to place a bunch of grass
(fine grass or fine weeds preferred) over it, for an hour, or
till the temporary excitement has subsided. The guardian bees
station themselves in this grass and chase out robbers much
more easily than they could otherwise. The robbers them-
selves recognize that their chances of “dodging in” are slim,
and give up the undertaking. We have never had any trouble
with robbers after closing a hive in this way.

When the robbed colony is weak, the robbing may be abated
by preventing any bees from entering it till evening, when
other colonies have stopped flying; allowing, at the same time,
any bee that wishes to depart from it, and closing the en-
trance till late in the morning. By this course most of the
robbers will be tired of their useless attempts, while the re-
maining workers of the robbed hive will be ready to repel the
attacks.

When none of these methods succeed, a small comb of
hatching Italian bees (551) may be given, with the necessary
precautions (480), to the weak colony, and the hive placed
in the cellar for a few days. The hatched Italians will receive
the intruders warmly when the hive is brought back.

PREVENTION, ‘ 381

The Italian bees defend their hives much better than the
black (549) against the intrusion of robbers, and the Cypri-
ans and Syrians (559) surpass even the Italians.

When a comb of honey breaks down in a hive from any
cause, it should be removed promptly, and the bottom-board
should be exchanged for a clean one at once. If any drops of
honey fall about the apiary, it is best to cover them up with
earth promptly. In short, no honey should be left exposed,
where bees can plunder it.

Of late years some Apiarists have practiced outdoor feeding
of thin watery honey on a large scale, to prevent robbing.
Their aim is to produce the same conditions as are made by
a crop of honey, supply all the bees with all they want, for
the time. The robbers are thus kept busy and do not think
about bothering the weak hives. We can see nothing accep-
table in this method and we find that advanced Apiarists agree
with us. Doctor C. C. Miller, on this subject, says:

“‘T have fed barrels of sugar syrup in the open air, and it is
possible that circumstances may arise to induce me to do it
again, but I doubt it. There are serious objections to this out-
door feeding. You are not sure what portion of it your own
bees will get, if other bees are in flying distance. Consider-
able experience has proved to me that by this method, the
strong colonies get the lion’s share, and the weak colonies very
little.’’—(Forty Years Among the Bees.)

We ore glad to see that so high an authority agrees with us
on this matter, for we have been considered as little short of
old-fogy, because we did not countenance outdoor feeding.

CHAPTER XV.
Coms FounpatIon.

674. The invention and introduction of comb foundation,
with the use of movable frames, marked an important step
in the progress of practical bee-culture. The main drawback
to the perfect success of movable-frame hives was the difficulty
of always obtaining straight combs in the frames (318).
Although the bevelled top bar (319) often secured this ob-
ject, yet, in many instances, the bees deviated from this guide
and fastened their combs from one frame to another; and if
the matter was not promptly attended to, the combs of the
hive became as immovable as those of box hives. One frame
slightly out of place was a sufficieht incentive for the bees
to fasten two frames together. In the management of four
large apiaries, previous to the introduction of comb founda-
tion, we found that, in spite of our efforts, a certain number
of colonies would so build their combs, that only a part of the
frames were movable without the use of a knife. Even the
combs that were built in the right place were made somewhat
waving, or bulged in spots, and were thus rendered unfit for
such interchanges as are daily required in ordinary manipula-
tions.

675. Another drawback to success was the building of
drone-comb (225). We have had colonies in which nearly
one-fourth of the combs were drone-comb. In such hives the
number of drones that might be raised would be sufficient to
consume the surplus honey. To be sure, with movable-frame
hives, such combs can be removed, but the difficulty consists
in procuring straight and neat worker-combs to replace them;
for if we simply remove the drone-combs, the bees often re-
place them with the same kind (233).

382

ADVANTAGES, 383

676. Good straight worker-comb, not too old, is the most
valuable capital of the Apiarist (442). For years, before
the introduction of comb-foundation, we had been in the habit
of buying all the worker-comb from dead colonies that we
could find, but we never had enough.

ty
ta nage
——S

Fig. 142.
THE ORIGINAL “ROOT” MILL.
(From Root’s “A B C of Bee-Culture.’’)

The consideration of the above important points, aud of
the great cost of comb to the bees (223), had long ago
drawn ithe attention of German Apiarists to the possibility
of manufacturing the base, or foundation, of the comb.

384 COMB FOUNDATION.

677. In 1857, Johannes Mehring invented a press to make
wax wafers, on which the rudiments of the cells were printed.
Those only, who experienced the obstacles which this industry
presents, can form an idea of the energy and perseverance
that were required to succeed as he did.

The foundation made by him then, was far from being equal
to what is now made. The projections of the cell-walls were
too rudimentary, sometimes not printed, and the bees often
built drone-cells instead of worker-cells; but these imperfect
efforts were the beginning of an industry which has proved
of immense advantage. to bee-keepers, and has spread like
wild-fire wherever bees are kept.

Digved43-
THE LATEST FOUNDATION MILL.
(A B C of Bee-Culture.)

678. Another Apiarist, Peter Jacob, of Switzerland, im-
proved on the Mehring press, and in 1865, some of hig foun-
dation was imported to America, by Mr. H. Steele, of Jersey
City (Am. Bee-Journal, Vol. 2, page 221), and tried by Mr.
J. L. Hubbard, who reported favorably upon it. In 1861,
Mr. Wagner had secured a patent in the United States, for
the manufacture of artificial honey comb-foundation by what-
ever process made. His patent was never put to use, and
rather retarded the progress of this industry in America.

679. The first comb-foundation made in America, was
manufactured in 1875, by a German, Mr. F. Weiss, very

PLATE 22.

JOHANNES MEHRING,

Inventor of Comb-Foundation.

This Apiarist is mentioned pages 157 and 384.

FOUNDATION MILLS, 385

probably on an imported machine. Mr. A. I. Root, to whom
the credit is due of popularizing the invention the world over,
manufactured a large roller-mill, in February, 1876, with the
help of a skilled mechanic, A. Washbume. He sold hundreds
of these mills afterwards.

680. In the practical use of comb-foundation, the most
sanguine expectations were realized:

1. Every comb that is built on foundation is as straight
as a board, and can be moved from one place to another,
in any hive, without trouble.

2. The combs built on worker-foundation are exclusively
worker-combs, with the exception of occasional patches, when
the foundation sags slightly, owing to being overloaded by
the bees before the cells are fully built out.

8. All the wax produced by the bees, and gathered by
the Apiarist from scraps, old combs, or cappings, is returned
to the bees in this shape, instead of being sold at the com-
mercial value of beeswax, which is several times less than
its actual cost (228). The cost of foundation for brood-
combs is not very great, especially if we consider that this
capital is not consumed, but only employed; as the wax con-
tained in the combs represents at least one-half of the
primary value of the foundation, and can be rendered again,
after years of use, none the worse for wear. It has been
asserted that beeswax decays with time when exposed to damp-
ness. We have never seen this and believe it to be an error.

681. Comb foundation has been made largely, especially
in Europe, on plaster casts. There is also a press, the
Rietsche, which makes cast sheets of wax to which it gives
the rudiments of cells. These sheets are made very much
like waffles and for that reason the sheets of comb foundation
are ealled in the French language “gaufres de cire.” They
have the advantage of being easily made by almost any per-
son, but are very rudimentary and very brittle. Similar
sheets were made in this country formerly by the Given
press but they have gone into disuse, as our bee-keepers are

386 COMB FOUNDATION.

not satisfied with imperfect work. The only reason we can
ascribe to the Rietsche press being popular in Europe is that
the bee-keepers find it difficult to purchase foundation made
of pure beeswax there. So they prefer to make an imperfect
article out of their own product, rather than buy an imitation
whieh breaks down in the hive and which the bees often re-
ject (686).

682. Comb foundation is now made by several firms in
endless sheets, which are cut to proper length as fast as they

Fig. 144.
SIX-INCH VANDERVORT MILL,

are printed. The Weed process produces sheets most clear
and malleable and makes a superior article of foundation.
But for the bee-keeper who wishes to make his own wax into
sheets, the dipping process may still be used. We give a short
description of it (689).

683. The wax used for thin surplus-foundation is a
selected grade. Wax from cappings (72) and Southern
wax are the best for this purpose, owing to their light color.

PURE BEESWAX. 387

In every case, whether the foundation is to be used for sur-
plus, or for brood-combs, the wax should be thoroughly
cleaned by heating it to a high temperature and allowing it
to cool slowly in flaring vessels, from which the cold wax can
be easily removed. Wax, that is allowed to retain impurities,
has less consistency, and will sag more readily. The method
used by wax-bleachers of purifying with acids should not be
resorted to, as the bees have a dislike for any disagreeable
smell or taste.

684. -Nothing but pure wax should be used in any grade
of foundation. Paraffine, ceresine, etc., have been tried with
disastrous results. Aside from the fact that these compounds
melt at a lower degree than beeswax and break down in the
hive, the bees readily discover the imposition and show a de-
cided preference for pure foundation.

685. The most common adulteration of crude beeswax is
made with tallow. Luckily, this is easily recognized by the
soft, dull appearance of the cakes. The smell of tallow is also
noticeable in freshly broken fragments.

686. Paraffine and other mineral waxes are detected in
beeswax, by the following methods:

Specific gravity. Beeswax is a little heavier than some of
the other waxes. By putting a piece of beeswax into water
and pouring in alcohol until the wax goes to the bottom, one
has a solution which will test lighter materials. As comb
foundation has been laminated and is uneven in surface it
is well to chew the wax and the foundation, before making
comparative tests, so as to put both in the same condition.
Paraffine will readily show considerably lighter specific weight,
and will float.

Melting points. Tie a piece of the material you wish to
test on the bulb of a round thermometer and hang this into
a vial over a slow fire. Good beeswax melts between 144°
and 150°, while the common grades of paraffine melt between
120° and 140°.

Saponification Test. Hot liquid lye will entirely change the

388 COMB FOUNDATION.

nature of beeswax, making it into a soapy substance, while it
will leave paraffine and other mineral wax unchanged.

687. The machines used for thin foundation are not the
same as those used for brood foundation. The latter, made
on a light wall machine, would be too weak to stand the weight
of the bees, in a full-sized brood frame, and would not con-
tain wax enough for the bees to build their comb; for it is
a remarkable fact that the bees “thin out” the foundation
to a certain extent and make it considerably deeper out of

Fig. 145.
THIN BASE FOUNDATION,
(A B C of Bee-Culture.)

the same material. When it has been made, with a thin base
and a heavy wall, the bees draw it out more readily into comb.

On the other hand, foundation for surplus (#31) must
be made as light as the finest machine can make it, to avoid
what is ealled the “fish-bone,” a central rib found in the
honey-comb that has been built on too heavy foundation.
There is no “fish-bone,’ if the proper grade has been used,
and even an expert in comb-honey hesitates in deciding
whether the base is natural or artificial.

PURE BEESWAX. 389

688. At the present day, nearly every section (721) of
comb-honey that is sold, has been built on such foundation.
The daintiest and most fastidious ladies can have no objection
to it, and on visiting a well-managed foundation shop, they
declare that the tender sheets are “nice enough to eat.”

G89. To prepare the wax sheets, use soft wood boards
3, of an inch thick, bathed in tepid water. They are wiped
with a sponge, and dipped in melted wax, two or three times.
The lower part of the board is then dipped in cold water,
when it is turned bottom side up, and the other end is treated
in the same manner. After the board has been put in water

.

Fig. 146.
FOUNDATION IN SECTIONS.

to cool for a little while, it is taken out; its edges are trimmed
with a sharp knife, and the two sheets of wax are peeled
off. If the sheets are intended for heavy foundation, twice
as many dips are necessary. The wax should be liquid but
not hot. If it is too hot, the sheets will crack. To secure
rapid work, you must have a room arranged purposely for
the dippers, with a zine or tin floor to catch the drips of
water and wax.

690. The sheet wax, after a few ‘days’ cooling in a dry
cellar, is tempered, in the moulding tank with warm water,
and run through the rollers. The latter are lubricated with
starch, or soapsuds. When soapsuds are used, it is very im-
portant that the sheets be pressed so tightly in the rollers, as

390 COMB FOUNDATION.

to come out dry. This also makes a better print. The foun-
dation, as fast as it comes from the rollers, is laid upon a
hard wood block—a dozen sheets or more, at a time. A
wooden pattern is laid over them, and they are trimmed to
the proper size, by a knife made for the purpose, whose
blade has been wet with soapsuds. The projecting edges are
trimmed off, and the damaged sheets are melted over for
future use.

For the thin grades of foundation, the narrower the sheets
are, the thinner the foundation can be made. A wide sheet
spreads the rollers by springing the shafts to a certain extent,
and is heavier.

691. The manufacture of foundation, which at first
seemed likely to be undertaken by every Apiarist, has become
an industry of itself, owing to the greater skill and speed
acquired by those who make it daily. It might be compared
to cigar making. Any Apiarist ean make wax into sheets and
run it through rollers and any farmer can raise tobacco and
roll its leaves into cigars, but, to the uninitiated, a neat sheet
of foundation is as difficult to make as an elegant cigar. Im-
proved and expensive machinery is used in most factories for
quick and perfect work.

692. Well-made foundation will keep for years, in a dry
place. It should never be handled when cold; and when too
much softened by heat, should be cooled in a cellar, a few
hours before it is handled.

When it is cold, it becomes so brittle, after a few days of
exposure, that the least handling will crack it. We have
seen hundreds of pounds which had been handled roughly in
cold weather, fall to pieces when taken out of the box. The
jarring of the boxes had cracked the foundation imperceptibly,
so that the sheets appeared perfect, but as soon as they were
touched, they fell into numerous pieces. Too much heat has
a contrary effect. It makes the foundation too malleable.
The temperature of the blood is the proper degree at which
the bees can best manipulate it and that is also the best tem-

‘dpavoq uoade ‘6 fued Suyroduray of faSuods ‘a tdurezo ‘p fquroo ‘a fysnaq 4g Erte tofepatog ‘v
‘NOLLVGNODOT ANOD WO ATAVG ONIGTAOOW

FASTENING IT IN THE FRAMES. 391

perature to handle it when fastening it in the frames, though
some degrees lower will not be injurious.
The best grade of foundation for brood or extract-

THE PARKER FASTENER.

ing combs is that which measures about six square feet to
the pound; that for sections, ten to twelve feet. On this

Fig. 148.
THE RAUCHFUSS.
Section folder and foundation fastener.

latter grade, the comb is not so readily built, for the bees
have to add their own wax to it.

392 COMB FOUNDATION.

693. The foundation is fastened in the sections by differ-
ent machines, the most simple of which is the Parker Fastencr,
sold by all dealers in bee-implements.

In his “Management of Bees” Mr. Doolittle describes his
method as follows: ,

‘*Turn your section top side down, hold a hot iron close to
the box, and after holding the starter immediately above and
touching the iron, draw the iron out quickly and press the
starter gently on to the wood, when it is a fixture.

—

Fig. 149.
HAMBAUGH ROLLER.

The daintiest implement we have seen anywhere for fasten-
ing foundation in sections, while at the same time folding
the one piece section, is the small press invented by Frank
Rauchfuss, the energetic manager of the Colorado Honey Pro-
ducers’ Association, at Denver. Thousands of sections are
prepared daily, by practical apiarists, with this instrument.
It is the most complete thing of its kind yet devised.

To fasten the foundation on a flat top-bar, some use the
roller (fig. 149) invented by the late Mr. Hambaugh. How-

FASTENING IT IN THE FRAMES. 393

ever, at the present day, the frames are usually made with
grooves and wedge under the top bar. This makes the inser-
tion of foundation a very simple matter (fig. 69).

694. In brood-frames, it may be fastened with or with-
out wires. The wire used is malleable tinned wire, No. 39.
A shallow frame needs no wires at all, but in brood-combs,
—to insure safety and prevent warping—it is as well to use
two or three horizontal wires as in fig. 150. This method

Fig. 150.
FOUNDATION WIRED IN THE BROOD-FRAME,

of horizontal-wiring was first given us by Mr. Vandervort,
to whom the world is also indebted for the spur for imbed-
ding the wire in the foundation (fig. 151). The excessive
wiring resorted to by some is worse than useless.

Dr. C. C. Miller uses light wooden splints perpendicularly
in the frame, instead of wires to support the foundation.
The bottom bar of his frame is made in two equal pieces so
as to pinch or hold the foundation between them. The splints
are dipped into a shallow tin pan containing hot beeswax

394 COMB FOUNDATION.

until they are saturated with wax and while hot they are
pressed upon the surface of the sheet of foundation so that
they may be perpendicular when the frame is hung in the
hive. These splints about 1-16 of an inch square do not

Fig. 151.
VANDERVORT IMBEDDING SPUR.

seem to be at all in the way when the combs are built upon
them and they make an absolutely solid support for the foun-
dation.

695. As comb-foundation is generally bought in long
strips, it may be well to give directions to eut it into pieces
of the right size for sections. This may be done with almost
any sharp knife. Have a pattern of the size of the pieces
wanted, made of hard wood. Take six or eight sheets at
one time, arranged in an even pile. Lay your pattern on
them, holding it down firmly; dip your knife in strong soap-
suds, and if the wax is at the proper temperature, you will
eut the eight pieces at one stroke of the knife. If the sheets
have a tendency to slip from under the pattern, you may nail
cleats on three sides of it, to encase the pile as in a box.

696. Are there a right and a wrong way, to suspend
foundation in the frames? Or, in other words, should two
of the six sides of the cell be perperdiculay or horizontal?
Huber, and Cheshire after him, call our attention to the
fact, that the bees always build their combs, with two sides

FASTENING IT IN THE FRAMES, 395

of the cells perpendicular. Mr. Cheshire explains, at length,
the adaptation and advantages of this natural fact, and ils
bearing on the strength of the comb. From his explana-

Fig. 152.
THE MILLER SPLINTS TO FASTEN FOUNDATION.
(Forty Years Among the Bees.)

tions, it results that foundation suspended thus:
7. e., with two perpendicular sides, would be properly O

fastened, while if suspended thus: i. e., with
two horizontal sides, it would be improperly fas-
tened.

Most of the machines that are made turn out foundation-
sheets, which are to be hung horizontally, when the cells
are in the proper position. But in the eutting of sec-
tion foundation, the sheets are often made so that they
must hang the other way. Yet there seems to be no
bad result when this is done and the bees accept the
foundation, no matter how the cells are turned. It is not
always best however to give comb foundation in full
sheets to natural swarms, for two reasons. The first is that

396 COMB FOUNDATION.

advanced by W. Z. Hutchinson, in his book “Advanced Bee-
Culture” and which has been mentioned in “Natural Swarm-
ing” (425). The other is that when a heavy swarm is hived
on full sheets of comb foundation, the great weight of the
bees, connected with the unusual heat of the temperature at
that time, sometimes causes the sheets to sag, and drone
combs may be the result, wherever the sheets are slightly
stretched. If the foundation is given to artificial divisions or
to weak colonies to be drawn, such results are not to be feared.
If a natural swarm for some reason is likely to be unable
to promptly fill its hive with combs, the apiarist will be
astonished to see how much of a help full sheets of comb
foundation will be. Secondary swarms will always profit by
its use, as they are not powerful enough to cause either of
the inconveniences above mentioned.

It is well, however, to place foundation in the correct posi-
tion, whenever practicable, especially with the light grades for
sections, which are more in danger of stretching under
ordinary circumstances.

697. It is astonishing, as well as pleasing, to see how
quickly a swarm will build its combs, when foundation is
used. The enthusiasm, with which it is used by bee-keepers,
is only exceeded by that of the bees, “in being hived on it.”
This invention certainly deserves to rank next to those of the
movable-frames (282) and of the honey-extractor (749).

CHAPTER XVI.
PASTURAGE AND OVERSTOCKING.
Pasturage.

698. The quantity of nectar yielded by different flowers
varies considerably; some give so little, that a bee has to
visit hundreds to fill her sack, while the corolla of others
overflows with it.

In the vicinity of the Cape of Good Hope, there is a blos-
som, the Protea mellifera, which probably surpasses all others
in the abundance of its nectar. Indeed, so abundant is it,
that it is said, the natives gather it by dipping it from the
flowers, with spoons. Mr. De Planta, in a lengthy and
scientific article published in the Revue Internationale d’ Api-
culture, gives an account of his analysis of some samples of
this honey, which he had received through the “Moravian
United Brothers.” He reports it to have the scent and the
taste of ripe bananas, and considers it very sweet and good.

699. The same plants yield nectar in different quantities
in different countries. The Caucasian Comfrey, from which
the bees reap a rich harvest in some parts of Europe, is of
little aeeount here.

700. Every bee-keeper should carefully acquaint himself
with the honey-resources of his own neighborhood. We will
mention particularly some of the most important plants from
which bees draw their supplies. Smee Dzierzon’s discovery
of the use which may be made of flour (267), early blossoms
producing pollen only, are not so important. All the varieties
of willow abound in both pollen and honey, and their early
blossoming gives them a special value.

‘¢First the gray willow’s glossy pearls they steal,
Or rob the hazel of its golden meal,
397

398 PASTURAGE AND OVERSTOCKING.

While the gay crocus and the violet blue,
Yield to their flexible trunks ambrosial dew.’’
—Evans.

The sugar-maple (Acer saccharinus) yields a large supply
of delicious honey, and its blossoms, hanging in gracefim
fringes, will be alive with bees.

In some sections, the wild gooseberry is a valuable help
to the bees, as it blossoms very early, and they work eagerly
on it.

Of the fruit trees, the apricot, peach, plum, cherry and
pear, are great favorites; but none furnishes so much honey
as the apple.

The dandelion, whose blossoms furnish pollen and honey,
when the yield from the fruit trees is nearly over, is worthy
of rank among honey-producing plants.

The tulip tree (Liriodendron) is one of the greatest
honey-producing trees in the world. As its blossoms
expand in succession, new swarms will sometimes fill their
hives from this source alone. The honey, though dark, is of
a good flavor. This tree often attains a height of over one
hundred feet, and its rich foliage, with its large blossoms
of mingled green and yellow, make it a most beautiful sight.

The common locust (Fig. 153), is a very desirable tree
for the vicinity of an apiary, yielding much honey when it
is peculiarly needed by the bees.

The wild cherry blooms about the same time.

701. Of all the sources from which bees derive their sup-
plies, white clover (Fig. 154), is usually the most important.
It yields large quantities of very pure white honey, and
wherever it abounds, the bee will find a rich harvest. In
most parts of this country it seems to be the chief reliance
of the apiary. Blossoming at a season of the year when the
weather is usually both dry and hot, and the bees gathering
its honey after the sun has dried off the dew, it is ready to
be sealed over almost at once.

It is at the blossoming of this important plant that the

CLOVER. 399

main crop of honey usually begins, and that the bees prop-
agate in the greatest number.

Fig. 153.
LOCUST BLOSSOMS.
(From the American Bee Journal.)

400 PASTURAGE AND OVERSTCCKING.

The flowers of red clover (fig. 157) also produce a large
quantity of nectar; unfortunately its corollas are usually
too deep for the tongue of our bees, Yet sometimes, in Sum-

VEZ

CB il WP77 UVa
> ea a 1) ft7
ioe: SSS Cen Oo
Fig. 154.
WHITE CLOVER.

(From Vilmorin-Andrieux, Paris.)
mer, they can reach the nectar, either because its corollas are
shorter on account of dryness, or because they are more
copiously filled.

F

20 ie 4

Fig. 155.
IMPLEMENT FOR ASCERTAINING THE LENGTH OF TONGUE OF BEES.
(From the American Bee Journal.)

LF

Attempts have been made to select, for breeding, bees with
longer tongues, in order to secure the honey of the red clover

PLATE 24.

GEORGE W > YORK.

Former editcr of the “American Bee Journal.”

PRINCIPAL SOURCES. 401

blossom at all times. The Italian bee seems to be in advance
of other races, in this respect, and so-called “red-clover
queens” have been bred and offered for sale. The attempt is
praiseworthy, but we must not lose sight of the fact that
traits of this kind are very slow to become fixed and we

¢ (HOTT
e , DYY Wes NZ
WR =. SAVES he

Fig. 156.
ALFALFA OR LUCERNE.
(From Vilmorin-Andrieux, Paris.)

should beware of too much enthusiasm. Very fugitive prog-
ress will probably be made for a long time, before anything
fixed is secured.

Bee-keepers may ascertain for themselves the comparative
length of tongue of their bees, by the help of a very simple

402 PASTURAGE AND OVERSTOCKING.

device (Fig. 155). A smooth glass surface moistened with
thin honey is covered with a screen placed in a slanting posi-
tion and graduated. The bees which reach the farthest on
the glass may be selected for breeding, provided they are
equally proficient in other respects.

YE ale

Fig. 157.
RED CLOVER.
(From Vilmorin-Andrieux, Paris.)

Another desirable attainment is red clover with a shorter

corolla. This will probably be secured only by hybridiza-
tion.

702. The linden, or bass-wood (Tilia Americana, fig. 158),

PASTURAGE. 403

yields white honey of a strong flavor, and, as it blossoms
when both the swarms and parent-colonies are usually popu-
lous, the weather settled, and other bee-forage scarce, its value
to the bee-keeper is great.
‘«Here their delicious task, the fervent bees
In swarming millions tend: around, athwart,
Through the soft air the busy nations fly,
Cling to the bud, and with inserted tube,

Suck its pure essence, its ethereal soul.’’
—Thomson.

This majestic tree, adorned with beautiful clusters of
fragrant blossoms, is well worth attention as an ornamental
shade-tree. By adorning our
villages and country residences
with a fair allowance of tulip,
linden, and such other trees as
are not only beautiful to the eye,
but attractive to bees, the honey-
resources of the country might,
in process of time, be greatly ¥
inereased. In many districts, {©
loeust and basswood planta- 2
tions would be valuable for their §
timber alone.

703. We have also a variety
of clover imported from Sweden,
which grows as tall as the red
clover, bears many blossoms on Fig. 158.
a stalk, in size resembling the
white, and, while it answers
admirably for bees, is preferred
by cattle to almost any other
kind of grass. It is known
by the name of Alsike or Swedish clover (Fig. 159).

The objection made to this clover is that its stem is so
light that it falls to the ground. This is remedied by sowing

LINDEN OR BASSWOOD.

(From Vilmorin-Andrieux, Paris.)

404 PASTURAGE AND OVERSTOCKING.

it with timothy. The latter helps it to stand. It is as good
for honey as white clover.

704. The raspberry furnishes a most delicious honey.
In flavor it is superior to that from the white clover. The
sides of the roads, the borders of the fields, and the pas-
tures of much of the “hill-country” of New England, and of

Fig. 159.
ALSIKE CLOVER.
(From Vilmorin-Andrieux, Paris.)

the great Northwest, from Wisconsin to Alaska, abound with
the wild red raspberry. When it is in blossom, bees hold
even the white clover in light esteem. Its drooping blossoms
protect the honey from moisture, and they can work upon
it when the weather is so wet that they can obtain nothing

PASTURAGE. 405

from the upright blossoms of the clover. In spite of the
barrenness of the soil, the precipitous and rocky lands, where
it most abounds, might be made almost as valuable as some
of the vine-clad terraces of the mountain districts of Europe.

The Borage (Borago officinalis), (Fig. 160), blossoms con-
tinually from June until severe frost, and, like the raspberry,
is frequented by bees even in moist weather. The honey from
it is of a superior quality.

The Canada thistle, the Viper bugloss yield good honey after

Fig. 160.
BORAGE.

(From Vilmorin-Andrieux, Paris.)

white clover has begun to fail. But these plants are trouble-
some, for they cannot easily be gotten rid of.

705. Melilot, or sweet clover (fig. 161), which grows on
any barren or rocky soil without cultivation, is one of the
most valuable honey-plants. It will not always thrive, how-
ever, where cattle can graze on it, as they often destroy it.

406 PASTURAGE AND OVERSTOCKING.

If cut early to be used as forage, it blooms later than white
clover and till frost. It is a biennial.

According to the Department of Agriculture of the United
States there are two kinds of yellow melilot, “Melilotus off-
cinalis” (Fig. 162) a biennial, and ‘“melilotus indica,” smaller
and annual.

Fig. 161.

SWEET CLOVER.
Melilotus Alba.

(From Vilmorin-Andrieux, Paris.)

The different varieties of smart-weeds (Persicaria), golden-
rod, buckwheat, asters, iron-weed, Spanish-needles in low
lands and marshy places, give a very abundant honey-crop
in the latter part of the Summer. They form the bulk of
what is called the “Fall crop” in this latitude.

PASTURAGE. 407

In California the Sage, in Texas the Horse-mint, in Florida
the Mangrove, form the main honey-harvests of those coun-
tries.

In the irrigated portions of the arid West, the Alfalfa (Fig.

Fig. 162.
YELLOW OR OFFICINAL MELILOT.

(From L’Apicoltore.)

156) is grown profusely, usually giving three crops of hay
and at each blooming an abundance of the most delicious white
honey. Alfalfa honey is a staple on the market.

408 PASTURAGE AND OVERSTOCKING.

206. We here present a list of the flowers known as
being visited by the bees for their nectar or for their pollen.
We have grouped them in Families, and we give engravings
of some of their most prominent types, in order to help the
Apiarist in his investigation. But our list is far from being
complete.

Fig. 163.
PERSICARIA, COMMONLY CALLED “HEARTSEASE.”
(From Forty Years Among the Bees.)

Compositae:—Dandelion, Thistle, Chamomile, Sunflower,
Ox-eye Daisy, Goldenrod (Fig. 164), Coreopsis, Lettuce,
Chieory, Boneset, Iron-weed, Indian Plantain, Fire-weed,
Aster (figures 165, 166), Burr-Marigold, Spanish Needles,

PASTURAGE. 409

Coneflower, Star Thistle, Thoroughwort, Butterweed, Sneeze-
wort, Blue Bottle, Ragweed, several varieties of Echinops,
one of which, the Spherocephalus, was introduced here by

Fig. 164.
GOLDEN ROD OR SOLIDAGO.
(From Vilmorin-Andrieux, Paris.)

Fig. 165. Fig. 166.
ASTER ROSEUS. ASTER TRADESCANTI.

Mr. Chapman. The Echinops ritro (smaller in size) (Fig. 167),
is cultivated in Europe on account of its beautiful blue heads.

410 PASTURAGE AND OVERSTOCKINu.

Fig. 167. Fig. 168.
ECHINOPS RITRO.,

CY CQ WAN Sd
AS AS

Fig. 169.
JUDAS TREE.
(From L’Apicoltore.)

PASTURAGE. 411

This family includes also the Helenium tenuifolium (Fig.
168), whose honey is poisonous.— (Dr. J. P. H. Brown.)

Fig. 170.
CLEOME PUNGENS.

Leguminosae:—Judas tree (Fig. 169), which blooms very
early, Locust tree, Honey Locust, Wistaria, white, red and

Fig. 171.
KNOT-WEED.
(Polygonum orientale.)

alsike Clover, Melilot (Fig. 161), Lucerne or Alfalfa, Peas,
Beans, Vetches, Lentils, False-Indigo, Partridge pea, Wild

412 PASTURAGE AND OVERSTOCKING.

Senna, Milk vetch, Yellow-Wood, Mesquit-tree of Texas,
Cleome integrifolia and pungens (Fig. 170).

Labiatae:— (from Labium, a lip). Ground Ivy, Sage, Mint,
Horehound, Catnip, Motherwort, Horse-Mint, Basil, Hyssop,

Fig. 172.
BUCKWHEAT.
(From Vilmorin-Andrieux, Paris.)

Bergamot, Marjoram, Thyme, Melissa, Dead Nettle, Brunella,
Pennyroyal.

Rosaceae:—Wild Rose, Cherry, Plum, Peach, Apricot,

PASTURAGE. 413

Apple, Pear, Quince, Hawthorne, Blackberry, Raspberry,
Strawberry, Juneberry, Cinquefoil, Bowmansroot, Queen of
the Prairie, Meadow Sweet, Pyracantha.

Polygonacae :— Buckwheat, Lady Thumb, Rhubarb, Sor-
rel, and a variety of Knot-weeds or Persicarias (Fig. 171).

Fig. 173.

SAGE.

(From Vilmorin-Andrieux, Paris.)

Borraginaceae:—Borage (Fig. 143). Viper-bugloss, Com-
frey, Phacelia, Virginia Lungwort, Hound’s tongue, Gromwell, |

False Gromwell.
Scrophulariaceae:—Scrophularia nodosa (Simpson’s honey-

414 PASTURAGE AND OVERSTOCKING.

Fig. 174. Fig. 175.
ASCLEPIAS TUBEROSA. PLEURISY ROOT. ASCLEPIAS SYRIACA,.

plant), Veronicas, Yellow Jessamine of the South,
whose honey is poisonous.— (Dr. J. P. H. Brown.)
Asclepiadaceae:—The common Miulk-
weed (Fig. 175), or Silkweed, Asclepias
cornuti, is much frequented by bees,
but these visits are often fatal to them.
All the grains of pollen of the Silkweed,
in each anther, are collected in a com-
pact mass, inclosed in a sack; these
sacks are united in pairs (a. Fig. 176) =
by a kind of thread, terminated by a Fig. 176.
small, viscous gland. These threads incon Pai cece casas

a, sacs of pollen in
stick to the feet. (b. Fig. 176) and often Paes Bs, thie samc it
to the labial palpi (46) of the bees, who (From “A B C of Bee-
cannot easily get rid of them, and perish. vunaee

In some parts of Ohio and Western Illinois, a variety of the
common kind, the Asclepias Sullivantii, does not present to
bees these difficulties to the same degree. We have seen bees
gathering honey freely on four or five different varieties

which grow in our neighborhood, and especially on the Tube-

PASTURAGE. 415

rosa or Pleurisy root (Fig. 174), fitly recommended by James
Heddon. This kind is noticeable by its orange flowers.

Fig. 177.
EPILOBIUM SPICATUM.
(From Vilmorin-Andrieux.)

Fig. 179.
VALERIAN, OENOTHERA GRANDIFLORA,
(From Vilmorin-Andrieux.) (From Vilmorin-Andrieux.)

Cruciferae:—Rape, Mustard, Cabbage, Radish, Candytuft,
stock, Wallflower, Moonwort, Sweet Alyssum, Cress.

416 PASTURAGE AND OVERSTOCKING.

Ericaceae:—This family, on the Old Continent, includes
the numerous varieties of Heath, on which bees reap a large

Fig. 180.
HYACINTH.
(From Vilmorin-Andrieux.)

harvest of inferior honey, so thick that it is impossible to
extract it. Blueberry, Sour Wood, Laurel, Clethra alnifolia,

Fig. 181. Fig. 182.
LILY OF THE VALLEY. SOLOMON’S SEAL.

Cowberry, Huckleberry, Whortleberry, Gaultheria procum-
bens, or Creeping wintergreen,— which is indicated, by some

PASTURAGE. 417

English bee-keepers, as preventing bees from stinging the
hands when they are rubbed with its leaves,—belong to this
family.

Valerianaceae:— Valerian (Fig. 178), Corn Salad or Lamb
lettuce, belong to this family.

Onagraceae:— (Evening Primrose family) Gaura, Fuschia,
Oenothera (Fig. 179) Epilobium (Willow Herb, Fig 177).

Liliaceae :—Lilies, Asparagus, Wild Hyacinth (Fig. 180),
Star of Bethlehem, Lily of the Valley (Fig. 181), Solomon’s

Fig. 183.
MIGNONETTE.

Seal (Fig. 182), Dog’s tooth Violet, three-headed Night-shade,
Garlic, Onion, Crocus.

Malvaceae:—Common Mallows, and others, Hollyhock, Cot-
ton, Abutilon.

Caprifoliaceae:—Honeysuckle, Snow and Coral berries,
Arrow-wood.

Cucurbitaceae:—Cucumber, Melon, Squash, Gourd.

Umbelliferae:—Parsley, Angelica, Lovage, Fennel, Parsnip,
Coriander, Cow-parsnip.

Caryophyllaceae:—Pink, Lychnis, Chickweed, Saponaria.

We can name also: Rib-Grass, or Plantain, Goosefoot,
Blue-eyed grass, Corn-flag, Buckthorn, Barberry, Sumac,

418 PASTURAGE AND OVERSTOCKING.

Grape-vine, Polanisia, Button weed, Mignonette, or Reseda
(Fig. 183), Teasel, Skunk cabbage, Waterleaf, Hemp, Touch-
me-not, Amaranth, Crowfoot, St. Johnswort, and among the
trees: Willow, Poplar, which have their sexual organs on dif-
ferent trees; Oak, Walnut, Hickory, Beech, Birch, Alder,

Fig. 184,
CRIMSON CLOVER.
(From Vilmorin-Andrieux. )

Elm, Hazelnut, Maple, whose organs of reproduction are
separated, although on the same tree.

Horse chestnut, Persimmon, Gum-tree, Dogwood, Button-
bush, Cypress, Liquidambar, Linden.

We should mention also, Ailanthus glandulosus (Varnish
tree of China), a large, ornamental tree, which gives an

PASTURAGE. 419

abundance of honey so bad in taste, as to compel the bee-
keepers who have some in their neighborhood to extract it
as soon as it is gathered, that it may not injure the quality
of their crop.

Bees also visit some of the plants of the grass family, such

Fig. 185.
SAINFOIN OR ESPARCET.
(From Vilmorin-Andrieux.)

as corn and sorghum. A plant of this family, the Setaria,
or bristly foxtail grass, is known in France under the name
of accroche-abeilles, (bee-catcher). Its curved hairs grasp
the bees’ legs, and the poor insects, unable to free themselves,
are soon exhausted, and die.

420 PASTURAGE AND OVERSTOCKING.

Strange to say, the principal crop of honey in a country
may be harvested from a flower_ which yields nothing in
other countries. The white clover, so well known in the Mis-
sissippi valley as the very best melliferous plant, yields
nothing in Switzerland. The alfalfa, mentioned as the prin-
cipal crop of Colorado, Utah, Nevada, is not a honey pro-
ducer in Illinois. Some plants also attract the bees con-
tinuously, by their fragrance, which yield little or no nectar.

The Eryngium giganteum is one of these. Mr. Bertrand
tested its yield by marking with flour bees that were working
upon it. The same bee was seen to work about the same
bunch of these flowers, for five consecutive hours, without any
apparent result. He nicknamed this plant “the honey-bee’s
bar-room” because the more they sip, the drier they are.

As a rule it is not advisable to plant for honey anything
that has not value otherwise either as forage, ornament or
shade. For this very reason, however, there are foreign
forage plants which would be desirable everywhere. We will
name among these the Crimson Clover and the Sainfoin or
esparcet, of which we give engravings, figs. 184 and 185. The
Sainfoin (healthy hay) is a very desirable forage plant.

OVERSTOCKING.

OUR COUNTRY NOT IN DANGER OF BEING OVERSTOCKED WITH
BEES.

707. If the opinions, entertained by some, as to the
danger of overstocking were correct, bee-keeping in this coun-
try would always have been an insignificant pursuit.

It is difficult to repress a smile when the owner of a few
hives, in a district where hundreds might be made to pros-
per, gravely imputes his ill-success to the fact, that too many
bees are kept in his vicmity. If, in the Spring, a colony of
bees is prosperous and healthy, it will gather abundant stores,
in a favorable season, even if many equally strong are in its
immediate vicinity; while, if it is feeble, it will be of little

OVERSTOCKING. 421

or no value, even if it is in “a land flowing with milk and
honey,” and there is not another colony within a dozen miles
of it.

As the great Napoleon gained many of his victories by
having an overwhelming force at the right place, in the right
time, so the bee-keeper must have strong colonies, when num-
bers can be turned to the best account. If they become
strong only when they can do nothing but consume what
little honey has been previously gathered, he is like a farmer
who suffers his crops to rot on the ground, and then hires a
set of idlers to eat him out of house and home.

708. Although bees can fly, in search of food, over three
miles, still, if it is not within a circle of about two miles in
every direction from the apiary, they will be able to store but
little surplus honey.* If pasturage abounds within a quar-
ter of a mile from their hives, so much the better; there is
no great advantage, however, in having it close to them,
unless there is a great supply, as bees, when they leave the
hive, seldom alight upon the neighboring flowers. The instinct
to fly some distance seems to have been given them to pre-
vent them from wasting their time in prying into flowers
already despoiled of their sweets by previous gatherers.

Bees will go farthest in a direction where no obstacles
exist, such as hills, woods or large areas of unproductive land.
If the blossoms from which they gather honey extend out in
a continuous stretch in one direction, they may travel five
miles away or perhaps farther when the wind brings to them
the smell of flowers. But the fact that apiaries only four
miles apart give different yields under the same management
shows that the opportunities differ even at that short distance.

‘‘Mr. Kaden, of Mayence, thinks that the range of the bee’s
flight does not usually extend more than three miles in all
directions. Several years ago, a vessel, laden with sugar,

* “Judging from the sweep that bees take from the side of a railroad
train in motion, we should estimate their pace at about thirty miles an

hour. This would give them four minutes to reach the extremity of
their common range.’—London Quarterly Review.

422 PASTURAGE AND OVERSTOCKING.

anchored off Mayence, and was soon visited by the bees of the
neighborhood, which continued to pass to and from the vessel
from dawn to dark. One morning, when the bees were in full
flight, the vessel sailed up the river. For a short time, the
bees continued to fly as numerously as before; but gradually
the number diminished, and, in the course of half an jour, all
had ceased to follow the vessel, which had, meanwhile, sailed
more than four miles.’’—Bienenzeitung, 1854, p. 83.

Our own experience corroborates the statements of Kaden.
We have known strong colonies of bees to starve upon the
hills in a year of drouth, while the Mississippi bottoms, less
than four miles distant, which had been overflowed during the
Spring, were yielding a large crop. It is evident that dis-
tricts, where honey blossoms are scarce, can be much more
readily overstocked than those rich lands which are covered
with blossoms, the greater part of the Summer. A great
amount of land in cultivation, is not always a hindrance to
honey production, for cultivated lands often grow weeds,
which yield an abundance of honey. Heartsease and Spanish
needle grow plentifully in cornfields and wheat stubble in
wet seasons. Pasture lands abound with white clover.

709. It is impossible to give the exact number of colo-
nies that a country can support profitably. In poor locations,
a few hives will probably harvest all the honey to be found,
while some districts can support perhaps a hundred or more
to the square mile. The bee-keeper must be his own judge, as
to the honey capacity of his district.

‘¢When a large flock of sheep,’’ says Oettl, ‘‘is grazing on a
limited area, there may soon be a deficiency of pasturage. But
this cannot be asserted of bees, as a good honey-district cannot
readily be overstocked with them. To-day, when the air is
moist and warm, the plants may yield a superabundance of
nectar; while to-morrow being cold and wet, there may be a
total want of it. When there is sufficient heat and moisture, the
saccharine juices of plants will readily fill the nectaries, and
will be quickly replenished when carried off by the bees. Every
cold night checks the flow of honey, and every clear, warm day

OVERSTOCKING. 423

reopens the fountains. The flowers expanded today must be
visited while open; for, if left to wither, their stores are lost.
The same remarks will apply substantially in the case of
honey-dews. Hence, bees cannot, as many suppose, collect to-
morrow what is left ungathered to-day, as sheep may graze
hereafter on the pasturage they do not need now. Strong col-
onies and large apiaries are in a position to collect ample stores
when forage suddenly abounds, while, by patient, persevering
industry, they may still gather a sufficiency, and even a surplus,
when the supply is small, but more regular and protracted.’’

Although we believe that a district ean be overstocked, so
as to make bee-culture unprofitable, yet the above extract
gives a correct view of the honey harvest, which depends
much on the weather, and must be gathered when produced.

The same able Apiarist, whose golden rule in bee-keeping
was, to keep none but strong colonies, says that in the lapse
of twenty years since he established his apiary, there has not
occurred a season in which the bees did not procure adequate
supplies for themselves, and a surplus besides. Sometimes,
indeed, he came near despairing, when April, May, and June
were continually cold, wet, and unproductive; but in July,
his strong colonies speedily filled their garners, and stored
up some treasure for him; while, in such seasons, small colo-
nies could not even gather enough to keep them from starva-
tion.

In countries where the entire area of the farming land is
devoted to honey-producing plants,—as in the irrigated plains
of Colorado, where the only crop is alfalfa and thousands
of acres of this plant are to be seen in a body,—the over-
stocking of land with bees is almost an impossibility. Ex-
amples of this kind are to be found in California, with a
natural honey plant, the sage, which covers the uncultivated
hillsides. In New York State, buckwheat is raised in such
large areas that as many as seven hundred colonies are kept
in one apiary. We will name that of Mr. E. W. Alexander
of Delanson, N. Y., the description of whose methods
attracted much attention in “Gleanings in Bee Culture” at the

424 PASTURAGE AND OVERSTOCKING.

end of the year 1905. Mr. Alexander reported a crop of
about 70,000 lbs. of honey in one season. But in years of
scarcity of honey, it is quite probable that many colonies will
starve in a very large apiary, while a small apiary might
gather enough for Winter.

710. According to Oettl (p. 389), Bohemia contained
160,000 colonies in 1853, from a careful estimate, and he
thought the country could readily support four times that
number. This province contains 19,822 square English miles.

We say square English miles, and we insist on the word
English, for we have read of reports from Germany, show-
ing incredible figures as to the number of bees, and the amount
of beeswax and honey gathered on areas of a few square
miles; and yet, some of these reports may have been true,
for there are different sized miles, in Germany. The German
geographical mile is equal to 4. 611-1000 English miles; the
German short mile, to 3. 897-1000; and the German long mile
to 5. 753-1000, &c., the shortest German square mile being as
about 15 of the English, and the long being about equal to
33 of our square miles. This we glean from “Chambers
Encyclopedia.”

According to an official report, there were in Denmark, in
1838, eighty-six thousand and thirty-six colonies of bees. The
annual product of honey appears to have been about 1,841,-
800 Ibs. In 1855, the export of wax from that country was
118,379 Ibs.

In 1856, according to official returns, there were 58,964 —
colonies of bees in the kingdom of Wurtemberg.

In 1857, the yield of honey and wax in the empire of
Austria was estimated to be worth over seven millions of
dollars.

Doubtless, in these districts, where honey is so largely pro-
duced, great attention is paid to the cultivation of crops
which, while in themselves profitable, afford abundant pas-
turage for bees.

#11. California, which seems to be the Eldorado of bee-

OVERSTOCKING. 425

culture, can probably support the greatest number of bees
to the square mile, and yet in some seasons the bees starve
there in great numbers owing to the drouth.

We have no official statistics of the honey crops of the
United States, but the following extract from the American
Bee-Journal (1886), will give an idea of the immensity of
our honey resources, considering the comparatively small
areas of this country now occupied by Apiarists.

‘‘The California Grocer says that the crop of 1885 was
about 1,250,000 pounds. The foreign export from San Fran-
eisco during the year was approximately 8,800 cases. The ship-
ments East by rail were 360,000 pounds from San Francisco,
and 910,000 pounds from Los Angeles, including both comb and
extracted. We notice that another California paper estimates
the crop of 1885 at 2,000,000 pounds, and the crop of the
United States for 1885 was put down at 26,000,000 pounds. We
dco not think these figures are quite large enough, though it
was an exceedingly poor crop.’’

But former years have given still better results. Through
the courtesy of Mr. N. W. McLain, of the U. 8. Apicultural
Station, we have received the following statisties from “The
Resources of California, 1881”:

The honey shipped from Ventura County, California, dur-
ing 1880 amounted to 1,050,000 lbs. The Pacific Coast Steam-
ship Company of San Diego shipped 1,191,800 pounds of
honey from that county in the same year.

The crop of the five lower counties in California that year,
was estimated by several parties at over three million pounds.

According to a report of S. D. Stone, Clerk of the Mer-
chants’ Exchange of San Francisco, the actual amount of
honey shipped to that city from different parts of California
in the sixteen months ending May 1, 1881, was 4,340,400
pounds, equal to two hundred and seventeen carloads.

One hundred tons of honey, in one lot, were shipped during
the same year, from Los Angeles to Europe on the French

426 PASTURAGE AND OVERSTOCKING.

bark Papillon. This had all been purchased from Los Angeles
Apiarists.

712. In the excellent season of 1833, the honey crop of
Hancock County, Illinois, was estimated at about 200,000
pounds, which made an average of less than half a pound
per acre. 36,000 pounds of this was our own crop, and
the county did not contain one-tenth of the bees that eould
have been kept profitably on it. Yet, at this low rate, the
crop of Illinois alone, with the same percentage of bees,
would have been 15,000,000 pounds. We cannot form an
adequate idea of the enormous amount of honey which is
wasted from the lack of bees to harvest it.

713. In our own experience in the Mississippi valley,
we have found eighty to one hundred colonies to be the
number from which the most honey could be expected in
one apiary. Dr. C. C. Miller in his interesting work “A
Year Among the Bees,” says also that one hundred colonies
is the best number in one location. Mr. Heddon strongly
urges bee-keepers not to locate within any area already
occupied by an apiary of one hundred colonies or more.
The extensive experience of both these Apiarists confirms
ours, but we must remember that locations differ greatly.

714. In all arrangements, aim to save every step for the
bees that you possibly can. With the alighting-board prop-
erly arranged, the grass kept down, or better still, coal-ashes
or sand spread in front of the apron-board, bees will be able
to store more honey, even if they have to go a considerable
distance for it, than they otherwise could from pasturage
nearer at hand. Many bee-keepers utterly neglect all suitable
precautions to facilitate the labors of their bees, as though
they imagined them to be miniature locomotives, always fired
up, and capable of an indefinite amount of exertion. A bee
cannot put forth more than a certain amount of physical
effort, and a large portion of this ought not to be spent in con-
tending against difficulties from which it might easily be
guarded. They may often be seen panting after their return

PASTURAGE. 427

from labor, and so exhausted as to need rest before they
enter the hive.

715. With proper management, at least fifty pounds of
surplus honey may be obtained from each colony that is
wintered in good condition. This is not a “guess” estimate,
it is the average of our crops during a period of over twenty
years in different localities.

Such an average may appear small to experienced bee-
keepers, but we think it large enough when we consider that
we are in a district where wheat, corn, oats, and timothy are
the staple crops, none of these being honey producing plants.

A careful man, who, with Langstroth hives, will begin bee-
keeping on a prudent scale, enlarging his operations as his
skill and experience increase, will succeed in any region. But,
in favorable localities, a much larger profit may be realized.

Bee-keepers cannot be too cautious in entering largely
upon new systems of management, until they have ascertained,
not only that they are good, but that they can make a good
use of them. There is, however, a golden mean between the
stupid conservatism that tries nothing new, and that rash
experimenting, on an extravagant scale, which is so char-
acteristic of our people.

CHAPTER XVII.
Honey PropuctIoN.

716. History does not mention the first discovery of honey,
by human beings. Whether it became known to primitive
man by accident, from the splitting of a bee-tree by lightning,
or by his observation of the fondness of some animals for it,—
certain it is that when he first tasted the thick and transparent.
liquid, the fear of stings was overcome, and the bee-hunter
was born. Since that time, the manner of securing honey has
undergone a great many changes, improving and retrograding,
as we can judge from writings now extant.

Killing bees for their honey was, unquestionably, an in-
vention of the dark ages, when the human family had lost—
in apiarian pursuits, as well as in other things—the skill of
former ages. In the times of Aristotle, Varro, Columeila,
and Pliny, such a barbarous practice did not exist. The old
cultivators took only what their bees could spare, killing no
colonies, except such as were feeble or diseased.

The Modern methods have again done away with these
eustoms among enlightened men, and the time has come when
the following epitaph, taken from a German work, might
properly be placed over every pit of brimstoned bees:

HERE RESTS,

CUT OFF FROM USEFUL LABOR,
A COLONY OF
INDUSTRIOUS BEES
BASELY MURDERED
BY ITS
UNGRATEFUL AND IGNORANT
OWNER.

428

HONEY PRODUCTION, 429

To the epitaph should be appended Thomson’s verses:

‘Ah, see, where robbed and murdered in that pit,
Lies the still heaving hive! at evening snatched,
Beneath the cloud of gilt-concealing night,
And fixed o’er sulphur! while, not dreaming ill,
The happy people, in their waxen cells,

Sat tending publie cares.

Sudden, the dark, oppressive steam ascends,
And, used to milder scents, the tender race,
By thousands, tumble from their honied dome
Into a gulf of blue sulphureous flame!’’

717. The present methods are as far ahead of the old
ways, as the steel rail is ahead of the miry road; as the
palace ear is ahead of the stage coach.

It is to the production of surplus honey that all the efforts
of the bee-keeper tend, and the problem of apiculture is,
how to raise the most honey from what colonies we have,
with the greatest profit.

718. In raising honey, whether comb or extracted, the
Apiarist should remember the following:

1st. His colonies should be strongest in bees at the time
of the expected honey harvest (565).

2d. ach honey harvest usually lasts but a few weeks.

If a colony is weak in Spring, the harvest may come and
pass away, and the bees be able to obtain very little from it.
During this time of meagre accumulations, the orchards and
pastures may present

*<One boundless blush, one white empurpled shower
Of mingled blossoms;’’

and.tens of thousands of bees from stronger colonies may
be engaged all day in sipping the fragrant sweets, so that
every gale which “fans its odoriferous wings” about their
dwellings, dispenses

430 HONEY PRODUCTION.

‘““Native perfumes, and whispers whence they stole
Those balmy spoils.’’*

By the time the feeble colony becomes strong—if at all—
the honey harvest is over, and, instead of gathering enough
for its own use, it may starve, unless fed. Bee-keeping, with
colonies which are feeble, except in extraordinary seasons and
locations, is emphatically nothing but ‘“‘vexation of spirit.”

Srd. Colonies that swarm cannot be expected to furnish
much surplus, in average localities and seasons.

ith. A hive containmg or raising many drones (189)
cannot save as much surplus as one that has but few, owing
to the cost of production of these drones, who do not work
and are raised in place of workers. We have insisted on
this point already, but it is of such importance, that we
eannot refrain from recalling it. The hives should be over-
hauled every Spring, and the drone comb eut out and re-
placed by neat pieces of worker comb, or of comb foundation
(G74). Every square foot of drone comb, replaced with
worker comb, represents an annual saving, in our estimation,
of at least one dollar to the colony.

Coms Honey.

719. Although more extracted honey can be produced
than comb honey, from the same number of colonies, yet a
newly made and well sealed comb of honey is unquestionably
most attractive, and, when nicely put up, will find a place
of honor, even on the tables of the wealthy. White comb
honey will always be a fancy article, and will sell at paying
prices.

Dark honey in the comb does not usually find ready sale.
Hence, the bee-keepers, in districts where white honey is har-

* The scent of the hives, during the height of the gathering season,

usually indicates from what sources the bees have gathered their sup-
plies.

COMB HONEY. 431

vested, are mostly producers of comb honey; while those in
the districts producing dark honey, in the South mainly, rely
more on extracted honey.

720. We have not the space to describe the different
evolutions, through which the production of comb honey has
passed since box-hive times; production in large frames in
glass boxes, in tumblers, ete.

a
eae SIDES
[ore ee | werssnes

ae epee
Bo [ae] pra
tt [sane PrAIN
2] axstinn

Fig. 186.
ONE-PIECE SECTIONS.

Honey in large frames does not sell well, and cannot be
safely transported. Were it not for this, its production in
this way would be advisable. The experienced bee-keeper
well knows that bees will make more honey in a large box,
than in several small ones whose united capacity is the same.
In small boxes, they cannot so well maintain their animal heat

432 HONEY PRODUCTION.

in cool weather and cannot ventilate so readily in hot weather.
In the exceedingly hot season of 1878, the colonies that were
provided with glass boxes yielded on an average, less than
one-fourth of the average yielded by others.

The bees have another important and natural objection to
the small receptacles, mentioned by a noted Apiarist, as will
be seen farther (741). Practically, there is more labor for
the bees in small receptacles, as the joints and corners of the
combs require more time and more wax.

721. But to produce salable comb honey, we have no

Fig. 187.
FOLDED SECTIONS.

choice. We must produce it in a small receptacle. The Adair
section boxes, which we used as early as 1868, marked the
first progressive step, so far as we know.

These sections forming a ease by the overlapping of their
top and bottom bars, and furnished with glass at each end,
were much admired, and we sold several tons of honey, in
this shape, in St. Louis, at the now fabulous prices of from
25 to 28 cents per pound.

722. But the one pound sections, as now made, have been
universally adopted of late years.

COMB HONEY. 433

These sections are made of two kinds, dovetailed in four
Pieces, or in one piece and folded. The first can be made of
any kind of white wood, while the latter are made of bass-
wood only.

723. Sections are usually made % ineh thick and 144 to
2 inches wide. The standard section for Langstroth hives is
41x41, inches, with openings at the bottom and top.

@24. They are given to the bees in the upper story. Stor-

Fig. 188.
SUPER WITH PATTERN SLATS,

age room, on the sides of the brood chamber, has been periodi-
cally advised by inventors of new hives, but bees never fill
and seal sections placed at the side as fast as if put above
the brood chamber.

Sections are placed on the hive in supers with pattern slats
on which the sections rest as in fig. 188, in T supers with
metal rests, fig. 201, or in wide frames, figs 189 and 199.

With either of these methods, some principles must be ad-
hered to.

434 HONEY PRODUCTION.

@25, These principles are based on the difficulties, that
have to be overcome in comb-honey production, as follows:

1st. Indueing the bees to work in small receptacles;

2d. Forcing them to build the combs straight and even,
without bulge, so that the sections can be interchanged with-
out being bruised against one another, when taken off and
erated for market ;

3d. Keeping the queen in the brood apartment, and pre-
venting her from breeding in the sections;

ith. Preventing swarming as much as possible;

5th, Arranging the sections so as to have as little propolis
put on them as possible (237) ;

6th. Getting the greatest number of sections thoroughly
sealed, as unsealed honey is unsalable.

Fig. 189.
FULL DEPTH SECTION FRAME.

(From ‘Bees and Honey.’’)

726. 1st. INDUCING BEES TO WORK IN SMALL RECEPTACLES.

Rather than work in small, empty receptacles, the bees
sometimes crowd their honey in the brood chamber, till the
queen can find no room to lay in, and swarming, or a smaller
crop of honey, is the consequence. To remedy this evil, some
of our leading bee-keepers have resorted to an old, discarded,
French practice, “reversing.” Reversing consists in turning
the brood chamber upside down and placing hives containing
empty combs, whose bees died the preceding Winter, or empty

COMB HONEY. 435

supers, over it. The honey contained in the brood chamber,
which is always placed above and be-
hind the brood, safe from pilfering in-
truders, is now at the bottom, near the
entrance. The cells are wrong side up
(fig. 190), and the most watery honey
is in danger of leaking out. Hence
an uproar in the hive, and the imme-
diate result is, that the bees promptly
occupy the upper story, and store in it
all this ill-situated honey. The result
is so radical, that “reversing bee-keep-
ers” admit that their bees have to be
fed in the Fall, as too little honey is
left in the brood chamber for the hives
to winter on. In the box-hive times,
the following was already the almost
unanimous report of bee-keepers on

Fig. 190.
the results of “reversing.” The re- snore of THE CELLS

eruiting and feeding for Winter of WHEN: INVERTED,

reversed colonies being considered too costly and risky, the
apiaries were supplied every year with new colonies bought
from bee-keepers whose business was to raise swarms to sell.

“‘Tf you want the greatest quantity of honey, reverse your
colonies; but if reversing was practiced everywhere, we would
diminish the number of our colonies, and would finally even
destroy the race of bees, for as far as bee reproduction is con-
cerned the ‘reversing Apiarist’ reaches the same result as the
‘primstoning Apiarist.’’’—French Apiarian Congress, Paris,
1861. L’Apiculteur, Volume, 6, page 175.

In the present state of progress in bee culture, “reversing”
is less damaging, but its disadvantages to the bees cannot over-
balance its advantages, unless it is practiced very cautiously
and sparingly.

727. Yet this practice is sufficiently enticing—as it forces
the bees to occupy the supers so quickly—to have caused the

436 HONEY PRODUCTION.

invention of a number of reversible hives or frames. The re-
versing method caused quite a craze about 1888, but it was a
“fad” which soon wore itself out.

|
Ty ee

‘- tt aL

i o
ll

il
d ; i
jul i

val

Fig. 191.
HEDDON’S REVERSIBLE HIVE.
(From Cheshire.)

st, stand; bb, body; hb, honey board; sr, section racks; c, cover:
hh, band holds; 1b, entrance blocks; e, entrance; J, cleat io give bee
space; s, screws to hold frames.

728. Reversing during the harvest does not cause the
bees to gather any more honey; nay, they harvest even a little

COMB HONEY. 437

less, owing to the time occupied in transporting the honey,
but it is all placed in the surplus apartment at the mercy of
their owner.

A much safer method to induce: the bees to work in the
supers, is to place in them, nearest the brood, a few unfinished
sections from the previous season. This is what Dr. C. C.
Miller calls a “bait.” These unfinished sections have been.
emptied of their honey by the extractor, and cleaned by the
bees the previous Fall. The supers should be located as near
the brood apartment as possible, with as much direct com-
munication as can be conveniently given.

729. But, with the greatest skill, it is impossible to attract
the bees into the supers, as long as there are empty combs in
the brood-chamber.

If the queen is unable to occupy all the combs with brood,
the empty ones should be removed at the beginning of the honey
harvest, and either given to swarms or divided colonies, or
placed outside of the division board (349). This is called
“contraction.” We would warn our readers against excessive
contraction, for, after the honey season is over, a hive which
has been contracted to, say, two-thirds, of its capacity, has
become dwarfed in honey, brood, and bees, and will run some
risks through the Winter. Besides, that part of the super,
which is above the empty space, is but reluctantly occupied by
bees.

‘“‘If the reader has ever constructed a hive, whose surplus
department was wider than the brood chamber, jutting out over
the same, he has noticed the partial neglect paid by the bees, to
the surplus boxes which rested over wood instead of combs.

‘‘Now this same difference made by the bees, between wood
and comb, they will also make between combs of honey and
combs of brood, and with our 8-frame Langstroth hive, we
notice far less neglect of the side surplus combs than we noticed
when using the 10-frame hives. This is one objection to the
method of contracting by replacing the side combs of brood
chambers with fillers or dummies.’’—J. Heddon ‘‘Success in
Bee-Culture.’’

433 HONEY PRODUCTION.

730. A method which avoids contraction, and makes the
best honey-producing colonies still better, consists in taking
brood combs from colonies that are not likely to yield any
surplus, and exchanging them, for empty combs from the best
colonies, just before the honey harvest. This method requires
too many manipulations to be very advantageous, and pre-
vents the poorest colonies from becoming stronger.

The most potent argument that has been advanced against
the Dadant large hive is that, in the raismg of comb honey,
it becomes necessary to remove all the combs that may not
have been filled with brood, by queens of inferior prolifieness.
This contraction is necessary if we want all our honey in the
sections. But many bee-keepers like to produce both comb
and extracted honey and with this hive they secure both. The
eight-frame Langstroth hive, on account of its diminutive size
has been preferred by many, because just as soon as there is a
surplus the bees are compelled to put it into the sections, so
that the Apiarist gets more honey, in a poor season, from
small hives than from large ones, but if he were to weigh the
amount of honey actually harvested, whether in the body or
the supers, he would soon ascertain that the large hives aver-
aged a great deal more erop, owing to the greater population
in hives containing very prolific queens. We mention this be-
cause the ten-frame Langstroth hives are usually preferred for
the production of comb honey.

We have already stated (312), how Doetor C. C. Miller,
with eight-frame hives, manages to secure the greatest amount
of brood before the opening of the honey crop, by adding
another story for brood to his strongest colonies, then reducing
them at the opening of the crop, to one story full of brood,
using the extra brood eombs for weaker colonies. To this
wethod Dr. Miller ascribes his constant success. It is only
another method of achieving the same end, securing the great-
est amount of brood and contracting the brood nest for the
honey crop. By our method it is done with only one brood
apartment. The bee-keeper who uses small hives must either

PLATE 25.

DR. C. C. MILLER,
Author of “A Year Among the Bees,” “Forty Years Among the
Bees," and “lrifty Years Among the Bees.”

This writer is mentioned pages 46, 156, 167, 175, 194, 195, 226, 241,
283, 287, 333, 362, 381, 393, 426, 437, 442, 443, 444,
445, 446, 449, 463, 464, 546.

COMB HONEY. 439

take one of these methods or expect less crop than he would
otherwise get from the most prolific queens.

731. 2d. SECURING STRAIGHT, EVEN COMBS, IN SECTIONS.
With thin comb foundation (683), in strips filling 12 to %
of the section, the combs are always straight, but their surface,
when sealed, is not always even. Some cells are built longer
than others, and, in packing the honey, these bulged combs
might come in contact with one another and get bruised. To
prevent this occurrence, many Apiarists use “separators,” made
of tin, wood, or coarse wire cloth, placed between the rows of
sections, as in figs. 189 and 192. This invention, claimed by

Fig. 192.
SECTION SUPER WITH WOOD SEPARATORS.

Mr. Betsinger, of New York, was first tried in the brood
chamber, by Mr. Langstroth in 1858. It was suggested by Mr.
Colvin. (See former edition, page 374.)

Another method has been devised. Plain sections, without
insets for the passage of the bees, are made, and a “fence”
is used between the sections. This fence is made of slats, fig.
193, with upright strips which rest perpendicularly against
the edge of the sections. The bee space is thus made by the
help of the fence, the entire length of the sections at top and
bottom. Either method succeeds in securing straight combs,

440 HONEY PRODUCTION.

though the results differ somewhat, as will be seen farther
(736).

But many bee-keepers succeed in securing straight combs
without separators simply by the use of full sheets of comb
foundation in the sections.

732. 3d. KEEPING THE QUEEN IN THE BROOD APARTMENT.
If the supers have been put on just previous to the opening
of the honey crop, with sufficient bait to attract the bees in
them, there will be but litle danger of the queen’s moving up

Fig. 193.
SECTION SUPER WITH FENCES.

into them, unless her breeding room is too much cramped by
honey, or by the exiguity of the brood nest.

The condition of the honey crop has something to do with
her propensity to move out of the brood apartment. ‘When
the honey crop is heavy, and of short duration, there is no
danger on this score, as the honey combs are filled as fast as
they are built, and the queen, should she move to the super,
would soon leave it, owing to her inability to lay there. In
localities where the crop is lasting and intermittent, much
advantage has been derived from the use of the Collin per-
forated zine between the brood chamber and the supers. The

COMB HONEY. 441

only obstacle to its use, is that it hinders ventilation and free

access for the bees,
The slatted honey board with zine strips between the slats
is probably the best queen excluder made. The full zine sheet

b MNase Ul

MAA
Fig. 194. Fig. 195.
WOOD-BOUND ZINC. UNBOUND ZINC,

is more apt to get out of shape by being glued up by the

bees when propolis is plentiful.
The greater or less necessity of queen excluders to prevent

Fig. 196.
SLATTED WOOD-ZINC HONEY BOARD.

the queen from ascending into the sections and filling them
with brood, seems to depend much on location. We have
never found that queen exeluders were sufficiently needed to

442 HONEY PRODUCTION.

make them desirable, but many other bee-keepers have often
asserted that they cannot get along without them. However,
such an authority as Dr. C. C. Miller says: ‘The queen so
seldom goes into a super that not one section in a hundred,
some times not more than one in a thousand, will be found
troubled with brood.” Other writers are equally emphatic in
favor of the exeluder. So each bee-keeper will have to decide
this point for himself.

Aceording to Doctor Miller, the queen rarely goes into the
supers except to seek drone cells in which to lay, when she
becomes tired of worker cells. At such times, the bees seem
to understand her wishes so well that they leave drone cells
unoceupied in order to give her an opportunity to lay in them.
If at such times she finds drone comb in the sections she will
be likely to fill it with eggs. Otherwise her laying in sections
will be very rare.

733. 4th. SwaRMING WITH COMB-HONEY PRODUCTION. As
the directions given by us elsewhere (461) do not altogether
prevent swarming, when comb-honey is raised, and as the
swarming of a colony usually ends its surplus production for
the season, it has been found advisable to give the surplus
eases to the swarm, instead of leaving them on the old hive.
(468 bis.) To further strengthen the swarm, which is thus
depended upon for surplus, it is placed on the stand of the
old hive, and the latter is removed to a new location. This is
a very practical method. It is due to Messrs. Heddon and
Hutchinson—at least they have popularized it. But the pru-
dent Apiarist, who follows this course, will keep a vigilant
eye on the old colony, thus deprived of all its working force,
and will help it, if needed.

@34. 5th, PREVENTING THE BEES FROM PROPOLIZING.

‘*Propolis on sections is a nuisance, be the same little or
much, and a plan which will allow of the filling of the section
with nice comb honey without changing the clean appearance
which they present when placed upon the hive, will be her-
alded with delight by all, and give great honor to him who

COMB HONEY. 43

works out the plan.’’—G. M. Doolittle, ‘‘Gleanings,’’ page
171. 1886.

We have shown (238) that bees propolize every crack, and
daub with this yellowish or brownish glue every thing inside
of their hive. This is very hard to clean, and it can never
be removed sufficiently to restore to the sections their original
whiteness.

‘All four sides of the sections are scraped clean of propolis,
and the edges as well. It is not a difficult job for a careful
hand, but a very disagreeable one. The fine dust of the bee-
glue is very unpleasant to breathe. A scraper should be a
careful person, or in ten minutes’ time he will do more dam-
age than his day’s work is worth. Even a careful person seems
to need to spoil at least one section, before taking the care
necessary to avoid injuring others. But when the knife makes
au ugly gash in the face of a beautiful white section of honey,
that settles it that care will be taken afterward.’’—Dr. C. C.
Miller: ‘‘A Year Among the Bees.’’

To prevent propolizing, the sections should be fitted tightly
together, and as little of their outside as possible exposed to
the bees. The honey should be removed promptly, when
sealed, before the bees have time to do much gluing.

Not only is it necessary that the sections should be removed
early after they are filled, on account of the propolis brought by
the bees, but it is also useful to remove the other contrivances
employed, such as excluding honey-boards, separators or fences,
so they may not be so daubed with the sticky substance as to
become useless. Besides, in the present condition of progres-
sive bee-culture and close competition, it is necessary to have
honey which does not show any travel stains from the bees
and the whitest honey is often soiled in appearance by the
travel of the bees over it. An experienced eye will easily de-
tect combs which have been left on the hive too long and have
become travel-stained.

9735. 6th. SECURING SEALED COMB HONEY. For this pur-
pose no more cases should be given than the bees are likely

444 HONEY PRODUCTION.

to fill. The second case should not be added until the first
is half filled. The outside sections, being the last filled, may
not be sealed at all, unless the bees are somewhat crowded for
room. To remedy this, many bee-keepers are in the habit of
“tiering out,’ instead of “tiering up,” that is, they put the
empty or unfinished sections in the middle of the super, re-
moving all that are filled, or placing them on the outside. This
is an increase of labor, but some hold that it pays.

There is quite a difference in localities and seasons, as to the
time of adding supers. Much depends on the yield of honey.
Each Apiarist must judge of the probabilities, not only of
ordinary seasons, but of extraordinary seasons as well and this
knowledge can be gained only by practice. To show what
may be expected in a good location, we will quote a passage
from Dr. Miller’s “Forty Years Among the Bees”:

“On the whole, there is a mixture of judgment and guess-
work as to putting on supers after the first. Perhaps the near-
est to a general rule in the matter is to give a second super
when the first is half filled. If, however, honey seems to be
coming in slowly, or if the colony is not strong, and the bees
seem to have plenty of room in the super, no second super is
given, although the one already there may be filled with honey.
On the other hand, if honey seems to be coming with a rush,
and the bees seem crowded for room, a second super may be
given, although there is very little honey in the first. These
same conditions continued, a third super may be given when
the second is only fairly started and the first not half full,
and before the first super is ready to take off there may be
four or five supers on the hive. In the year 1897—a remark-
ably prosperous year—there were at one time in the Wilson
apiary an average of four supers to each colony, some colonies
with less than four and some with more, and not a finished
super in the lot. The supers were all well filled with bees, and
although I took some chances as to unfinished work, I feel
pretty sure that if I had allowed less room it would have
been at a loss. But that was a very exceptional case.’’

Instead of removing the filled sections from the center of -

COMB HONEY. 445

the super as by the method above mentioned, Dr. Miller re-
moves the entire super when nearly filled, without waiting for
the outside sections to be sealed, and the unfinished sections
of several supers are put together and given back to some
strong colony to be finished by them. This avoids much
handling of sections on the hive.

ee
wy

via

Fig. 197.
UNFINISHED SECTIONS THAT ARE NOT MARKETABLE.
(Forty Years Among the Bees.)

936. It often happens that the bees fasten the comb only
at the top of the section. For safe transportation it is very
important that it should be fastened to the section wall, all
around. To secure this, not only do Apiarists use comb foun-
dation, but some have devised “reversible” section cases. When
the sections are turned over, the empty space now at the top,
seems unnatural to the bees, and they hasten to fill it, making
a solid comb in the section. But this is not the only method.

‘¢Years ago my sections were always filled so full by the bees,
that they carried very securely in transportation. Afterwards [

446 HONEY PRODUCTION.

began to have trouble from combs breaking down. It was due,
perhaps, mainly to the bees having too much surplus room.
Some sections would be filled with a nice comb of honey, not
very strongly attached at the top, very little at the side, and
not at all at the bottom. Aside from depending upon crowd-
ing the bees to make them fill the sections, I wanted a plan
whereby I could be sure of having the sections fastened at the
bottom as well as at the top. I tried to take partly filled
sections out of the supers and reversing them, and went so far
as to invent a reversible super. I abandoned this, however,
and adopted the plan of putting a starter in the bottom as well
as at the top of the section.’? (‘‘A Year Among the Bees.’’)

Fig. 198.
TOP AND BOTTOM STARTERS.
(Forty Years Among the Bees.)

Between the publication of “A Year Among the Bees,” and
that of “Forty Years Among the Bees,” both by the same
author, Doctor C. C. Miller had seventeen years of practice
of com) honey production, on a very large scale and with
extraordinary results. The reader will readily agree with us
that bis opinion has great value. He insists that top and

COMB HONEY. 447

bottom starters as per Fig. 198 give the best results, the bot-
tom starter being five-eighths of an inch wide, with a space
of only a quarter inch between the two. This allows of the
slight stretching usual in comb foundation.

737. It is held by some Apiarists that the fence with plain
sections, fig. 193, secures better filled combs than the ordinary
section with insets and separators, fig. 188. But when the bees
are supplied with foundation in full or nearly full sheets, the
advantage seems to be on the side of the separator. The

Fig. 199.
WIDE FRAME, HALF FILLED.
(Forty Years Among the Bees,)

fullest sections that the writer has seen were secured by split-
ting the sections exactly through the center and placing the
sheet of foundation so that it was caught between the two
halves of the section and fastened all around. This is the
kinglish method.

Miss Emma Wilson, Doctor Miller’s able sister-in-law, who
has for many years managed a large number of colonies for
comb honey says:

448 HONEY PRODUCTION.

“‘T ean pick just as well filled sections among those that
have insets as among the plain fence sections, and I can find
as many ill-filled sections among the latter as among the
former. But I much prefer the sections with inset to the
plain, because when handling them, I am more likely to damage
the cappings of the honey in the plain sections, and the sec-
tions are also more likely to topple over while being fixed for
market.’’

Mr. Frank Rauchfuss, the Secretary of the Colorado Honey
Produeers, handling ten to twenty carloads of honey annually
for his stockholders, said: “In selling honey to our Eastern

AR

iM oF
ARGED VIEW

Fig. 200.
SUPER WITH SPRINGS.

trade we found that they were not so willing to handle honey
in plain sections as in the standard sections.”

We will now consider a few of the various cases used in the
production dof comb honey.

738. THE DEEP WIDE FRAMES (fig. 199), have the decided
advantage of allowing the Apiarist to use sections in a full
size upper story. In limited comb honey production, they can
probably be used with satisfaction, especially with the eight
or ten frame Langstroth hive.

739. The half-story comb honey supers, figs. 200 and 201,
are preferable to the full story wide frames. A full story is

COMB HONEY. 449

often too large for surplus and two half stories will always
be found more easily handled and more evenly filled, especially
if given only when needed. Many styles are made, but the
leading ones are with bottom and side slats enclosing the sec-
tions and with springs crowding them together, an improve-
ment on the Oliver Foster method described in a previous edi-
tion of this work, fig. 200.

Fig. 201.
MILLER T SUPER.

740. Mr. C. C. Miller places his sections in supers without
top or bottom, three-eighths of an inch deeper than the sections.
To support the sections in these boxes he nails, under both ends,
a strip of tin, which projects one-fourth inch inside. Strips
of tin, bent in the form of a L are supported across the
box, by six small pieces of sheet iron nailed at regular inter-
vals, under the sides of the box. The sections rest on these
T’s, and on the end strips. These supers holding 28 or 32
sections, can be piled upon one another, leaving a bee space
between them. The only objection that we have ever heard
offered to the T super, as the Miller super is called, is the
danger of the bees propolizing the exposed parts of the sec-
tion. In the supers which furnish slats for the support of the
sections, there is nothing exposed but the edges of a part of
each section. Otherwise the Miller plan seems to bring the
sections in closer proximity to each other. But the above men-

450 HONEY PRODUCTION.

tioned plans are all good and the Apiarist is to decide for
himself which suits his taste best.

741. There are a few considerations worthy of notice, in
the raising of comb honey, which were advanced years ago,
by Oliver Foster. We quote from his pamphlet, now out of
print:

‘“‘There should be free communication between the sections
in every direction. They should have deep slots on all 8 edges
as shown in Fig. 202 so that bees can pass freely over the
combs from end to end of the case, as well as from side to
side, and from top to bottom.’’

—<—>=>

pal

d
;
=

Fig. 202.
OPEN SECTIONS.
(From ‘‘How to Raise Comb Honey.”)

“‘You may not appreciate the importance of this until you
have tried them.

‘«When we take into consideration that the object on the part
oz the bees, in storing up honey in Summer, is to have it ac-
cessible for Winter consumption, and that in Winter, the bees
collect in a round ball, as nearly as possible, in a semi-torpid
state with but little if any motion, except that gradual moving
of bees from the center to the surface and from the surface
to the center of this ball, we may imagine how unwelcome it
is to them to be obliged to divide their stores between four
separate apartments, each of which is four inches square and
twelve inches long, with no communication between these apart-
ments. ’?

EXTRACTED HONEY. 451

742. Although Mr. Foster’s methods and implements have
been improved upon in the past twenty years, the ideas ex-
pressed above are original and correct and it is necessary that
we should consider them. The improvements which go towards
a more comfortable situation for the bees while working in
the supers are sure to be in the line of progress. Separators
are needed to secure straight combs but the less we will have
of them, the better for our success. The fence, the faults of
which we have shown, is very certainly praised and used be-
cause it gives a more thorough passage from one story to an-
other, since it gives an opening along the entire length of the
section.

743. For the same reason of comfort to the bees and also
for ease of manipulation, it is advisable to abstain from using
the queen excluder, if the Apiarist finds that he can get along
without it. These implements are in the way for the travel
of the bees over the combs, for the ventilation, and they are
also much in the way of the Apiarist.

744. So in accepting new improvements, we should at all
times remember that simplicity in the implements makes for
greater success, not only because it is an economy of money,
but beeause our bees will feel better, fare better and swarm
less if not hampered with obstructions.

745. All improvements that are made must be based on
a full consideration of the instincts of the bees. Like Mr.
Hutchinson (“Production of Comb-Honey” p. 18), we ‘have
seen bees sulk for days during a good honey flow, simply be-
cause the present condition of things was not to their liking.”
You should make your bees feel as natural and as much “at
home” as possible.

Exrractep Honey.

946. To separate the honey from the wax, the bee-keepers
of old used to melt or break the comb and drain the Loney out.
Beeswax, as a sweet-scented luminiferous substance, far

452 HONEY PRODUCTION.

superior to oils or the crude grease of animals, was greatly
appreciated by the priests, and placed among the best offerings
required to please the gods. The custom of offering wax, or
wax candles, continued to this day by some churches, especially
by the Greek and Roman Catholic churches, eaused for cen-
turies the levy of heavy taxes, payable in beeswax, in coun-
tries where the inhabitants kept bees. Some countries, in
Europe, had to pay to the church, every year, several hundred
thousand pounds of beeswax. Such taxes compelled the bee-
keepers to separate the honey from the wax with as little waste
as possible.

Different grades of honey were harvested by the careful
Apiarists. The lght-colored combs produced a light-colored
and pure honey; the combs which had contained brood pro-
duced turbid honey of inferior quality.

747. These primitive methods were afterwards greatly
ameliorated, as for instance, in the French province of Ga-
tinais, where the bee-keepers used the heat of the sun to melt
the combs, and separate the honey from the melted wax. The
choice honey obtained in Gatinais, from the sainfoin, cannot be
excelled by our best extracted clover honey, as to color and
taste, and it is sold in Paris altogether.

Owing to these causes, strained honey, of different grades,
was a staple in Europe. But the demand being ahead of the
supply, especially when the season was unfavorable for bees,
Europe imported strained honey from Chili, and Cuba, and
lately, extracted honey from California.

@4S. These causes did not exist in this country. Bees
were scarce here at first. The American settlers had too
much work on hand to eare much for bees. The few who
owned « limited number of colonies, brimstoned one of them
occasionally, and consumed the honey at home. The more
extensive bee owners could sell some broken combs to their
neighbors, or a few pounds of strained honey to the druggist,
who was not very hard to please, being accustomed to buy
Cuba honey, harvested with the most slovenly carelessness. By

EXTRACTED HONEY. 453

and by, however, owing to very favorable conditions, the wild
woods swarmed with bees in the “hollow trees,” and the bee-
hunter made his appearance. Thousands of trees fell under
his ax, to yield the sweets that they contained. Bee-hunting
became an occupation in some of our forests. The method
followed to find the colonies established in hollow trees, was to
place a bait of honey in some open spot, attracting the bees by
burning a little of the comb. When the bees had formed a
bee-line from the honey to their abode, a new baiting place was

Fig. 203.
COWAN HONEY EXTRACTOR.

started in a diagonal position to the first. The meeting place
of both lines was of course the spot occupied by the swarm.
This rough-and-ready bee-keeping, or rather bee-killing, pro-
duced comparatively large quantities of honey; but, as this
honey was nearly always badly broken up and mixed with
pollen, dead bees, and rotten wood, it became customary to
boil the honey, so as to force the impurities and the wax to
rise on top with the scum. Hence the cheap, liquid, dirty and

454 HONEY PRODUCTION.

opaque strained honey, dark in color and strong in taste. By
the side of this unwholesome article, a little fancy comb honey
was sold, that led to a national preference for comb honey.

But in view of the cost of comb to the bees (223), in honey,
time and labor, it was earnestly desired by progressive bee-
keepers, especially after the invention of the movable frames,
that some process be devised to empty the honey out of the
eombs without damaging the latter, so that they could be re-
turned to the bees to be filled again and again.

749. In 1865 the late Major de Hruschka, of Dolo, near
Venice, Italy, invented “Il Smelatore,” THE HONEY EXTRACTOR.

It happened in this wise: He had given to his son, a small
piece of comb honey, on a plate. The boy put the plate in
his basket, and swung the basket around him, like a sling.
Hruschka noticed that some honey had been drained out by
the motion, and concluded that combs could be emptied by
centrifugal force.

This invention was hailed, in the whole bee-keeping world,
as equal to, and the complement of, the invention of movable
frames; and it fully deserved this honor.

750. As soon as we heard of the discovery, we had a ma-
chine made. It was not so elegant as those which are now
offered by our manufacturers. It was a bulky and cumbersome
affair; four feet in diameter and three feet high; yet it worked
to our satisfaction, and we became convinced, by actual trial,
of the great gain which could be obtained, by returning the
empty combs to the bees,

751. Let us say here, that the profit was greater than we
had anticipated; but we, together with a great many others,
first committed the fault of extracting, before the honey was
altogether ripened by evaporation. Like “Novice” who thought
of emptying his cistern to put the overflow of his extracted
honey, we had to go to town again and again, for jars and
barrels, to lodge our crop. But experience tanght us that we
cannot get a good merchantable article, unless the honey is
ripe.

PLATE 26,

filth

FRANCESCO Di HRUSCHKA,
Inventor of the Honey Extractor.

This Apiarist is mentioned page 454.

EXTRACTED HONEY. 455

752. If we give to bees empty combs, to store their honey,
we will find, by comparing the products of colonies who have
to build their combs, with those of colonies who always have
empty combs to fill, that these last produce at least twice as
much as the others.

A little consideration will readily show, to the intelligent
bee-keeper, the great advantages given to the bees by furnish-
ing them with a full supply of empty combs. To illustrate
all these advantages, let us compare two colonies of bees, of
equal strength, at the beginning of the honey season; one with
empty boxes, the other with empty comb in the boxes.

The two colonies have been breeding plentifully, and har-
vesting a large quantity of pollen, and a little honey, for
several weeks past. The brood chamber is full from top to
bottom. After perhaps one rainy day, the honey crop begins.
The bees that have been given empty combs can go right up
in them, and begin storing, as fast as they bring their honey-
from the fields. Not a minute is lost; and as they have plenty
of storing room, there is no need of crowding the queen out
of her breeding cells.

In the other hive, there is indeed plenty of empty space
in the upper story; but before it can be put to any use, it
has to be first partly filled with combs. Before a half day
is over, the greater part of the bees have harvested, and
brought, to their newly-hatched companions, all the honey
that the latter can possibly hold in their sacks. What shall
they do with the surplus? They have to go into that upper
story, and hang there (205) for hours, waiting for the honey
to be transformed into beeswax, by the wonderful action of
these admirable little stomachs, whose work man cannot imi-
tate, despite his science. But, while this slow transformation
is going on, while the small scales of wax are emerging from
under the rings of the abdomen (201) of each industrious
little worker; while their sisters are slowly but busily carry-
ing, moulding and arranging the warm little pieces of wax in
their respective places, in order to build the frail comb (206) ;

456 HONEY PRODUCTION.

during all this time, the honey is flowing in the blossoms, and
the other colony is fast increasing its supply of sweets. Mean-
while, the few bees, which have found a place for their load,
go back after more, and, finding no room, they watch for the
appearance of each hatching bee, from its cell, and at once fill
that cell with honey; thus depriving the queen of her breeding-
room, and forcing her to remain idle, at a time when she
should be laying most busily.

( The loss is therefore treble. First, this colony loses the
present work of all the bees which have to remain inside to
help make wax. Secondly, it loses the honey of which this
wax is made. Thirdly, it loses the production of thousands
of workers, by depriving the queen of her breeding-room, in
the brood-chamber. All this, for what purpose? To enable
the owner to eat his honey with the wax; when, as every one
well knows, wax is tasteless and indigestible.

One word more in regard to the loss of production, by the
crowding of the queen. This loss is two-fold in itself. When
the bees find that the queen is crowded out of her breeding-
room, they become more readily induced to make preparations
for swarming (406).

It is then that a large number of young bees would be
necessary to make up for the loss which the colony will sus-
tain, in the departure of the swarm; and yet the diminished
number of eggs laid produces exactly the reverse of the de-
sired result.

There is perhaps a fourth item of loss, in failing to furnish
empty combs to this colony, and that when the season is not
very favorable. Many practical bee-keepers have noticed that,
in rather unfavorable seasons, it is difficult to induce bees to
work in an empty surplus box, in which they would work
readily if it were furnished with combs. It is a question which
may remain doubtful, whether the bees do not sometimes, in
such cases, remain idle for a day or two, rather than begin
building comb in a box which they do not expect to be able to
fill (745).

EXTRACTED HONEY. 457

753. In view of the above facts, and after an experience
of many years with the honey extractor, we urge beginners to
produce extracted honey in preference to comb-honey, when-
ever they can sell it readily for half to two-thirds as much
as comb honey. We have shown the advantages of its pro-
duction to the bees; let us now show the advantages to the
Apiarist.

@ot. 1st. He can control, and take care of, a much
greater number of colonies. The manipulations of an apiary,
run for extracted honey, occupy less than one half of the time
required for the production of comb-honey. Our largest comb-
honey producers acknowledge that one man cannot handle
more than two hundred eolonies successfully, when run for
comb-honey, while as many as five hundred colonies, located

Fig. 204.
TWO HALF-STORY SUPERS FOR EXTRACTING.

in different apiaries (582), are managed successfully by one
Apiarist, when run for extracted honey. During extracting
time, of course, additional help is required, but this needs not
be skilled labor, which is always hard to find.

955. 2d. By the production of extracted honey, the sur-
plus combs are saved, and given to the bees at the opening of
the following harvest. This virtually does away with natural
swarming, and enables the bee-keeper to control the increase
of his colonies to suit his desires. One of the most successful

458 HONEY PRODUCTION.

comb-honey producers, Mr. Manum, of Vermont, who sold
some 15 tons of comb-honey in 1885, acknowledged to us, that
with his management in the production of comb-honey, it was
nearly impossible to control swarming.

756. The farmer, or merchant, who keeps only a few
hives, {o produce honey for his own use, will find it much
preferable to produce extracted honey. With three colonies of
bees and an extractor, in a very ordinary location, from 150
to 300 lbs. of honey can be produced on an average, every
season.

757. For the production of extracted honey, we use half
stories or cases (fig. 204) with frames 6 inches deep, and of
the same length as the frames of the lower story. We have
also used full-story supers, but only on standard Langstroth
hives, and we decidedly prefer the half-story supers, for sey-
eral reasons, after having used both kinds on a large scale for
years.

758. The frames of the half-story supers are more easily
handled when full, and the combs are less apt to break down
from heat or handling. The half-story super is better suited
for the use of an average colony, and in cool weather is more
easily kept warm by the bees, than a full-story. Very strong
colonies, in extraordinary seasons, can be readily accommodated
with two and even three of these cases successively.

With the full-story supers, the queen and the bees are more
apt to desert the lower story altogether, in poor honey seasons,
and establish their brood-nest in the upper story, especially
when the combs of the lower or brood chamber are old, and
those above are new. The sole advantage of the full-story
super is that the frames in it are exactly of the same size as
those below, and can be interchanged with them if necessary ;
but with large hives it will never be required to use upper story
combs for feeding, and even if the queen should breed in these
shallow cases, at times, she is soon crowded out of them by
the surplus honey.

759. The upper story frames are filled with comb founda-

EXTRACTED HONEY. 459

tion (674), or even with old worker combs, and can be used
indefinitely, since the honey is extracted from them, and they
are returned unbroken to the bees. We have now several thou-
sands of these combs, some of which have already passed thirty
or forty times through the extractor and are now as good as
at first, nay, even better; for some, which were very dark, are
lighter in color now, on account of the dark cells having been
shaved by the honey knife and mended, by the bees, with new
wax. ‘These supers are given to the bees, a few days previous
to the opening of the honey crop.

The mat (353), and cloth (852), are removed and the
upper story is placed immediately over the frames (fig. 72).

760. One great advantage of this style of supers, lies in
the facility, with which the bees can reach the upper story
from any comb, or from any part of a comb, either to de-
posit their honey or for ventilation, during hot weather. Bees
show their preference for these large receptacles very decidedly.
For comparison, let two or three wide frames (724) —filled
with sections which are of more difficult ventilation and access
—be placed in the center of one of these supers with some
extracting frames on each side, all equally filled with strips
of foundation, and the small sections ('’722) will be filled last
almost in every instance, even although placed nearest to the
center of the brood-nest.

Mr. Langstroth was the first to call the attention of Apiarists
to the loss incurred by compelling bees to store the surplus
honey in small receptacles. The bee-keeper cannot afford to
sell honey stored in small sections, except at a considerable
advance over its value in large frames. It is for this reason
that some Apiarists have practiced producing comb honey in
large frames, which has been sold in “chunks.” They find it
pays, in some markets, although sold at a less price than honey
in sections.

For extracting, a super as shallow as that used for one-
pound sections is not satisfactory. It requires too much
handling, for the quantity of honey that may be stored in a

460 HONEY PRODUCTION.

frame only 44% inches deep is inadequate when the extractor
is used. The smallest super that we woud use on Langstroth
hives is that with a 5%% inch side bar to the frame. The frames
of our supers have a 6-inch side bar.

761. Colonies, which do not have the breeding apartment
nearly full of brood, honey and pollen, need not be supplied
with supers till they show a marked progress. After the open-
ing of the honey crop, which is very easily noticed by the
greater activity of the bees and the whitening of the upper
cells of their combs, a regular inspection of their progress is
necessary. The season is short, but the daily yield is some-
times enormous.

762. Mr. A. Braun stated, in the Bienenzeitung, Septem-
ber, 1854, that he had a mammoth hive furnished with combs
containing at least 184,230 cells, and placed on a platform
scale, that its weight might readily be ascertamed at stated
periods. On the eighteenth of May it gained eighteen pounds
and a half. On the eighteenth of June, a swarm weighing
seven pounds issued from it, and the following day it gained
over six pounds in weight. Ten days of abundant pasturage
would enable such a colony to gather a large surplus, while
five times the number of equally favorable opportunities would
be of small avail to a feeble one.

Weights of colonies taken regularly by Swiss Apiarists show
that twenty pounds a day of harvest is frequently gathered by
strong colonies. A part of this amount is evaporated during
the following night, according to the greater or less density
of the nectar harvested (249, 261).

The largest yield of extracted honey, ever harvested by
the colonies of one apiary under our control, was “13,000
pounds in about fifty days, the most protracted honey crop
we ever knew. This was harvested by eighty-seven colonies,
making a daily average of three pounds a day per colony of
evaporated honey. Such seasons are scarce.

As some colonies harvest much more than others, they need
more attention,

EXTRACTED HONEY. 461

763. To secure the greatest possible amount of extracted
honey, the colony should never be left without some empty
comb.

As soon as the combs of one of these supers are about three-
fourths full, we put another super under the first, and some-
times a third under the second. All this without waiting for
the honey to be sealed; but we never remove the honey, to
extract it, until the crop is at an end, for we want to get our
honey entirely ripened.

Honey is evaporated, or ripened, by the forced cireulation of
air, caused by the fanning of the bees through the hive, in
connection with the great heat generated by them. As honey
evaporates, it dimimishes in volume, and as long as the bees
continue their harvest, they constantly bring in unripened, cr
watery honey, which they store in the partly filled cells that
contain honey already evaporated. It is for this reason that
unsealed honey, after the crop is over, is as ripe as honey
sealed during the crop, and sometimes riper. If the crop is
abundant, they often seal their combs too soon, and the honey
thus sealed may afterwards ferment in the cell and burst the

capping.
Exrractep Honey.

9764. Some Apiarists extract the honey as fast as it is
harvested by the bees, and afterwards ripen it artificially by
exposing it to heat in open vessels. We do not like this
method, and prefer to extract the whole crop at once. It is
much more economical, for, with our system, one skilled man
attends to as many as five or six apiaries during the honey
erop, and extracts at leisure afterwards, with almost any kind
of cheap help. Since honey now has to compete in price with
the cheapest sweets, the question of economical production is
not to be disregarded.

“He who produces at maximum cost will fail. He who pro-
duces at minimum cost will sueceed.”— (Jas. Heddon.)

462 HONEY PRODUCTION.

What proportion of water does fresh-gathered nectar con-
tain? A number of observers have attempted to answer this
question and have made experiments upon it. Great have been
the differences and in some cases, persons who had made but
one or two experiments attempted to make a positive assertion
of a stated proportion. But no rule can be given. At times,
the nectar is so very thin that it drops out of the cells like
water if the combs are inverted or slightly inclined, when
handled. At other times, the nectar has great consistency when

Fig. 205.
NOVICE HONEY EXTRACTOR.

first gathered. Some European Apiarists hold that heather
honey can never be extracted, because of its density almost
immediately after it is harvested. The greater or less density
of honey at the time it is brought m from the field depends
on the kind of blossom from which it is taken, on the con-
dition of the soil at that time, whether dry or wet, and on
atmospheric conditions. The most watery honey is perhaps
harvested from such source as the basswood, after rainy weath-
er and when the atmosphere is heavily laden with electricity
and moisture; while plants which grow in dry sandy soils, like

HARVESTING. 463

some varieties of heather or the mountain sage, will furnish,
in dry weather, honey that is ripe almost as soon as gathered.

765. As some colonies do not begin work in the supers
until very late, and do not fill all the space given them, the
surplus of other colonies can be given them in such a manner
that all will be equally filled. This can be done without brush-
ing the bees off (485).

The equalizing of empty combs in the surplus stories of
different colonies, towards the end of the crop, will save time
in extracting, as the supers will be found more evenly full.
The giving of a few combs of honey to a colony that has
not yet begun work in the supers also acts as an inducement,
and gives the bees new energy.

HARVESTING.

766. The extracting, to be done swiftly, requires the work
of four persons: three men and a boy. This work is done
at a time when the bees have ceased to harvest honey, and
the greatest care has to be exercised not to leave any honey
within the reach of robber bees. The work of opening the
hives, removing the combs and brushing off the bees, must be
done quietly, but swiftly and carefully. The receptacles for
combs should each have a cover, and the hive should be closed
and its entrance reduced, as promptly as possible. In this
way, there is not the least danger of robbing; but if robbing
is once begun, by some carelessness or forgetfulness of the
operator, the work has to be stopped until it has subsided.

767. The utensils needed for neat extracting on a large
seale are: In the apiary—a good smoker (882), one or two
brushes made of asparagus tops, or some other light fibrous
material, a wood chisel to loosen the cases, two tin pans,
deseribed farther on (770), one comb bucket, and two strong
“robber cloths.”

768. The “robber cloths,” so named by Dr. C. C. Miller,

464 HONEY PRODUCTION

are used to cover the cases to keep away robbers. They are
made of very coarse cloth or gunny, about a yard square.

“‘Take two pieces of lath, each about as long as the hive, and
lay one upon the other, with one edge of the cloth between
them. The cloth is longer than the lath, allowing 6 inches or
more of the cloth to project at each end of the lath. Now nail
the laths together with 14% inch wire nails, clinching them.
Serve the opposite end the same way, and the robber cloth

Fig. 206.
SUPER WITH ROBBER CLOTH AND PAN.

is complete. You can take hold of the lath with one hand, lift
the cloth from a hive or super, and with a quick throw, in-
stantly cover up again your hive or super perfectly bee tight.’”
(‘A Year Among the Bees,’’ 1886.)

The operator opens a hive, removes the super, places it in
a tin pan, and covers it with a robber cloth. He then ex-
amines the brood chamber, from which one or two combs may
be removed if advisable. We usually leave all the honey in

HARVESTING, 465

the lower story, unless the bees are crowded out of breeding
room, which will not happen, if they had plenty of room above.
ZZ ZZ 769. The re-
\ moval of the bees
_ \from the supers,
may be simplified
by the bee-escape
= (fig. 207). This im-
Fig. 207. plement is placed
PORTER’S BEE-ESCAPE. in a board 4% inch
in thickness, and of the size of the top of the brood-chamber
and so cleated that, when placed between the brood chamber
and the super, there will be a full bee-space both above and
below it. The hole for the escape should be made near the
center of the board by boring two 11% inch holes, 214 inches
from center to center and cutting the wood between them.
One escape to the board is sufficient. If there is no brood,
or queen, in the super, and the escape is put on the day
before, the bees will practically be all out the next morning,
and sometimes within six hours after it has been placed on
the hive.

The only objection to the bee escapes is that they must be
placed on the hives the day previous, and this necessitates an
extra trip, when the bees are located in an out-apiary. Other-
wise they are very useful, if not left on the hive through the
heat of the day, when the exclusion of bees from the super
might cause collapse of the combs, by lack of ventilation, in

very hot weather.

7@0. In the honey house, there should be an extractor, a
capping can (fig. 208), a honey knife, a funnel with sieve, a
pail, a barrel, and two tin pans like those used in the apiary.
Each person may be provided with a good enamel-eloth apron,
and all the windows furnished with wire cloth netting, to al-
low the bees to escape (586). The tin pans above mentioned
are shallow, in the shape of bread pans, large enough to
receive one of the supers freely, to keep the leaking honey

466 HONEY PRODUCTION.

from daubing anything, or from attracting robbers (666).
They are supplied with strong handles.

@1. We have said that we do not usually take honey
from the brood chamber, but in an emergency we sometimes
extract even from combs containing brood. Sealed brood is
not injured by the rotation but one should abstain from taking
combs containing unsealed larve.

@@2. In the extracting room, a man uncaps the combs,

i ee
(ain Tiiiniinnnn MT
SS call

Fig. 208.
THE DADANT CAPPING-CAN.

as fast as they are brought. He stands before the capping-
can (fig. 208). The eapping can is formed of a lower can B,
24 inches wide and 14 inches high with a slanting bottom, a
faucet and a-central pivot C. On this lower can is placed
another can A, 23 inches wide and 22 inches high, with a
coarse wire cloth bottom resting at the center on the pivot C.
The upper can acts as a large sieve. On the top of it is placed
a wooden frame D, notched, so as to fit on the edges of the

HARVESTING. 467

ean. It is on this frame that the combs are uncapped, and
the eappings fall in the sieve, where the honey drains out of
them, into the lower can. Our capping can is meant to hold
the cappings of two days’ extracting.

Manufacturers generally call this implement “uncapping

ll

Fig. 209.
UNCAPPING AND EXTRACTING.
(From The American Bee Journal.)

can,” because it is used when uncapping. We prefer to call
it “eapping ean,” because it receives the cappings.

973. ‘The all-metal extractors, of different makes, are the
only ones now in use. Two-frame extractors are the most

468 HONEY PRODUCTION.

common, but we use four-frame extractors altogether, one in
each apiary. These extractors accommodate eight half-story
frames.

“74. In regard to the honey or uncapping Imife, justice
compels us to say that, so far, to our knowledge, there is
but one which is really practical, the Bingham honey knife.
This knife does away with the annoyance of having the cap-
pings stick to the comb again, after having been shaved off,
because it is made with a bevel, which causes the shaver to
hold it in a slanting position, so that the cappings cannot
stick to the comb again, unless purposely allowed to do so.

A machine has been devised to perforate the cells instead of
uncapping them. There are numerous objections to such an
instrument. It does not always open the cells sufficiently to
allow the honey to drain out, it wastes the cappings which

Fig. 210.
THE BINGHAM KNIFE.

would otherwise furnish beeswax enough to pay for the entire
cost of extracting and it causes the little bits of wax to float
in the honey, increasing the amount of seum that may rise to
the top. We warn our readers against any such contrivance.
We discarded them years ago, after trial.

As fast as the combs are uncapped on both sides, they are
put into the extractor, which may be turned by a boy. Care
should be taken that the combs, that are placed opposite one
another, be of nearly equal weight, as the unequal weight
causes the extractor to swing right and left, fatiguing the
boy and injuring the machine,

7@5. A quiet, regular motion is all that is necessary to
throw the honey out, and, in warm weather, it fairly rains
against the sides of the can with a noise similar to that of a
shower on a tin roof.

HARVESTING. 469

776. Now is the time to invite the neighbors and their
children to come to see the fun, and taste the golden nectar.
Aside from the pleasure of making everybody happy, the
present of a few pounds of honey proves an inducement to
its use, and an advertisement for the producer. Extracting-
day should always be understood to mean “free honey to all
visitors.” Let them visit the honey-room, and if the ladies
get their dresses a little daubed while peeping in the ex-
tractor, they will soon find out that honey does not stain like
grease, but will wash off in warm water.

777. After the combs are extracted on one side, they
are turned over and extracted on the other. Mr. Stanley, of

Fig. 211.
LARGE FUNNEL AND SIEVE.

New York, invented an extractor in which the combs are
turned over by simply reversing the motion of the gear.
Similar extractors were introduced into England, by Mr.
Cowan, several years ago.

The Cowan extractors, fig. 203, have been improved upon
again and again, until now most of the machines are made
so that the combs may be reversed without slacking percepti-
bly or reversing the motion. The only fault of the reversing
extractors is their large size, which renders them rather eum-
bersome.

@@8. The extractor is fastened on a high platform, so
that the honey pail can be put under the faucet. A barrel
is in readiness, with the large funnel and sieve over it. This

470 HONEY PRODUCTION.

sieve should be large enough to take a pailful of honey, so
as to cause no delay.

A mark is made on the barrel, with a crayon, or chalk, as
each pailful is poured in. In this way we know when the
barrel is full, without having to gauge it, and we avoid having
the honey run over and waste.

The latest method is to have a large tank instead of a
barrel to receive the honey. The tank is intended to ripen
the honey and is usually made of galvanized iron. The writer
has seen tanks of this kind out in the open air, in California,
where it never rains during the summer season. Honey that
is allowed to remain in an open tank with only a light cloth
over it, in a hot room, will often ripen considerably by
evaporation. It is a good method. But as we have a number
of out-apiaries, we find it more convenient to barrel our honey,
especially as we always wait till the bees have ripened the
honey before extracting it. Not only have we barreled our
honey for years, but very extensive apiarists around us have
done the same, among whom we will cite E. J. Baxter of
Nauvoo, Illinois, who produces a number of tons of extracted
honey every season. The honey must be very ripe when har-
vested and the barrels, if used in preference to tanks, must
be of the proper kind and quality. (829.)

@@9. We would advise beginners, who extract for the first
time, to go slowly and carefully. A little care, besides saving
time, will save the waste of several pounds of honey, and make
things more comfortable; for a pound of honey wasted goes a
great way towards making everything sticky and dirty. Ifa
splendid erop and neat work are pleasurable, a daubed
honey-room and eross bees in the apiary irritate both the
Apiarist and his assistants, who soon become sick of the work.
When things are rightly managed, the work is so delightful
that more help can be found than is needed.

780. Of all manipulations, extracting is that which re-
quires the greatest precautions against robbing (664). Care-
fully avoid all unnecessary exposure of comb or honey. Rob-

HARVESTING. 471

bers not only annoy the Apiarist, but cause the bees to
get angry, and to sting.

7@81. All the cases, when extracted, are piled up on an
oil-cloth carpet, till the day’s work is done. The combs are
not put back into the hive before evening, at sundown; to
prevent too much excitement in the apiary. In half an hour,
every hand helping, the whole number is distributed on the
hives; though we may have extracted as much as three thou-
sand pounds in a day.

There are seasons, in which a continuation of the honey
crop, permits returning the combs, as fast as they are ex-
tracted. In such seasons it causes no excitement, and is much
more convenient.

782. Within two or three days after extracting, the bees
have cleaned the combs, and repaired them. But, to prevent
the moths from injuring them, we keep them on the hives
during the whole summer; the bees take care of them, and in
the Winter, we pile up the cases, carefully closed, in cold
rooms where the cold of Winter destroys the eggs of the moth
(802).

In localities, where there are two or more distinct crops
of honey, each crop should be harvested separately. Thus,
we always extract the June crop in July, and the Fall crop
in September.

Honcy production, with the above methods, is so successful
that the problem for practical Apiarists is no longer, how
to produce large crops of honey, but how to sell it (S39).
Extracted honey can certainly be produced, at very low cost,
and it can be truly said, that in the last fifty years, there
has been more progress in bee-culture, than in any other
branch of rural economy.

783. As the wax of the cappings amounts to a little
more than one per cent. of the weight of the honey extracted,
and as these cappings even after they are well drained, con-
tain a large amount of honey fit to be converted into vinegar
when separated from the cappings by washing, the expense of
extracting is more than compensated.

CHAPTER XVIII.
Diseases OF BE&xs.

984. Bees are subject to but few diseases that deserve
special notice. We have said (626) that we consider diar-
rhea as the result of an accumulation of feces only, but Mr.
Cheshire has examined some of the feeces of diarrhoea, and
found in some of them living organisms, which indicate that,
sometimes, the distension of the abdomen is not caused by the
overloading of the intestines alone. These organisms, when
better known, will probably explain some of the losses of bees,
after Winter, and the Spring dwindling (659), which re-
duces so many colonies.

785. There is, however, a disease of bees which seems
akin to diarrhoea and at times becomes epidemic. The bees
do not discharge any excrements but their abdomens are dis-
tended with a fetid matter, they lose their hairs and assume
a smooth black appearance. They are first noticed crawling
at the top of the combs as if cold and numb, looking as if
paralyzed in some of their limbs. This disease, which is rare,
has yet been noticed in many countries and has been variously
named “bee-paralysis” in this country, “vertigo-dizziness” in
Europe, “Mal de Mai” in France, “Mal de Maggio” in Italy,
“Maikrankheit” in Germany. Cheshire has described it under
the name of Bacillus Gaytoni because he obtained the first
samples of the disease from a Miss Gayton. Other English
scientists have ealled it Bacillus depilis, which is much more
appropriate, since the diseased bees generally lose their hairs
during the progress of the malady. This disease was first
considered by us as a sort of constipation which degenerated
into a contagious infection, as it usually begins after a hard
winter, but the fact that it exists in warm countries such as
Florida, California, Italy, &¢., would indicate that cold

472

FOUL-BRoon. 473

weather is not the originating cause. The disease is not com-
monly dangerous, and does not seem to propagate itself from
one colony to another, but in some seasons, during the month
of May, it has caused great ravages in some apiaries. In the
province of Ancone, Italy, during the years 1901-05, entire
apiaries were depopulated just at the opening of the honey
harvest by this strange malady. This is a disease of the adult
bees and not of the brood.

Mr. O. O. Poppleton of Florida recommends the sprinkling
-of the bees and combs in the diseased hives, with powdered
sulphur. But as this seems to stop the disease mainly by
destroying all the sick bees, and as it also destroys the un-
sealed brood unless this be removed, we do not recommend it.
An Italian, Mr. A. Belluci of the province of Ancone, suc-
ceeded in entirely preventing the disease in his apiary, while
his neighbors’ bees were suffering heavily, by feeding them a
preparation made by boiling lavender, garden ginger, rose-
mary, savory and other aromatic plants and flowers in wine
mixed with honey. Since the wine was evidently added as a
tonic but lost all its aleohol by boiling, we judge that it did
but little good, unless it be from the tonie properties of the
grape. He also added a very small quantity of salicylic acid,
about cne per thousand, which would be ample. Until more
positive experiments are made, we would recommend the use
of a similar preparation, for the eure or prevention of this
disease, which is not usually injurious.

Fovt-Broop.

986. There are other unimportant diseases, which have
not yet been studied, but all are nothing, when compared to
the dreadful contagious malady, already known thousands of
years ago* and commonly called foul-brood, because it shows

* As Aristotle (History of Animals, Book IX., Chap. 40) speaks of a
disease which is accompanied by a disgusting smell of the hive, there

is reason to believe that foul-brood was common more than two thou-
sand years ago.

474 DISEASES OF BEES.

its effects mainly by the dying of the brood, but the de-
nomination is improper, for the brood is not alone diseased.

787. Dr. G. F. White, of the Bureau of Animal Industry
at Washington, has lately described two kinds of foul brood,
which he denominates “bacillus alvei” (after Cheshire and
Cheyne) commonly called “black brood,” and “bacillus
larve,” the more malignant kind, which is not so easily pro-
duced in cultures by bacteriologists, since Mr. White was
unable to produce it in the common cultures, a bouillon made
of bee-larve being necessary. The first he denominates “Euro-
pean foul-brood” because it was first described in Europe,
the second “American foul-brood” because it was first de-
scribed by himself in America, but both kinds evidently exist
in either hemisphere. The name “bacillus’} means “a stick”
and is applied to both diseases because the germs of the dis-
ease are imperceptible sticks which break successively into
several parts, every one of which forms a colony of spores,
that pass through divers shapes before developing into new
bacilli. We can judge of the promptness of their reproduc-
tion, and of their minuteness, when we read in Cheshire, that
a dead larva frequently contains as many as one billion of
these spores. (28).

788. Black brood or “bacillus alvei’? of Cheshire and
Cheyne being the lesser of the two diseases will be described
first. It has been quite fully mentioned by Dr. Phillips, in
Circular No. 79 of the Bureau of Entomology, to which we
refer the student. This disease has been quite prevalent in
New York and other eastern states,

DESCRIPTION OF BLACK-BROOD.

The brood dies a little earlier than in the American foul-
brood, a comparatively small percentage of it being ever
capped, the diseased larva which are covered having sunken
or perforated cappings. A small yellow spot near the head
of the larva is the first sign, at death it turns yellow, then
black. Some of the dead and dried larve are removed by

+Bacillus, plural bacilli, from the Latin, uw stick.

FOUL-BROOD. 475

the bees, which is never the case with the other disease be-
eause of the sticky adherence of the dead matter to the cell
wall. Decaying larve that have died of this disease have no
ropiness usually and cannot be stretched out in a string as
with the other disease. There is very little odor from the
dead larve and when there is any, it does not resemble that
of a “glue pot” which is characteristic of the more dangerous
foul-brood. The odor more resembles that of soured brood.

The methods of treatment of the two diseases do not
differ and will be mentioned farther. For a more complete
description of black-brood, see “Bacteria of the Apiary,”
U. S. Bureau of Entomology, Technical Series No. 14, by
G. F. White, Ph. D.

789. Bacillus larve or foul-brood proper is a more malig-
nant disease.. It may be very clearly described.

DESCRIPTION OF MALIGNANT FOUL-BROOD.

‘In most cases the larva is attacked when nearly ready to
seal up. It turns slightly. yellow, or grayish spots appear on it.
It then seems to soften, settles down in the bottom of the cell,
in a shapeless mass, at first white, yellow, or grayish in color,
soon changing to brown. At this stage it becomes glutinous
and ropy; then, after a varying length of time, owing to the
weather, it dries up into a dark coffee-colored mass. Usually
the bees make no attempt to clean out the infected cells, and
they will sometimes fill them with honey, covering up this dried
foul-brood matter at the bottom.

‘¢Sometimes the larve do not die until sealed over. We have
been told that such may be easily detected by a sunken cap-
ping perforated by a ‘pin-hole.’ This is by no means in-
variably the case. Such larve will often dry up entirely, with-
out the cap being perforated or perceptibly sunken, although
it usually becomes darker in color than those covering healthy
larve.

‘‘The most fatal misapprehension has been in regard to the
smell of the disease. In its first stages there is no perceptible
smell, and it is not until the disease has made a considerable
progress that any unusual smell would be noticed by most per-
sons. In the last stages, when sometimes half or more of the

476 DISEASES OF BEES.

cells in the hive are filled with rotten brood, the odor becomes
sufficiently pronounced, but the nose is not to be relied on to
decide whether a colony has foul brood or not. Long before it
can be detected by the sense of smell, the colony is in a condi-
tion to communicate the disease to others.

The eye alone can be depended on, and it must be a sharp and

aE ee
ae
ie

egies.
eS Bk A

Fig. 212.
APPEARANCE OF FOUL-BROOD.
(Courtesy of N. E. France.)

trained eye, too, if any headway is to be made in curing the
disease. (J. A. Green, in ‘‘Gleanings,’’ January, 1887.)

J9O. ‘‘Foul-brood can be detected in the Spring, either
through an unusual spreading of the brood, resulting from an
unnoticed previous infection, of an indefinite number of cells,
which contain sick or dead larve, or, if the disease is just be-
ginning, by the presence, among the brood, of sick or rotten
larve. The larve die and rot either before or after sealing. It
is only when the disease has lasted for some time, that the

FOUL-BROOD. 477

cappings are punctured, and that the brood has an offensive
odor.’’—(Bertrand, Revue Internationale d’Apiculture.)

Two things are important in the detection of the disease
and on these we will insist, the ropiness and the glue-pot smell.
The ropiness gave the idea of the French name of the disease
“la loque” which means “rag, tatter.”’ Evidently the French-
man who gave it a name noticed that the dead larva, if you
attempt to draw it out, comes in tatters, in rags, just as so
much liquid India rubber. The glue-pot smell is also plain.
These matters are important for there is a disease called
“pickled brood’ which is far from bemg as dangerous as
foul-brood and has most of the symptoms of foul-brood ex-
cept the ropiness and smell (801).

@91. Curr. Several methods of cure for foul-brood have
been given, with more or less successful results. We will first
give the method of Hilbert, as practiced by Chas. F. Muth
and described in his “Practical Hints”:

“(In April, I discovered two colonies in my apiary, affected
with the disease. I brimstoned the bees the same evening,
burned up the combs and frames, and disinfected the hives.
Another colony showed it in May. Feeling sorry to kill a
beautiful queen, besides a very strong colony of pure Italians, I
brushed them on ten frames of como-foundation, into a clean
hive, and placed over them a jar with food, as I shall describe
hereafter. The old combs and frames were burned up, and the
hives disinfected. This feeding was kept up until all the sheets
of comb-foundation were built out nicely and filled with brood
and honey. It was a beautiful colony of bees about four weeks
afterwards, full of healthy brood, and with combs as regular
as can only be made by the aid of comb-foundation. Four more
colonies were discovered infected, one after another. All went
through the same process, and every one is a healthy colony
at: present.. I was so convinced of the completeness of this cure,
that I introduced into one of these colonies my first Cyprian
queen sent me by friend Dadant.

“All are doing finely now, and no more foul- brood. Should,
however, another one of my colonies show signs of the disease,

478 DISEASES OF BEES,

it would not be because it had caught it from its neighbor
which I had attempted to cure, but because the germ of foul-
brood was hidden somewhere in the hive, and of late had come
in contact with a larva.

‘<The formula of the mixture is as follows:

16 gr. salicylic acid,
16 gr. soda borax,
1 oz. water.

“‘T keep on hand a bottle of this mixture, so as to be always
ready for an emergency; also a druggist’s ounce glass, so that
I may know what I am doing. My food was honey, with about
25 per cent. water added. But we may feed honey or sugar
syrup, adding to every quart of food an ounce of the above
mixture. Bees being without comb and brood, partake of it
readily, and by the time their comb-foundation is built out,
you will find your colony in a healthy and prosperous con-
dition.

‘Thus you see foul-brood can be rooted out completely, and
without an extra amount of trouble, provided you are suffi-
ciently impressed with its dangerous, insidious character, and
are prepared to meet it promptly on its first appearance.

‘‘When an atomizer is used on combs and larve the medicine
should be only half as strong as given in the formula.’’

792. Since Muth wrote the above, Hilbert improved the
method, by dispensing with soda borax, and adding to his
treatment fumigations with evaporating salicylic acid. We
give this new method, for it has been used successfully by
Mr. Bertrand and several of his neighbors in a number of
different apiaries in Switzerland.

Prepare:

Solution No. 1,

Crystallized salicylic acid 1 oz,
Pure aleohol, 8 oz.

With this mixture prepare:

Solution No. 2, for washing or sprinkling the combs with
an atomizer, 20 drops of solution No. 1, mixed with 7 ounces
of tepid rain water, or 200 drops in a pint of water.

Solution No. 3, to be used in the food of the bees. about

PLATE 27.

EDOUARD BERTRAND,

Author of ‘“‘Conduite dit Rucher.”
Former publisher of the ‘‘Revue Internationale D' Apiculture.”

This writer is mentioned pages 114, 146, 420, 474, 476, 477, 478, 479,
485, 486, 487, 530.

FOUL-BROOD. 479

220 drops of solution No. 1 in a quart of syrup or honey
boiled with about a fifth of tepid water. To avoid the trouble
of counting the drops every time, it is advisable to put them,
the first time in a graded vial, or in a small bottle in which
a mark can be made for the repeated measurement of the
solution. The water can be measured in the same way.

.Deseribing the Hilbert process, Mr. Cowan, who has also
succeeded in curing a number of cases, writes:

798. ‘‘One of the simplest and most rapid ways of curing the
disease is by Hilbert’s fumigating process, as the fumes of
salicylic acid have the power of penetrating everything in the
hive and destroying all the germs of foul-brood. The apparatus
used for this purpose is the fumigator improved by Mr. Ed.

i \

Fig. 213.
BERTRAND FUMIGATOR.

Bertrand, (fig. 213). It consists of a eylinder A, to which is
hinged, at D, a cover B, having a nozzle at C. This is 5 inches
by 114, so as to be easily inserted between hive and floor board,
and it is kept in position by the fastening E. A spirit lamp H,
has the flame so regulated that the acid placed in the metal
dish I, above it, is gently evaporated. The hive to be oper-
ated upon is not removed from its stand, but is raised up at
the back off its floor-board by means of blocks of wood, and

489 DISEASES OF BEES.

wedges are inserted at the sides, so as to leave only space
for the insertion of nozzle, C, of fumigator. With hives on
legs, the floor-board can be lowered. Fifteen and a half grains
of salicylic acid are then placed in the dish I, and the flame
of the lamp so regulated that the acid is gently evaporated.
Too much flame will cause it to boil over, and waste; too little
would not melt it, so that just the right amount is found out by
experiment. The nozzle of the fumigator in operation is now
inserted in the opening at the bottom, and the corners of the
quilt turned up, so as to allow the vapor of the acid to cir-
culate freely. The fumigations should be performed early in
the morning, or in the evening, when all the bees are at home.
The entrance of the hive need not be closed. Any portion of
the hive not reached by the fumes of the acid, the alighting-
board and ground, near the hive, should be washed or syringed
witL salicylic acid 1 oz., soda borax 1 oz., water 2 quarts, or
solution No. 3. It would be much better if the frames could
be transferred to a clean hive after fumigation, and the in-
fected hive scalded and painted over with the same solution,
and with this view J have adapted my hives for easy separa-
tion and purification. Many hives, however, cannot be taken
to pieces so readily, therefore must be disinfected on the spot
as well as possible, by the expenditure of a little more of the
solution. Each hive should be fumigated from four to six
times, at intervals of six days. The bees must receive every
other evening a quarter of a pint of syrup containing 30 to
50 drops of solution No. 1. A foul-broody hive should be fumi-
gated before being. opened, as few frames left as the bees can
well occupy, and if possible, the bees should be forced to build
fresh combs, and rapid brood-rearing encouraged.

‘©All the hives in the apiary should be fed with syrup con-
taining salicylic acid while the disease lasts.

‘‘The honey from the infected combs can be removed and
boiled for a short time, and by adding salicylic acid to it, can
be used as food for the bees. All combs should be fumigated
before being stored away, and sprayed with spray diffuser, on
both sides and round the edges before being ysed again, with
solution No. 1.

‘¢ All hives, floor-boards, frames, and utensils, used about an
apiary should be scalded and thoroughly cleansed when done

FOUL-BROOD. 481

with, and all wood work painted over with the salicylic solu-
tion, to prevent the disease spreading any further.

“Tf the treatment above given be adopted in time, it will
effect a cure, but if the disease is neglected and allowed to as-
sume the worst type, much more trouble will be experienced in
its eradication. Some advise destroying the hives, but I never
found any necessity to do this, as salicylic acid is sufficient to
destroy any germs of the disease which may have adhered to
the hive.’’—(British Bee-Keepers’ Guide Book.)

494. My. Cheshire, in turn, finding this process of evap-
orating salicylic acid long and tedious, contrived a new
method in which he uses ecarbolie acid, otherwise called phenol,
after the suggestion of an Irish Apiarist, R. Sproule.

As bees strongly dislike carbolie acid, since it is used to
frighten them (670), the quantity has to be very small, or
they will not touch the food containing it. The dose used
by Cheshire, in the food, is about one ounce for forty pounds
of syrup, amounting to 1-640th, but this proportion may be
changed, according to circumstances. When there is no honey
in the fields, he says that the proportion may be reduced to
1-750th.

‘“‘The carbolic acid should be added to the syrup when the
latter is cool and equally mixed by careful stirring.’ ’—(Cheshire.
Page 565.)

When the bees refused to touch the food thus prepared,
Cheshire succeeded in compelling them to use it, by pouring
it into the combs, in the cells immediately around and over
the brood. He advises the use of one part of phenol in
fifty parts of water, for spraying the infected combs that
are removed from the bees, but in no case does he spray the
inside of the brood-nest of the diseased colony with this
solution.— (British Bee Journal, 1887, page 397.)

A number of other drugs, such as naphtol beta, camphor,
oil of eucalyptus, formalin, have been recommended in dif-
ferent ways, while some authors hold that drugs are of no
avail. Mr. E. R. Root, in the A B C of Bee Culture, says:

482 DISEASES OF BEES.

“(We did not get very satisfactory results by the use of
drugs, when foul-brood visited our apiary some years ago. We
did find, however, that they invariably held the disease in
check; but as soon as their use was discontinued, the disease
broke out again. While I do not advise one to place his sole
dependence on drugs, as an auxiliary to the regular treatment,
they might and probably would prove very efficacious. They
would also be very useful in preventing the breaking out of
the disease if all syrups fed to the bees were medicated.’’

995. Mr. William McEvoy, as inspector of apiaries for
the Province of Ontario, seems to have been the most suc-
cessful man in the treatment of foulbrood. In his practice
he has treated thousands of cases. We give his method, as
described by N. E. France, inspector of apiaries for Wis-
consin, who also has a most extensive experience in the mat-
ter.

McEvoy treatment: ‘‘In the honey season, when the bees
are gathering honey freely, remove the combs in the evening
and shake the bees into their own hives; give them frames with
comb-foundation starters and let them build comb for four
days. The bees will make the starters into comb during the
four days and store the diseased honey in them, which they
took with them from the old comb. Then in the evening of the
fourth day take out the new comb and give them comb founda-
tion (full sheets) to work out, and then the cure will be com-
plete. By this method of treatment all the tainted honey is
removed from the bees before the full sheets of foundation are
worked out. All the old foul-brood combs must be burned or
carefully made into wax after they are removed from the hives,
and all the new combs made out of the starters during the four
days must be burned or made into wax on account of the
diseased honey that may be stored in them. All the curing
or treating of the colonies should be done in the evening, so as
not to have any robbing, or cause any of the bees from the
diseased colonies to mix and go with healthy colonies. By
doing all the work in the evening it gives the bees a chance
to settle down nicely before morning and then there is no con-
fusion or trouble.

FOUL-BROOD. 483

‘*All the difference from the McEvoy treatment that I prac-
tice, I dig a pit on the level ground near the diseased apiary,
and after getting a fire in the pit, such diseased combs, frames,
ete., as are to be burned are burned in this pit in the evening
and then the fresh earth from the pit returned to cover all from
sight..... I also cage the queens while the bees are on the
strips of foundation.’’—(N. E. France, in Bulletin No. 2,
Wisconsin Bee-Keeping.)

The above method is called the starvation method. That
is to say, the bees are transferred and forced to build comb
until they have used up all of the honey they had in the
diseased hive. A similar method was recommended by Schi-
rach, the same man who discovered that a queen can be
raised from a worker egg (109, footnote).

This method is based on the theory that the honey is the
main transmitter of the disease. This is in contradiction
with Cheshire’s statement, that he found no spores in honey,
but practice has sufficiently proved that Cheshire’s conclu-
sions were erroneous. Although the spores of the bacillus
may not be very numerous in the honey, they are there in
the very best position to spread the disease, since out of the
honey and pollen is made the food which goes to the larva
and it is the larva which suffers from the disease, in most
eases. However, according to the bacteriologists who have
made a study of the matter, the bacillus may also be found
in the organs of the bees and of the queen, and some even
assert that bees and queens (78%) have been killed by the
disease. MeKvoy asserts that it is not necessary to disin-
fect the hives that have contained the diseased colonies. In
this he is sustained by many others, but in very virulent
cases we believe it is advisable to do it. Although the Ber-
trand-Cowan method has been used successfully we believe
that the destruction of the combs of the diseased colonies
will prove most effective. Such combs as contain brood
should be burnt up, but those that contain no brood may as
well be made into wax (858-862). Care should be taken

484 DISEASES OF BEES.

—when either honey or beeswax is heated to kill the germs
of foulbrood—to keep the liquid at the boiling point for a
couple hours at least, as it has been asserted by several
experimenters that less than two hours, and in some cases
less than three hours of boiling, left the germs alive. All
agree that after three hours of boiling the germs are entirely
destroyed. With those precautions the danger will be en-
tirely eliminated. We have never seen a case of foulbrood
in our own yards, although for years we have bought bees-
wax from all sources and made it into foundation, which
we used in large quantities.

796. But the bee-keeper must remember that, since this
is a contagious disease, he must use the greatest precaution,
for instance, he should wash his hands in a solution of
phenol or salicylic acid, when going from one hive to an-
other, after treating a sick colony. He should carefully
prevent all chances of robbing, and leave nothing exposed
that has belonged to a diseased colony. It is also best to
apply a preventive treatment by feeding medicated food to
all the colonies in an apiary, when the disease has once been
discovered, for if but a few spores escape and they find a
favorable chance they will soon spread the contagion again.

497. This reminds our Senior of an incident that hap-
pened in his younger days, while he lived with his father,
who was a physician. A laborer had come to the old doc-
tor for an ointment to eure the “itch.” He had caught this
—now uncommon and ever disgraceful—contagious skin dis-
ease, while working as a harvest hand, in the country. Di-
rections were given him for using the ointment, and he was
told that his wife should anoint with it also, as a preventive.
But the woman, who did not have the disease, refused to use
it, and two weeks afterwards the man came back for more
ointment. He was cured, but his wife had the itch in her
turn. The doctor gave him some, and told him that he should
use it too, or he might catch the disease again; but he did
not mind the warning, and two weeks later, he had to eall

FOUL-BROOD. 485

for more. “Well,” said the old doctor, “I hope that these
two experiments will convince you of the necessity of a
thorough treatment for both, with a disease that is trans-
mitted so readily, by contact.”

The case is exactly the same with the bacillus. While we
are treating one colony, a few spores may be transmitted to
a neighboring hive, by the contact of a single bee, and the
disease is spread, unknown to us, while we are congratulating
ourselves, in the firm belief that we have eradicated it.

798. The cure may be delayed, and may even fail alto-
gether, if the queen is infected. Then the only resource is
to kill her and give the colony another from a healthy hive.

799. Mr. E. W. Alexander, in Gleanings in Bee Culture,
for November 1, 1905, asserts that he has cured black-
brood, which is only a variety of foul-brood, by removing
the queen and giving the hive a queen-cell from healthy
sources, at such a time as to enable all the old brood to be
hatched out before the young queen lays. This is under the
assumption that the bees will clean out all the dead brood,
but in many instances it has been asserted that the bees do
not clean out the dead brood, so this cure is evidently not
to be relied on, in virulent foul-brood. It was previously
tried by Mr. Simmins, of England.

All disinfectants and antisepties are good, as preven-
tives and perhaps also as cure, but it must be borne in
mind that they cannot very readily reach to the bottom of
cells containing putrid or dried-up larve. The irregulari-
ties in the reports of cure, some failing where others suc-~
ceeded, may be ascribed to differences in the intensity of the
disease. On this matter Mr. Bertrand, in his work, “La loque
et son traitement,” says:

‘(Tn countries that are rich in melliferous resources, where
bees have been kept for years, and where, in consequence, foul-
brood must have been in existence for a long time and exists
in an endemic state, the race has acquired a relative immunity,
a force of resistance which diminishes considerably the effects

486 DISEASES OF BEES.

of the disease and permits of its being more easily overcome.
Perhaps, also, in those regions, the virus of foul-brood may
have become weakened, in time, as has been observed in the
virus of certain diseases affecting the human race. In such
countries, the simple transferring of a colony of foul-brood
bees into a healthy hive, seems sufficient to cure them.’’

800. Foul-brood is transmitted from one hive to an-
other—like Asiatic cholera among men—by different means.
Robbing (664) is probably one of the main helps to con-
tamination, as the robber bees may take the bacillus home,
among their hair, unawares. Working bees may even gather
the scourge from some sweet-scented blossom contaminatcd
by previous visitors. The transportation, or shipping, of
bees, from one part of the country to another, is often a
means of spreading the disease, and some of our State legis-
latures have made very stringent laws on the subject. In
these States foul-brood inspectors have been appointed to
examine apiaries where the disease exists and treat the bees.

Contagious diseases were once the scourge of the land.
Who has not heard of the plague, the dread disease of the
dark ages? According to Chambers’ Encyclopedia, the plague
of 1665 destroyed seventy thousand people, in London alone.
Earlier still, in 1348, according to Sismondi, the plague de-
stroyed three-fifths of the entire population of Europe, ex-
tending even up into Iceland. It was during that terrible
scourge that the city of Florence lost over one hundred thou-
sand people. If those dreaded diseases are now but little
feared, we owe it to scientifie discoveries. The microscope
has shown that nearly all contagious diseases, which men or
animals are subject to, are caused by living organisms, and
medical science now teaches how they may be avoided by
inoculation, or other means. More discoveries are daily made,
and we can hope that the day is not far, when the advance-
ment of science will have put an end to all these ills, and the
bacillus alvei will be a thing of the past.

W. R. Howard of Texas, F. C. Harrison of Ontario, T. W.

PLATE 28

N. E. FRANCE,

Expert on Foul-brood, holding a diseased comb. The line drawn
shows the direction of the eye to detect the dried-un
larvee. General Manager of the National
Bee-Keepers’ Association.

This writer is mentioned pages 482, 483, 487, 544.

PICKLED-BROOD, 487

Cowan of England, N.. EB. France of Wisconsin, Ed. Ber-
trand of Switzerland, and many others, have carefully de-
seribed the disease in short pamphlets, and their works should
be read by the student.

801. Aside from foul-brood, accidents may cause the
brood to die, and even to rot in the cells, without special dam-
age to the bees. Sudden and cold weather, in a promising
Spring, when the bees have been spreading their brood, and are
compelled to leave a part of it uncovered; the neglect of the
apiarist, or his mismanagement, in placing back the brood—
after an inspection—out of the reach of the cluster; or even
the suffocation of a colony by heat (367), or by close con-
finement (368), may cause the death of the brood.

These accidents have none of the malignance of foul-
brood, and nothing need be done in such occurrences besides
removing the dead brood, and burying it carefully.

Of late years, a disease much resembling foul-brood, and
which has done great havoc among bees, has been designated
as “pickled-brood,’” because of the sour smell of the dead
brood. The most positive difference in the diagnosis of this
disease is the absence of ropiness and of the glue-pot smell,
which are always found in advanced stages of foul-brood.
In pickled-brood the larva often dries up so as to become
loose in the cell and fall out when the comb is inverted. This
never happens in foul-brood. We have never had foul-brood
in our own apiaries, but have seen pickled-brood several
times. McEvoy asserts that pickled-brood is caused origi-
nally by an insufficient feeding of the larve, a sort of
neglect of them by the workers. Whatever may be the cause
of this disease, and although it is to a certain extent con-
tagious, it often passes off without treatment. But, as col-
onies may be entirely ruined by it, it ought not to be neg-
lected. We have succeeded in eradicating it, in two in-
stances, by the introduction in the hive, of a small amount
of eotton soaked with oil of eucalyptus and placed over the
brood combs in a small box or a queen cage. The oil is re-

488 DISEASES OF BEES.

newed in the cotton every four days, until a cure is effected,
which does not usually require over a month. No combs
need be destroyed, as the bees clean out the dead brood. It
has been asserted by some writers that the oil of eucalyptus
eauses the bees to rob, on account of its strong smell. We
have noticed nothing of the kind. We believe that in many
cases where reports have been made of a prompt curing of
foul-brood, the apiarist has mistaken this mild disease for
true foul-brood.

CHAPTER XIX.
ENEMIES OF BEES.

802. THE Bee-Moth (Tinea mellonella) is mentioned by
Aristotle, Virgil, Columella and other ancient authors, as
one of the most formidable enemies of the honey-bee. Even
in the first part of this century, the bee-writers, almost with-
out exception, regarded it as the plague of their apiaries.

Fig. 214.
BEE-MOTH.

Swammerdam speaks of two species of the bee-moth
(called in his time the “bee-wolf”’), one much larger than
the other. Linnzus and Réaumur also describe two kinds
—Tinea cereana and Tinea mellonelila.

Scientists do not agree exactly as to these species, nor their
names, calling them, galleria cereana, galleria alvearia, tinea
cerella, ete.

The smailer moth, now denominated “Achroia Grisella,” is
mentioned in the A B C of Bee-culture. Mr. E. F. Phillips
speaks of it in Gleanings, of October 1, 1905.

Most writers supposed the former to be the male, and the
latter the female of the same species. The following descrip-
tion is abridged from Dr. Harris’ Report on the Insects of
Massachusetts :

803. ‘‘ Very few of the Tinea exceed or even equal it in size.
489

490 ENEMIES OF BEES.

In its adult state it is a winged moth, or miller, measuring, from
the head to the tip of the closed wings, from five-eighths to
three-quarters of an inch in length, and its wings expand from
one inch and one-tenth to one inch and four tenths. The fore-wings
shut together flatly on the top of the back, slope steeply down-
wards at the sides, and are turned up at the end somewhat like
the tail of a fowl. The female is much larger than the male,
and much darker-colored. There are two broods of these insects
in the course of the year.* Some winged moths of the first
brood begin to appear towards the end of April or early in
May—earlier or later, according to climate and season. Those
of the second brood are more abundant in August; but some
may be found between these periods, and even much later.’’

No writer with whom we are acquainted has given such an
exact description of the differences between the sexes, that
they can always be readily distinguished. The wood-euts
of the moths, larve, and cocoons, which we present to our
readers, were drawn from nature, by Mr. M. M. Tidd, of
Boston; Mass., and engraved by Mr. D. T. Smith, of the
= same city. Mr. Tidd seems first to have
noticed that the snout or palpus of the fe-
male, projects so as to resemble a beak,
FEMALE. while that of the male is very short.
While some males are larger than some females, and
some females much lighter-colored than
the average of males, and occasionally
E some males as dark as the darkest females,

Fig. 215. the peculiarity of the snout of the female is

cai so marked, that she may always be aise
guished at a glance.

SO4. These insects are seldom seen on the wing, unless
started from their lurking places about the hives, until to-
wards dark. On cloudy days, however, the female may be

* Prof. Cook is of opinion (Guide, page 315) that there may be three
broods in a year and we believe he is correct. We have seen them
most numerous in hot October weather.

THE BEE-MOTH. 491

noticed endeavoring, before sunset, to gain entrance into the
hives.

“‘Tf disturbed in the daytime,’’ says Dr. Harris, ‘‘they open
their wings a little, and spring or glide swiftly away, so that
it is very difficult to seize or hold them.’’

They are surprisingly agile, both on foot and on the wing,
the motion of a bee being very slow, in comparison. “They
are,’ says Réaumur, “the most nimble-footed creatures that
I know.”

In the evening, they take wing, when the bees ave at rest,
and hover around the hive till, having found the door, they
go in and lay their eggs.

‘*Tt is curious,’’ says Huber, ‘‘to observe how artfully the
moth knows how to profit by the disadvantage of the bees,
which require much light for seeing objects, and the precau-
tions taken by the latter in reconnoitering and expelling so
dangerous an enemy.

‘«Those that are prevented from getting within the hive, lay
their eggs in the cracks on the outside; and the little worm-like
caterpillars hatched therefrom, easily creep into the hive
through the cracks, or gnaw a passage for themselves under the
edges of it.’’—Dr. Harris.

One afternoon, about twenty-five years ago, our Senior
saw a female bee-moth on the front of an eke hive (278),
and noticed that she was laying in the crack, between two
ekes, through which the propolis could be seen; the ekes be-
ing rabbeted to received the comb-bars, their thickness there
was reduced to about three-eighths of an inch.

The moth laid about ten eggs, then walked about, seem-
ing satisfied with her work, and came back to lay about the
same number, repeating the manceuver several times.

This shows that moths may lay eggs in the hive from the
outside, and that propolis is a food for their just-hatched
larve. One of our objects, in preserving the strip around

492 ENEMIES OF BEES.

the hive to support the cap (fig. 72), and in ineasing the
bottom (342), was to hinder the moth.

805. ‘‘As soon as hatched, the worm encloses itself in a case
of white silk, which it spins around its body; at first it is like a
mere thread, but gradually increases in size, and, during its
growth, feeds upon the cells around it, for which purpose it has

only to put forth its head, and find its wants supplied. It de-

Fig. 216.
LARVA AND MOTH AFTER BARBO, MAGNIFIED.

vours its food with great avidity, and, consequently, increases
so much in bulk, that its gallery soon becomes too short and
narrow, and the creature is obliged to thrust itself forward
and lengthen the gallery, as well to obtain more room as to
procure an additional supply of food. Its augmented size ex-
posing it to attacks from surrounding foes, the wary insect
fortifies its new abode with additional strength and thickness,
by blending with the filaments of its silken covering a mixture
of wax and its own excrement, for the external barrier of a
new gallery,* the interior and partitions of which are lined
with «a smooth surface of white silk, which admits the occa-
sional movements of the insects, without injury to its delicate
texture.

eae
* This representation of the web, or gdllery of the worm, was copied
from Swammerdam.

THE BEE-MOTIH. 493

‘*In performing these operations, the insect might be ex-
pected to meet with opposition from the bees, and to be grad-
ually rendered more assailable as it advanced in age. It never,
however, exposes any part but its head and neck, both of
which are covered with stout helmets, or scales, impenetrable
to the sting of a bee, as is the composition of the galleries that
surround it.’’—Bevan.

Fig. 217.
GALLERY OF MOTH WORM.

806. The worm is here given of full size, and with all its
peculiarities. The scaly head is shown in one of the worms;
while the three pairs of claw-like fore legs, and the. five
pairs of hind ones, are delineated. The tail is also furnished
with two of these legs. The breathing holes are seen on the
back,

Fig. 218.
THE WORMS.

807. Wax is the chief food of these worms, but as Dr.
Donhoff says: “Larve fed exclusively on pure wax will
die, wax being a non-nitrogenous (221) substance, and not
furnishing the aliment required for their perfect develop-
ment”; and his statement agrees with the fact that their
larve prefer the brood-combs, which are lined with the skins
cast away by the bee-larve (16%), and which, in conse-
quence, are more liable to be devoured than the new ones.
In fact, they eat pollen and propolis, and while making their

494 ENEMIES CF BEES.

cocoons, they even seem to relish woody fibre, for they often
eat into the wood of the frames or of the hives in which they

are allowed to propagate, while comb-foundation remains
almost untouched by them,

Fig. 219.
COCOONS SPUN BY LARVAE OF BEE-MOTHS.

808. When obliged to steal their living among a strong
colony of bees, they seldom fare well enough to reach the
size which they attain when rioting at pleasure among the

THE BEE-MOTH. 495

full combs of a discouraged population. In about three
weeks, the larve stop eating, and seek a suitable place for
encasing themselves in their silky shroud. In hives where
they reign unmolested, almost any place will answer their
purpose, and they often pile their cocoons upon one another,
or join them together in long rows. They sometimes oc-
eupy the empty combs, so that their cocoons resemble the
capping of the honey-cells. In Fig. 219, Mr. Tidd has given
a drawing, accurate in size and form, of a curious instance
of this kind. The black spots, resembling grains of gun-
powder, are the excrements of the worms.

If the colony is strong, the worm runs a dangerous gaunt-
let, as it passes, in search of some crevice, through the ranks
of its enranged foes. Its motions, however, are exceedingly
quick, and it is full of cunning devices, being able to crawl
backwards, to twist round on itself, to curl up almost into a
knot, and to flatten itself out like a paneake. If obliged to
leave the hive, it gets under some board or concealed crack,
spins its cocoon, and patiently awaits its transformation.

809. The time required for the larve to break forth into
winged insects, varies with the temperature to which they
are exposed, and the season of the year when they spin their
cocoons. We have known them to spin and hatch in ten or
eleven days; and they often spin so late in the Fall, as not
to emerge until the ensuing Spring.

810. In Northern latitudes where the thermometer ranges
for days and weeks below 10 degrees the bee-moth-worm can
winter only in the hive near the bee-cluster. It is a fact
worthy of notice that apiaries that are wintered in the cellar
are more annoyed by the moth during the following Summer
than those that are wintered out of doors, because none of
the larve of the moth perish.

Dr. Donhoff says that the larve become motionless at a
temperature of 38 to 40 degrees, and entirely torpid at a
lower temperature. A number, which he left all Winter in
his summer-house, revived in the Spring, and passed through

496 ENEMIES OF BEES.

their natural changes. This was in Germany, where the
Winters are milder than in our Northern and Middle States.

“«Tf, when the thermometer stood at 10 degrees, I dissected a
chrysalis, it was not frozen, but congealed immediately after-
wards. This shows that, at so low a temperature, the vital
force is sufficient to resist frost. In the hive, the chrysalids
and larve, in various stages of development, pass the Winter
in a state of torpor, in corners and crevices, and among the
waste on the bottom-boards. In March or April, they revive,
and the bees of strong colonies commence operations for dis-
lodging them.’’—Dénhoff.

Some larve which Mr. Langstroth exposed to a tempera-
ture of 6 degrees below zero, froze solid, and never revived.
Others, after remaining for eight hours in a temperature of
about 12 degrees, seemed, after reviving, to remain for weeks
in a erippled condition.

“‘The eggs of the bee-moth are perfectly round, and very
small, being only about one-eighth of a line in diameter. In
the ducts of the ovarium, they are ranged together in the form
of a rosary. They are not developed consecutively, like those
of the queen bee, but are found in the ducts, fully and per-
fectly formed, a few days after the female moth emerges from
the cocoon. She deposits them, usually, in little clusters on the
combs. If we wish to witness the discharge of the eggs, it is
only necessary to scize a female moth, two or three days old,
with finger and thumb, by the head—she will instantly pro-
trude her ovipositor, and the eggs may then be distinctly seen
passing along through the semi-transparent duct.

“‘Last Summer I reared a bec-moth larva in a small box. It
spun wu cocoon, from which issued a female moth. Holding her
by the head, I allowed her to deposit eggs on a piece of honey-
comb. Three weeks afterwards, I examined the comb, and
found on it some web and two larva. The eggs were all shriv-
eled and dried up, except a few which were perforated, and
from which, I suppose, the larvw emerged. This appears to be
a case of true parthenogenesis in the bee-moth.’’—Translated
from Dr. Donhoff by 8. Wagner.

THE BEE-MOTH. 497

811. In Fig. 220, Mr. Tidd has faithfully delineated, and
Mr. Smith skillfully engraved, the black mass of tangled
webs, cocoons, excrements, and perforated combs, which may

Fig. 220.
WEBS AND REMNANTS OF COMBS DESTROYED BY MOTHS.

be found in a hive where the worms have completed their
work of destruction.

The entrance of a moth into a hive and the ravages com>
mitted by her progeny, forcibly illustrate the havoe which

498 ENEMIES OF BEES.

vice often makes when admitted to prey unchecked on the
precious treasures of the human heart. Only some tiny eggs
are deposited by the insidious moth, which give birth to very
innocent-looking worms; but let them once get the control,
and the fragrance* of the honied dome is soon corrupted,
the hum of happy industry stilled, and everything useful and
beautiful ruthlessly destroyed.

As a feeble colony is often unable to cover all its combs,
the outside ones may become filled with the eggs of the
moth. The discouraged aspect of the bees soon indicates that
there is trouble of some kind within, and the bottom-board
will be covered with pieces of bee-bread mixed with the
excrement of the worms.

If a feeble colony cannot be strengthened so as to protect
its empty combs, the careful bee-keeper will take them away
until the bees are numerous enough to need them.

812. Combs having no brood, from dead colonies, or sur-
plus combs, with or without honey, should be smoked with
the fumes of burning sulphur, to kill the eggs or worms of
the moth, when kept from the bees in the months of June,
July, August, and September. The box, hive, or room. in
which they are kept should be tightly closed to prevent the
gas from escaping till it has done its work. In smoking comb-
honey in a room, the sulphur may be placed on hot coals in
a dish, and eare should be taken not to use too much of it,
as the gas has the effect of turning the propolis to a greenish
color, quite damaging to the looks of the beautiful sections.
Enough smoke to kill the flies, in a room, will be found suf-
ficient. Dry combs kept over Winter in a well-closed room
without a fire, are not in danger of the moth the following
Summer, unless they are in some manner exposed. Combs,
in which there have been moths, should be examined occa-
sionally, to be smoked again if any worms are found.

Bee-keepers also use bi-sulphide of carbon, poured on a
rag or in a saucer and enclosed within the hive or box, but

* The odor of the moth and larve is very offensive.

THE BEE-MOTH. 499

sulphur fumes is a less expensive remedy, though a little
more troublesome. Bi-sulphide of carbon is an evaporating
explosive substance, which must be handled with care, but its
evaporation within a closed box is sufficient to destroy all
living insects; a tablespoonful is enough for the combs of a
hive. Sulphur or brimstone may be used by first making it
into wicks; it is melted over a slow fire and strips or rags
dipped into the liquid. These strips, when coated with brim-
stone, may be used by cutting them into pieces of the re-
quired size for each operation.

A bee-keeper of Switzerland, Mr. Castellaz, keeps his combs
in a closed box, in which he places some lumps of camphor.
He says that bees accept these combs, even when impreg-
nated with the odor of camphor.

813. Italian bees, unless exceedingly weak and queenless,
will defend a large number of combs against moths. One
of our neighbors, who had, occasionally, helped us in the
apiary, after witnessing our success in bee culture, bought
a colony of Italian bees and divided it into three swarms,
without regard to the scantiness of the crop. His swarms
having dwindled to naught, he returned their combs to the
impoverished colony, whose population was unable to cover
more than two or three combs. But the returned combs had
not been protected against moths, which hatched so numerous
that our neighbor, surprised to see about as many moths as
bees going out of the hive, came to us for advice. On open-
ing the hive, we found three combs of brood crowded with
bees, and seven others that were a perfect mass of webs,
spotted with excrements. The bees were all on their combs
and the moths on theirs; not one worm could be found on
either of the three combs, protected by the Italians. Both
populations, the one of bees, the other of moths, seemed to
dwell harmoniously near each other.

814. The most fruitful cause of the ravages of the moth
still remains to be described. If a colony becomes hopelessly
queenless (499), it must, unless otherwise destroyed, in-

500 ENEMIES OF BEES,

evitably fall a prey to the bee-moth. By watching, in glass
hives, the proceedings of colonies purposely made queenless,
we have ascertained that they make little or no resistance to
her entrance, and allow her to lay her eggs where she pleases.
The worms, after hatching, appear to have their own way,
and are even more at home than the dispirited bees.

How worthless, then, to a hopelessly queenless colony, are
all the traps and other devices which, formerly, have been
so much relied upon. Any passage which admits a bee is
large cnough for the moth, and if a single female enters
such a hive, she may lay eggs enough to destroy it, however
strong. Under a low estimate, she would lay, at least, two
hundred eggs in the hive, and the second generation will count
by thousands, while those of the third will exceed a million.

In the Ohio Cultivator for 1849, page 185, Micajah T.
Johnson says:—“One thing is certain—if bees, from any
cause, should lose their queen, and not have the means in
their power of raising another, the miller and the worms
soon take possession. I believe no hive is destroyed by worms
while an efficient queen remains in it.”

This seems to be the earliest published notice of this im-
portant fact by any American observer.

It is certain that a queenless hive seldom maintains a guard
at the entrance after night, and does not fill the air with the
pleasant voice of happy industry. Even to our dull ears, the
difference between the hum of a prosperous hive and the un-
happy note of a despairing one is often sufficiently obvious;
may it not be even more so to the acute senses of the provi-
dent mother-moth ?

Her unerring sagacity resembles the instinct by which birds
that prey upon earrion, single out from the herd a diseased
animal, hovering over its head with their dismal croakings,
or sitting in ill-omened flocks on the surrounding trees, watch-
ing it as its life ebbs away, and snapping their blood-thirsty
beaks, impatient to tear out its eyes, just glazing in death,
and banquet on its flesh, still warm with the blood of life.

THE BEE-MOTH. 501

Let any fatal accident befall an animal, and how soon will
you see them,—

‘*First a speck and then a Vulture,’’

speeding, from all quarters of the heavens, on their eager
flight to their destined prey, when only a short time before
not one could be perceived.

When a colony becomes hopelessly queenless, even should
the bees retain their wonted zeal in gathering stores and de-
fending themselves against the moth, they must as certainly
perish as a carcass must decay, even if it is not assailed by
filthy ilies and ravenous worms. Occasionally, after the death
of the bees, large stores of honey are found in their hives.
Such instances, however, are rare, for a motherless hive is
almost always assaulted by stronger colonies, which, seeming
to have an instinctive knowledge of its orphanage, hasten to
take possession of its spoils; or, if it escape the Scylla of
these pitiless plunderers, it is dashed upon a more merciless
Charybdis, when the miscreant moths find out its destitution.

815. The introduction of movable-frame hives and Italian
bees, with the new system of management, has done away
with the fear of the moth. It is no longer common to hear
bee-keepers speak of having “good luck” or “bad luck” with
their bees; as bees are now managed, success or failure never
depends on what is ealled “luck.”

To one acquainted with the habits of the moth, the bee-
keeper who is constantly lamenting its ravages, seems almost
as much deluded as a farmer would be, who, after searching
diligently for his cow, and finding her nearly devoured by
carrion worms, should denounce these worthy scavengers as
the primary cause of her untimely end.

The bee-moth has, for thousands of years, supported itself
on the labors of the bee, and there is no reason to suppose
that it will ever become exterminated. In a state of nature,
a queenless hive, or one whose inmates have died, being of no

502 ENEMIES OF BEES.

further account, the mission of the moth is to gather up its
fragments, that nothing may be lost.

From these remarks, the bee-keeper will see the means on
which he must rely, to protect his hives from the moth.
Knowing that strong colonies which have a fertile queen, can
take care of themselves in almost any kind of hive, he should
do all he can to keep them in this condition. They will thus
do more to defend themselves than if he devoted the whole
of his time to fightmg the moth. Inexperienced bee-keepers,
who imagine that a colcny is nearly ruined when they find a
few worms, should remember that almost every colony
(especially black bees) however strong or healthy, has some
of these enemies lurking about its premises.

It is hardly necessary, after the preceding remarks, to say
much upon the various contrivances to which some resorted
as a safeguard against the bee-moth. The idea that gauze-
wire doors, to be shut at dusk and opened again at morning,
can exclude the moth, will not weigh much with those who
have seen them on the wing, in dull weather, long before the
bees have ceased their work. Even if they could be excluded
by such a contrivance, it would require, on the part of those
using it, a regularity almost akin to that of the heavenly
bodies.

An ingenious device was invented for dispensing with such
close supervision, by governing the entrances of all the hives
by a long lever-like hen-roost, so that they might be regu-
larly closed by the crowing and cackling tribe when they go
to rest at night, and opened again when they fly from their
perch to greet the merry morn. Alas! that so much skill
should have been all in vain! Some chickens are sleepy, and
wish to retire before the bees have completed their work, while
others, from ill-health or laziness, have no taste for early
rising, and sit moping on their roost, long after the cheerful
sun has purpled the glowing East. Even if this device could
entirely exclude the moth, it could not save a colony which
has lost its queen. The truth is, that such contrivances are

BIRDS. 503

equivalent to the lock put upon the stable door after the
horse has been stolen; or, to attempts to banish the chill of
death by warm covering, or artificial heat.

The prudent bee-keeper, remembering that “prevention is
better than cure,” will take pains to destroy the larve of the
moth as early in the season as he ean, while swarming his
bees. The destruction of a single female worm may thus be
more effectual than the slaughter of hundreds at a later
period.

816. Mics. It seems almost incredible that such puny
animals as mice should venture to invade a hive of bees; and
they often slip in when cold compels the bees to retreat from
the entrance. Having once gained admission, they build a
warm nest in their comfortable abode, eat up the honey and
such bees as are too much chilled to offer resistance,* and fill
the premises with such a stench, that the bees, on the arrival
of warm weather, often abandon their polluted home. The
entrance should never be made deep enough to allow mice to
pass (348).

817. Birps. Very few birds are fond of bees. The
King-bird (Tyrannus Carolinensis) which devours them by
scores, is said—when he can have his choice—to eat only the
drones; but as he catches bees on the blossoms—which are
never frequented by these fat and lazy gentlemen—the in-
dustrious workers must often fall a prey to his fatal snap.
There is good reason to suspect that this gourmand can dis-
tinguish between an empty bee in search of food, and one
which, returning laden to its fragrant home, is in excellent
condition to glide—already sweetened—down his voracious
maw.

818. The bee-keepers of England complain of the spar-
rows, which they accuse of eating bees. If these birds add
this mischief to so many others of which they are guilty, the
bee-keepers should find some means of getting rid of them.

*In eating bees, the mice eat the head and corselet, but not the
abdomen, probably because of the smell of the poison sack.

504 ENEMIES OF BEES.

In the Vosges (France) most of the farmers suspend earthen
pots to the walls of their barns in which the sparrows make
their nests. These jug-shape pots are examined every week
and the young birds are killed as soon as they are ready to
fly out, and are put into the frying-pan. We have seen as
many as five or six dozen pots on the same wall, nearly all
filled with nests, for sparrows raise many broods every year.

If—as in the olden time of fables—birds could be moved
by human language, it would be worth while to post up, in
the vicinity of our apiaries, the old Greek poet’s address to
the swallow:

‘*Attie maiden, honey fed,
Chirping warbler, bears’t away
Thou the busy buzzing bee,
To thy callow brood a prey?
Warbler, thou a warbler seize?
Winged, one with lovely wings?
Guest thyself by Summer brought,
Yellow guests whom Summer brings?
Wilt not quickly let it drop?
"Tis not fair; indeed, ’tis wrong,
That the ceaseless warbler should
Die by mouth of ceaseless song.’’

819. No Apiarist ought ever to encourage the destruction
of any birds, except the too-plentiful sparrows, because of
their fondness for bees. Unless we can check the custom of
destroying, on any pretense, our insectivorous birds, we shall
soon, not only be deprived of their zrial melody among the
leafy branches, but shall lament, more and more, the increase
of insects from whose ravages nothing but these birds can
protect us. Let those who can enjoy no musie made by these
winged choristers of the skies, except that of their agonizing
screams as they fall before their well-aimed weapons, and
flutter out their innocent lives before their heartless gaze,
drive away, as far as they please from their cruel premises,
all the little birds that they cannot destroy, and they will,

BEARS—BEE-LICE. 505

eventually, reap the fruits of their folly, when the caterpillars
weave their destroying webs over their leafless trees, and in-
sects of all kinds riot in glee on their blasted harvests.

820. Tame chickens eat drones, but not workers. Once
we noticed a rooster seemingly eating bees at the entrance of
a hive. The bees were then killing their drones (192). On
approaching the hive, we saw him carefully pick out a drone
from among the bees, shake off a worker-bee which had clung
to him, and swallow the drone. Young drones can be fed to
chickens, who soon learn to eat them greedily, but if a
worker-bee is found among them they will shake their heads
at her, with a knowing look of disgust. Young ducks, if in-
sufficiently fed, will eat bees, and are often killed by being
stung while swallowing them.

821. OruerR ENEMIES. The toad is a well-known de-
vourer of bees. Sitting, towards evening, under a hive, he
will sweep into his mouth, with his swiftly-darting tongue,
many a late-returning bee, as it falls, heavily laden, to the
ground; but as he is also a diligent consumer of various in-
jurious insects, he can plead equal immunity with the in-
sectivorous birds.

It may seem amazing that birds and toads can swallow
bees without being stung to death. They seldom, however,
meddle with any, except those returning fully laden to their
hives, or such as, being away from home, are indisposed to
resent an injury. As they are usually swallowed without
being crushed, they do not instinctively thrust out their
stings, and before they can recover from. their surprise, they
are safely entombed.

822. Bears are exceedingly fond of honey; and in coun-
tries where they abound, great precautions are needed to
prevent them from destroying the hives.

In that quaint but admirably common-sense work, entitled,
“The Feminine Monarchie, written out of Experience, by
Charles Butler; printed in the year 1609,’ we have an amus-
ing adventure, related by a Muscovite ambassador to Rome:

506 ENEMIES OF BEES.

‘*A neighbor of mine,’’ saith he, ‘‘in searching in the woods
for honey, slipped down into a great hollow tree, and there
sunk into a lake of honey up to the breast; where—when he
had stuck fast two days calling and erying out in vain for
help, because nobody in the meanwhile came nigh that solitary
place—at length, when he was out of all hope of life, he was
strangely delivered by the means of a great bear, which, com-
ing hither about the same business that he did, and smelling
the honey, stirred with his striving, clambered up to the top
of the tree, and then began to lower himself down, backwards,
into it. The man bethinking himself, and knowing that the
worst was but death, which in that place he was sure of, beclipt
the bear fast with both hands about the loins, and, withal,
made an outcry as long as he could. The bear being thus sud-
denly affrighted, what with the handling and what with the
noise, made up again with all speed possible. The man held,
and the bear pulled, until, with main force, he had drawn him
out of the mire; and then, being let go, away he trots, more
afraid than hurt, leaving the smeared swain in a joyful fear.’’

823. The braula ceca, improperly called bee-louse, exists
in Italy, Southern France and other mild climates. Dr.
Dubini has seen queens so completely covered with them, that
only their legs could be seen, These lice, whose second name,
ceca, means blind, have beex often found by us on imported
queens on their arrival. They are so large that they can
easily be taken off the queen and killed. It appears that they
can only propagate in warm countries, for they exist in the
South of Europe and are unknown either in Russia, or in.
North America.

824. Small ants often make their nests about hives, to
have the benefit of their warmth. They are annoying to the
Apiarist, but neither molest the bees nor are molested by
them.

A sheet of tarred paper in the hive cover or cap where
they usually congregate will drive them away, as the smell
is unpleasant to them. Salt, ashes, or powdered sulphur will
also keep them away.

Our limits forbid us to speak of wasps, hornets, milli-

BEARS— BEE-LICE. 507

pedes (or wood-lice), spiders, libellulas and other enemies
of bees. These lesser enemies are detailed at length and in
a scientific manner, with engravings, in the work of Prof.
Cook, “The -Bee-Keeper’s Guide,” to which we refer the
lovers of entomological study. If the Apiarist keeps his
colonies strong, they will usually be their own best protectors,
for, unless they are guarded by thousands ready to die in
their defense, they are ever liable to fall a prey to some of
their many enemies, who are all agreed on this one point, at
least—that stolen honey is much sweeter than the slow ac-
cumulations of patient industry.

CHAPTER XX.
Honey Hanp.iine.
Marketing Honey.

825. The quality of honey depends very little, if at all,
upon the secretions of the bees; and hence, apple blossom,
white clover, buckwheat, and other varieties of honey, have
each their peculiar flavor, and color. The difference between
the honey of one blossom, and that of another, is so great,
that persons unacquainted with this diversity, when tasting
honey different from that to which they are accustomed,
imagine that either the one or the other is adulterated.

The most-prized and best-flavored honey produced in this
country, is that from white clover blossoms (701). Bass-
wood honey, if unmixed with any other grade, is too strong
in taste, but a slight quantity of it in clover honey makes a
delicious dish. Both these grades, being very white, sell more
readily than any other, in the comb, excepting perhaps al-
falfa honey and the white honey of the California sage.*

Smart-weed, or heartsease, honey,—which should properly
be called knot-weed or Persicaria honey,—is of a pale yel-
low color and very fine in flavor. Asters produce honey
nearly as white as clover. Different grades of fall-honey,
from Spanish needles, golden-rod, iron-weed, ete, are of a
yellow color, and strong in taste. Buckwheat honey is dark;
boneset honey and honey dew are the ugliest and poorest
in quality, looking almost like molasses.

* The honey of Hymettus, which has been so celebrated from the most
ancient times, is of a fair golden color. The lightest-colored honey is
by no means always the best.

508

MARKETING HONEY. 509

Some kinds of honey are bitter, and others very unwhole-
some, being gathered from poisonous flowers. The noxious
properties of honey gathered from poisonous flowers would
seem to be mostly evaporated before it is sealed over by the
bees. Heating, however, expels them still more effectually,
for some persons cannot eat even the best, when raw, with
impunity. Well ripened honey is more wholesome than that
freshly gathered by the bees. When it is taken from the bees,
it should be put where it will be safe from all intruders. The
little red and the large black ant are extravagantly fond of it,
and wili not only carry off large quantities if within their
reach, but many of them will drown in it, spoil its appear-
ance, and render it unfit for use.

Fig. 221.
COLORADO SHIPPING CASES.
.From the Colorado Honey Producers’ Association. )

826. Comb honey, in sections put up in cases of 12, 16,
24, or 40 sections, with glass on the side, sells most readily;
and were it not for the greater cost of production, and the
difficulty of safe transportation, this kind would be raised
exclusively. One objection to it, by large producers, is that
it cannot always be kept in good shape, from one year to
another, owing to its tendency to “sweat.”

510 HONEY HANDLING.

Sweating takes place in ecomb-honey which has been sealed
by the bees before it was fully ripened or evaporated (744),
during a plentiful honey harvest. The changes of tempera-
ture in Spring and Summer cause a certain amount of fer-
mentation in it, exactly as in the housekeepers’ sealed pre-
serves, when not sufficiently heated or sweetened. The result
is a bursting of the cappings, by the pressure of the expand-
ing honey, which runs out and over the comb and renders it
unsalable. The same expansion sometimes takes place in

Fig. 222.
NON-DRIP FOSTER CASE.

granulated extracted honey, accompanied by a slight fermen-
tation.

827. It is also held, by some leading Apiarists, that the
cells, although sealed, are not moisture-proof, and that comb-
honey gathers water from the air, till it overfills the cell and
escapes through its pores. For this reason they keep their
comb-honey in a warm dry room. This is a good thing to do
mm every case. Honey is hygrometrie, and whenever exposed,
gathers moisture rapidly, so that when kept in a damp place,

MARKETING HONEY. 511

a few unsealed or damaged cells very readily overflow, with
watery honey, that daubs everything. Therefore, whether
we believe that the sealed cells are air-tight or not (262),
we should keep our honey in a dry place at all times.

To prevent the leaking honey in sections from running out
of a case and daubing other boxes, a sheet of strong manila
paper should be placed at the bottom of each case, with the
edges folded up slightly, say half an inch.

‘‘The eases for shipping and retailing honey, should be
light, and glazed on one or both sides. Those holding but one
tier are best. The sections should rest on narrow strips of
wood 4 inch thick, tacked to the bottom of the case over a
sheet of manila paper. This is to preserve the boxes from be-
ing daubed, in case the honey drips.

‘‘These cases should be in readiness before the honey is
ready to be taken off.’’—(Oliver Foster.)

This style of shipping case has been lately sold by manu-
facturers under a new name, “the non-drip shipping case.”
They should be named the “Foster shipping case.”

828. “Glazed sections’—one glass on each side of each
section—have been largely sold in the East; but this mode
of putting up honey, being very expensive, will only do for
faney trade. The producer can best tell what his trade re-
quires.

Cartons containing one pound section and nicely labeled
sell well and are less expensive.

When shipping comb-honey to the large cities, Mr. Hutchin
son, Editor of the Bee-Keeper’s Review, wraps each case sey,-
arately in paper, to protect it against dirt, dust, or coal-
smoke, along the way. By this method his cases arrive on the
market, as fresh and neat-looking on the outside, as when first
put up.

As the careful handling of comb-honey during shipment is
very important, it is best to mark each case with a large
label or a stencil, bearing the words:

512 HONEY HANDLING,

HONEY IN GLASS. Hanpie witH Care.

Very small lots ought never to be sent by rail, at least until
we get better railroad regulations, concerning the handling of
goods in transit, than we have at present.

Comb-honey in large lots should be shipped in large crates,
with handles at each end, each erate containing about one
hundred pounds of honey, or about eight cases, of twenty-four
sections each.

829. The barrels that we use for extracted honey are oak
barrels, which have contained aleohol. They are gummed in-
side, with some composition, to prevent the alcohol from soak-
ing through the wood, and this gum, or glue, prevents the
leakage of honey. Whisky barrels are often unfit to contain
honey, for they are usually charred on the inside, and motes
of charcoal fall into the honey and spoil its appearance. We
keep our empty barrels in a dry place. As soon as filled, they
are bunged and rolled into a cool and dry cellar, where they
remain until the honey selling season, which begins in Sep-
tember, or October. Any dry room will do, when a dry cellar
is not at hand, but a cellar has a more even temperature
when cold weather comes.

If the barrels are damp, when the honey is put in, and are
removed to a dry place afterwards, they will soon leak; for
honey does not keep the wood from drying and shrinking.
Honey barrels, then, should not be treated in the same way as
wine or cider barrels; and swelling them, with steam, or hot
water, previous to filling them with honey, will not be of any
benefit, unless they are kept damp afterwards. This is not to
be thought of, for honey must be kept dry, on account of its
hygrometrie properties. It will absorb the moisture out of the
staves of the barrel that contains it and will become thin and
watery, and at the same time, the staves, in giving up their
moisture, will shrink and the honey will leak out. Thus it is
easy to see that none but the best dry barrels will do.

MARKETING TONEY.

eee

eS
re

wate
etakeek ts
NuRERC Os ©

GRADING HONEY.
The Colorado grading, No. 1 and No. 2.

514 HONEY HANDLING.

In this connection the reader will permit us to illustrate to
him the hygrometrie qualities of honey by narrating a little
incident. We had received an order for a barrel of honey,
to be in the liquid state. As this was midwinter, all our honey
being granulated, a barrel was opened, the head taken out
and the honey melted aw bain-marie (S34). It was imme-
diately replaced in the barrel, while hot, and prepared for
shipment. But it happened that this barrel had been kept, for
some time after granulation of the honey, in a damp place,
and the wood was somewhat damp. This hot honey absorbed
the moisture from the staves during the night to such an ex-
tent that the next morning, the barrel was leaking from every
joint. We have since that time allowed honey to cool off
when treated in this way, before returning it to the barrel.
But usually when honey is melted, it is at once put up into
retail packages.

Cheap barrels cannot be opened to remove the honey by
taking out the head without damaging them, while good iron-
bound oak barrels will last for years, and will never leak, if
managed properly. To take the head out, it should be marked,
with a chisel, so as to replace it afterwards exactly in the
same position. A strong gimlet is screwed into the middle
of it, for a handle. After the hoops have been chased off, the
head can be pulled out readily, and it is replaced in the same
manner, when the barrel is empty.

If care and judgment were used in these matters there would
be but little complaint on the part of dealers, about leaking
honey shipped from the apiarist.

One of the most popular packages for putting up extracted
honey and disposing of it in a wholesale manner is the sixty-
pound can, either round or square. The square cans are
boxed, one or two in a ease and are easily piled in wagons
or ears, but the round can with a -wooden jacket has been
much recommended of late by a man of great experience in
the production of extracted honey, Mr. N. E. France. The
smaller packages for retail trade are discussed further (S841).

MARKETING HONEY. 515

The honey, when put into large tanks to ripen, had better be
changed to the retail package at the next handling. But the
apiarist who extracts, as we do, at the out-apiaries, will find
good barrels the handiest package to bring a crop of well
ripened honey home immediately.

830. In October, the honey of the July erop is all granu-
lated, and that of the September crop is beginning to granu-

Fig. 224,
THE SIXTY-POUND HONEY CAN.

late. There are many different opinions in regard to the
causes of granulation. Some think that it is effected by the
action of light, but this is certainly a mistake, for our honey
only sees the light when extracted, and is then kept in the
dark until sold. We are more inclined to think that it is the
action of cold air which causes granulation; for sealed comb-
honey generally remains liquid. The extracted honey, which
we harvest, always granulates. We have handled liquid honey,
however, several times, but we have always found it to be un-

516 HONEY HANDLING.

ripe; and have laid it down as a rule for ourselves, that good
honey should be granulated after November. We speak of
honey harvested in the Mississippi valley; such as clover, bass-
wood,’ knot-weed, golden rod, buckwheat, Spanish-needle, ete.

831. Of California honey, we can say nothing, having
never handled it. But we have handled Louisiana honey,
which, we were told, would not granulate before a year, and
we had scarcely had it three weeks in our cold climate, before
it began to granulate. The only ripe honey which did not
granulate, was a lot of Spanish-needle honey, which had been
extracted late in November. It remained liquid until sold, a
month or two later, and we ascribed its not granulating to the
late harvesting of it.

We have, however, seen a few instances of slowly ripened
honey that did not granulate, although very thick and rich.
These are exceptions. If honey is melted when granulated
and allowed to evaporate a little, it will be very slow to granu-
late again.

832. Every bee-keeper has noticed that, at times, honey
hardens in very coarse and irregular granules, that look like
lumps of sugar, and have no adherence with one another,
with a small amount of liquid honey interposed between
them; and that at other times, the candying is compact, and
can be compared to the hardening of lard.

The first kind of granulation is always produced in honey
harvested, like clover or basswood, during the warm months of
the year; while the soft candying is prevalent in the honey ex-
tracted in the Fall. In France, coarsely granulated honey
is held as less valuable than the fine grained honey, and
there is a good reason for this preference, for the coarsely
granulated honey cannot be kept as well as the fine grained.
It is evidently less evenly ripened.

In this country also, coarsely granulated honey sells with
less facility—especially because many ignorant persons ima-
gine that it has been adulterated with sugar, and that the
coarse grains are lumps of sugar.

MARKETING HONEY. 517

In such honey, the liquid parts come to the surface, and
absorbing moisture from the air, are very apt to become acid
by fermenting. But, even after granulation, it can easily be
brought to a fine grain by melting it and exposing it to the
cold of our Northern Winters. Basswood honey would even
be benefited by this, as it would lose a little of its too strong
flavor.

Basswood and elover honey are more apt to ferment than
any other class of honey, even when thoroughly granulated,
if they remain exposed to the heat of the following Summer,
and it is advisable to keep these two kinds in a cool, dry
place during the hot weather. A damp cellar would be ob-
jectionable, since honey readily absorbs moisture from the air.

833. Those bee-keepers who will follow our methods, of
extracting (763) after the honey crop, will have but little
trouble with honey fermenting, even if they have to keep it
through the following Summer. If any honey should fer-
ment, however, let them not think that it is spoiled, unless
it was really unripe and has turned sour. A slight amount of
alcoholic ferment can be evaporated readily by melting the
honey over water, when the ferment escapes in the shape of
foam. As this fermentation is caused by the presence of un-
ripe honey, some of our friends succeed in entirely preventing
it by melting all their honey immediately after granulation.
The melting evaporates all excess of moisture contained in it.

Mr. C. F. Muth, whose large experience in handling honey
made him a high authority, ripened all his honey by keeping
it in open vessels in a dry and ventilated room, for a month
or two after extracting. Many noted Apiarists are now fol-
lowing that method.

834, Melting Honey. Honey should never be placed
directly over a fire to melt it. The least over-heating will
evaporate its essential oils, and give it the burnt taste of dark
molasses instead. It should be put in a tin or copper vessel,
and this in another large vessel containing water. This heat-
ing au bain-marie, as the French eall it, is resorted to by

518 HONBY JEANDLING.

cooks, confectioners and others, whenever there is any danger
of scorching the substance heated.

In the ease of honey, the water should not even be allowed
to boil.

835. The increase of honey production has been so great,
in a few years, that the consumption has barely kept pace
with it. But it will soon take its rank among necessities, like
butter or syrups; and change from a luxury to a staple.

836. Our first crops of extracted honey, were sold readily
at wholesale, and at good prices; for it was then that the
wholesale dealers and manufacturers were making the largest
profits, by mixing the honey, which they bought from bee-
keepers, with cheap substances, like glucose, which kept the
honey from granulating, and by putting it up in tumblers,
with a small piece of comb honey in the center. This honey,
or rather mixture of honey, was sold by them usually at lower
prices than they had paid for the pure honey. But ready
sales in this way did not last long; for, after a year or two,
the markets were crowded with this drug.

Should our readers ever come across suspicious-looking
honey, they will find the following a cheap recipe to recognize
adulteration :

‘“Put in a small vial about one ounce of the honey to be
tested, fill the vial with pure cistern water, shake thoroughly
to dissolve the honey; then add to the mixture about a thimble-
ful of pure alcohol. If the honey is pure the solution will re-
main unchanged, but if adulterated with glucose, it will be
turbid and whitish.

‘‘This is the means used by the honey dealers of Paris, to
detect adulterated honey.’’—(Annales de la Societe d’Apicul-
ture de 1’Aube.)

837. We have now United States laws concerning the
adulteration of food and it is to be hoped that no honey will
ever again be sold that contains a proportion of corn syrup or
commercial glucose. This cheap syrup should be sold under
its own name. It is of very inferior value when compared

MARKETING HONEY. 519

to honey as it contains only about twenty-five to thirty per
cent of saccharine matter.

False assertions have been made at different times concerning
the possibility of manufacturing comb honey, filling it and
sealing it over by machinery. It is hardly necessary to say
that this is entirely impossible and if it ever became possible,
it would be readily detected, as human hands could never
make the variety of shapes that are achieved by the bees. No
two combs are alike, when built by the bees, even if they
have been built on comb foundation.

“So widespread was this falsehood, that in our journal of
November 1, 1885, page 738, I offered $1,000 to anybody who
would tell me where such spurious comb-honey was made. No
one has ever given the information, neither has one ounce of
manufactured comb-honey ever been forthcoming. It is a me-
chanical impossibility, and will, in my opinion, always remain
so. * * * J hardly need add, that the above slanderous re-
port in regard to bogus comb-honey was very damaging to the
bee-keeping industry. It probably obtained wider credence
because one Prof. Wiley, some years ago, started it by what he
termed a ‘scientific pleasantry.’ ’’—A. I. Root.

838. The granulation of honey was objected to by many
consumers, at first, from the-prejudiced idea that granulated
honey had been mixed with sugar. It has ceased to be an
objection, for, m our neighborhood, nearly all honey consu-
mers now know that good ripe honey generally granulates in
cold weather. But, now and then, a person is found who
wants liquid honey, or comb honey, thinking that no other is
pure.

We were told that the judges at an agricultural exposition
refused to give a premium to a bee-keeper for his honey, be-
cause it was spoiled by granulating. These competent judges
probably think that water is spoiled by freezing, for granu-
lated honey if carefully melted (834), is as good as before
hardening.

839. We have always found an easy sale for extracted

520 HONEY HANDLING.

honey among foreigners—especially German or French; as
they have been used to granulated strained honey, which has
been produced for centuries in almost all parts of Europe.
Some of them are so well acquainted with it, that they prefer
it to the finest comb-honey, saying that comb is not made to
be eaten.

Onee, having received a favor from a French farmer, living
a short distance from us, we selected a beautiful large comb
of nicely sealed clover honey, while extracting, and sent it to
this family after having carefully laid it on a dish. Much to
our astonishment, we learnt, a few days after, that the good
French housewife had put our nice comb in a clean towel, care-
fully pressed the honey out, and melted the wax; and besides,
that she was very much astonished at our havmg sent comb
honey to her, when we had such nice extracted honey on
hand. The reader may readily imagine that henceforth we
never sent to them anything but extracted honey, much to
their satisfaction and ours.

Every bee-keeper who understands his business, should try
to sell his honey when granulated, explaining to his customers
that adulterated honey does not granulate, and that granu-
lation is the best proof of purity. We have these words
printed on all our labels.

840. To improve the present prices of honey, which are
in some cases lower than the prices of second class sweets,
it is necessary that the masses should be induced to buy it.
Thus far it is an article which few persons will buy regularly.
Consumers will go to the grocery for tea, coffee, sugar, flour,
meal, butter, ete., but very few make it a custom to buy honey
—not that they dislike it, for “what is sweeter than honey?”
but because they are not used to it.

All children, even in the heart of our manufacturing centers,
have heard of “honey,” but how many have never tasted it!
Why? Fifty years ago honey was thirty cents per pound.
Thirty years ago the very cheapest grades retailed higher than
the best sugars. To-day, in many places, honey is still re-

MARKEYING HONEY. 521

tailed at from fifteen to twenty cents, while sixteen pounds of
the best sugar are sold for a dollar. Yet the Apiarists crowd
it to the markets at prices ranging as low as three cents.
What is lacking? Proper distribution. Instead of shipping
our honey to the cities, whence it will be partly shipped back
to our village retailers after having passed through the hands
of commission men, and wholesale merchants, we must culti-
vate home consumption. We must show our neighbors, our
farmers, our mechanics, at home, that our progressive meth-
ods enable us to furnish to them the sweetest of all sweets, at
nearly as low a price as syrups. The occasional depression of
the honey market is but temporary and its termination is only
a question of time.

S41. It is important, in offering honey, whether to gro-
cers or to consumers, to have it put up in neat and at-
tractive shape. Comb-honey in
sections weighing only a pound ~
sells best, because it is, and always
will be, a fancy article.

But in putting up extracted
honey, a one-pound package is
now too small. We must encour-
age a consumption in which the
expense of packing will not ma-
terially advance the cost, and we
find that, owing to this advance
of cost, the one or one and-a-
quarter-pound package is less in
demand than it was a few years
ae) 2. “neon uineat™ Es

842. Tin is the cheapest pack- .===4 Chuasoanrr 3 30

age for honey, in small quantities, S==W) mena!" aman hike

* : —— ieee a
Our favorite sizes are two and-a- Se
half-pound, five-pound, and ten- Fig. 225.
pound pails. The two and-a-half- DADANT HONEY PAILS.

pound pail is in great demand, and in the Winter of 1886-7,

522 HONEY HANDLING.

the bulk of our crop of that year, about 24,000 Ibs., was sold
in this package, at twenty-three cents per pail, or about nine
eents per pound.

Some of our readers will ask why we do not put up our
honey in these pails from the first, instead of putting it up
in barrels. We never do so, because we do not know what pro-
portion of each size will be required by the trade; because
honey in small cans occupies too much room, and is not so

Fig. 226.
THE FRICTION-TOP HONEY PAIL.

easily moved out of the way; and especially because we keep
honey from the best seasons for the years of poorer crop, and
it keeps best in barrels. We have kept honey in pails for two
years or more, but the pail often rusts on the outside, and
becomes unsalable. The objections above given are very
weighty, in extensive production, when tens of thousands of
pounds have to be cared for, but the small producer

MARKETING HONEY. 023

may, if he chooses, put up his honey, at once, in retail pack-
ages,

843. To stop the accidental leakage of honey in pails—
for, owing to its weight, it will leak through seams that are
water-tight—we simply rub over the leaky spot a little tallow-
wax, prepared by melting beeswax with tallow or lard, in
varied quantities.

A friction-top pail is now manufactured by the Tin Trust
which is sufficiently honey-tight to fulfill every purpose. These
pails are in many instances taking the place of the pail origi-
nated by us and which is for that reason called the “Dadant
pail.” All kinds of packages are sold by dealers, and papers
or paper sacks are recommended for granulated honey. There
is no doubt that these paper sacks are the very cheapest
package for retailing honey to the masses, but the amount
put up in these must be limited to the actual winter cun-
sumption, owing to their probable leakage when warm weather
comes. The sacks are generally coated with paraffine.

A great deal of honey is sold in glass jars, but our objection
to them is that granulated honey does not look well in them,
and they are more costly than tin. Honey, in tin, can be put
up gross weight and although no one objects to the weight
of the pail, this weight helps to pay for its cost. Those who
use glass as a honey package, melt the honey before bottling it.

For shipping honey in small packages, Mr. Aug. Christie,
a large producer of Iowa, puts it up in soldered cans. But
the honey must be very ripe, or else must be previously heated,
for the least fermentation would burst the can.

S44. In every case when honey is sold, it should be neatly
labeled with the name and address of the producer, which is,
in itself, a guarantee of its quality.

When you go into a strange grocery, where you are un-
known, the immediate answer of the grocer, to your mention
of honey is: “I don’t want any honey; I have no sale for it,
and I don’t like to handle it.” Should you then take your
leave and go, there would be but little hope of increasing your

524 HONEY HANDLING.

sales. You have to study, and learn to imitate the cunning
and perseverance of the traveling agent, and quietly talk it
out. You first have to assure the grocer that you only wish
to show him your goods and your prices at his leisure, and
that be can then refuse to buy, if he chooses. You must
show him why he has no sale for honey. You tell him that
pure honey is one of the best sweets in the world, to which
he readily agrees. You then explain that honey, not being a
staple, his customers never come on purpose to buy it, but
that when they see it, they are tempted to buy; that, for this
reason, it should be put up with large and showy labels, and
placed in a conspicuons position, so that it will readily catch
the eye.

S45. White honey in nice sections will generally sell at
sight, unless the grocer has had some leaky packages, which
dripped honey on the counter, left a sticky reminiscence of
their presence, and attracted flies and bees. But if your honey
is put up carefully, according to directions given, the first sale
alone will be difficult. In selling extracted honey it may be
necessary for you to explain the facility with which granu-
lated honey may be liquefied.

With grocers that were unacquainted with us, we usually
began by supplying them with yellow honey, such as buck-
wheat, or heartsease, or golden rod. This honey, strong in
flavor, sells better to the inexperienced, who are afraid of
getting sugar, or glucose. Jt is only after one or two years
that we venture to offer to such grocers our whitest clover
and bass-wood, which, though of superior flavor, are objected
to, on account of their very beauty and quality. In every
ease we try to furnish some good reference to the grocer,
and we give him a full guarantee of satisfaction, with an
agreement to take the honey back, if it does not prove alto-
gether as we represent it. When a dealer is well satisfied
that the merchandise which he sells is pure, his customers are
quite likely to have confidence in it themselves; but, on the
other hand, if he is in doubt as to the quality and purity of

HONEY AS FOOD. .. 525

it, he will have but little chance of selling it, unless he does
not care for the satisfaction of his patrons.

846. We must therefore spare no pains to fully convince
our grocers of the quality of our goods.

After the first sales have been made, the demand always be-
comes larger and easier. Of course, occasional objections are
made, by persons who are unacquainted with the properties
and qualities of good honey; but these are easily overcome,
when you have once gained the confidence of the dealers.

Extracted honey is usually sold at between half and two-
thirds of the price of comb-honey. It ships better, leaks less,
and keeps more easily than comb-honey; and its lower cost
of production will sooner or later make it the honey for the
masses.

Usss or Honey.

S847. The traditions of the remotest antiquity show that
honey has always been considered a pleasant and healthy food.
For several thousand years, it was the only sweet known.

Now that the sap of the cane, or the beet, converted into
sugar, or the cheaper corn syrup, made by boiling corn starch
with sulphuric acid, have become a necessity in every family,
let us see what place honey may occupy in our diet, not only
as a condiment like sugar, but as food, drink, and medicine.

As Food.

Honey as food is very healthy. It is admitted that those
who use honey freely at meal time, find in it health and long
life.

‘«Tt ig Nature’s offering to man—ready for use, distilled drop
by drop in myriads of flowers, by a more delicate process than
any human laboratory even produced.’’—(T. G. Newman,
‘*Honey as Food and Medicine.’’)

The following extract from the work of Sir J. More, Lon-

526 USES OF HONEY.

don, 1707, will show the estimate which the old writers set
upon bee-produets:

‘‘Natural wax is altered by distillation into an oyl of mar-
vellous vertue; it is rather a Divine medicine than humane,
because, in wounds or inward diseases, it worketh miracles.
The bee helpeth to cure all your diseases, and is the best little
friend a man has in the world....Honey is of subtil parts, and
therefore doth pierce as oyl, and easily passeth the parts of
the body; it openeth obstructions, and cleareth the heart and

lights of those humors which fall from the head; it purgeth
the foulness of the body, cureth phlegmatick matter, and sharp-

eneth the stomach; it purgeth those things which hurt the
clearness of the eyes, breedeth good blood, stirreth up natural
heat, and prolongeth life; it keepeth all things uncorrupt which
are put into it, and is a sovereign medicament, both for out-
ward and inward maladies; it helpeth the grief of the jaws,
the kernels growing within the mouth, and the squinancy; it is
drank against the biting of a serpent or a mad dog; it is good
for such as have eaten mushrooms, for the falling sickness, and
against the surfeit. Being boiled, it is lighter of digestion, and
more nourishing.’’

848. When Augustus-Julius-Cesar, dining with Pollio-
Rumilius on his hundredth birthday, inquired of him how he
had preserved both vigor of body and mind, Pollio replied:
“Interius melle, exterius oleo.”’—Internally by honey, ex-
ternally by oil.

Honey is in daily use on our table, and we find that children
prefer it to sugar. The only cause of its not being in gen-
eral use in place of “vile syrups” is the high price at which it
was formerly sold.

Mr. Newman in his little pamphlet above quoted, says:—

“‘Tt ig a common expression that honey is a luxury, having
nothing to do with the life-giving principle. This is an error—
honey is food in one of its most concentrated forms. True, it
does not add so much to the growth of the muscles as does beef-
steak, but it does impart other properties no less necessary to
health and vigorous physical and intellectual action! It gives

HONEY AS FOOD. 527

warmth to the system, arouses nervous energy, and gives vigor
to all the vital functions. To the laborer it gives strength—
to the business man, mental force. Its effects are not like or-
dinary stimulants, such as spirits, &c., but it produces a healthy
action, the results of which are pleasing and permanent—a
sweet disposition and a bright intellect.’’

849. As a condiment it can be used in many ways. In
candies it may finally replace the unhealthful glucose of com-
merce. The confectioners who now use it, increase their trade
every year.

In France, “pain-d’epice,’ “ginger bread,” is sold in im-
mense quantities at the fairs. The best makes are sold at
the most important fairs through the country. It keeps an
indefinite length of time, and farmers’ wives are wont to buy
enough to last for months. The following is the recipe:

850. ‘Dissolve 4 ounces of soda, in a glass of warm skimmed
milk. Take 4 pounds of flour and pour in the milk and enough
warm honey to make a thick dough, flavor with anise and corian-
der seeds, cloves, and cinnamon, all powdered fine. Knead
carefully, as you would bread. Let it rise two hours in a
warm place, spread in pans and bake in a moderately warm
oven. Ten or twelve minutes will do, if the cakes are thin. As
scon as the cake resists to the touch of the finger it is done.
Before baking, it may be decorated with almonds, preserved
lemon peel, ete. Wheat flour makes good ‘pain-d’epice,’ but some
prefer rye flour. Fall honey is preferable for it, on account of
its stronger taste.’’—L’Apiculteur.

The spices may be varied according to taste. Some add
powdered ginger, or grated lemon or orange peel.

851. Crisp ginger bread can be made by mixing in it a
quantity of broken almonds, blanched by dipping in boiling
water, hazel-nuts, English walnuts, ete. The same dough, in
skilled hands, with different seasonings, will make a variety
of dainties, all with honey.

Instead of lard or butter, artistic cooks use olive oil to
grease the pans; in America, cotton seed oil takes its place,
and is good. The Italians sometimes use beeswax.

528 USES OF HONEY.

852. Alsatian Ginger Bread: ‘‘Take, yellow honey 1 pound,
flour 1 pound, baking soda ¥ ounce. Dissolve the soda in a ta-
blespoonful of brandy, heat the honey and put in the flour and
the soda. Knead the whole carefully, and cut in lumps before
putting in the oven.

‘This mixture can be kept in the cellar for months and can
be used to make the

‘‘Leckerli: Add to the dough, chopped almonds 1% Ib., pre-
served orange peel 2 drams, ditto lemon 1 dram, cinnamon 4
dram, and 20 cloves, all finely powdered. Mix well and bake.’’
(Dennler, ‘‘Honey and Its Uses.’’)

853. Honey Cake: Warm half a glass of milk with %4 pound
of sugar in a stew pan. Put in % of a pound of honey and boil
slowly. Then add 1 pound of flour, 4% dram of soda, and
knead, spread on a pan and bake for an hour.’’

854. Italian ‘‘Croccante Di Mandorle’’: ‘‘ Blanch two pounds
of almonds, by dipping in boiling water. Slice them with a
knife. Add the yellow peel of a lemon cut fine, some powdered
vanilla, and a few lumps of sugar flavored by rubbing them on
orange peel. Boil 2 pounds of good honey with an ounce of
olive oil or good unsalted butter, till it is reduced to thick
syrup. Then add the almonds, lemon, etc., a little at a time,
mix well, pour in a buttered tin pan and press the mixture
against the sides with a lemon peel. It should not be more than
half an inch thick. When cool take the crisp cake out of the
vessel by warming it a little.’’ (Sartori & Rauschenfels,
L’Apicoltura in Italia.)

855. Muth’s Honey Cake: 4 quarts of hot honey and 10
pounds of flour, with ground anise seed, cloves and cinnamon
to suit the taste. This is made into a dough and left to rest
for a week or two, when it is rolled out in cakes and baked.
The longer the rest, the better the cakes.

Fruit jellies with honey: Take the juice of currants or other
fruits, and after adding a like quantity of honey, boil to a
jelly. Put in small tumblers, well sealed, in a dry room.

856. Howry-vineGar is superior in quality to all other
kinds, wine vinegar included.

Tt takes from one to one and a half pounds of honcy to
make one gallon of vinegar. Two good authorities on honey

HONEY AS MEDICINE. 529

vinegar, Messrs. Muth and Bingham, advise the use of only
one pound of honey with enough water to make each gallon
of vinegar. We prefer to use a little more honey, as it makes
stronger vinegar, but the weaker grade is more quickly made.
If the honey water was too sweet, the fermentation would be
much slower, and with difficulty change from the alcoholic,
which is the first stage, into the acetic. This change of fer-
mentation may be hurried by the addition of a little vinegar,
or of what is commonly called vinegar mother.

If honey water, from cappings, is used, a good test of its
strength is to put an egg in it. The egg should float, coming
up to the surface at once. If it does not rise easily, there
is too little honey. As vinegar is made by the combined
action of air and warmth, the barrel in which it is contained
must be only partly filled, and should be kept as warm as
convenient. It is best to make a hole in each head of the
barrel, about four or five inches below the upper stave, to
secure a current of air above the liquid. These, as well as the
bung hole, should be covered with very fine wire screen, or
with cloth, to stop insects.

A very prompt method consists in allowing the liquid to
drip slowly from one barrel into another, as often as pos-
sible during warm weather.

As we make vinegar not only for our own use, but also to
sell to our neighbors, we keep two barrels, one of vinegar
already made, the other fermenting. When we draw a gal-
lon of vinegar, we replace it with a gallon from the other
barrel. This keeps up the supply.

Vinegar should not be kept in the same cellar with wines,
as its ferment would spoil the wines sooner or later.

Honey as Medicine.

857. In Denmark and Hanover, the treatment of Chlor-
osis, by honey, is popular. The pale girls of the cities are sent
to the country, to take exercise and eat honey. The good

530 USES OF HONEY.

results of this treatment have suggested to Lehman the theory
that the insufficiency of hepathie sugar is the cause of Chlor-
osis, which thus explains the curing effect of honey. (Jaccoun,
as quoted by the Revue Internationale @#Apiculture.).

Honey, mixed with flour, is used to cover boils, bruises,
burns, ete.; it keeps them from contact with the air, and helps
the healing. Beverages, sweetened with honey, will cure sore
throat, coughs, and will stop the development of diphtheria,
especially if taken on an empty stomach, at bed time. A glass
of wine or cider, strongly sweetened with honey, is advised in
L’ Apiculteur, as a eure for colds. (1886.)

Suckling babies are cured of constipation, by a mixture of
bread and honey given them, tied in a “sugar teat.”

A constant use of honey, at meal time, eures some of the
worst eases of piles.

‘“According to Mr. Woiblet, washing the hands with sweet-
ened water will kill warts. Having heard of the healing he
put honey plasters on the hands of a child who had a large
wart in the palm of the hand, and after a few days of treat-
ment the wart disappeared.’’—Bertrand, (Revue Internationale
d’Apiculture.)

CHAPTER XXI.
BEESWAX, AND ITS USES.
Melting Wax.

858. We will now describe the different processes used by
bee-keepers to render the combs into wax. To melt every
comb, or piece of comb, as it is taken from the hive, would
increase the work, and, as it is preferable to choose our time
for this operation, we have to preserve them from the ravages
of the moths (802) by some of the methods that we have
given (S12).

859. The cappings (772) after extracting, are allowed to
drain in a warm place for several weeks; very nice honey
being obtained from them. They are then washed in hot water,
and the sweet water obtained can be used for cider, or wine,
or vinegar (856). These cappings, as well as the broken
pieces of white comb in which brood was never raised, should
be melted apart from the darker combs, for, not only are
they easier to melt, but the wax obtained being very bright
in color, is unsurpassed for making comb-foundation (674)
for surplus boxes.

860. When the combs are blackened by the dejections of
the worker bees (784), or of the drones (40), and by the
skins and cocoons of the larve (16%), it is so diffieult to
render the wax, that many bee-keepers think it is not worth
the trouble. We advise washing these combs and keeping
them under water for about twenty-four hours. Then the co-
coons and other refuse being thoroughly wet and partly dis-
solved, will not adhere to the wax. This will be lighter col-
ored, if the combs are melted with clear water and not with
the water already darkened by the washing.

531

532 BEESWAX AND ITS USES.

But as this method always leaves some wax in the residues,
for some of it goes into the cells durmg the melting, and it
is impossible to dislodge it, a better result is obtained by
erushing the combs before washing them. But this pulver-
izing can be done only in Winter, when the wax is brittle.

861. The combs should be melted with soft or rain water,

Fig. 227.

KUHN WAX KETTLE.

a—Removable crank. b—Level of the water. c—Screen for straining the
liquid wax. d—Level of the combs. e—Wings of the wheel. f—Shoulders
for supporting kettle on stove.

the boiler kept about two-thirds full, and heated slowly, to

prevent boiling over. If the floor, around the stove, is kept

wet, any wax that may drop will be easily peeled off.
During the melting carefully stir till all is well dissolved.

MELTING WAX. 533

Then lower into the boiler a sieve made of a piece of wire
cloth, bent in the shape of a box, from which the wax can be
dipped as it strains into it. If the whole is thoroughly stirred
for some time, very little wax will be left in the residues.
This is the cheapest and best method of rendering wax, with-
out the help of a specially made wax-extractor.

862. To obtain as much wax as possible from the combs,

Fig. 228.
GERMAN WAX PRESS.
(From the A B C of Bee Culture.)

the large wax manufacturers of Europe empty the contents
of the boiler into a bag, made of horse-hair or strong twine,
and place the bag under a press while boiling hot. All the
implements used, as well as the bag, are previously wetted,
to prevent their sticking.

Several implements have lately been devised for rendering

534 BEESWAX AND ITS USES.

beeswax. A French wax-bleacher devised a kettle, Fig. 227,
deseribed in the American Bee Journal, which permits of
stirring the combs while they are held under water. In this
way the wax is permitted to escape. To make it still more
easy for the wax to come to the surface they use salt water,
which is heavier than ordinary rain water and its greater
density causes the wax to float more readily.

But the ultimate method for getting all the wax out of the
“slum-gum” or residues is the use of a press. The German

Fig. 229.

HERSHISER WAX PRESS

press, Fig. 228, does good work, if not too great a quantity of
residue is rendered at one time. Mr. Hershiser of Buffalo has
devised a press, Fig. 229, in which he uses screens between
several layers of comb wrapped in burlap. These screens
allow the wax to escape from the center of the mass, much on
the same plan as the large cider presses of Illinois, in which the
apple cheese is separated by cloth in a dozen different layers.
The different presses must be used over steam or water, 80 as to
Keep the mass hot all the time.

MELTING WAX. 535

863. Cappings from the extracting and small pieces gath-
ered from time to time, may be rendered during the summer,
by the use of a sun-extractor, wherever the sun is sufficiently
powerful. At this latitude, the 42°, sun-extractors can be
efficiently used during the months of May, June, July, and
August. The sun-extractor requires no labor from the Apia-
rist, other than filling it with combs and removing the melted
wax.

S64, The dealers in France buy, from the bee-keepers,
for little or nothing, the residues of their melted combs. They
dissolve them in turpentine, press the pulp dry, and distill
the liquid, to separate the turpentine. As the wax is not
volatile, it remains in the still. It is said that, when wax
was dearer than it is now, large profits were realized by this
operation.

865. To cleanse beeswax from its impurities, we melt it
carefully with cistern water and pour it into flaring cans
(wider at the top than at the bottom) containing a little boil-
ing water. This wax is kept in the liquid state, at a high
temperature, for twenty-four hours. During this time, the
impurities drop to the bottom and can be seraped from the
cake when cold. Some wax can be obtained from this refuse,
but some of it is always left in the dregs, as is proven by
the impossibility of dissolving them by exposure. Nothing
ean destroy beeswax, except fire, or the ravages of the bee-
moth. Exposure to the weather does not affect it, but only
bleaches it.

To prevent the cakes of wax from cracking, it should be
poured into the molds or cans when only 165° Fahr. and
should be kept in a warm place to cool slowly.

Sulphuric acid is used by bleachers and foundation manu-
facturers in rendering beeswax out of the dark residues. Some
writers have recommended this method to the bee-keeper. We
wish to warn them against it. No acid is necessary in sep-
arating the wax from the impurities of the combs and if it
is used, the beeswax loses its fine honey and bee flavor and

536 BEESWAX AND ITS USES.

smell. There would be but little harm, if the acid (oil of
vitriol) was used sparingly, but beginners often use enough
in rendering a hundred pounds, to serve for a thousand pounds
or more. The only utility of it is in rendering residues of
the worst quality in large establishments.

866. The utmost care is necessary not to spoil wax in
melting it. If heated too fast, the steam may disaggregate it.
Then its color is lighter, but very dim; the wax having lost
its transparency, resembles a cake of corn meal. When it is
in this condition, water will run out of it if a small lump
is pressed between the fingers. The best way to restore it is
to melt it slowly in a solar wax extractor (fig. 229). We
have succeeded also by melting it with water, and keeping
the water boiling slowly till all the water contained between
the particles of wax had evaporated. But this work is te-
dious and cannot be accomplished without the greatest care
and a skillful hand. Whatever the means used, you may rely
on more or less waste.*

Wax-bleachers draw wax into small ribbons which are
exposed to the rays of the sun for several weeks, or melted
with chemical acids; but wax-bleaching is beyond the purpose
of this book.

Uses of Was.

867. Before the invention of parchment, prepared as a
material for writing, from the skins of goats, sheep, calves,
ete., tablets covered with a light coat of wax were used. A
style—an instrument sharp at one end to engrave characters
in the wax, and broad and smooth at the other end to erase
them—was used in place of a pen. The Latin poet Horatius,
born sixty-five years before Christ, probably used these tab-
lets# for, in his admonition to poets, he writes: “Saepe stylum

* Whenever beeswax ic melted in water, even with the utmost care,
some small portions of it are water-damaged and settle to the bottom

of the cake with the dregs. This water-damaged beeswax has often
been mistaken for pollen residues,

LSES OF WAX. 537

vertas.”—“turn often your style;” thereby meaning: “Care-
~ fully correct your writings.”

Several nations of old, having noticed that beeswax does
not rot, used it to embalm their dead. Alexander the Great
was embalmed with wax and honey.

S68. Beeswax is largely used by the Catholic churches, for
lights, during the ceremonies, for it is prescribed to priests
to use exclusively wax produced by bees.

869. In several countries of Europe the floors and stairs,
instead of being covered with carpets, are rubbed with wax
and carefully scrubbed with a dry brush every day till they
shine. Jn Paris, floor scrubbing is a business which supports
many working families.

Beeswax is used also by the sculptors and painters to
varnish their work, to model wax figures; by dentists to take
imprints of jaw-bones. It is retailed in small lumps and
used to give smoothness and stiffness to thread for sewing.

The casting of bronze statues and works of art a cire
perdue, has been largely practiced in France since the Renais-
sanee. This process is mentioned in Harpers’ Monthly for
Septemher, 1886.

870. Beeswax forms part of a great many medicines, and
pomades for the toilet. Here are a few recipes selected among
hundreds of others:

1. Salve or Cerate for Inflamed Wounds.
Beeswak® sis seven cea yebeese ewe « 1 part
Sweet almond oil................. 4 parts

Dissolve the wax in the oil and stir well till cold. Sweet
almond oil can be replaced by olive, or cotton seed, or linseed
oil, or even by fresh unsalted butter.

This cerate, may be used as a vehicle by the endermic
method—we mean by frictions on the thin parts of the skin
—to introduce into the blood several substances, such as
quinine, against fever; surphur, for itches; camphor, henbane,
opium, as sedatives; iodine, as depurative; and so on, the
only care being to have the drugs carefully mixed.

538 BEESWAX AND ITS USES.

2d. Turpentine Balm for Atonic Wounds, (without in-
flammation) :

Yellow BeeswaxX...... ccc cee cece cece ee eeee
Turpentine < cssanveses wees e ove ee ee
Essence of Turpentine..............-.-2005
Equal parts.
Melt the wax, add the turpentine, then the essence.

Sd. Salve for the Lips:
Wak sciscceueam vas tales tas meses one part

Add a small quantity of Carmine to color it, strain and add,
when melted again and half cold, some volatile Oil of Rose.

4th. Adhesive Plaster for Cuts (sweet-scented) :

Colophony ......... cece eee e eens 40 parts

Wak i2iie heroes teal Saee eee asean 45 «

lem LOSit: sa we s He Sees wa es ewe 25
Melt and add:

Oil of Bergamot..............04. 5 parts

Oil OF ClOVES 2 ws. sts dates ae, cde acs 2

Oil of Lemon,.........ceeeeeeee 2

5th. Green Wax for Corns:

YellowW was 2 oases quiesaisae eens 4 parts
White ‘pitch s.ccsevse ese ens eee 2.
Venice Turpentine .............. di “#8

Sub-acetate Copper (finely powd.). 1 “

Melt the wax and the white pitch, add the acetate of copper
well mixed with the turpentine, and stir till eold. If too
hard to be spread or. small pieces of cloth, add a little olive,
or cotton seed, oil.

USES OF WAX. 53)

6th. Balm of Lausanne, for Ulcerated Chilblains and
Chaps of the Mammae or Teats:

Olive or Cotton seed oil............... 500
Rosin of Swiss Turpentine............ 100
Mellow Wax’ sc: esivdsue-o dea ad bo seed o be 133
Powdered Root of Alkanet............ 25

Keep it melted au bain-marie (834) for half an hour and
add:
Balsamum Peruvianum..............+- 16
Gum Camphor............ “eee eas 1

7th. Mixture to Remove the Cracks in Horses’ Hoofs:

Melt equal parts of wax and honey on a slow fire, and mix
thoroughly.

Clean carefully the hoof with tepid water and rub the
mixture in it with a brush. The cracks will disappear after
several applications and the hoof will be softened.

8th. To Keep the Luster of Polished Steel Tools:
Oil of Turpentine..................0.. 8
WAS sang Gaiety ls Laignag are enaGancs 1
Boiled Linseed Oil...........++ vereser WH

CHAPTER XXII.
Brees AND FRuITS AND FLOWERS.

871. We have shown, in the chapter on Physiology (43),
that bees cannot injure sound fruits, and in the chapter on
Food (268), that they help the fecundation of flowers; but
this accusation of bees injuring fruits has become of so
much importance in the past years, especially in the best fruit
and bee country of the world, California, that we deem it
necessary to give it a whole chapter.

While the honey-bee is regarded by the best informed hor-
ticulturists as a friend, a strong prejudice has been excited
against it by many fruit-growers; and in some communities,
a man who keeps bees, is considered as bad a neighbor, as
one who allows his poultry to despoil the gardens of others.
Even some warm friends of the “busy bee,’ may be heard
lamenting its propensity to banquet on their beautiful peaches
and pears, and choicest grapes and plums.

That bees do gather the sweet juice of fruits when nothing
else is to be found, is certain; but it is also evident that their
jaws being adapted chiefly to the manipulation of wax, are
too feeble to enable them to puncture the skin of the most
delicate grapes.

872. We made experiments in our apiary on bees and
grapes, during the season of 1879—one of the worst seasons
we ever knew for bees. The Summer having been exceedingly
dry, the grape crop was large and the honey crop small. In
every vineyard a number of ripe grapes were eaten by bees,
and the grape-growers in our vicinity were so positively certain
that the bees were guilty, that they held a meeting, to petition
the State Legislature, for a law preventing any one from
owning more than ten hives of bees.

540

GROUNDLESS PREJUDICES. 5b41

This serious charge called our attention to the matter, and
we decided to make a thorough investigation, in our own
vineyard. But although many bees were seen banqueting on
grapes, not one was doing any mischief to the sound fruit.
Grapes which were bruised on the vines, or lying on the
ground, and the moist stems, from which grapes had recently
been plucked, were covered with bees; while other bees were
observed to alight upon bunches, which, when found by care-
ful inspection to be sound, they left with evident disappoint-
ment.

Wasps and hornets, which secrete no wax, being furnished
with strong, saw-like jaws, for cutting the woody fibre with
which they build their combs, can easily penetrate the skin of
the toughest fruits. While the bees, therefore, appeared to
be comparatively innocent, multitudes of these depredators
were seen helping themselves to the best of the grapes. Oc-
easionally, a bee would presume to alight on a bunch where
one of these pests was operating for his own benefit, when
the latter would turn and “show fight,” much after the fash-
ion of a snarling dog, molested by another of his species, while
daintily discussing his own private bone.

During grape picking, the barrels in which our grapes were
hauled to the wine cellar, were covered with a cloud of bees
feeding on the damaged clusters, and they followed the wagon
to the cellar. After removing the barrels to a place of safety,
we left one bunch of sound grapes, on the wagon, puncturing
one of the grapes with a pin. This bunch, being the only one
remaining exposed, was at once covered with such a swarm
of bees that it was entirely hidden from sight. It was three
o’clock in the afternoon. At sunset the bees were all gone,
except three, who were too exhausted to fly off. The bunch
had lost its bloom, the grapes were shiny, but entirely sound.
The one punctured grape had a slight depression at the pin
hole, showing that the bees had sucked all the juice they
could reach, but they had not even enlarged the hole.

We also placed bunches of sound grapes inside of some four

542 REES AND FRUITS AND FLOWERS.

or five hives of bees, directly over the frames, and three
weeks after we found that the bees had glued them fast to
the combs, as they glue up anything they cannot get rid of,
but the grapes were perfectly intact. This test may be made
by every Apiarist.

Mr. McLain, in charge of the U. 8. Apicultural Station,
was instructed to test this matter thoroughly by shuttmg up
bees with sound fruit, and the results were the same as in our
ease. (See the Agricultural Reports for 1885.)

873. The main damage to grapes is done by birds. Hence,
the borders of a large vineyard are first to suffer, especially
when in proximity to hedges, orchards or timber.

Even in small cities, the number of birds that feed on
fruit is extraordinary, and one can have no idea of their
depredations until he has watched for them at day-break,
which is the time best suited to their pilfering.

After the mischief has been begun by them or by insects,
or whenever a crack, or a spot of decay is seen, the honey-bee
hastens to help itself, on the principle of “gathering up the
fragments, that nothing may be lost.” In this way, they un-
doubtedly do some mischief, but they are, on the whole, far
more useful than injurious.

875. Among thousands of testimonials, we translate the
following from L’Apicoltore, of Milan, Italy, May 1874, page
181:

‘Being a lover of good wine, I manufactured mine from
wilted grapes; my crop amounts annually to from thirty to
‘forty hectolitres* of wine, worth on average, one frane seventy-
five centimes per litre} When my grapes are gathered, I
spread them on mats of reed or straw in a sunny place in front
of my apiary, where they remain about two weeks. For the
first two or three days the mats are covered with bees, but I
pay no attention to this, for I have ascertained that they gather
only the juice of the berries that are damaged. As soon as the

* One hectolitre is twenty-five gallons.

+This is about one dollar and forty cents per gallon, a high price
for Italy.

GROUNDLESS PREJUDICES. 543

injured berries are sucked dry, the bees cease visiting the mats,
for they cannot open sound berries. Instead of doing me any
damage, they help me greatly, as they take away from my
grapes the otherwise souring juices, which would give a bad
taste to my wine.—Gaetano Taxini, Coriano, Italy, February,
1874.

876. Those who handle grapes, apples, ete., in times of
honey-dearth, should avoid attracting the bees, by unneces-
sarily exposing the crushed fruit, in warm weather, as the
presence of bees in press-houses and sheds, where fruit is
either made into wine, or otherwise prepared for use, is the
greatest annoyance that they can cause the horticulturist.

With a little care, a wine-grower may escape all trouble,
even if his press-house is in reach of a large apiary. But
let him not imitate the grocer who had an open box of
comb-honey at his door “for show,” and tried to “shoo” the
bees off, when they, in turn, deputized a few of their number
to “shoo” him off, with great success.

877. In these depredations, the wine-growers who do not
own bees are often very much incensed, because they believe
that the Apiarist is making a profit out of their loss. But
such is not the case. The Apiarist loses more than the wine-
grower, for many of the bees are destroyed, and the juice
which the others bring home is worse than useless, as it is bad
Winter food (627).

It is therefore, to the interest of the Apiarist, as well as of
the fruit-grower, to prevent the bees, in all possible ways,
from getting a taste of the forbidden juices, in seasons—
luckily searce—when there is a dearth of honey during wine-
making time.

878. Some ignorant people have also contended that the
numerous visits of bees to flowers, injure the latter and cause
them to abort. This is the greatest of all delusions. White-
clover, knot-weed, and Spanish-needles, which are among the
plants most visited by bees, are also the most abundant, and
if they were damaged, by being deprived of the honey which

544 BEES AND FRUITS AND FLOWERS.

they yield, they would sooner or later disappear. All the
observations that have been made, whether scientifie or prac-
tical, show that the contrary is the truth.

The National Bee-Keepers’ Association has taken in hands
the interests and the defense of bee-keepers in this matter as
well as in all matters where the Apiarist is justly entitled to
the support of his fellow-men. A small pamphlet, “Legal
Rights,” was published several years ago by the General
Manager of the Association, Mr. N. E. France. To this
association, the bee-keeper must look for protection, but let
him bear in mind that he should by all possible honorable
means avoid getting into conflict with his neighbors. He has
a very easy remedy against ill-feelings. A little honey, as a
present, will soften many a bee-sting.

CHAPTER XXIII.
BrEE-KEEPER’S CALENDAR.

This chapter gives to the imexperienced bee-keeper brief
directions for each month in the year,* and, by means of the
full alphabetical index, all that is said on any topie can
easily be referred to.

879. January.—In cold climates, bees are now usually
in a state of repose. If the colonies have had proper atten-
tion in the Fall, nothing will ordinarily need to be done that
will excite them to an injurious activity.

In January there are occasionally, even in very cold lati-
tudes, days so pleasant that bees can fly out to discharge
their feces; do not confine them, even if some are lost in the
snow.

It is advisable to arouse them early so as to cause them to
fly (639) if the day is sufficiently warm. Otherwise, disturb
them as little as possible. In very cold climates, where cellar
wintering (646) is resorted to, all that is required is to keep
the temperature as even and as near 42° to 45° as possible
(648), with quietude and darkness (650). The Winter
months are those, in which the bee-keeper should prepare his
hives, sections, foundation, &c., for the coming busy season.

880. Ferpruary.—This month is sometimes colder than
January, and then the directions given for the previous month
must be followed. In mild seasons, however, and in warm
regions, bees begin to fly quite lively in February, and in some
locations they gather pollen (263). The bottom-board should
be cleaned of the dead bees and other rubbish (663) that
sometimes obstruct the entrance, and prevent the bees from

* Palladius, who wrote on bees nearly 2,000 years ago, arranges his
remarks in the form of a monthly calendar.

545

546 BEE-KEEPER’S CALENDAR,

flying out; as their worry in finding themselves imprisoned
does them much harm. If any hives are suspiciously light,
food (607) should be given them; this only in mild climates.

Strong colonies will now begin to breed slightly, but nothing
should be done to excite them to premature activity.

S81. Marcu.—In our Northern States, the inhospitable
reign of Winter still continues, and the directions given for
the two previous months are applicable to this. If there
should be a pleasant day, when the bees are able to fly briskly,
seize the opportunity to remove the covers (636) ; carefully
clean out the hives (663), and learn the exact condition of
every colony. See that your bees have water (271), and are
well supplied with rye-flour (265). In this month, weak
colonies commonly begin to breed, while strong ones increase
quite rapidly.

If the Winter has been very severe, this month is the most
destructive to unhealthy bees. The hives of dead colonies
should be thoroughly cleaned, and closed tightly to keep reb-
bers (664) out, or they would carry off what honey may
remain in them. Spring dwindling (659) should be guarded
against by shutting off all upward ventilation (352), and
reducing the space in the brood-chamber (349) to the num-
ber of combs actually oceupied by the bees. The entrance of
the hives, especially of the weak colonies, should also be nar-
rowed (348).

If the weather is favorable, colonies which have been kept
in a special Winter depository, may now be put upon their
proper stands.

The time of removal from cellars (646) must depend
altogether on the locality. Dr. C. C. Miller removes his
bees when the first maple tree blooms. In Canada, they are
sometimes left in the cellar till May. As a rule, bees are
not, and should not be, wintered in cellars, south of the 39th
degree of latitude.

882. Apriv.—Bees will ordinarily begin to gather much
pollen (263), in this month, and sometimes considerable

BER-KEEPER’S CALENDAR. 547

honey. As brood is now very rapidly maturing, there is a
largely increased demand for honey, and great care should
be taken to prevent the bees from suffering for want of food
(607). If the supplies are at all deficient, breeding will
be checked, even if much of the brood does not perish, or
the whole colony die of starvation. If the weather is pro-
pitious, and the bees do not have a liberal supply of stores
on hand, feeding to promote a more rapid increase of young
may now be commenced (606). Feeble colonies must now
be reinforced (480), and should the weather continue eold
for several days at a time, the bees ought to be supplied
with water (271) in their hives.

This point is much neglected, by ourselves, as well as by
others, in practice, but we are convinced that much of our
April loss is due to the bees going in search of water in
inclement weather (662). At this time, if not before, the
larve of the bee-moth will begin to make their appearance,
and should be carefully destroyed, not that they are very
damaging to bees in a ecarefully-conducted apiary, but only
that they give annoyance by their presence on the combs or
comb-honey, removed from the bees, in the latter part of the
season (812). “One stitch in time saves nine.” One moth
killed in April, prevents several thousand in October.

It is at this time, that the hives should be inspected, to
remove all drone comb that can be found, as well as crooked
combs and broken pieces,—to be replaced by straight worker
eomb (676), or strips of foundation (674). At this time,
also, the hives that are intended for drone raising (511),
should be supplied with sufficient drone comb for the purpose.
Queenless colonies should be given young queens, purchased
from queen-breeders in the South. This may be deferred
until May, if the weather is cool. Weak queenless colonies
should be united to others, as a rule, it does not pay to give
brood to a queenless colony for raising young queens, unless
it is quite strong, in bees. :

883. May.—As the weather becomes more genial, the in-

548 BEE-KEEPER’S CALENDAR.

erease of bees in the colonies is exceedingly rapid, and drones,
if they have not previously made their appearance, begin to
issue from the hives that have been allowed to retain a notable
amount of drone comb, and this is the time to raise queens
for increase, or for improvement (489).

The breeding space of weak colonies, which has been
previously reduced, should again be enlarged as their needs
may demand (349). If their combs are judiciously in-
creased, with a proper amount of stimulative food (606),
and a little help from the stronger colonies (480), they
may become as strong as any for the June harvest. In some
localities, the strongest colonies may already gather much
honey, and it will often be advisable to give them the supers
(724) ; but in some seasons and localities, either from long
and cold storms, or a deficiency of forage, hives not well sup-
plied with honey will exhaust their stores, and perish, unless
they are fed. In favorable seasons, swarms (406) may be
expected in this month, even in the Northern States. These
May swarms often issue near the close of the blossoming of
fruit-trees, and just before the later supplies of forage, and
if the weather becomes suddenly unfavorable, may starve,
unless they are fed, even when there is an abundant supply
of blossoms in the field.

884. Juns.—This is the great swarming month in all our
Northern and Middle States. As bees keep up a high tem-
perature in their hives, they are by no means so dependent
upon the weather for forwardness, as plants, and as most
other insects necessarily are. We have had as early swarms
in Northern Massachusetts, as in the vicinity of Philadelphia.

If the surplus cases (724) have been put on before the
honey crop, there will be a less number of swarms, especially
if the boxes have been furnished with combs, as baits, and
the entrance enlarged to help ventilation (344).

If ihe apiary is not carefully watched the bee-keeper,
after a short absence, should examine the neighboring bushes
and trees, on some of which he will often find a swarm

BEE-KEEPER’S CALENDAR. 549

clustered, preparatory to their departure for a new home

(419).

‘*As it may often be important to know from which hive the
swarm has issued, after it has been hived and removed to its
new stand, let a cup-full of bees be taken from it and thrown
into the air, near the apiary, after having sprinkled them with
flour; they will soon return to the parent colony, and may
easily be recognized, by standing at the entrance, fanning, like
ventilating bees.”—Dzierzon.

This is the quickest method to discover the home of a
swarm.

As fast as the surplus honey receptacles are filled, more
room should be given (735, 763). Careless bee-keepers
often lose much, by neglecting to do this in season, thereby
condemning their colonies to a very unwilling idleness. The
Apiarist will bear in mind, that all after-swarms which come
off late in this month, should be either aided, doubled, or
returned to the mother-colony. The issue of such swarms may
be prevented, by removing, in season, the supernumerary
queen-cells. During all the swarming season, and, indeed,
at all other times when young queens are being bred, the
bee-keeper must ascertain seasonably, that the hives which
contain them, succeed in securing a fertile mother (152).

885. Juuy.—In some seasons and districts, this is the
great swarming month; while in others, bees issuing so late,
are of small account. In Northern Massachusetts, we have
known swarms coming after the Fourth of July, to fill their
hives, and make large quantities of surplus honey besides.
In this month, or as soon as the first crop is over, all the
spare honey should be removed from the hives, before the
delicate whiteness of the combs becomes soiled by the travel
of the bees, or the quality of the honey is impaired by an
inferior article gathered later in the season (782). For the
same reason, the honey extracted after this crop should not be
mixed with that harvested later. In all the localities where

550 BEE-KEEPER’S CALENDAR.

a second crop is expected, the bees should again be incited to
breed (606) to be ready for this second crop.

The bees should have a liberal allowance of air during all
extremely hot weather, especially if they are in unpainted
hives, or stand in the sun (344).

The larger the amount of honey they contain, the greater
the danger of combs breaking down from the intense heat
(369). The end of the honey erop ean be told by the
presence of a few robbers who immediately begin lurking
about the hives (664).

886. Avcust.—In most regions, there is but little forage
for bees during the latter part of July, and the first of August,
and they being, on this account, tempted to rob each other,
the greatest precautions should be used in opening hives
(666). In districts where buckwheat is extensively culti-
vated, on flat prairies, or in the low land surrowndin? oar
rivers, in which Fall-blossoms grow, the main harvest is soie-
times gathered during this month and the next, and swarm-
ing (406) may be resumed. In 1856, we had a buckwheat
swarm as late as the 16th of September!

The bee-keeper who has queenless hives (£99) on hand
as late as August, must expect, as the result of his ignorance
or neglect, either to have them robbed (664) by other colo-
nies, or destroyed by the moth (S02).

S887. Srprember.—This is often a very busy month with
bees. The Fall flowers are in full blossom, and in some
seasons, colonies which have hitherto amassed but little honey,
become heavy, and even yield a surplus to their owner. Bees
are quite reluctant to build comb so late in the season, even
if supplies are very abundant; but if empty combs are pro-
vided, they will fill them with astonishing celerity (763).

As svon as the first frost takes place, or whenever the erop
is at end, the entire surplus must be removed, whether it be
comb or extracted honey. If our method of extracting
(781) is resorted to, the supers that have been returned to
the bees, for cleaning, after the honey is extracted, may be

BER-KEEPER’S CALENDAR. 561

left on the hives till October, as they are safer from the moths,
when in care of the bees.

If no Fall supplies abound, and any colonies are too light
to winter with safety, then, in the Northern States, the latter
part of this month is the proper time for feeding (608)
them. We have already stated, that it is impossible to tell
how much food a colony will require (623), to carry it
safely through the Winter; it will be found, however, very
unsafe to trust to a bare supply, for, even if there is food
enough, it may not always be readily accessible (631) to
the bees. Great caution will still be necessary to guard
against robbing; but if there are no feeble, queenless or
impoverished colonies, the bees, unless tempted by improper
management, will not rob each other (664).

888. OctoBer.—Forage is now almost entirely exhausted
in most localities, and colonies which are too light should
either be fed, or have surplus honey from other hives given
to them, early this month.

The extracting cases (781) should be removed previous to
cold weather, as some bees may cluster in them and starve.
These cases must be piled up carefully in the coldest room
(810) of the honey house, safe from mice (816). The
exact condition of every hive should be known now, at the
latest, and, if any are queenless, they should be broken up.
Small colonies ought to be promptly united.

The honey-selling season is now at hand, and from this
time till the end of the holidays, the producer must look
for a honey market. He should not only rely on sale in large
cities, for they are always crowded, but a home market must
be cultivated (840).

SS9. NovempBer.—The hives should now be put in Win-
ter quarters, the quilt removed, and absorbents placed in the
upper story (636).

All possible shelter should be given (635). For cellar-
wintering (646), the time of removing the bees should be
at the opening of cold weather. The later in the season that

552 BEE-KEEPER’S CALENDAR.

the bees are able to fly out and discharge their feces, the
better. The bee-keeper must regulate the time of housing his
bees by the season and climate, being careful neither to take
them in until cold weather appears to be fairly established,
nor to leave them out too late. A cold day, immediately after
a warm spell is the best time (647).

890. Decemper.—In regions where it is advisable to house
bees, the dreary reign of Winter is now fairly established,
and the directions given for January are for the most part
equally applicable to this month. It may be well, in hives
out of doors, to remove the dead bees and other refuse from
the bottom boards if the weather is warm enough for them
to fly; but, neither in this month nor at any other time should
this be attempted with those removed to a dark and protected
place. Such colonies must not, except under the pressure
of some urgent necessity, be disturbed in the very least.

We recommend to the inexperienced bee-keeper to read this
synopsis of monthly management, again and again, and to be
sure that he fully understands, and punctually discharges,
the appropriate duties of each month, neglecting nothing,
and procrastinating nothing to a more convenient season;
for, while bees do not require a large amount of attention,
in proportion to the profits yielded by them, they must have
it at the proper time and in the right way. Those who com-
plain of their unprofitableness, are often as much to blame
as a farmer who neglects to take eare of his stock, or to
gather his crops, and then denounces his employment as yield-
ing only a scanty return on a large investment of capital and
labor.

In SHort.

891. Sprinc.—Keep hives warm, give plenty of food,
help weak colonies, look out for robbers, remove drone-comb,
prepare for queen-breeding, and for the honey crop.

892. Summer.—Watch for swarms; and make divisions,

BEE-KERPER’S CALENDAR. 553

if increase is wanted. Give sufficient storage-room. Give
additional ventilation if needed. Whenever the crop is over,
remove the surplus.

893. Fatu.—Look out for robbers, and for moths on
unoceupied combs. See that all hives have suffcient stores
for Winter, and unite worthless colonies to others.

894. Winter.—For out of doors, pack absorbents in
upper story, removing air-tight quilts. Shelter as much as
possible from winds. Leave the bees quiet in cold weather,
and see that they have a flight in warm weather. Do not
be confident of safe wintering till March is over. Then pro-
portionate the room to the strength of the colony. For cellar
wintering, take the bees in, after a warm day, leave them
quiet, in the dark, with an even temperature; take them out
on a warm day, and decrease the brood-chamber to suit the
strength of the colonies,

MisTaKES THAT BEGINNERS ARE LIABLE TO MAKE.

895. 1.—They are apt to think themselves posted after
they have read the theory, and before they get the practice.

2.—Hence they are apt to invent or adopt new hives, that
are lacking in the most important features (358).

3.—They are apt to think that bees are harvesting honey,
at times when they are starving. They should remember that
each honey crop lasts only a few days,—a few weeks at most.

4,—They are apt to mistake young bees on their first trip
for robbers and vice versa. Young bees fly out in the after-
noon only, and do not hunt around corners. Robbers are
gorged with honey when coming out of the plundered hive,
and a uumber of them are slick, hairless and shiny. Bees that
have been fed in the hive or whose combs have been damaged,
or extracted, and returned to the hive, act like robbers, and
incite robbing (664).

5.—They are apt to overdo artificial swarming (481).

554 ADVICE TO BEGINNERS.

6.—They are apt to extract too much honey from the brood-
combs (771).

7.—They underestimate the value of good worker comb
(676).

8.—They do not pay sufficient attention to the removal of
the excess of drone-comb (675).

9.—They become easily discouraged by Winter losses and
Spring dwindling. Some of our most successful Apiarists
periodically lose a large portion of their colonies, and
promptly recruit again, by the help of their empty worker-
combs (676).

10.—When they find bee-keeping successful, they are liable
to rush into it on too large a scale before being sufficiently
acquainted with it. “If there is any business in this world
that demands industry, skill and tact, to insure success, it is
this of ours.” — (Heppon.)

11.—They are apt to try two or three different styles of
hives, before they find out that it is important to have all
the hives, frames, caps, crates, ete., in an apiary, alike, and
interchangeable, except for purposes of experiment.

12.—They are liable to attempt to winter their bees in a
eold room, or in some repository im which the temperature
goes below the freezing point (648). Many a colony has
been thus innocently murdered, by misguided solicitude.

13.—They are prone to establish rules of action from ex-
periments made on one or two colonies and thus make a rule
out of an exception. Experiments have little value if they
have not been conducted on a large scale.

Brr-Krerpers’ AXIOMS.

896. There are a few first principles in bee-keeping
which ought to be as familiar to the Apiarist as the ‘etters
of his alphabet:

dst. Bees gorged with honey never volunteer an attack.

BEE-KEEPERS’ AXIOMS. 555

Thus, bees that come back loaded from the field, or bees that
have gorged themselves for swarming, are not dangerous.

2d. The bees that are to be feared are those that have
jomed a swarm without fully gorging themselves. In the
hive, the guardians, and the old bees that are ready to depart
for the field, are the most dangerous.

3d. During a good honey harvest, the bees are nearly all
filled with honey and there is but little danger from stinging.

4th. Those races of bees that cannot be compelled, by
smoke, to fill themselves with honey, are the most dangerous,
to handle.

5th. Bees dislike any quick movements about their hives,
especially any motion that jars their combs.

6th. The bee-keeper will ordinarily derive all his profits
from colonies, strong and healthy in early Spring.

7th. In districts where forage is abundant only for a short
period, the largest yield of honey will be secured by a very
moderate increase of colonies.

8th. A moderate increase of colonies in any one season,
will, in the long run, prove to.be the easiest, safest, and
cheapest mode of managing bees.

9th. Queenless colonies, unless supplied with a queen, will
inevitably dwindle away, or be destroyed by the bee-moth, or
by robber-bees.

10th. It must be obvious, to every intelligent bee-keeper,
that the perfect control of the combs of the hive is the soul of
a system of practical management, which may be modified to
suit the wants of all who cultivate bees.

11th. A man, who knows “all about bees,’ and does not
believe that anything more ean be gained by reading Bee-
Journals, new bee-books, ete., will soon be far behind the
age. Yet, as what is written in the journals and books, ours
included, is not always perfectly correct, every bee-keeper
should try to sift the grain from the chaff.

12th. The formation of new colonies should ordinarily be
confined to the season when bees are accumulating honey;

556 ADVICE TO BEGINNERS.

and if this, or any other operation must be performed when
forage is scarce, the greatest precautions should be used to
prevent robbing.

The essence of all profitable bee-keeping is contained in
Oettl’s Golden Rule: KEEP YOUR COLONIES stRoNG. If you
cannot succeed in doing this, the more money you invest
in bees, the heavier will be your losses; while, if your colo-
nies are strong you will show that you are a bee-master, as
well as a bee-keeper, and may safely caleulate on generous
returns from your industrious subjects.

INDEX OF ENGRAVINGS.

PLATE. PAGE.
1,2, L. L. Langstroth ......I, II
3,4 Charles Dadant ..... .V, VI
5 Queen, drone, worker ...... 2
GBS. HUDEr oss nmimemace 200% 8
7 Gaetano Barbd ........... 20
8 Legs of worker-bees ...... 24
9 F. R. Cheshire .......... 38
10 Ovaries of the queen ...... 56

11 Dzierzon ........ :

12 A. J. Cook ...

13 Gaston Bonnier

14 M. Quinby ......

15 A. I, Root ......--5-26-- 0178

PLATE, PAGE.
16 E. R. Root ........ F .-178
17 Apiary in California ..... 216
18 W. Z. Hutchinson.......... 242
19 Cell-cups and queen-cells 278
20 G. M. Doolittle

21 T. W. Cowan

22 J. Mehring ..........

23 Foundation moulding tabl

24 G. W. York .

25 C. C. Miller ..

26 F. Di Hruschka é

27 Ed. Bertrand ..

28 N. E, France secs ennes 0488

557

Fia.

5.
54

TEXT ILLUSTRATIONS.

PaGE
Eye of worker bee ...... 4
Small eyes of drone ...... 5
Section of drone antenna.. 7
Surface of antenna........ 10
Section of flagellum ..... 12
Salivary glands ......... 16
Section through head of
WOTKER. nec. oye ee eee 17
Head of honey hornet .... 19
Head of honey bee ...... 19
Mandible of hornet ...... 19
Mandible of bee.......... 19
TONEUC: asa sic pavaednwes 21
Bee's: feet: sv siiccccaea ews 23
Wings of bee ...........- 26
Digesting apparatus ...... 27
Nervous system ......... 30
Tracheal bag .........-- 31
Sting of worker-bee ...... 36
QUGEM: sistas sla Gils Jobe: 40
Head of Queen........ 43
Queen cells in progress . 45
Queen cells built by Cy-
prian bees .......--40- 46
Sting of queen ......... 48
Abdomen of queen ...... 64
Worker-bee ...... .sseee 67
Head of worker-bee ...... 70
Egg in the cell .......... 71
Eggs and larva ........- 72
Coiled in the cell ....... 13
Stretched in the cell ..... 13
Spinning cocoon ........- . TA
IN YAP? ic esierscuar ices di G-saceparserin 15
Ovaries of worker-bees ... 78
Brood from drone-laying
WOTKED wecisisidgacccs cxdeersaners 79
Combs of brood..........- 81
Drone: aak.sst5% Seeeeeee 83
Head of drone .......... 85
Sexual organs of drone ... 86
Penis and s laccasentiniic a 87
Drone-trap .......- wea BO!
Comb built upwards - . 93
Wax scales ........- . 94
Secretion of wax scales. 94
Wax producing organ .... 95
Comb builders .........- 97
Slope of cells .......... 102
Worker and drone-comb 103
Combs of honey.........- 117
Scrophularia ...... ...+. 127
Water supply Ladue Sere 129
Barthen hive .........-.- 32
Box. Hive’. cswcswe se wo te ae 183

Birthplace of Chas. Dadanti34
Eke hive ... 135

Radouan hive
Eke of Soria
Dividing hive
Huber leaf-hive ..
Original Langstroth hive. . 143

Berlepsch hive .......... 144
Langstroth hive early im-
provements ........ fated 5
Gravenhorst hive ........ 147
Old Standard L frame..... 147
Wisconsin hive .......... 48
Hoffman frames .......... 150
Danzenbaker frames 151
Diagrams of hives .......152
Movable frame ..........- 158
Frame with groove ....... 159
Van Deuzen clamp ...... 160
Hive with two supers...... 161
Diagram of Dadant hive ..164
Dadant hive, open ....... 65

Dadant hive, flat on bottom166
Shoulder supporting frame.167
Metal spacers 1
One and a half story hive..
Spacing wire fixed 1
Tool for spacing wire ....
Removing spacing wire ...
Division board
Frame for making
MACS oa soi sys, eewk ee Se
Dovetailed hive
Tri-state hive
Jumbo hive
How boards warp
Observing hive
Observing hive
dow
Opening hives ...
Bingham smokers ...
Champion smoker
Corneil smoker
Bee-veil ......
Comb-bucket .
Gathering a swarm ...
Swarm-sack ..........5..
Entrance guard .....
Non-swarmer block
Apiary of E. J. Baxter ....245
Queen-cell removed 2

in a win-

Cutting out queen cells ...269
Cluster of queen- “aalls sataaubne 270
Queen cells ..... bce 271
Divisible frame .......... 272
Divisible frame ...... 272
Benton divisible frame 273
Egg in every other cell 276
Alley’s method .......... erg

128bis Winter packing

129

TEXT ILLUSTRATIONS.

. Row of queen-cells,...... +278

Dipping-stick

Miller queen cage

Apiary in California...... 290
Abdomen of Italian bee....295
Apiary in Bulgaria....... 302
Apiary of Mendleson...... 304
House apiary of Jecker....305
Shed apiary ............. 07
House apiary of Blatt.... 311
Apiary in the Alps 3
Window screen

Benton cage

Benton cage .....

Can feeder ..............
Hill feeder .....

Doolittle feeder .

Miller feeder ....
Hill device .............. 6
Hives sheltered with deere
Sa eave 0
Cloister hive ..........
Double-wall hive ..
Double-wall hive,
WASW isicse disuse
Double-wall Cowan hive.
Chatt. Rive: sos <iiciwsea es) sara
Cheshire hive
Outer covering
Cellar blind
Cellar blind
Bee-clamp ........ S
How to nile the hives. .

Ground plan of clamp. a

In. the SNOW. i siivec ak ee ee oe

Original foundation mill. ..383
Latest foundation mill....384
Vandervort mill ........ 386
Thin base foundation..... 388
Foundation in sections..... 3389
Parker fastener........... 391
Rauchfuss section folder...391
Hambaugh roller.......... 392

Foundation wired in frame.393
Vandervort spur ........ 394
Miller splints ............ 395
Locust blossoms........... 399
White clovers ssc <snecuas 400
Implement for ascertaining

length of tongue.......... 400
AMPLE. sic ccsiscee ay -401

Red clover... 402
Linden ..... .403
Alsike clover 404
Borage: aay ea eieg eG 405
Sweet clover ...... 406
Yellow melilot.....

Persicaria .

Golden rod..

Aster roseus

Aster tradescanti. 409
Echinops ritro .......... 410
Helenium tenuifolium 410
Judas tree..... ac sracarhanpinn S41
Cleome pungens ......... 411
Knot-weed ...ee-eeeeees ALL

a.
Buckwheat ........

SRO: a sregess areraidea
Asclepias tuberosa .
Asclepias syriaca...
Pollen of milkweed.... :
Epilobium spicatum........
Valerian ...
Enothera grandiflora......
Hyacinth
Lily of the valley.........
Solomon’s seal........
Mignonette
Crimson. ClOVET. ois nec. e8
Sainfoin . a
One piece sections
Folded sections...........
Super with pattern slats...
Full depth section frame.
Slope of cells when
VeETted ceccssevcesceree
Heddon reversible hive.
Section super with wood
separators ........+.65
Section super with fences..
Wood-bound zine
Unbound zinc ...........
Slatted wood-zinc
BOATE 6 wis gieiecsceneaa ¥
Unfinished sections .......
Top and bottom starters...
Wide frame, half filled..
Super with springs........
Miller T super...........
Open sections ...........
Cowan honey extractor....
Half-story supers ........
Novice honey extractor....

Super with robber cloths. .464
Porter bee-escape ........ 465
Dadant capping-can ...... 66
Uncapping and extracting. .467
Bingham honey-knife ..... 68
Large funnel and sieve....469
Appearance of foul-brood..476
Bertrand fumigator ...... 479
B@O=MOthy «5.5. 3.5 ce ce wraacocent 489
OUD: sis s.oaig ig Sand ardhtaereis 490
Larva and moth.......... 492
Gallery of moth.......... 493
The worms .............. 493
Cocoons spun by” larva of
MOED fa 05 he wes 85. Had edie a 494
Webs and remnants of
combs destroyed
MOths? 6:4 6 e685
Colorado shipping cases.
Non-drip Foster case......
Grading honey ..........
The sixty-pound honey can.515
Dadant honey-pails ...... 521
Friction-top honey-pail ...522
Kuhn wax-kettle ........, 32
German wax-press ....... 533
Doolittle solar extractor...534

Page.
Abbott metal spacer.......... 170
Absconding swarms .......... 233
Adobe for hives..... Edens testes sey 177

Adulteration, of beeswax.

of honey. 518
Afterswarming ........-..-50- 220
Afterswarms, prevention of .241, 242

superiority of....233

= objections to..... 233

Age of the queen when fecun-
Gated: soins 6icsd ee bes Sw wee

Age sign of old, in bees..... 80-82
Air, see Ventilation........... 179
Alexander, on overstocking.....423
Alley, drone trap........ i, COO
“mailing queens ........ 324

‘© method of queen-rearing
76, 277
“on impregnation ....... 54
Alighting-board, see Apron..... 166
Alsike clover ........... woe 403
American frames ...........-153
Ammonia for stings.......... 208
Anger of bees......... .. 189, 205

Antenne Se BR Dw oy A eTeT ee Tenant eo
bees cannot live without 14
“eutting of the....... 14-15

as organs of hearing.... 10
as organs for smelling... 11
experiments of Huber on

Ants about the hive.........- 506
“fondness for honey.......509
“their fecundity .........- 41

Aphides, Parthenogenesis of the 61

causes of honey dew

119, 120

Apiaries, covered ....eeee ee - 306
out of doors......... 303

ys sheds for ........-.- 306
ADiary sai 45's 4 aan eg be oe 301
“slow motions around the, .199
APIIUBE e046 a avsenee gees eae LOS
Apis dorsata .......eeeseeeee 300
Apis fasciata .......-.000085- 298
Apis ligustica ......... weed S293
Apis mellifica ........... pee e292

Apron, or alighting-board......166

Artificial _ Swarming

Bears and bees.
Beaunier on the * production of

Page.

Aristotle, “ drones seeercceee 88

scent of the queen. .288

eats 243
advices on. .253
caution about

255, 256

by dividing.244

driving
bees .247

by removing

the hive. 246
improved ..249
nucleus

method. 251

with queens
already reared.250, 252
with queen-

cells. 251

increasing

too fast. 256

Association of bee-keepers..... 543
Australian bees ae

Austria, yield of honey
Automatic extractor
Axioms, bee-keepers’

Bacillus alvei, see Foul-brood
Bait, in sections
Baldenstein, on Italian bees....297

* 244

Senate SEM CRO Ds
Barrels for honey.

469, 470, 512, 514

INDEX. 561
Bee-bread, see Pollen Bees how far they fly........ 421
Bee-dress how many in a pound... .326
Bee escape .. “in California ...423, 424, 425
Beeshat: cies wanes g4-0 ws eee "© Gy GErMany sc .iceg severe 424
Bee-keepers’ calendar ........ 545 “ jnjured by fruit juice .344, 542
Bee-louse ......-.00008 «eee 506 “Italian, see Italian
BeeCsMOUN. sweets op hs aged er naan 89 “killing their drones...... 90
ea description of ...489, 490 anemory Of os 666348 aseeie 14
BY food! Of 54.25 e2neoes 493 “" “MOuUth, Of. 22.24 eases sia 19
ee galleries of ..... 492, 493 “noticing their new location
bn how they act....490, 491 308, 328
iA how to destroy...498, 499 “not indigenous to America .289
as in queenless colonies a a re er 321, 322
498, 499 “peaceable when filled with
a Italian bees and...... 499 honey.191
ee Killed by cold....495, 496 ‘peaceable when swarming.191

lays eggs in propolis..
os not to be feared...... 501
preserving comb,

against.

temperature required
for their growth.

a worm of the..... 492,
their disgusting work.
Bees, and flowers....127, 128,
“and fruits
angered

“ “

by bad odors..... 206
by the odor of their
poison .207
by the jarring of
the hive.202
as means of defense...... 210
“* pewildered by light.......201
“ puilding combs ..........
building few store cells...
“ puilding third store cells..109
pbuilding store cells here
and eee

“ec “

Garniolan cose ssesieses 9)
“Caucasian .......eseeeee 299
“ elimbing on polished sur-
faces. 22
“clustering in winter...... 340
“clustering outside .. .162, 182
8 (Cyprian sicnns ssa ge aies
“deprived of their antenne. 15
«deserting ...... , 365, 372
“discharge in flight....... 33
“do not make honey..116, 336
“dwindling in spring...... 368
“eating to keep warm...... 341
Sf eyeS Of gagerne sages apacids &
“feeding the queen...... 9, 17
“filled with honey......... 191

“first introduced in this
country 292

“ first noticed in Florida...289

“for honey production in

the Norkh 270

“going Westward ........- 91
© Wandling: 645.06 6 4 6 sate neue 189
© ‘hatching .ivawewsen gowns 15
“hearing organs of........ 10

“Holy Land and Syrian....

ss preparing to swarm ... 211
*8 procuring os cscs es 309
“ propolizing small holes. 111
“quiet at mid-day......... 198
Pe SPACOS: OL fants sy usensa eine arunsoleo-6 293
“rebuilding store cells..... 108
“removing from the cellar
65, 366
“return to their location
274, 328, ee
“sending scouts ..........
“‘ ‘smelling organs of. it
“smelling honey ......... 13
“‘ ‘starving in Spring....... 317
““ suffocated ..... Soro er 181
“" SWArMING? src edad ane ses 211
“swarming with introduced
queen. 287
“transferring ........ ++. .3809
“unable to take wing...... 32
“understand each other.... 80
SE VaPLeties: snclige se see: ahisveveyere sad 292
“ventilating ..... ROSS Bey 179
Bee-smokers, see Smokers.
Beeswax (see also Wax)...... 531
adulteration of ....... 387
e for comb-foundation ...387
mn MeCHING sock cecieseaae 53
“¢ pressing .........
ne residues
a spoiled
s uses of
BO@sVell ss sissieitiie ads ha 6 38
Beginners’ mistakes 553
Beginning on a small scale....301
Benton, apis dorsata.......... 300
Caucasian bees ........ 299
is divisible frame ........ 273
a mailing queens ........ 324
me trip to Cyprus......... 298
aS trip around the world...297
Berlepsch, on comb building....105
on drone-laying
queens. 60
ae on Italian bees..... 296
on refrigerating
queens. 64
tf on water in Winter

129, 370, 371

562 INDEX.

Berlepsch, RIVE: 4 42 eaten dao 144

“defects of ..... 146

Bernard, on the brain of birds. 15

Bertrand, description of foul-

brood.476, 477, 485

x on Hilbert’s cure...479
“honey as cure

for warts.530

honey plants ...420

a “ Langstroth hive.146
queens dying of

bacillus alvei.474

Bevan, cure for bee stings..... 208

on bee-moths ....492, 493
te ‘““ honey-dew ........ 120
v8 “larve ...... 71, 73, 74
ie “propolis ...... 110, 112
e Salt. svccdexiacadas 131

ms quotations of Huber....291
a Réaumur.185

Bickford, first use of the oil-
OUD saue ca ce Sees ice aoe Oa aeeenetee
Bingham, knife .............. 468

on honey vinegar....529

SS smoker 191, 194
Birds and bees..............05 503
“should not be killed..... 504
“injuring fruit .......... 5AL
Bi-sulphide of carbon.........498
Bledsoe, on the sting... 38
Blocks for the entrance.......166
Blood of bees............500 29

Boerhaave on Swammerdam.... 40

Bohemia honey production..... 424

Boiling honey against foul brood
479, 480, 484

NieMO CL ee eer ee ee 532, eee
Boissier, on honey-dew........ 11
Bonnier, on Darwin..........6 é

“honey-dew .......121

af “ nectaries ....118, 121
Bottom-boards ........ 160- 164- 167
Bottom-boards, encased ....... 165
Box-hives ......6..0eeees 133, 134
Brace-combs, see Bridges.

Brain of bees.......

Braula ceca ........
Breathing upon bees

Breeding in ahd in...........
Bridges 4.4 4« 04s se

Bridal. tipi ¢cs:cs.cwww es ease

Brimstoning bees ........
Hf honey comb to keep
out the moth.498
Brood accidentally killed 48
casting the skin.........
““ chamber in two stories
objectionable .152
“duration of development... 92
SE" TOW. AS ioe 0 i algasisaccs shales BHR 71
“pure air for....... 5
“sealed by bees
“transformation of the.... 74
Buckwheat honey ...406, 423, 508
Buera, on water for brood
rearing.371

Burmeister, names the stomach-

“

mouth. 28
discovers different sounds
in the humming of bees 34

Burnens as an observer....... 77
i helped Huber ....... 8, 9
Butler anecdote from.......... 505
on drones ..... insides 6 Kee 89

“

“

on drone traps........ 89
on handling bees. .198, 199
on the bee-sting. . 207
on sectional hives.

oe on sense of smell......
os saw the queen deposit
OBES: sera adirserecouita
Cages, introducing ........... 283
“shipping ..... DR ROOT ee ete 325
Cakes ciesscieear sawn Corre g 528
California, CLOD? OL. issssidtisuasizasea. eae 425
ATS. Dees! iseccaiew 5 naa 291
Candied HONEY a sesiaia: amspixecess-« 515
“how bees dissolve.129
¥2 melting
Candy, for feeding........
us for shipping
“shops, killing bees. .
Cans, for honey........
Cap of the hive......... ae
Capping Can sisisesecisweees 466
Capping se: «5.28.46 8 ocese wanes

Cappings of honey cells,

CIZBG? as a ice cvaglin oes aveacanwie’s 1
Carbolic acid for foul-brood....481
Carbolized sheet ........ 195, 378
Carniolan bees ...........06. 292
Cary, on uniting colonies...... 349

“witnessed the mating of

a@ queen .............. 55
Castellaz, on preserving combs

from the moth............. 499
Catalogue of bee plants....... 408
Catching the queen of a swarm.225

“

queens for shipment or
introduction 2)

Causes of swarming.......
Cellar blinds ............

“

Cells,

GLY seston eres aeons

temperature
ventilation
wintering bees in
accommodation

bottom of

drone 103, io?
natural explanation of the
Shape Of + sasacaweaeas
not horizontal
opposed preference of queen
and worker .......... 107

INDEX,

Cells, queen .......45, 46, eae
Risiune #8 o 54-5 Bites 8-281
ae 2. a re 102
“solution of. a problems -100

™ thiekeess: of ss. ass eel

“worker
Chafl Hives: 6 oss ase cs tgae 4
Cheshire, criticism of
his criticism of an en-
BPAVIDE§ esses cca suc 104
ef Rive) 2423 tee ee os ea 358
: “winter packing of.. .352
i mistake Of scse cece 145
ms on air-tight cappings. .122
: on breathing ......... 3

cure of foul-brood.. .
on diarrhea ......
7 on foul-brood. :
how to suspend foun-

on

on
dation in frames... .395
vs on the antenne... 7, 8, 10,
aera g hacen arreyeanductle vee dh, 2
ma ** plood aRewsdeite isi drata's~1BO!
~ “eyes ...... Sago gtetatisnas 4
oF @AOCG, ceric sa eatin Gers 23
ue “glands ..... enes 16-17
a 8 NATE scacseusconre'e iene a
ie “ larve “i
fe O NOBS 5 sesnssiaie see 128, 24, 38

name of worker-eggs 61
pollen baskets...
skeleton of the bee.
of the fit-

- 24-25
2
survival

on wax

Chickens close hives in the even-
PING + oie ssegsg ayaaapiarseree ie 50
st eat drones ......... 91, 505
Chin of the bee........... seus LB
CHING: sew gece caw iricisaitione sows 2
Chloroform ...........- aioe oe H2RC
Chyle: scuswesne se deere teens 28
Clamps for wintering.......... 368
Van Deusen’s ......... 160
Claws and pulvilli............ 23
Cleaning propolis from _ the -
hands: 24 sxvewes gi t2
ba propolis from the "sec-
sections 443

Cleansing beeswax. .. .
Clipping the wings of sisent ES

Cloister hive .........eeeeeee 353
Cloth, cil or enameled......... 172
Glover, alstke 2 i. cis dees pee
Clover, melilot or sweet........ 40
«red 22,121,128, 400
ie MMM TOE ea 56 ii 5 ee sasevah’oantiarretiessa 398
Clover honey ..........0-e0005 508
ECVV POUS! sre elas geocoding ae ss 19
Cocoons of beeS.........+-..45 TA
in of bee-moth ...... oe A497
Cold climate for wintering..... 340

water for stings.........2

“

“

poun dieowaue
Colonies, artificial increase of. .248
1

Golorsto, Italian bees i

563

reese 10

invention of perforated zinc 89

on duration of URReL ORD
tions ...

killed by heat
natural increase of.....
number of, in an apiary

. 3816, 423, 426
eee

2, 262, 288 aie, Bt
seach ae é z
SLIPPING si miiancawwy% 330
strong, best for honey. .429
315

transferring

309, 313, 314,
weak, easily robbed....3
yield from ....

Colors as guide for bees. .6, 7, 306
Columella, his writings........ 77
mentions the bee-moth..489
A on artificial swarming. .243
ee on feeding bees... .329, 332
Ee on handling bees...... 199
a on Italian bees........ 294
8 on spring examination of
colonies ............ 373
ts on transporting bees... .322
es m weak colonies. - 266
Colvin, importation of Italian
bees. .298
‘‘ invention of separators. . 1439
“* on bees transferring eggs. 47
Combat of queens............. 52
Comb bucket ......... b exoveyt sins 203
building ............. 93,107
““puilt upwards .......... 9
“foundation. advantages of .382
es “a success ........ 396
i SS AIPPINE - ise. eis 54 3 ae ce
ws © fastener <2. sess e's

for brood-combs.388, 388
for comb EUMEY
for swarms.
how to cut........
how to fasten.392, 393
results of 385
first manufacturer..
pAMRR SET he OS , 390
in sections. ...388, 389
inventor of........ 384
mills, Root ..384, 385

a Vandervort ..386
moulding .389
plaster moulds ‘tor. sae
press 3
right position
strips for guides...
wax for ....
Weed process......
weight of different

ss grades. .391
WIDE 4246404044893

564

Comb guides for frames.157,158,221L
Comb honey, best selling....... 430
capping Ole ances aac 122

care in shipping511,512

ts difficult to produce.434

we leaking -510, 511
on moths in. - + 498
4 production ene 430
by reversing.435
ee “* Improve-
ments in.431, 432
Be “in wide
frames. .448
thd ** in large
frames. .431
ag “in lower
story. .433
is “* in sections... .431
#8 “in shallow up-
per stories. .433

in supers.448,449

s ““ remarks
-450, 451
i “with fences...439
iG “with separa-
tors. .439

with swarm-

oe sealed .......
si sweating ....
a unsalable ...
" without propolis442, ae
COMDS: 2 v2.6 ses ct usasawew cess
(Ae: OF 25 eek ssc saede 74, 225
‘“ preaking down ......... 18
“* primstoning to keep out
moths ..... 2 ia abies ae
“puilt upwards........... 93
“care in returning after in-
spection ..........6-- 2
“care of in Winter,...... 471
“* economy of bees in build-
IOIe: © 4 40 esas waa sores 10

“* empty, furnishing to bees.461
given to prevent
swarming
*“* extracting from.......... 463
“* guides for straight
157, 158, 382
93

“ “

“pruning
“returned to the bees val

extracting ...........
“straight ... - 157, 383, 385
“surface occupied by brood. aee
transferring cc.cmncae nes
“ washing dark........... 331

Comparative table of transfor-

MAtOUS! si53 tee 6. sari eheiecere ae

Comparison of the eyes of
queens, drones, and workers 4
Confectioners annoyed by bees. .338
Confining bees unsafe......... 181
Confining colonies % - 320, 353
Confining queens ............. 323
Confinement, fertilization in.... 55

INDEX.

* out
donstination
Consumption of honey..

2 by bees in
.341, 342

wes LZ5

Winter.
Of pollens: cc icccus
Contagious diseases....... 472-487
Contraction of brood
DOP se vg ain aiaeeaei: fang 369, 370, 437
Cook, his praise of the Langs-
troth hive....142
Lubbock’s experiment..... 6
onenemies of bees....... 507
“on Neighbour’s opinion....
“on the broods of the moth.490
on the ears of bees....... 11
on production of wax

“

scales in old bees.. 96
“quotation of Doolittle. ...260
Cowan, OPILULE wwe vce s 6 ee cake 195
automatic extractors 469

O ATIME: A esha a teins e.$? Sal's ale 356

SO SUD TRB? scosiscudnssasaua es va. ae 146

““ microscopical studies 12
“on foul-brood ........... 79

on the prevention of
swarming. .239
“on the treatment of foul-
brood. .479, 487
Cracks, closed with propolis by
bees. .111
“how to close when bees rob380
Crates, see Section-crates
Cutting, H. D., on the introduc-

tion of virgin queens. ..286
Cyprian DeeS> vse aa 293, 298, 299
‘difficult to subdue. .198
ff “ rearing queen-cells. 46
DebeauvoyS srssecseeceeeess 142
Decoy hives 310
Deep frames .. -153
De Gelieu DAV Cit a. Pucten atts 136
on weight of bees....326

De Layens counted the eggs
dropped by queens.. 66

ie experiments on cost of

wax. .106
au A the use of
water. .130
os on feeding bees...... 335
<8 report of weight of a
swarm. .239
Della. Rocca comb-guide....... 157

on
o on
on

age of colonies... 81

attracting swarms. 220
bees as means of

defense. .210

on floating apiaries. .321
De Planta, experiments on food

of larve..259

on honey. .397

endl, 369, 372
3, =

8, 39

“

“ “

Desertion
Diarrhea Mey
Digesting apparatus. .
Digestion, process Ofseeevee 2!

INDEX. 565
Diseases ..... 72(Dubini on commercial uses. of
bacillus alvei 474 propolis ............114
Me Ks Gaytoni .472, 473 nf on food of larve...... 72
ee black-brood......474, 485 “« on the braula ceca. 506
ss GLATT ROA. io.s5 wetness 472 me on the Caucasian bee. .299
: foul-brood .......... 3 ne on the scales of wax. 94
oe mal de Maggio..472,473|Dummies ............... 171, 172
gy, paralysis ...... 472, 473 | Dzierzon, discovery of partheno-
oe Pickled-brood ....... 87 BCNESIS. ch ites aie. ars , 60
of MOPtiBG - 62.8366 45505, Sis: 472 ee DIVE * siaareicuasans 2: ie 40
Disturbing bees in cold a 355 ae on cellar wintering
Dividing oale da anfauicndaadicactes enone i 244 360, 366
BIVG), cqsog ss ha weesreeareie 136 pf on development of lar-
rs unreliable .......... 246 APR asic satepictssntenrs Gi had eh 15
Divisible frame sccae ere te *s on drones .......... 84
Division boards ..... rr 171 se on fertility of queens. 66
i removing — eyekstsane 202 Ne on issue of swarms. .549
a space under..... 172 fe on pollen and substi-
Dénhoff, description of moths. .496 tute .124, 125, 397
“experiments on young os on refrigerating queens 64
, bees. .62-69 se ON YODNCRS 2 nwo se eae 375
on development of moths496 ee on the Italian bee.
a on food of moths...... AOS alasemn denny 294, 297, ee
“« on thickness of honey se “sex of eges. 62
cells. .104 i ““ spermatheca ... 56
Doolittle, feeder.............. ee 7 * wedding flight.. 54
method of fastening..
be foundation .......... 92
on method of queen-rear-
ing. .278
ee on propolis ......... 442|Barthen hives .............. 132
ee “the Gallup frame.151 | Eggs, are they laid ‘in’ queen
af "© Hin TOOES! V-. 6ece se 175 CONS? uarcaaiiinl cde fe c0
Dovetailed hives..... 175, 176, 178 " drone and worker in dif-
Driving bees ............ 247, 311 ferent cells ....... 62
Drone brood in worker cells. .64, 91 “from laying workers.... 77
Drone cells. See Cells. ““how fecundated ...... az 56
Drone, comb, bees building..... 107 ‘* impregnation of......... 60
PEDUGG sad. cissicewuacevers 109 “not better than larve to
ie TEMONEE | ns wecgvens cee 63 rear queens........ 259
ae replaced by comb “of the bee-moth........ 491
foundation ..... “number of, laid by queens. 41
“ scattered ..... ‘““ ‘shallow frames hindering
“ ‘larve, bees trying to ra the laying of..151, 152, 153
queen from .........59, 80 “shape of .. ee hls
“laying queens ..57,58,59, 64| Eke hives ..... 135
“© -laying workers .......... 7% || Eliot; JSON. »a 20s 2amycereeeewo.< 289
CF SEDANS tach cai Mier ivianience wisdhcare td phat 240 Empty combs to prevent ay ALE
“description and office. 83 -238
Drones, difficulty to raise early. 64 oe removed for Winter. 345
expelled by bees....... 90!|Enamel cloth ............... 172
«expelled by the bee- Enemies of bees
keeper ...........0-5 90 PEMtrance: ase vss enierenee ac
*¢ kept in queenless hives.266 * blocks
ce mating in the air...... 83 ee contracted against
ies number in a hive...... 85 robbing ...... 7379
a number in a pound... .326 “8 enlarged to hive
ne perish in mating...... 84 Swarms .......... 222
is raised in worker cells.63,91 ee enlarged in Summer 162
a; selection of .......... 267 ‘e BUATE: < dsasanng erasers 240
s time of appearance of.. 83 wh left open in Winter. .352
“why mating outside... 91 < open in the cellar. . .362
ne why so many......... Ob OEHEP sxe wis 9-4 - Se so aah Avenscepariecens 286
Drory experiment on laying.... 63|Evans, quotations from. .81, 82,
Drumming bees .............. 311 83, 100, 111, 112, 120, 211,
Dubini on cleansing the an- B29, scasrieain a 6s woe wansieia arene
tenn ..+...s++s--. 24! Excessive swarming

566 INDEX.
EXXGIUCErS! acipue ed's a's eee 440, 441 Food, Bees? se cacti
lExcrements, see Feces. for wintering a
Extracted HOMEY” i 5 s64.5.09.9 a Bars 45 “how much for Winter. 842
barrels for. .469, 512 “its effect on queen larve. 47
ee granulation of...515 “on worker larve. gm. UE
* sale of .518, 519, 5238 “pest to ship queens rasticits® 5 1323
Extracting ...... ...........463 | Forcing box ............. ...3810
a advantages of.. 1454, ee POSTER peede HORA sodsnasdoraeneane BE
a conclusions on. 3 “open side sections... .450, 451
ee from brood combs. ata “shipping directions...510, 511
e half stories for......458|Foul-brood ..............0++= 473
ee how to proceed...... 463 a care and perseverance
bi implements for. .463, 465 needed ..........
ns lessens the work..... 457 ee detected in Spring...
sc prevents swarming. 457 se description of.......
Extractor o06-6cee9 46 453, 454, 469 Se Dupont experiments..475
ue reversible .......... 469 ne from infected queens.485
Byes Of Dees. sci an paren dane eee 3, 4 ne fumigating ......... 79
sd comparison of..... oe method of Alexander .485
He method of Bertrand. .179
ie “of Cheshire....481
Facets of the eye...ssassesaee 4 ce ‘© of McEvoy..... 482
why so many. ee “Of Muth gceces 477
Famine, desertion by.... Foundation, see Comb foundation.
BEAL Gf SUNS s.i5 oh se heersiementen a 200 | Frame of the bodies of insects. 3
Fecundation delayed, its re- Frames. 142, 147, 150, 151, 158, “164
SUES. desis rs ecbyevnicmcare 60, 61 comparison of divers sizes
9 of flowers by bees jf = eaeeeeveeee 150, 151, 153
126, 127 “distance between ....... 157
He of the queen...... 53 ‘““ Danzenbaker ........... 151
Feeble colonies, feeding........ 330 ‘divisible: jo sa83033 40 272, 273
UDINE sracaeee ae 348 “first attempts at movable.142
e unprofitable .429, 430 ‘““ groove for foundation....159
Fecundity of the queen....... 41 “ Hoffman 22432656293 49,151
FROCUERS: ~ 5 spd e ad. eed wrlavendraus 332, eae & ‘hangstroth ~ 4.00 005244 u4-6 14
Feeding DOCS: 4.5 44 eraser snatieae “number per hive........ 154
larve compared with “perpendicular to the en-
mammal feeding. 28 EFANCE o cisc ereveceravere 16
af in the Fall.... eet © Quinby ica cs as nae 151, 158
cS in Spring -330 “dimensions of ....164
‘e loaf sugar saaces eves 3325 of

8 not to be encouraged .336
ae Scholz candy........ 335
tf stimulative 6 80!
= sugar candy ....... 334
iS SYTUP uwewse «eben BoD
a SWarMS .....006- aa
FenC@S x e5 6.5.5.0 suscehoncaies ace pe ee 439
Fermentation of honey.........517
Fertility of the queen, see
Fecundity...... 41
Fertilization, see Impregnation.
Field, Bugene ........-..+045 114
Fighting of queens............ 52
Flammarion . 2... cee eee eee 13
Flight during Winter...... 356, 366
Flight of bees, range of........ 421
ve speed of .......- 26
Floating apiaries ...........- 322
Flour given to bees.......... 126
Flowers, bees not anUr IOUS to
(adele hE aoe 27-128, 543
a list of ee ekg ee Rake 408
Feces of bees, discharge of the. 29
os discharged in the hive... .343
“ unhealthy ..... 472

“of the queen. ae
“ of young peeS.sssceceeee

regularity of the outside
measure of trees 8, 159)
removing from the hives.202
space around L
spacing wire for.........
success with every kind of
55, 156
top and bottom bars of...
triangular edge
wide
‘““ width of the top bar.....
France, N. E., on foul-brood
482, 483
on legal rights.544
Fruits and bees........... 19, 540
‘* blooms benefited by bees

“ “a

** damaged by birds........
«juices of, injurious to Aer

Fumigations against foul- brood.
moths 498,
“ to tame bees.193,

Gelieu vertical, divisible hive.
German hive, inferiority 5 hag ‘

INDEX. 567
Cingerbread 6 sssiaceaneB2T,, oe Hives, chaff .........+...357, 358
Girard on honey.............. Cheshire ..... nietaaeincntin 358
ni on. the breathing organs. 138 x Cowan ....... igepumieaceliariie 356
£1aNS cess eae 16 a diagram of our...... 164
beg oe nervous system.. 29 e division-board of..... 171
o re smell organs ... 13 ce double-back ........... 168
- ss sounds produced ae double wall ......
by bees.33-34 “dovetailed ....175, ‘176, “178
ws a GUNES: 6.5563 0050 38 rs Dzierzon .......e00+4..140
Giraud, queen-rearing “ earthen ...... ise Bieter s 132
Glands of bees........ * Ol Or sessed rere Sac penaue piesieeeun 135
GIOVES: bane e sins bee * enamel cloth for. 172
Goldsmith, quotation from..... 188 a entrance of 171
Gouttefangeas, on confinement. .354 rf Gelieu -.-136
Grading honey .............. 13 es Gallup 152, 155
Granulation of honey .515, 518, 519 re German ioe Memeo e
Grapes and bees.............- 540 Ee Gravenhorst ..... 147, 149
Gravenhorst hive ............ ve hanging frame
Green on foul-brood...... 475, 476 “s AUD ER o5: eave axeGrvavanenaane
Grimshaw’s apifuge .......... Jumbo ...
Gubler on cure for bee-stings. .209 Langstroth
Gundelach on the necessity of = large may be reduced...156
POlEN, iss ss snaawweade eyes “to improve the
races. .155
oF manufacture of ........ 178
ol material for ........... 17
oe metal spacer .........- 170
Hairless beeS .sseeeeses.375, 472 “movable comb ...+..... 140
Hairs of beesS........2----+-- 3 “ TTAME. as cisinwces 142
ce as organs of touch 8 ee numbering .....08680.0% 176
ne their uses on the se observing ...........-. 184
legs. .23, 24 ‘. outer covering of....... 359
Hambaugh on out-apiaries..... 316 ne painting ....... sir 5, 176
TOller: 3 eiieserw io wes 392 ee patent sexv2caseaemaweae 177
Hamet, his description of the ee preferred by us........ 163
movable frame hive. .136 ss protection for ......... 350

“on several swarms clus-
tered together. .226, 227
Handling Bee@S: 5s coe esiciw arses x 189
with the hands...
Harbison, first bees in Cal.....
Harris on moths
Harvesting honey
Hearing of bees............ 10,
where located. .

a organs,
Heart of bees.......-.2..-.-6 29
Heartsease, (persicaria) ...... 406
Heat breaking the combs...... 182
Heddon hive ...........-000- 436
“« . method of transferring.315
* color of veils...... 197
a comb honey ...... 437
sf economical pro-
duction. .461
prevention of after-
swarms. .241
the use of smoke. .201
a wintering safely ..3458
Hilbert on foul-brood..... 478, 479
Hill device ...-.0.eee eee eee 346
Hill feeder as Bicana ienebmoapiiounen's 332
Hives, AAPG E54 4 Baise ayergeese. oe 132
AMCTICaN ns ciswaweden « 153

hi Berlepsch
es Dodie
Pattaeatoard of ics
«cap of RO EOSIN Ly

as Quinby closed end frame.141
a at suspended frame.151

rabbet for frames..... 170
Be Radouan ........ 125
Me ready for swarms...... 220
me requisites of a complete.137
“ TOOL Of ‘vin eeeieascawes 239
ms slanting forward ....... 160

Gas small, cause excessive
swarming. .156
limit the laying. .155

“ “

or BOTTA: 6-2 ste aoe ace Sar tape 36
a spacing wire of..... 169-170
SURAW a conven gana, acqpay ehangorreysens, 135
“ straw mati foP.c see acres 173
* strip on, to widen the
projection. .172
se upper story of.......... 174
re ventilation of ..... 162, 179
re Winter cover of........ 859
ee nt packing of.351, 352
oe shelter of ..... 349
ss WISCONSIN, stew gues aa sces
Hiving swarms ...... as e283 219.
Goffman. frames: y 26 <4.4 14 sees 150
Holtermann, on moving bees...323
Holy Land bees.............. 299
Honey, adulteration of. ‘i
AS: T0006 wc ews

"as medicine
“board discarded .........160

568

Honey cakes

INDEX.
bites Sic gai OS Ga aane Sue 28) Huber, oa the impregnation of

cells, are they air tight?.122 queens. .55, 57, 84
comb, see Combs. = the introduction of

crop in California....... 425 queens. .282
id Germany woe 424 = the talents of Burnens

ne this country ....426 74, 77
“our largest ........ 460 © tribute: tor acc eawewuces s 8, 9
dew ..... 118, 119, 120, 121 was DING os. .65se¢2s% e045
“as seen by Knight...120 “ wlte Of cucoseevassee a eer 9
“from aphides. 119, 120, 42h FRU TTB? ss every eB d Se8) ce cos 26, 33
SS fts! loOks: av sccsi oein ina 120 Hutchinson, on comb building... 97
origin (of) cnc cse cea comb honey pro-
different grades of duction. .442, 451
evaporating = packing comb
extracted honey. .511
extractor ..... a prevention of
fermenting after-swarms. .242
from clover ........ es queen rearing

“

divers flowers
hollow trees ......
linden ee
granulating
handling
harvesting
house

‘a

“a

in sections
marketing
melting
poisonous
production
sack

18
implements ....463, 465
432

“* ‘shipping cases 509
“storing and evaporating. .122
SS SSEPAINCG goss sess sie acainmisirn iets 452
Eos WUISOS: 101 “4. -.¢: ave seuhGnoevount 25
$ WIMCBAT 26 nak eas as 28, 529
Hornets damaging fruit....19, 128
Horse killed by bees.......... 206
Hour of the fecundation of
queens.. 54
“ of swarming 21

House apiary
Hruschka
Huber, apiary
“experiments on comb

building. .104,
pollen .123,
propolis

the antenne

8, 9, 10,

the memory of
bees. .
the sense of
smell.
ventilation
virgin queens

hive :
imported Melipones......

fertile workers
how bees build their
combs

location

on artificial swarming....
bees transporting eggs.
drone reared in queen
cell. .

14
14

- 206
.180

59
17

279, 280, 282
shipping honey.511

use of comb...221
use of founda-
tion. .396

see Cem en eens

Implements, see Tools.
Importing bees. .297, 298, 323, 324
Impregnation of the queen 53

in confinement. 55

ne in the open air. 53
Increasing too fast........... ‘487
Inhabitants of a hive......... 2
Insects and bees.............. 506
Introducing queens ........... 82
Irving, quotation from....
Italian bees ..............

te COlOT. secu ees

nie description of .

sf destroy moths... "499

first importa-
tion in America. .297
qualities of. .293, 294
vary even in Italy. 296
Italian cakes .. -528

Jarring combs, anger bees.....202
Jaws of bees 19
Jefferson, quotation of.
Jelly fed to larve............

Johnson, J. E., on feeding bees.230

Jones, cure of foul brood...... 449
“importer of bees........ 298
“on number of queen cells. 46

Kirby and Spence............. 19

Knives for uncapping....465, 468

Labial palpi and maxille...... 20

TEDW: wissne jade g25i-e! gr serene soa iyrig eee 19

Landois on the ‘humming. . .26, 34

Language of bees

INDEX. 569
Larve casting the skin........ 13 Miller, Cc. C., adding ee 2 444
“duration of development.. 74 baits in sections.....437
“fed from the glands of ee bottom boards ...... 167
workers..... 28 a cellar wintering 362
8° how fed. soc a wicee eseke 71 a clipping queens’ wings. 226
“* of queens copiously fed.47, 48 as excluders .........6 442
Laying of, CLESe oc ee nae ete 6 ee fastening foundation.393
hindered by shallow us FeCd Or — Sass csres nintinion 3
frames...... 152 * feeding out doors.

“* of two queens in the same te foundation starters...
s hives oss << 52 445, 446
SWOPKEMS: cian e td oe Ses an a introduction of queens.287

how to ee rid of.
Leakage of honey....510, 512, ‘533
Legs OL DeCSe nc cava waieas ease 22

“covered with hairs...23
““ notches of the first pair.. 24
“pollen baskets of the
posterior.. 24
“ second pair ...........- 24
Leidy, dissections of queens. .56, 59
Levi on mating............ 4, 55
Life of colonies, length of..... 81
Life of queens, length of...... 67
Life of worker, length of...... 80
Light in the cellar........... 363
BS: OM, DOCS! avs ausseicre teses 8 Bera 201
Linden v6 s0s dies peewee ee «2 +403
Longfellow, quotation from..... 289
Loosening the frames..... «202
Loss of bees by heat. *L82
“the ane 262
SSE BUN B.A eat ne oe 368 ¥ 37
Love of the workers for the

queen. .42, 324
31

Lungs of beeS .......+-eeeee
MacCord on hive covers....... 175
McEvoy, treatment of foul-
brood. .482, 483, 487
McLain statistics from......... 425
Magnetizing bees ............. 196

Mahan, experiments on drones.. 88

ss refrigerating

queens.
“imported Italian bees. .298
Mailing queens .......-.+.05- B24
Malpighian tubes ........... 29
Mandibles of bees............- 19

Manum on the control of
swarming..... 458

Marketing, see Honey acapecine
Mats .173
Material for hives........
Mating of the queen..
Maxille
Mebring, inventor of comb
foundation..... 384
s stamp for securing

straight combs. .157
Melipones ........ errr 293, 300
Ee peney esas ahladaranawiau 514, 517
Memary ‘of DOCBwas de ose Gee 14, 366
Mentum: .é.scaceett iiss hess 20
Metatarsus of Dees... onesknece 24
Mice in bee hives. aie (ejesRcinan-n 503

number of colonies in
one location. .426
prevention of swarm-

ing. .241
ies queen cage ......... 283
3 queen cells . 46
ss removing comb honey. 445
- robber cloths ....... 463
ot scraping propolis from
sections. .443
section supers ...... 449
Se smoking bees ...194, 195
es success with small
hives. .156
$s BUDPED -o.c see agititieat 49
- time of removal of
bees from cellar. .546
ge uses tin tops........ 175
Miils on painting hives different
colors. .306
Mismanagement of bees....... 205
Mistakes of beginners......... 553
Mixing bees from different hives
4, 463
More on honey.......-20:-5-> 525
Moth, see Bee-Moth.
Mouth of bees...........0-- 15-19
Movable comb hives........... 140

er frame hives, see Hives.

ai frame, see Frames.
Moving bees . 306, 320, ee
MUDR!- ‘HIVE: 2 ssa50¢4 5 sndaaitiees
Muth honey cake............. hae

“Honey vinegar .......... 529

Vocation isis ' senate os 01

“ foul-brood method...
“on ripening honey........

Natural swarming ..
uncertainty of..
best condition to pro-
duce..
changed to honey...... 116
“ contains more or
.116

ee exists in different parts
of the plant. oo
us extrafloral
pi in deep corollas.121,122, 400
reabsorbed by plants. -118
storing and evaporating.122
yields of, vary greatly.

117, 397, 420
Nervous system in bees........ 29

Nectar,

570

Newman on uses of honey..525, 526

Norton on outdoor wintering. ..360
Notch of the first pair of legs.. 24
Nucleus: ¢52:2 suse. edwastte 269, 271
for artificial swarming..251
Bi how made ....... 271 Ste
ee prepared in advance. ae
af SMA, esc ussea Sarsemaneecae s Zi
“9 strong .......

Numbering the hives
Nursing glands of workers..
Nurses

-15,16
erevneena OB, OD

teauagad 1 Bd

-185
-187
5

Observing hives ....
for pleasure and

instruction.
sf in apartments. .
Ocelli of bees
Odor of bees.

of drones ase vabieh atie,
“of foul-brood
Of the Moths + scares wuts sx 498
“* of the poison of bees..... 38
“of the queen........ 283, 288
Oettl, golden rule............. 556
*“* on honey yield...... 422, 423

on the language of bees..
on statistics ....

“straw hive
OAL COU 3 d6c2-24, sk Jeng ceue
Old age, signs of,
Old and young queens living to-

Bether 2s. ecsccs a ceneeeed 52
Old bee-keepers venom-proof. .209
Olfactory organs ...........+- 11

a Girard experi-
ments on.. 13

ee lead bees to
flowers.. 13
Opening: hives: «005444 occncws-< 202
Orphan bees raising queens.... 47
Otis saw impregnation........ 55
Out-apiaries, why ............ 316

et conditions required
for. .316

“ how many? ......

our terms for.
Outer-boxes for wintering.
Out of doors wintering........

Ovaries of a drone-laying queen 59

of the queen.......... 57

is of workers. cs. ee scene 77
Overbeck, discovery of origin of

wax.. 99

Overstocking’ « soveseeiecsgucss 420

Packard on the breathing organs 32
e instinct of bees 39

Pain. @EpleeS: xcccesscacesesces 27
Painting bives .............. 176

we “different colors. .306
Paley on the sting............ 36
Palteau hive .....ee.e cere ee eld

INDEX.

Palpi and maxill@............ 20
Paraffine, melting point of....387
Parsons importation ......... 298
Parthenogenesis ........... 58, 59
se proven by Ital-
ian bees.. 59
Pasteur on breeding bacilli. 1475
By on inoculation ........ 209
Pasturage for bees............ 397
Patents: gupicecge see! deepen tO eA
Perforated zing | se 89, 240, 441
Phillips, on the bee-moth...... 489
sig on queen-rearing ....282
Physiglogy 3 scmegees oy oseeas
Piping of the queen......
Poison of the sting.......
2) SACK: aitacaunieie. pate
Pollen ..... pei aver aicaite te x07,
““ “baskets ......

fresh preferred —
gathering, useful to plants
12

6,127

““ indispensable to bees..... 123

“substitutes ......... 25,126
“used when bees make

combs. .105

Portico: sia sf widens 163, 353, 360

Pound, how many bees in one. .326

Press; “Wak «654.434 $aianiacines 534

Prevention of afterswarms..... 241

moths in combs.
ne robbing
s swarming
Pridgen, queen-rearing...
Production of honey......
Propolis PaSide ee eee Satis

hard in Winter........
how to clean from the

hands..
from other things...... 112
on sections 44

Queen, age at fecundation...... 54
‘ MMe s.negisnacevea sa ane 227, 284
“ peginning to lay......... 65

‘“ best conditions to raise...
261, 281
“ [CGBeS: sweneee exons 283, 284, 325
“clipping wings of....225, 226

contents of spermatheca of 56
dejections, licked by work-
ers..
description of
destitute of nursing glands 18
difference in prolificness of 66
does not govern......... 41
duration of development of
transforma-
tions of.. 92

“ “

INDEX. 571
Queen entering the wrong ere Queen-cells, how reared ......
263 ae “to transfer
“« fecundity of ...17, 41° re 155 e imserting ......... 69
“fed by the workers... ...- 17 a large number of.46, 268
fehtine of 44 aicasek ce 8s 52 a preparing for 268
“* growth of, delayed... 260 | Queenless colonies senee by
ss how she TAYSsumeiceiesenes 65 moths. .499
es to find a........... 287 a “do not kill
a 8 EO) CABO sais ee ciga es 4 their drones.266
“importation ........ 323, 324 o ee how Sey eatette -265
y impregnation of eggs...55, 60 Queens, several in a swarm... .232
me ‘ the queen 53 two in a hive............ 52
“impregnation of the queen s “in a swarm... .226, 227
delayed. .60, 61 Quinby closed end hive........ 141
“impregnation of the queen frames, size of........
for life.. 53 151, 154, 155, 158, 188
““ impregnation of the queen = ae number of oa
in confinement... 55 Fe oe superiority of.. ec
“introduction of impreg- “on distances between
nated. . 282 frames. .157
as ee “ virgin ... a PF POPPING? Css guensdnateseien 78
286, 287 ~ “shape of frames.151, 153
“knowing the sex of her we BMOKer 15464 ve esate LOS
eggs.. 62
‘Vast to dle. si sce ices sis 32.
“laying drones in worker-
cells. .58, 62, 64|Rabbet ...... .167, 170
“in queen-cells .......... 47 es enlargement of ‘top edge. atrpes
“worker eggs in drone-cells 63 Races of bees..............--. 289
‘* Jays more in Spring..... + 42 Racine on old combs.......... 229
“longevity of ............ 67 “© Swarming ssa e0e0 9s 235
“loss of the........... 43,262] Radouan hive ........ Cas 136
“lost in her wedding trip. aah Rapping” .2.2 3 42444 8 a saetae es 311
““ love of bees for the...... Rauchfuss, foundation fastener. .392
“mailing ..... Sp ese oe 24 ff selling honey ..... 48
* mating saswsond 2 64444.0a00 53} Rauschenfels, 2. 0... esses , 96
Missing sds v ces ....214, 264] Raynor, carbolized sheet. 95
“* odor of the...... digg oon 288 Rearing queens ........ 4, 45, 259
MS Old. steeeaineees «5 Or asere 67 ee from eggs 2+ 268
“8 ovaries Of se sose ete See 56 ak fe “* improved
se a drone-laying..57, 58 races. .267
“‘ parthenogenesis of the. 58 $8 “in moderate col-
«* preference for worker cells onies. .268
3, ae Réaumur on impregnation...... 53
“* prisoner in the hive 284] Reid on the shape of the cells.111
“reared from eggs..... 47,268] Remedies for foul-brood 477
a old larve. oe for stings 207
49, 50, 260 | Removing frames ............ 202
ne “in the South....... 326] Reversible hives ............. 436
Sf earings. sacs teas # 44,45, 259| Reversing ........-......000. 435
«Alley method .......... 276| Ringing bells to stop swarms. .215
“Doolittle method ..... ...278] Ripening honey artificially.461, 517
“refrigerated ..... eaters 64] Robber bees ............. 4
t Size Of aac s exes se ete woe 49 ae acting like young
-Shippine: va 5-3 ss42 4% sees 323 bees.. 76
“s at DY MAM? oo0:6 tase 24 | ROBWEM ClOEW- ceca swans oe ssiene ons 64
OO SEAN BOOT! fo cae ae sese cane Gomauais 48] Robbing, danger of, after cellar
6 APADS: aiecsica ed curw as eam 240 wintering. .366
“unable to fly........ 214, 262 a difficult to detect...... 374
#6 OVITBID: 5.5: wrecsalee, soe oe ere F sae how to detect......... 3876
“why not impregnated in the te tO: StOD 65,545 gunsiave 3877, 378
hive.. 91 me prevention of .........379
“young, confined by Huber 57 ca promoted by the _ bee-
Queen-cell cups .......-...-5 280 keeper. .376
Queen- ~cells, artificial 279, 280 BE SBOCRO oie. od weitldida arenas % 378
destroyed ...... 50, 51 “stopped by a carbolized:
et for artificial swarm- sheet. .378
ing. .251 ae by exchanging hives....378

572 INDEX.
RGOL APlary’ <6. 6359 sigsraenerewse we. 6 801 | Sectional hives..............--
Root, A I. (Novice) chaff-hive. .357|Sections ............2..08 431, 432
on adultera- mH brood frames for. .433, 448
tion. .519 "4 CASE. sica ei HS45.99 935-400 433
ss ss “ candy- ee “Millers. s26c¢5% 44 449
making. .334 i propolizing ........... 442
ae o “ comb- a TEMOVING 5.5 5. 0:5 00 erscennas 444
building. . se securing straight eee
96, 97, 98 | -439
s “ extracting Selection in bees. .235, 236, 261, ere
454 Selling HONCY?. se insieakeeee eae ee 18
a =e “* feeding DeeS 2 macxssixs cdee as 327
bees..334 Separators ......... 0. cece e eee 439
sf aS “ foundation NAGE: cessserscae ine! “uoaateie”d-slce-pleeaue. ln 239
machines.385 Shakespeare ...............-- 336
oe a “ hive- Shaking the bees like seeds.32, 228
makine:.A78,. 279) | Sheds sieccs ie e esew a sew a eras wee epacnce 306
7 ss “ Ttalian Shipping bees ................ 320
bees. 295, 298 ‘e to better pasture.322
fe a “long and # honey 511, 512
short a queens 323
frames.153 ee se 324
on drone ns ey 323
production 63 a i from Italy B24
es es on shipping Shook-swarming .............. 50
bees by the Siebold, his opinion of the ‘‘Ber-
pound.,.... 32 lepsch” hive. .144
Root, 2. R., on foul- brood. -481, 482 «on parthenogenesis. . _56, 60
on frames ....-+... 5 150 SICVE: ee es kee ae een Sith ewhendacas 469
" on Danzenbaker Simmins’ method of introducing
frames. .151 queens. .285
Hf on weight of bees... .326 non- debieiaiee: system.236
Root, L. C., author of Quinby’s Size of frames. 149, 153, aoe
New Bee-keeping..141] ‘‘ of our hive. ardieeeiadltees e
wf uses closed-end frames Skeleton of insect............
141 ]Slanting apron-board...... 166, 167
Royal jelly ........... 17, 47, 259 Smelling OVBANS cask swe wine es
Russia, wintering in......340, 361 ee direct bees to
flowers. .13, 14
fe Es Girard par:
Sack for hiving swarms........ 23 ments on.. 13
Salivary glands a4 a very acute ..
Salt for bees..... 13, 206, 288
Saltpeter-rags ....-.......0 eee Smoke for handling bees 193
Sartori & Rauschenfels, honey- fe helping robbers
cake. .528 Smokers CEE C.G Sek RAS
ff is on comb- FUELS POR ie 83-08 bodes
building 96 Smoking DOGS! ese sSedess wiuniastarer 25503 ace
Sashes for windows........... 18 not always necessary.198
Saunier experiment on brood.. 75]|Snails propolized ............. ube.
Savage observing hive.........186|]Snow ......... 850, 353
Scales of WAx........6.-00005 94] Soria space hive.............. 136
Schiemenz describes the stomach Sounds produced in flight...... 3
mouth.« 28 Sour Honey «sacecsnsoo sg Gas oe 1
Schirach discovery of the origin Space around the frames. .142, 164
of the queen... 49 “under division board..... Te.
Scholz candy 26.6 66 ieaces 4,335 |Spaces between brood stories...
ee material for hives..... 177
Schonfeld on the chyle......... 28
SCOUTS. ances Sa a a ey a 216
§£ POCWINIDE: said dayswuenase sas 219
BORCOM ese de ae ed AA 4 erates 4 318
Scudamore on swarm...... 227, 2438
Sealed honey for extracting....461
ro in sections. "443, 444
Sealed queen cells......... 45, 269
Sealing of comb.............. 122

Spacing wire
Sparrows and bees.
Spermatheca
Spine of the second pair of legs 24
Spinola on the Italian bees.293, 294
Spiracles of the lungs of bees..
Spring dwindling

a feeding
Sproule on foul-brood
Square frames

INDEX,

Stahala on the language of bees 34
Stanley extractor ...
Standard Langstroth frame....
Starvation cccscces sae nen829:

Statistics ................424, 425
SETS sises sata soitie. aes lexayenresieniend de 34,3
“bees living without. soe Oe:
“ean wound ater’ removal. 38
“effects of the....38, 207, 208
fear of thé: cisco eaves 200
“left in the wound...... ++ BT
EE OE QUECDE 5.5 sececavsieuire: ode 49
“not easily withdrawn by
the bee.. 37

remedies for the wounds
of Mies 207

Stomach ....... drach WH SS eee

se mouth ..... eevee ces:
Stone on safe wintering.......348
Store cells Rt one cee 107

bees building few

07, 108

Stories, defects of full upper..
448, 453
a half, for extracting... .458

ea surplus cadens es

463
Straight combs....157, 224: 229, 385

Strained honey ........... 45; ;
Straw hives ............. 132,177
“for protection ...... 350, 352
8° MAE. ce sesetevogenaeie ae ice ave ee
“ “frame for “making. . ..173
Stupefying bees ......... A 286
Sturtévant sssinws ees ee ane es 6 351
Suffocation ........- ee eee 181,182
Sugar candy ........662-4++..334
“for wintering arate cesadadetale 344
fF DOOE. norcuees tse eee 335
“syrup aia Satay sia ater Sa 334
Sulphur for ‘moths. 20201! 498, 499

Supers’ s<sssa.0ee «Ax nawle es ese
“for comb honey... .448, 449

oe for extracted honey....
Superstition
Swammerdam

on the moth
me ss ovaries...
af tribute to
Swarming, artificial, see Artificial.
POMCR sole odsar mid ered Sieyere 3
He natural 6666664 wee 211
ee oo causes of....236
oe iat excessive + 2385
he ts ar preparations
for. .214

out of season.211
prevention of.234
stimulated.
236, 237
“ “ “ by
small hives,
when raising”
comb honey
240, 24, 442

573

Swarming, with a virgin angen

By without a queen..... 214

with several queens.

Swarms absconding
catching the queen of.

comb guides for. 12

easily handled ..

“

“

ne feeding ..........
eS FTSt. Sisco des datdcetanerssaee
ba hived on worker comb.
220, 221
a “ on comb-foundation
221
“hiving ..... a aits 219
MEXINE, so 665.855 iececacainene 226
a on a trunk... a 224
* primary ............- .213
as a with a@ young
queen. .230
es sack 100 s25 646 va creer 223
ss secondary ............ 230
selecting an alighting
Place. .218
os several hived together. .
8 third eiacce snes
transporting ...
Ke waiting for scout:
a WelEHt. Of e525 6 ci acascicin
ae with several goons 232
= “* two queens. 227
Syrian bees .......... 46, 293, 299

BYTUD eserves accaasandne Sed, B96

T SUper iss ayeeeeeoenadeas
Taming bees

Ce ey

oe

Telling the bees 20777!

Thickness of cells...........- 104
Thomson, quotations from. .403, 429
Thorax ... 22

Thorley on enine teins: bees... .286
Tidd on the moth. ie 495, 497
Tin cans for feeding... itiaciser av 322

Tin vessels for honey. . pusnaiosasy 1521
“* roofs mkt LTS:
Toads - 505
Tongue 20, 21
length of .. 22, 400
Tools to extract honey 463, 465

“to handle bees...........
193, 197, 202, 203, ae

“to transfer bees.........
Top and bottom bars of frames. ere
Townley on mailing queens... .324
TRACHEA kisses s e648 ateha.s 1, 32
TADS sacigineae arses as ¥¥ 89, 240
$8 FOP MOTB: ...-sceiistenas a asa 502
Transferring colonies ........ 309

““ Heddon method
aes 8)
iS queen cells ....... 269
Transporting bees ....... 06, 327
Triangular guide ............ 15

574 INDEX.
Tulip trees .........e0000- 7, 398 | Wax produced by eating.....94, on
Uncapping os psehiaein th see eek i patter 467 ‘ residues Of 2icccceeeceees
EDIVES® assed yayctecs Speeders 468 ES SCALES curiae dusjarisieessadueno aves 9 ae
Uniting colonies ..254, 255, 348 «« “ "who discovered the.... 99
Upper stories, see Supers. «on the bottom-board... 99
SS USCS) Of 6 devices hos 5 are shies 536
Vandervort aml} 54 eV acsrirolene 886 Weight regenmeuts : eendys ee “a8
SPUL 24.69 8a 393, 394 “8 TONES. tani eeu 326
Van Deusen claw Sead PharaA 160 “ “swarms ........... 239
Veil lation “12101! Hake jee dee Weiss, first manufacturer of
Ventilation .. eee 365 foundation in America. .384
Wi in ce ton ie a 181,350 | Wide frames for sections...... 448
ve in winter....... ing .239 | Wide top bars for brood frames.159
w= WO. Prevent swarming, Wildman on comb-building.... 99
when shipping ..... 320 “feeding 329
Viallon experiments on comb- “ “the scent of the
building. .106 queen 288
“on laying workers....... V7 “ “uniting aay
Virgil description of the Italian Wilson, Miss ....... 301, 447, “448

ee. .292, 293
MInentions the bee-moth...489

“on clipping wings of
queens... .225
‘““ on material for hives....177
Virgin queens ............... 50
A introducing wee 286
ae rivalry of ..... 50
a voice of ....... 51

Wagner incident of swarming.. ae

on age of comb.......
an on egg laying...... 47, 62
ae on robbing .......... 377
On succesS ........,6-- 140
«« on the Italian bee.296, 297

patent on comb-founda-

tion. .384
on sex of eggs......... 62
on translation of

Berlepsch. .371

“ “ “~~ Donhoff
, 496
Warm absorbents for Winter. .351
Warping boards ...........+..- 179
Water for bees.......... 129, 370
es as a remedy for stings. .208
ie needed in Spring....... 70
wig injurious in shipping
bees....130
‘Wax ee eee ee ree 93
‘ adulteration of .......... 387
“pleaching: wav acwwiinile ia ses © 536
“CANOES 2a5 4s sewer YER ee 537
“* chemical composition of...105
FS CTOAMIM BE. pote ce sais wearietovalioues 4 2% 535
“extractors .........2-

from cappings
how produced
«many pounds of honey

to produce. ...106

*““ made by young bees....... 94

“melting point of.......... 387

“not made of pollen,....... 104

“old bees can make...... 95, 96
“ pollen necessary to make

194 105

Window screens ............. 318
Winds protection from........ 350
WINES 2s misccccgiiencmitin edt a , 26
“used in ventilation...... 180
8 Of QUEENS: accawua ea cas 42
ee of queens, clipping. 225, 226
Winter flight ....... 355, 356, 367
= passages .......... , 346
ed protection ...........-. 49
Wintering DEeS) seh eta bse a 40
best conditions for.360
fs cellar for ....... 361
es chaff hives for...357
a clamps for ..... 68

st cold repositories
for. ..368
bis experiment on 342
te food for ........ 344
- in-doors ......... 360
a mistakes in ..... 342

et Darrowing the
space for....345
i on full combs....341

outer boxes for
359, 360
Workers ......- sees eee eee eee 67

agitated when the’ queen
is removed. aH

balling queens .......
building ........... 94, 96
cells, see Cells.

Crippled 2a scceesas nerve 82
discharges of ........ 29

Doénhoff experiment on. 68
duration of transforma-

tion of..
duties of .........
eat eggs
eges in drone cells.. 3
“to raise queens. 47, 259

feeding the young......
queen ...... 18
fertile. 25 22. wc sare spas 77
“how discovered... 79
MAMBO: OF ssa aueeewete TT
first flight of....... 68, 76

functions of .......

INDEX. 575

Workers, sei Of ae sin sets 71] Workers trying to raise queens
LEG eisced sed dverd Shawne .. 80 with drone eggs. .59, 80
7 lost their queen “ understand each other.. 80
, 48, 262 ve ventilating 1179
o love of for thetr ‘queen e young, build combs. 8 94
42, 265, 324 so af feed the brood.. 67
ns newly hatched ........ 76 | Worms, see Moth,
“ aemiber a in - ay ae au
a old, work in the fields..
“ sexual organs not de- Yield, large ........ epi ae thers 460
veloped.. 77

signs of old age....... 82 | Zoubareff, uses of propolis.114, 115